eee en < a ern : tae: A pee Bo me pp aaa eae ws Oey Noa aes ae mate ii Ni el ie Brat Gn acdc le ag SRE te chert le- tr tte Ce or tlt eel ae oe =, “> PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 26 — April, 1973 No. 1 CONTENTS BARNEBY, R. C., New names in Dalea and Marina (Fabaceae tribus LC 0) 2 ll Re aa eee ee. AP | OS RY et ie gh 1 WURDACK, J. J., Certamen Melastomataceis XXI ................. 3 DEMPSTER, L. M., A new species of Galium (Rubiaceae) from ere oa gs osha ho ea ee rene alae Lemna 7 12 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. XLIII ..... 15 BOOK TEVIEWS 20's. 5 ok ee a Sa es oo aha ea 48 IBRARY — a a> &. Mh ue AL. | | ae SARI 2) EN Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 US.A. Price of this number, $1.50 per volume, $8 in advance, or $8.50 at close of volume, 50 cents extra to foreign addresses NEV NAMES IN DALBA AND MARINA (FABACEAE tribus AMORPHEAB) R. C. Barneby New York Botanical Garden With the aim of making available for use in papers due to appear before my revision of Dalea and allied genera can be published I present here several nomenclatural combinutions and one new species. Only minimal data required for valida- tion of the names is attempted herein, commentary being reser- ved for the forthcoming monograph. DALEA FOLIOLOSA (Aiton) Barneby, comb. nov. Psoralea folio- losa Aiton, Hort. Kew. 3: 82. 1789. DALEA FOLIOLOSA (Aiton) Barneby var. CITRINA (Rydberg) Bar- neby, comb. nov. Parosela citrina Rydberg in N. Amer. Fl. 24: 81. 1920. P. vernicia var. citrina (Rydberg) Macbride in Cont. Gray Herb., New Ser. 65: 17. 1922. DALEA LEUCOSTACHYA A. Gray var. EYSENHARDTIOIDES (Hemsley) Barneby, stat. nov. D. eysenherdtioides Hemsley, Diag. Pl. Movie 6. 2878. DALEA OBOVATIFOLIA Ortega var. UNCIFERA (Schlechtendahl & Chamisso) Barneby, stet. nov. D. uncifera Schlechtendahl & Chamisso in Linnaea (Regensb. ) 5: 580. 1830. DALEA VERSICOLOR Zuccarini var. INVOLUTA (Rydberg) Barneby, comb. nov. Parosela involuta Rydberg in N. Amer. Fl. 24: 107. 1920. P. lasiostachya vir. involuta (Rydberg) Mac- bride in Cont. Gray Herb., New Ser. 65: 19. 1922. DALEA VERSICOLOR Zuccarini var. SESSILIS (A. Gray) Barneby, comb. nov. D. wislizeni var. sessilis A. Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. 16: 105. 1880. DALEA AENIGMA Barneby, sp. nov., D. bicolori Humb. & Bonpl. sensu ampliaeto affinis, sed caulibus humillimis hine inde radicantibus, glandulis interpetioluleribus nullis, pedun- culis pro rata elongatis, dentibus calycinis quam eos sym- patricarum D. bicoloris formarum longioribus, necnon vexilli lamina glandulis parvis conspersa absimilis. Fruticulus humistratus, caulibus verruculosis 1--2.5 dm longis infra spicas dense sericeo-pilosas purce hirtellis; folia 6--15 mm, foliolis (3) 4--7-jugis anguste obovatis 1.5--5.5 mn longis; spica ambitu ovato-oblonga, petalis ab-— latis 8--11 mm diam, axi 1--3 cm longo; calyx sericeus 4.6--6 mm longus, dentibus tubo brevioribus; petala bicolo- Tria, vexillo primum albido-lutescenti, epistemoneis roseo —purpureis. MBXICO. Hidalgo: MTulancingo, July 22, 1905, Rose, Painter & Rose 8832. -- Holotypus, NY; isotypi F, GH, US. 1 2 PHYTOLGGLEA Vol. 26, no. 1 MARINA NEGLECTA (B. L. Robinson) Barneby, comb. nov. Dalea neglecta B. L. Robinson in Proc. Amer. Acad. 29: 329. 1894. MARINA NEGLECTA var. ELONGATA (Rose) Barneby, stat. nov. Parosela elongata Rose in Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 8: 306. 1905. MARINA NUTANS (Cavanilles) Barneby, comb. nov. Psoralea nutans Cavanilles, Icones 3: tab. 201. 1794. Dalea nutans (Cavanilles) Willdenow. ~™ CERTAMEN MELASTOMATACEIS XXI. John J. Wurdack U. S. National Herbarium, Smithsonian Institution This miscellanea centers on some of the Ecuadorian species of Miconia gathered by Asplund and Harling, together with the inevitable ramifications elsewhere in Latin America. Numerous other problems for future consideration remain in the taxonomic trove of the recent Stockholm collections. MICONIA EXPLICITA Wurdack, sp. nov. M. megalanthae Gleason affinis, foliis floribusque minori- bus differt. Ramuli obtuse tetragoni demum teretes sicut petioli folio- rum yenae primariae secundariaeque inflorescentia hypanthiaque modice vel dense pilis stellulatis 0.07-0.1 mm latis appressis induti. Petioli (1-)1.5-3 cm longi; lamina 9-15 X 4.5-8 cm ovata vel paulo oblongo-ovata apice 0.5-1 cm subgradatim acuminato basi rotundato-truncata, firme membranacea et obscure distanterque undulato-serrulata, ubique in superficie primum sparsiuscule stellulato-puberula glabrata, 5-nervata (pari tenui 1-2 mm inframarginali incluso) nervis secundariis 4-6 mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus planis obscuris areolis ca. 0.8-1 mm latis; venarum primariarum subtus axillae poculis ca. 1.5 mm longis armatae velaminibus tumidis. Panicula 5-8 cm longa (pedunculo 2-3.5 cm longo incluso) pauciflora; flores (4-)5-meri, pedicellis plerumque 2-5 mm longis et ca. 1 m infra hypanthium articulatis, bracteolis ca. O.7 mm longis mox caducis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 3 mm longum; calyx ca. 2 m longus in alabastris subclausus ad anthesim ca. 1 mm lobatus intus modice strigulosus (pilis sublepidotis), dentibus exterioribus minutis inconspicuis inframarginalibus; torus intus annulo crasso 0.5 mm alto armatus. Petala 8.4-9 xX 4 m oblonga extus pilis stellulatis modice induta intus granulosa. Stamina paulo dimorphica; filamenta 5.5-6 mm vel 5-5.2 mm longa basim versus sparse glandulis 0.05 mm longis induta; antherarum thecae 5.3 vel 4 X 0.6 m subulatae poro 0.1 mm diam. ventralite (stamina maiora) vel dorsaliter (stamina minora) inclinato; connectivum basaliter glandulis ca. 0.05 mm diam. ornatum dorsaliter per 1.1-1.3 mm 0.2-0.4 mm elevatum. Stigma capitatum 1 mm diam.; stylus 7.2 X 0.5 mm sparsiuscule pilis glanduliferis O.1 mm longis ornatus in ovarii apicem ca. 0.2 mm immersus; ovarium 4(7)-loculare et 1/3 inferum apice conico 1.2 m alto imperspicue granuloso. Type Collection: Gunnar Harl 4475 (holotype S), collected in rastrojal along Rio Blanco immediately below the confluence with Rio Toachi, Prov. Pichincha, Ecuador, elev. 300 m, 16-18 March 1959. "Shrub 1-1.5 m. Corolla white.” 3 4 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, now 1 Miconia megalantha has elliptic to oblong-elliptic leaf blades 23-25 X 8-11 cm, petals 25 X 10 m, and anthers 7-8 m long. More distantly related is M. brachycalyx Triana, with larger oblong leaf blades which have somewhat larger lepidote- stellulate hairs beneath, larger flowers (petals ca. 16-20 mm long at maturity, Triana's and Cogniaux' dimensions being apparently from a bud), and the style basally densely stellu- late-puberulous (as well as more-or-less glandular apically). The other species of this affinity (Phytologia 14: 268-269. 1967) are not as closely related to M. explicita as the above- cited pair. The peculiar tumid flaps (acarid domatia 7) in the primary leaf vein axils are also slightly developed in some material of M. brachycalyx. In the current collections of M. brachycalyx are two distinct forms, one (the typical element: Hugh-Jones 319, Rfo Taparal, San Juan, Choco; Molina & Barkley 19Ch125, Quibdo, Choco) with leaf blades beneath with only scattered stellulate-lepidote hairs, and the other (Garcia- Barriga 11148, Choco; Cuatreeasas 21076 and Cuatrecasas & Patino oT, both Valle; Mora 2519, Narino) with the hairs completely covering the lower leaf surfaces; possible floral differences have not as yet been established. MICONIA TRICHOPODA (Gleason) Wurdack, comb. nov. Clidemia trichopoda Gleason, Brittonia 3: 133. 1939. , Recent flowering material (Jimenez 2121, R{o Toro Amarillo, Limon, Costa Rica) shows stamen and pistil structure as in M. centrodesma Naud. and the next-described species. Miconia trichopoda differs from both of these species in the basally nerved leaf blades which are sparsely appressed-setose above when young and in the complete absence of stellulate pubes- cence, even on the young vegetative growth; there is consider- able variability in the development of hypanthial setae and the ovary is (3-)4-celled. MICONIA CENTRODESMOIDES Wurdack, sp. nov. M. centrodesmae Naud. affinis, foliorum petiolis setosis ovariis }-5-locularibus differt. Frutex 2.5-4 m. Ramuli primm sulcato-quadrangulati demm teretes sicut petioli foliorum venae primariae subtus inflores- centia hypanthiaque sparse caduceque pilis stellulatis ca. 0.1 mm diam. et glandulis gracilibus appressis 0.05-0.1 mm longis induti. Petioli 1-2.4 cm longi adaxialiter dense setis laevibus 1.3-2 mm longis armati; lamina 10-18 X 4.5-8 cm elliptica apice gradatim breviterque acuminato basi obtusa vel rotundata, membranacea et integra, ciliata pilis subappressis 1-1.5 m longis laevibus, ubique in superficie glandulis minutis exceptis glabra, breviter 5-plinervata pari interiore 0.5-0.8 cm supra basim subalternatim divergenti nervis secundariis ca. 4-5 mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus planis laxe reticulatis (areolis 1-1.5 m latis). Panicula 3.5-5 cm longa submulti- flora paullulo supra basim 2-3-fureata ramis ramulisque divergentibus. Flores 4-5-meri supra articulum ultimum sessiles 1973 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis vel subsessiles, bracteolis subulatis vel setiformibus 0.5-1 mm longis persistentibus. Hypanthium (ad torum) 1.8-2 mm longum; calyx membranaceus in alabastris clausus 0O.7-1 mm altus et setula glandulifera 0.2-0.3 mm longa coronatus ad anthesim in lobis 2-3 usque ad ca. O.4 mm supra torum dehiscens, dentibus exterioribus 1-2-setuliferis inframarginalibus; torus intus densiuscule glandulis 0.1 mm longis ornatus. Petala 2.2-2.5 X- 1.4-1.8 mm ovata glabra vel interdum setula glandulifera unica 0.1-0.15 mm longa terminata. Stamina isomorphica glabra; fila- menta 1.4-1.5 mm longa; thecae 1.5 X 0.35 X 0.4 mm poro 0.1 m diam. dorsaliter inclinato; connectivum paulo (0.25 mm) pro- longatum dorsaliter ad basim dente hebeti descendenti 0.35 X 0.35 mm armatum. Stigma punctiforme; stylus 4.6 X 0.35-0.4 m; ovarium 4-5-loculare et 1/2 inferum apice conico costulato paullulo lobulato sparse glanduloso (pilis 0.05-0.1 mm longis). Type Collection: J. W. L. Robinson (Cambridge Calima Valley Expedition) 136 (holotype US 2563541), collected at Rfo Bravo NW of Darien, Depto. El Valle, Colombia, elev. 1300 n, 27 July 1962. "Shrub up to 15 ft. with small white flowers and blue berries." Paratype: E. Asplund 18683 (S), from Mera, Prov. Napo- Pastaza, Ecuador, elev. ca. 1100 n. Material of typical M. centrodesma examined from through- out the species range consistently shows esetose petioles and (2-)3-locular ovaries. At least two variants exist in collec- tions I have identified as M. centrodesma, one with denser stellate pubescence and subcordate leaf bases (coastal Cordillera of Venezuela) and the other with sparsely glandular- ciliolate petals (Pacific coast of Colombia). Of three flowers examined in the type collection of M. centrodesmoides, two were S-merous (with 5-celled ovary) and one was }-merous (with 4- celled ovary); of six flowers in the paratype, five were eS merous (with two ovaries 4-celled) and one was 5-merous. In the Andes, there is apparently an altitudinal disjunction between M. centrodesmoides and M. centrodesma, the latter there ranging from near sealevel up to only ca. 700 m. MICONIA OLIGANTHA Wurdack, sp. nov. Sect. Miconia. M. smaragdinae Naud. affinis, foliis minoribus ad apicem abrupte caudato-acuminatis pedicellis longioribus calycis dentibus exterioribus eminentibus differt. Ramuli teretes sicut petioli foliorum subtus venae primar- iae inflorescentiaque modice stellulato-pinoideo-puberuli pilis vix 0.05 mm diam. longisque. Petioli 0.5-0.9 cm longi; lamina (acumine excluso) 7-11 X 3-4.8 cm apice abrupte 1-2 cm caudato- acuminato basi late acuta, membranacea et obscure undulato- serrulata, eciliata, supra glabra, subtus in venulis sparse granuloso-resinosa in superficie glabra, 5-nervata vel paullulo (usque ad 2 mn) pseudo-plinervata nervis secundariis 2—} mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus planis areolis ca. O.4- 0.5 mm latis. Panicula (pedunculo 2.5-4 cm longo incluso) 6-7 X 3-4.5 cm pauciflora; flores 5-meri, pedicellis 3-5 m 5 6 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 1 longis et ca. O.4 mm infra hypanthium articulatis, bracteolis mox caducis non visis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 2.9-3 mm longum modice resinoso-furfuraceum; calycis tubus 0.6 mm longus, lobis interioribus ca. 0.1 mm longis oblatis, dentibus exterioribus 0.2-0.3 mm eminentibus. Petala modice granulosa 2.8-3 X 1.7- 1.8 mm obovato-oblonga asymmetrice emarginata. Stamina paulo dimorphica glabra; filamenta 2.5 mm vel 2.2 mm longa; antherarum thecae 3 vel 2.8 X 0.6 X 0.5 mm lanceato-oblongae poro terminali ca. 0.15 mm diam., connectivo ventraliter ca. 0.2-0.25 mm bilobulato. Stigma paulo expansum 0.6 mm diam.; stylus 7.2 X O.4 mm glaber in ovarii collum 0.4 mm immersus; ovarium 3- loculare et ca. 3/4 inferum, apice truncato-conico 0.5 m alto glabro. Type Collection: Manuel Lugo 22 (holotype S), collected at Mera, Prov. Napo-Pastaza, Ecuador, 4 March 1940. "Shrub 2m; flowers white." Miconia smaragdina has shortly blunt-acuminate leaf blades mostly 6-11 cm wide, pedicels O-0.3 mm long, and external calyx teeth just equaling the interior lobes, but similar petals and stamens; Ecuadorian collections (Harling, Storm, & Strom 6990 and 7468, both from Napo; Cazalet & Penningtgn 7523, from Santiago-Zamora) previously referred by me to M. smaragdina show cordiform connective appendages and are surely some other species. Miconia gracilis Triana has generally larger leaf blades with much laxer venule reticulation (areoles 1-2 mm wide), larger and sporadically glandular connective appendages in the large stamens, more deeply lobed calyx with inconspicuous non- emergent external calyx teeth, and a moderately resinous- glandular ovary apex. Miconia caucana Gleason, from the description and type photograph, differs at least in the non- caudate leaf blades which are sparsely strigulose above. Both M. filamentosa Gleason and M. inaequalifolia Triana (Phytologia PAN 7s) 1971) differ in anther connectives and M. sprucei Triana at least in foliage. MICONIA SEPOSITA Wurdack, sp. nov. Sect. Amblyarrhena. De affinitate intime mihi incognita. In systemate Cogniauxii a spp. 375-376 et spp. 382-383. petalis maioribus differt. ‘ Ramuli obtuse sulcato-tetragoni demum teretes sicut petioli foliorum yenae primariae subtus inflorescentiaque dense pilis stipitato-stellatis (stipite ca. 0.8-1[-1.5] mm longo; radiis ca. O.5 mm longis) beruli. Petioli 1-2.3 cm longi; lamina (8.5-)12-15.5 X (h-)5-10 em elliptica vel paullulo obovato- elliptica apice breviter (ca. 1 em) subgradatimque acuminato basi late acuta, membranacea et ciliato-serrulata ciliis sub- appressis laevibus 1-2 mm longis, supra sparse appresso-setosa (pilis laevibus ca. 2 m longis persistentibus) pilis stipitato- stellatis caducis sparse intermixtis, subtus in superficie sparse pilis stipitato-stellatis O.5-1 mm longis setulosa, 5-plinervata pari interiore ca. 1-1.5 cm supra basim divergenti nervis secundariis 4-6 mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus 1973 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 7 obscuris. Panicula 5-10 X 3-6 cm submultiflora; flores 5-meri sub- sessiles (pedicellis crassis obscuris 0.5 mm longis) pauci-aggre- gati, bracteolis 4-5 X 2-2.5 mm oblongo-ellipticis stellato-cil- lolatis alioqui subglabris usque ad anthesim persistentibus. Hy- panthium (ad torum) 3.1 mm longum glabrum; calycis tubus 1 m 1m- gus extus sparse stellato-puberulus intus glaber, lobis interio- ribus ca. 1 X 2 mm apicem versus obscure ciliatis, dentibus ex- terioribus non eminentibus setula stipitato-stellulata O.5 mm lm- ga terminatis. Petala 8.4-8.6 X 3 mm anguste obovato-oblonga gla- bra. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta 4 m longa; antherarun thecae 3.2-3.3 X 0.7 X 0.7 mm anguste oblongae poro 0.2-0.25 mm diam. ventraliter inclinato; connectivum nec prolongatum nec ap- pendiculatum. Stigma non expansum; stylus 7.3 X 0.45-0.5 mm gla- ber in ovarii apicem 0.4 mm immersus; ovarium 3-loculare et 0.8 inferum, apice glabro truncato-conico 0.6 mm alto. Type Collection: E. Asplund 18468 (holotype S), collected in forest near junction of Rios Alpayacu and Pastaza, Mera, Prov. Napo-Pastaza, Ecuador, elev. ca. 1000 m, 17 Nov 1955. "Shrub about 3 m high. Axis of inflorescence red; calyx light green, somewhat reddish tinged; petals white; anthers brown.” The general aspect of M. seposita is somewhat like that of M. vittata Linden & André (M. capitata Ule), which has basally nerved densely stellate-ciliate leaf blades which are nearly glabrous above, petals ca. 5 mm long, filaments and style sparsely glandular-puberulous, subulate anthers with glandular connective bases, and ovary only 1/3 inferior. Miconia perobscura Wurdack has similar large bracts, but smaller and essentially sessile stellate hairs on the leaves, densely stellate-puberulous hypanthia, nearly truncate calyx limb, smaller petals and stamens, and stellate-puberulous ovaries. Miconia seposita is perhaps suggestive also of the Hartigia species-group, all of which have much smaller flowers and different vegetative pubescence. Miconia comosa Cogn. was placed in the Hartigia complex; however from examination of an isotype (Spruce 138, NY, female), M. comosa is surely a dioecious species of Sect. Cremanium, probably related to M. paradisica Wurdack. MICONIA DAPSILIFLORA Wurdack, sp. nov. Sect. Amblyarrhena. M. bangii Cogn. affinis, petiolis liberis brevioribus floribus maioribus filamentis glabris differt. Ramuli obtuse sulcato-quadrangulati sicut petioli foliorum subtus venae primarisae inflorescentiaque sparsiuscule squamuloso- puberuli pilis subamorpho-pinoideis ca. 0.15 mm longis demm ca- ducis. Petioli liberi ca. 0.5 cm longi et 2.5-3 mm diam.; lamina 20-24 X 9-11 cm oblongo-elliptica apice per ca. 1 cm subabrupte hebeti-acuminato basi acuta et in petioli apicem ca. 1 cm decurrenti, firme membranacea et obscure distanterque undu- lato-denticulata, supra glabra, subtus in venis secundariis tertiariisque sparse obscureque furfuracea, 5-plinervata pari interiore 1.5-2.5 cm supra basim divergenti nervis secundariis 8 PHY TOR OG T's Vol. 26, no. 1 tertiariisque subtus paulo elevatis nervulis subtus planis areolis 0.7-1 mm latis. Panicula 28 X 20 cm (pedunculo 8 cm longo incluso) multiflora ramis oppositis; flores 5-meri, pedi- cellis ca. 2 mm longis ad hypanthii basim articulatis, bracteo- lis 0.7-0.9 X 0.5-0.6 mm usque ad anthesim persistentibus. Hypanthium (ad torum) 3.6 mm longum extus modice obscure caduceque subamorpho-furfuraceum intus non costatum; calycis tubus 0.5 mm longus, lobis interioribus 0.6 X 2 mm oblato- ovatis, dentibus exterioribus crassis appressis inframarginal- ibus; torus intus sparse glanduloso-setulosus, pilis 0.05-0.1 mm longis. Petala minutissime pruinoso-granulosa 3 X 2.9-3 mm late obovata. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta 3-3.3 mm longa; antherarum thecae 2.2 X 1 X 0.9 mm poro 0.2-0.25 mm diam. dorsaliter inclinato; connectivum ad basim vix (O24 mm ) trilobulatum. Stigma paullulo expansum O.7 mm diam.; stylus 8 X 0.5-0.7 mm basim versus sparsissime glanduloso-puberulus (pilis 0.1-0.2 mm longis) in ovarii collum 0.5 m immersus; ovarium 3-loculare et 0.9 inferum collo sparse glanduloso- ciliolato (pilis 0.1 mm longis). Type Collection: E. Asplund 17463 (holotype Ss), collected at Santa Ana on road from Chiriboga to Santo Domingo de los Colorados, Prov. Pichincha, Ecuador, elev. ca. 1400 m, 25 Aug. 1955. "Tall shrub; calyx greenish brown to light red; petals white; anthers yellow.” Miconia bangii has distinct and rather slender free petioles 1-2 cm long, hypanthia (to the torus) 2.2-2.8 mm long, and glandular-puberulous filaments; M. pausana Wurdack also has Slender free petioles 1-2 cm long, smaller leaf blades, and smaller flowers with glandular filaments. The general aspect of M. dapsiliflora is rather like that of the M. floribunda- M. majalis-M. grandiflora alliance, but these all have quite different floral details. MICONIA BOLIVARENSIS Wurdack, sp. nov. Sect. Amblyarrhena. M. pseudocentrophorae Cogn. affinis, foliorum subtus hypanthiorumque trichomatibus maioribus stellatis ovario stellulato-setuloso differt. Ramuli primum obscure tetragoni demum teretes sicut petioli foliorum venae primariae subtus inflorescentiae ramique dense puberuli pilis pinoideo-stellatis usque ad O.4-0.5 mm longis (eminentiis ca. 0.1-0.15 mm longis). Petioli (0.5-)1-2 em longi; lamina (3.5-)4.5-6 X (2-)2.5-4 cm elliptico-ovata apice acuto vel paullulo acuminato basi late obtusa, firme membranacea et serrulata dentibus ca. 0.5 mm profundis et 1-2 mm inter se distantibus crasse mucronulato-setulosis, supra sparsiuscule vel modice pustulata pustulis setula crassa 0.1- 0.2 mm longa terminatis, subtus in venulis superficieque sparsiuscule caduceque mente tia (pilis sessilibus vel breviter stipitatis plerumque 0.4-0.5 mm latis), 3-nervata (pari inframarginali indistincto neglecto) nervis secundariis 2-3 mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus planis tenuibus areolis 0.4-0.5 mm latis. Panicula 4-6 cm longa lataque 1973 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 9 submultiflora ramulis oppositis; flores 5-meri ad ramulorum apices 3-5-aggregati, pedicellis 0.5-O0.7 mm longis, bracteolis 0.8-1 X 0.1-0.2 mm subpersistentibus. Hypanthium (ad torum) 2.5 mm longum extus densiuscule pilis stellatis sessilibus vel brevissime stipitatis 0.3-0.4 mm latis puberulum; calycis tubus 0.2 mm longus, lobis interioribus 0.3 mm altis rotundatis, dentibus exterioribus crassis appressis lobos interiores aequantibus; torus intus sparse glanduloso-setulosus pilis O.1- 0.15 mm longis. Petala minutissime granulosa 1.8-2 X 1.5-1.6 mm suborbicularia. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta 2.3- 2.5 mm longa; antherarum thecae 1.9-2 X 0.6 X 0.6 mm oblongae poro 0.1-0.15 mm diam. dorsaliter inclinato; connectivum non prolongatum dorsaliter ad basim exappendiculatum vel obscure (0.05-0.1 mm) dentatum. Stigma paullulo expansum 0.7 mm diam.; stylus glaber 6 X 0.35-0.4 mm in ovarii apicem 0.2 mm immersus; ovarium 3-loculare et 3/4 inferum, apice truncato-conico 0.4 m alto sparsiuscule pilis stellulatis 0.1-0.15 mm diam. induto. Type Collection: E. Asplund 8328 (holotype S), collected in thicket below San Jacinto de la Union, Prov. Bolivar, Ecuador, elev. ca. 2300 m, 15 Aug. 1939. "Shrub ca. 3 m high; petals white." Miconia pseudocentrophora has pinoid hairs 0.1(-0.2) mm long on the lower leaf surfaces, pinoid-stellulate hairs 0.05- O.1 mm diam. on the hypanthia, and a glabrous ovary; generally the external primary leaf nerves are better developed and the upper leaf surface papillae less obviously developed. ‘The general aspect of M. bolivarensis is like that of M. papillosa (Desr.) Naud. (5-7-nerved leaf blades moderately fine-setose beneath with smooth hairs, hypanthia with stellulate-pinoid hairs only 0.1 mm diam. [as well as some setulae basally], puberulous style, and ovary apex with ca. 10 smooth setulae 0.2-0.3 um long), M. acalephoides Naud. (with fine smooth flex- uous cauline and foliar hairs, distinctly 5-7-nerved leaf blades and glabrous hypanthia), and M. pustulata Naud. (distinctly 5-[7-plinerved leaf blades with different lower sur- face pubescence, finer hypanthial hairs only ca. 0.15 mm dian., plumper anthers O.8-1 mm wide with a pore 0.4 m diam. and a dorso-basal connective tooth 0.2-0.3 mm long). Both M. centrophora Naud. and M. chrysantha Cogn. have much smaller Pinoid hairs on the lower leaf surfaces, as well as ovary apices crowned with ca. 10 smooth setulae ca. 0.25 mm long; M. aspergillaris (Bonpl.) Naud. has generally smaller and more rigid leaf blades plane above and pinoid-puberulous beneath and hypanthia with stellate-pinoid hairs 0.1-0.15 mm diam. Camp E-3427 (5 km north of Huigra, Chimborazo, Ecuador, elev. 1600- 2000 m) is certainly very close to M. bolivarensis and probably only subspecifically distinct; the Huigra collection, distri- buted as M. centrophora Naud. fma., has slightly smaller leaf and hypanthial hairs (0.2-0.25 m diam.), somewhat larger leaf blades which are indistinctly bullate above, and slightly smalier flowers. 10 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 1 MICONIA RIMBACHIT Wurdack, sp. nov. M. inani Cogn. & Gleas. ex Gleason affinis, foliis basa- liter nervatis floribus paulo minoribus filamentis glabris differt. Ramuli obtuse sulcato-quadrangulati sicut folia inflores- centia hypanthiaque glandulis paucis minutis exceptis glabra. Petioli 0.8-1 cm longi; lamina (6-)8-12 X (2-)3.5-5 cm elliptico-oblonga apice paullulo (usque ad 1 cm) acuminato basi late acuta vel obtusa, fragilis et integra vel obscure crenu- lata, trinervata nervis secundariis ca. 5 mm inter se distanti- bus nervulis subtus planis laxe reticulatis (areolis 1.5-2 m latis). Panicula 13-16 X 7-8 cm multiflora ramis ramulisque oppositis; flores 5-meri, pedicellis 5-7 X 0.3 mm, bracteolis non visis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 3.1 mm longum extus basim versus i. 8s. paulo verruculosum intus paulo 10-costatum; calycis tubus 0.4 mm altus, lobis interioribus 0.6 m altis ovatis vel rotundatis ad basim remotis, dentibus exterioribus appressis obscuris inframarginalibus. Petala densiuscule granulosa 4-4.2 X 3.7-4 mm late obovata. Stamina subisomor- phica glabra; filamenta 3.5-4 mm longa; antherarum thecae 3 X 0.7 X 1.1 mm oblongae 4-loculares poro 0.3 mm diam. incomplete septato. Stigma expansum 1.2 mm diam.; stylus 6 X O.4-0.6 mm glaber in ovarii apicem 0.4 mm inmersus; ovarium 5-loculare et 3/4 inferum, cono glabro costulato 0.7 m alto. Type Collection: A. Rimbach 786 (holotype S; isotype US), collected in the Western Cordillera above Balsapampa, Ecuador (Prov. Bolfvar, presumably), elev. 2600 m. "Grosser Strauch. Blatter glatt. Ovar und Kelch Karmin-rot, Krone weiss, zuruckgeschlagen. Antheren gelb. August." Miconia inanis (ex descr. and Gleason notes) has shortly 3-plinerved leaf blades, hypanthia 4.4 om long, petals 5.5 X 4e5 mn, and filaments apically glandular-puberulous. The other species in this complex, M. espinosana Gleason and M. huigrensis Wurdack, both have larger petals and moderately puberulous styles. MICONIA HARLINGII Wurdack, sp. nov. Sect. Chaenopleura. M. campii Wurdack affinis, foliis 5- nervatis nodorum foliorum pilis stramineis barbellatis non evolutis, antherarum thecis tantum 1/3 rimosis differt. Ramuli arcte obtuseque quadrangulati sicut foliorum venae subtus inflorescentiaque sparsiuscule vel modice glandulis clavatis 0.05 mm longis induti; linea interpetiolaris paullulo elevata evoluta. Petioli (1.5-)2-4 cm longi apicem versus adaxialiter sparse setulosi; lamina (6-)8-13(-25) X (3-)4-8(-13) em ovata vel oblongo-ovata apice hebeti-acuto vel obtuso basi paullulo (usque ad 0.3 cm) cordata, rigida et obscure ciliolato- serrulata, supra glabra et obscure rugulosa, subtus sparsiuscule vel modice setulosa pilis laevibus laxis O.3-1 mm longis, 5- nervata pari exteriore 2-5 um inframarginali nervis secundariis plerumque ca. 3 mm inter se distantibus sicut tertiariis supra paullulo impressis nervulis subtus planis areolis ca. 1 mm latis. 1973 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis dull Panicula corymbiformis pedunculo plerumque 3-4 cm longo ramis primariis secundariisque plerumque ternis; flores 5-meri, pedicellis 4-5 mm longis et ca. 1 m infra hypanthium articu- latis, bracteolis ca. 3.5 X 1 mm mox caducis. Hypanthium (ad focus) 45-5 mm longum basim versus sparsiuscule glandulis clavatis obsitum alioqui glabrum vel basim versus setulis glan- duliferis O.7-l mm longis paucissimis ornatum; calycis tubus 0.5 mm altus, lobis interioribus 1.5-2 X 2.8-3 mm oblatis paullulo imbricatis, dentibus exterioribus crassis acutis inframarginalibus. Petala glabra 4.7-5.2 X 4.4-4.6 mm sub- orbicularia apice ca. 0.8 mm retuso. Stamina isomorphica; filamenta 5-5.5 mm longa glabra vel basim versus sparsissime glandulis 0.1-0.15 mm longis ornata; antherarum thecae 1.8-2 X 0.9 X 1.4-1.8 mm obovatae late biporosae poris infra apicem ventraliter 0.6 mm extensis; connectivum ventraliter 0.6-0.7 mm prolongatum et O0.2-0.5 mm bilobulatum dorsaliter dente hebeti 0.2-0.4 mm libero ascendenti ornatum. Stigma paullulo expansum 1.3-1.8 mm diam.; stylus 5-6 X 1-1.1 mm basim versus sparse vel sparsiuscule glanduloso-puberulus (pilis ca. 0.1 m longis) in ovarii conum 0.7-1 mm immersus; ovarium 5-loculare et ca. 2/3 inferum Spice conico costato 1-1.5 mm alto sparsissime glanduloso-puberulo. Type Collection: G. Harling, G. Storm, & B. Strom 8175 (holotype GB; isotype US), collected between Sigsig and Gualaquiza, Cordillera Matanga, Prov. Santiago-Morona, Ecuador, elev. 3200 m, 10 April 1968. ‘Bush 2-3 m high. Inflorescence yellow; ripe fruits whitish." Paratypes (all Colombia): S. Espinal 996 (US), from Laguna de la Cocha, Depto. Narino, elev. 2900-3000 m; J. Cuatrecasas 11740 (US), from Paramo de San Antonio de Bordoncillo between El Encano and Sibundoy, Com. Putumayo, elev. 3250 m (leaf blade large, with sparser pubescence beneath); L. Uribe 5405 (COL, US), from near Quilisayace between Sibundoy and Pasto, Com. Putumayo, elev. 3250 m. Miconia campii has the branchlet nodes and primary leaf veins basally beneath with stramineous barbellate hairs 2-7 m long, {-nerved leaf blades, and anther thecae 2/3 rimose, but similar stamens, puberulous style, and essentially smooth setulae on the lower leaf surfaces. Miconia corymbiformis Cogn. has leaves glabrous beneath, anthers 2/3 rimose, and style glabrous; M. ascendens Wurdack has the leaf blades lax- strigose above, glandular cauline hairs, and long-rimose anthers. In anther structure, M. harlingii is intermediate from M. campii towards M. dissimulans Wurdack, the latter with smaller flowers and glabrous foliage. A NEW SPECIES OF GALIUM ( RUBIACEAE) FROM GUATEMALA Lauramay T. Dempster Jepson Herbarium, Department of Botany University of California, Berkeley In the course of preparing a manuscript on the genus Galium for the Flora of Guatemala, I found one collection which cannot be in- cluded in any named species. It belongs to. that group of perennial species having four leaves to a node, and dry fruits with uncinate hairs, which may reasonably be designated as the G. uncinulatum complex, including, among other species, the following from Mexico and Central America: G. uncinulatum DC., G. nelsonii Greenm., G. seatonii Greenm., and G. orizabense Hemsl. The new species most resembles G. nelsonii, from which it differs by the l-nerved petiolate leaves, the pyramidal inflorescence, the concentration of hairs on nerve and petioles (which May prove to be variable), and the pedicels sharply bent just below the ovaries. GALIUM QUICHENSE Dempster, Spe nov. Herbae perennes procumbentes caulibus glabris vel minute pubescenti- bus; foliis 3-7 mm. longis, aliquantum crassis, uninerviis, in petiolos abrupte angustatis, laminis ellipticis vel orbicularibus apiculatis, paginis superioribus paene glabris vel pilis paucis brevibus obtectis, paginis inferioribus glabris, glandibus dispersis refertis, costis ad basim versus pilis crassis ascendentibus dense instructis; inflorescentiis pyramidalibus terminalibus, pedicellis infra ovaria valde flexis; floribus perfectis, corollis rotatis cremeis glabris, apicibus obtusatis; fructibus siccis, pilis uncinatis instructis. 12 2973 Dempster, New species of Galium 13 Procumbent perennial herbs, 10-30 cm. high from a slender taproot or small rootcrown, sometimes rooting at the nodes; stems entirely glabrous, or the sides set with minute upwardly-curved hairs; leaves 3-7 mm. long, l-nerved, somewhat thick, tapering rather abruptly to a petiole, the blades broadly elliptical to orbicular, apiculate; leaf blades nearly glabrous or with few short hairs on the upper surface, the lower half of the midrib and the petiole densely set beneath with short stout upwardly-—curving hairs; lower leaf surface densely and evenly dotted with large glandular cells; inflorescence terminal, pyramidal; pedicels 1-3 times as long as the flowers, very sharply flexed just below the ovary, elongating and becoming more divaricate in fruit; flowers perfect; corollas rotate, cream-color, glabrous, the apices obtuse; fruits dry, 1-1.25 mm. across, set with uncinate hairs, one carpel often abortive. GUATEMALA: El Quiche, near junction of Nebaj road with road between Sacapulas and Cunen, alt. 6,700-7,300 ft., June 25-August 17, 1964, George R. Proctor 25139 (type, LL; isotype IJ). The type collection is the only one known, but the material is abundant, and it is probable that more than one individual is involved. I wish to thank Rimo Bacigalupi for verifying the Latin. 1h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 1 Galium quichense Dempster. 1, single shoot with flowers and immature fruits; 2, fruit, with one abortive carpel; 3, flower and very young fruit; 4, leaf, showing distribution of hairs and glands on lower surface. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. XLIII Harold N. Moldenke ERIOCAULACEAE Lindl. Additional & emended bibliography: Bigel., Florul. Boston., ed. 1, 335, 412, & 421. 182k; J. Torr., Compend. Fl. 350 & 395. 1526; Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflfam. 1833; Hook. in Curtis, Fl. Lond., ed. 2, 2: pl. 52. 1835; Hook., Brit. Fl., ed. h, 323, 3h6—3h7, 436, & 447. 1838; Bigel., Florul. Boston., ed. 3, 358--359, h55, & 466. 18)0; Balf. & Camp., Cat. Brit. Pl., ed. 2, 1: 5. 18h1; J. Torr., Fl. N. Y. 2: 334—335. 1843; Hook. f., Stud. Fl. Brit, Isls., ed. 1, 398 & 488 (1870), ed. 2, 423 & 522 (1878), and ed. 3, 421 & 545. 188); Uphof, Am. Journ. Bot. ly: hy—h8. 1927; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5) (2): 582. 1934; Wan- gain in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 55 (1): 541. 1934; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 56 (2): 8. 1936; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 56 (1): 469 (1936) and 57 (1): h75--78. 1937; Goos- sens, Suid-Afrik. Blom. Pl. 98 & 22h—225. 1953; Snowden, Grass Comm. & Mtn. Veg. Uganda 66 & 89. 1953; Santapau & Raizada, Ind- ian Forest Rec., ser. 2, Bot. : 167. 1956; Eiten in Ferré, Sim- pos. SObre Cerrado 170--172, 175, & 19l--195. 1962; Dandy, Reg. Veg. 51: [Ind. Gen. Vasc. Pl.] 38, 48, & 96. 1967; Cusick, Cas- tanea 35: 323. 1970; McCormick, Pine Barrens [N. J. State Mus. Res. Rep. 2:], pr. 1, 50 & 51 (1970) and pr. 2, 50 & 51. 1971; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax. 163, fig. 9k A. 1971; Raza- find in Debray, Jacquem., & Razafind, Contrib. Invent. Pl. Medic. Madag. 3: 70. 1971; Bookout, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 99: 207. 1972; Letouzy, Man. Bot. Forest. Afr. Trop. 2 (B): 378. 1972; Le- walle, Bull. Jard. Nat. Belg. 2: 46 & [237]. 1972; Venter, Journ. S. Afr. Bot. 38: 221. 1972; Moldenke in Steyerm., Maguire, & al., Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 23: 650—85). 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 225—-232, 234, 235, 238—2h1, 2h—2h8, & SO4--509. 1973; F.C. Seymour, Phytologia 25: 50 & 53. 1973. Erdtman (1971) states that he has examined pollen material of 15 species in 7 genera of this family and describes the pollen grains as "spiraperturate, spheroidal (diameter 22—3u). Sexine thicker than nexine, provided with small spinules." He comments "Pollen grains +similar to those in Eriocaulaceae occur in Aphyl- lanthes (Liliaceae; other characters common to Eriocaulaceae and Aphyllanthes: ovary superior; ovules solitary and pendulous in each cell; fruit loculicidal; seeds with copious endosperm, etc.). There is a less pronounced similarity to the grains in Commelin- aceae and Xyridaceae (Abolboda). The grains in Centrolepidaceae, peed Eepetsineas, Restionaceae, and Xyridaceae (Xyris) are erent. BLASTOCAULON Ruhl. Additional & emended bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen- 15 16 Pra ET OrL Ose Tk Vol. 26, now 1 reich 13 (4-30): 3, 11, 1h, 15, 19, 20, 2h, 25, 29, 30, 3h, 159, 223-225, [283], 269, 291, & 292, fig. 32. 1903; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 121, 160, 161, 246, & 50h. 1973. BLASTOCAULON ALBIDUM (G. Gardn,) Ruhl. Additional & emended bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen- reich 13 (4-30): 34, 225, [283], 28h, & 289. 1903; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 2h: 336. 1972. BLASTOCAULON SPELEICOLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 336. 1972. COMANTHERA L. B. Sm. Additional & emended bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflansen- reich 13 (4-30): 273 & 290. 1903; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 26 & 505. 1973. COMANTHERA KEGELIANA (Korn.) Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen- reich 13 (4-30): 273 & 290. 1903; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 26. 1973. ERIOCAULON Gron. Additional & emended bibliography: Bigel., Florul. Boston., ed. 1, 335, 12, & 421. 182k; J. Torr., Campend. Fl. 350 & 395. 1826; Hook. in Curtis, Fl. Lond., ed. 2, 2: pl. 52. 1835; Hook., Brit. Fl., ed. , 323, 346—347, 436, & 7. 1838; Bigel., Florul. Bos- ton., ed. 3, 358-359, SS, & 466. 1840; Balf. & Camp., Cat. Brit. Pl., ed. 2, 1: 5. 1841; Hook., Brit. Fl., ed. 5, 353—354 & 456. 1842; J. Torr., Fl. N. Y. 2: 335. 18433 Hook. f., Stud. Fl. Brit. Isls., ed. 1, 398 & 88 (1870), ed. 2, 423 & 522 (1878), and ed. 3, 421 & 545. 188); Uphof, Am. Journ. Bot. 1h: —-l8. 1927; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5) (2): 582. 193k; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 55 (1): 51. 193; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 56 (2): 8. 1936; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Snowden, Grass Comm, & Mtn. Veg. Uganda 66 & 89. 1953; Santapau & Raizada, Indian Forest Rec., ser. 2, Bot. h: 167. 1956; Eiten in Ferré, Simpos. SObre Cerrado 19. 1962; Dandy, Reg. Veg. 51: [Ind. Gen. Vasc. Pl.] 38, 48, & 96. 1967; Cusick, Castanea 35: 323. 1970; McCormick, Pine Barrens [N. J. State Mus. Res. Rep. 2:], pr. 1, 50 & 51 (1970) and pr. 2, 50 & 51. 1971; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax. 163, fig. 9h A. 1971} Bookout, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 99: 207. 1972; Letouzy, Man. Bot. Forest. Afr. Trop. 2 (B): 378. 19723; Venter, Journ. S. Afr. Bot. 38: 221. 1972; Moldenke in Steyerm., Maguire, & al., Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 23: BUY & 850, fig. h. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 225—232, 234, 238--2h1, 26-248, & 506. 1973; F. C. Seymour, Phytologia 25: 450 & 453. 1973. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 17 ERIOCAULON AQUATICUM (J. Hill) Druce Additional & emended bibliography: Hook. in Curtis, Fl. Lond., ed. 2, 2: pl. 52. 1835; Hook., Brit. Fl., ed. , 346—347 & 36. 1838; Balf. & Camp., Cat. Brit. Pl., ed. 2, 1: 5. 1841; J. Torr., Fl. N. Y. 2: 335. 1843; Hook. f., Stud. Fl. Brit. Isls., ed. 1, 398 & 488 (1870), ed. 2, 423 & 522 (1877), and ed. 3, 421 & S45. 188; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 239 & 27-248. 1973. Additional illustrations: Hook. in Curtis, Fl. Lond., ed. 2, 2: pl. 52 [in color]. 1835. Hooker calls this species the "jointed pipewort",. ERIOCAULON ARGENTINUM Castell. in Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 81, 83, 8h, & [103], pl. 18, fig. B. 195. Synonymy: Paepalanthus sp. Niederlein apud Castell. in Des- cole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 83, in syn. 19h5. onanthus acilis Molfino apud Castell. in Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 63, in syn. 195 [not S. gracilis (Bong.) Ruhl., 1965, nor Korn., 1965, nor (Korn.) Ruhl., 1903, nor (Kunth) Ruhl., 1959, nor Ruhl., 1908). Bibliography: Niederlein, Bol. Mus. Prod. Argent. 3 (31): 336. 1890; Molfino, Physis 6: 363. 1923; Castell. in Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: 81, 83, 84, & [103], pl. 18, fig. B. 19h5; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88, 1953; Moldenke,Résumé 265, 329, & 351. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 260 & 261. 1969; Mol- denke, Fifth Summ. 2: 93, 593, & 636. 1971. Illustrations: Castell. in Descole, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: pl. 18, fig. B. 1945; Abbiati, Rev. Mus. La Plata Bot., new ser., 6: 327 & 328, fig. h (A—C) & 5, & pl. 2 (2). 196. Hitherto I followed Abbiati (1946) in uniting this taxon with E. leptophyllum Kunth, but on re-examination of authentic mater- ial I now feel this it is distinct. It is based on Niederlein 2257 from the department of Santo Tomé, Corrientes, Argentina, collected on October 11, 1886, and deposited in the Buenos Aires herbarium, the selfsame collection described and illustrated by Abbiati as E. leptophyllum. Eriocaulon argentinum in more dwarf in stature than E. leptophyllum and has olivaceous and obtuse (rather than black and sharply acute) involucral and receptacular bractlets. Citations: BRAZIL: Paranf: Reiss s.n. [May 29, 1934] (N). AR- GENTINA: Corrientes: Pedersen 1192 (N). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Castell. in Descole, Gen. Sp. Pl. Argent. 3: pl. 18, fig. B. 1945 (N, 2). ERIOCAULON BILOBATUM Morong Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 346. 1972. McVaugh found this plant abundant in shallow pools in flat periodically flooded meadows, growing in association with Isoétes, Stevia, Sisyrinchium, and Aster exilis, at 2000 meters altitude, in flower and fruit in September. 18 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, now 1 Additional citations: MEXICO: Jalisco: R. McVaugh 23870 (Mi). ERIOCAULON BONI H. Lecomte Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- chine 7 (1): 2 & 13. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 346—3)7. 1972. Lecomte (1912) cites this species only from Tonkin, ERIOCAULON BREVIPEDUNCULATUM var. LONGIPES Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 347 (1972) and 25: 233. 1973. Additional citations: NEW GUINEA: Territory of New Guinea: Hoogland & Schodde 7647 (Ba--isotype) . ERIOCAULON BROMELIOIDEUM H. Lecomte Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- chine 7 (1): 3 & 17. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 347. 1972. Lecomte (1912) cites this species only from Annam. ERIOCAULON BROMELIOIDEUM var. LATIFOLIUM H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 7 (1): 17. 1912. Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo= chine 7 (1): 17. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 347. 1972. Lecomte (1912) cites this variety only from Annan. ERIOCAULON BROWNIANUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Trimen, Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceylon 99. 1885; H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 7 (1): 2 & 11. 1912; Wangerin & Krause in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (1): 5h [72] & 692. 1941; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 347 (1972) and 25: 122 & 232. 1973. Wangerin & Krause (191, p. 45h) cite an illustration of this species to "Fyson Il, t. 565", but Fysam's illustration in Journ. Indian Bot. 2 (1921) is on plate 17, a plate which is on an un- mumbered page between the numbered pages 266 and 267. Lecomte (1912) records the species only from Cochin-china. ERIOCAULON BUCHANANII Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Tie Ce. Be & Re Ee Fries in Re Ee Fries, Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed. Rhod.—Kong .-Exped. 1911-12 Bot. 1: 217. 1916; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 457 (1972) and 25: 231. 1973. Fries (1916) cites R. E. Fries 612 from Zambia. ERIOCAULON CABRALENSE Alv. Silv. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon calvalense Alv. Silv. apud Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475, sphalm. 1937. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 773. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 348. 1972. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 19 ERIOCAULON CEYLANICUM Korn. Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon cristatum var. Thwaites in Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., pr. 1, 31. 186. Additional bibliography: Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., pr. 2, 341. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 122 & 238. 1973. Hooker (1900) regarded E. cristatum var. Thwaites as a syno- nym of E. longicuspe Hook. f. ERIOCAULON CHINOROSSICUM Komarov, Bull. Jard. Bot. Pétersb. 16: 156. 1916. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 60 (2): 29. 1940; Moldenke, Phytologia 24: 349. 1972. ERIOCAULON CINEREUM R. Br. Additional & emended bibliography: Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: 2, 8, 10--11, & 12. 1900; H. Lecamte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 7 (1): 2 & 13—1h. 1912; Fedtsch., Act. Hort. Petrop. 38: 236. 192h3 Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 19. 1939; Love, Taxon 20: 613. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 122-123, 226, 230, & 232. 1973. Fedde & Schuster (1939) imply that the binomial, E. buchari- cum Bormm., was first published (as a "nomen solum") in Fedt- schenko's 192) work, but it appears actually to go back to his 1915 work. Hooker (1900) cites E. sexangulare Burm. as a syno- nym of E. cinerewm, but Burman's name is now regarded as synony- mous with E. minimum Lam. Love (1971) records the chromosome number of E. cinereum as n = 9, based on Mehra & Sachdeva )jh2 from Kashmir. Ramamoorthy refers to E. cinereum as a "comuon anrual herd with black heads, in the open in harvested paddy fields" and found it fruiting in January. Lecomte (1912) records the species from Cochinchina and Tonkin, while Steinberg (1935) records it from Tadshikskaya S. S. R., Russia (Central Asia: Pam.-Al. Gen.). In a letter to me, dated January , 1973, Dr. C. D. K. Cook in- forms me that he has submitted samples of all of his Italian col- lections of Eriocaulon to the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew and that Mr. Meikle is of the opinion that all of them represent E. cinereum R. Br. If this is the case, then I feel that our con- cept of this species will have to be re-examined. The Italian material certainly does not seem identical to most of the Indian and other Asiatic specimens so identified hitherto; possibly they should be called E. sieboldtianum Sieb. & Zucc. as Dr. Koyama maintains. On the other hand, Dr. Byrnes has recently sent to me typical Australian material of E. cinereum and it is definitely of the very thinly linear-leaves type and extremely dwarf in stature —- not at all like the Italian specimens. He describes it as an amual plant and found it growing at the edge of a swam, flowering in June. Additional citations: INDIA: Kashmir: R. R. Stewart 3350 1/2 20 Pol’ F:.0.L°0:6 Ick Vol. 26, no, 1 (Ba). Mysore: Ramamoorthy H.F.P. 1376 (W—2653692). CHINESE COASTAL ISLANDS: Honam: E. D. Merrill 9846 (Ba). JAPAN: Honshu: Hashimoto 162) (Ba); It8 & & Koyama 826 ama 626 (Ba); Kato s.n. (Oct. LL, 192] (Ba); Mu Muramatsu s.n. [Oct. 9, , 1931) (Ba). AUSTRALIA: Northern Territory: Byrnes 2620 (1d). ERIOCAULON CIPOENSE Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 773. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. "Jahresber. 59 (2)? 19. 1939; Mol- denke, Phytologia 2): 380. 1972. ERIOCAULON COLLINUM Hook. f. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon luzulaefolium Thwaites ex Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: 10, in syn. 1900 [not E. luzulaefolium Mart., 1832]. Additional bibliography: Thwaites & Hook. f., Emum. Pl. Zeyl., pr. 1, 341. 1864; Wangerin & Krause in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (1): ksh [72] & b92. 191; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., pr. 2, 341. 1964; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 351 (1972) and 25: 239.5 1973s Wangerin & Krause (191 Pe 45h) cite an illustration of this species to "Fyson II, t. 566", but there is no such plate number in Fyson's work in Journ. ee Bot, 2 (1921) nor in his Fl. Nilg. & Puln. Hill-tops 2 (1915). ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM Lam. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon gnaphalodes Willis ex W. Stone, Ann, Rep. N. J. State Mus. 1910: [Pl. South. N. J.] 325, Additional bibliography: Baerecke, Anal. Key Ferns & Flow, Pl. Atl. Sect. Mid. Fla. 25. 1906; Uphof, Am. Journ. Bot. 14: h). ae McCormick, Pine Barrens [N. J. State Mus. Res. Rep. 2:], pr. 1, 51 (1970) and pr. 2, 51. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 123; 225, & 234. 1973. Stone (1912) comments that in New Jersey this species occurs in "Wet swamps in the Pine Barrens and Cape May district; fre- quent. The early flowering, large grayish heads and short leaves distinguish this fine species from the preceding [E. parkeri], while E. septangulare [=E. pellucidum] is usually smaller and later in flowering." He says that in New Jersey E. compressum flowers from "Mid-May to late June, rarely into July" and cites 16 unnumbered specimens. Recent collectors describe this plant as a perennial, growing with the leaf rosettes submerged, the heads white, grayish, or grayish-white, growing in shallow standing water in pinelands, in moist open meadows adjoining pinelands, and in shallow water of Sphagnum bogs. Kral encountered it on wet sandy peat in sandy clearings in longleaf pine areas in Alabama, while Wentz describes 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae val it as "rare" in dry ditches and "uncammon" in wet soil at the edges of large marshy ponds in Florida. The flowers are described as white on DeWolf 1019, who notes "seen a couple of times, but not common" in Louisiana. Huttleston 1855, cited below, was originally from Liberty County, Florida. McCormick (1970) avers that in the New Jersey pinebarrens this species is knom as "flat pipewort". Additional citations: NEW JERSEY: Burlington Co.: Lawrence & Dress 273 (Ba). GEORGIA: Telfair Co.: Dress, Moore, & Lawrence 719 (Ba). FLORIDA: Alachua Co.: G. H. M. Lawrence 82 (Ba). Col- lier Co.: Wentz 66) (Mi). Orange Co.: Wentz 638 (Mi). ALABAMA: Covington Co.: Kral 26123 (Mi). LOUISIANA: Parish undetermined: DeWolf 1019 [Rte. 11] (Ba). CULTIVATED: Pennsylvania: Huttles- ton 1855 (Ba). iG ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM var. HARPERI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 123 & 225. 1973. Recent collectors have found this plant graving in standing shallow pools of water under oaks. Material has been misidenti- fied and distributed in some herbaria as E. decangulare L. ee citations: GEORGIA: Early Co.: Dress & Hansen 2036 Ba). ERIOCAULON CRASSISCAPUM Bong. Additional bibliography: Eiten in Ferré, Simpos. S6bre Cer- rado 19. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 124 & 125. 1973. Eiten has found this plant growing in an "Open brook, base of plant in water, rooted in brookbed", flowering in March. ERIOCAULON CUSPIDATUM Dalz. Additional bibliography: Trimen, Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceylon 99. 1885; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 12). 1973. ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE L. Additional & emended bibliography: J. Torr., Compend. Fl. 350. 1826; Baerecke, Anal. Key Ferns & Flow. Pl. Atl. Sect. Mid. Fla. 25. 1906; W. Stone, Ann. Rep. N. J. State Mus. 1910: [Pl. South. N. J. ] 323-325, pl. 28, fig. 2. 1912; Uphof, Am. Journ, Bot. 1h: hh & 46. 1927; Cusick, Castanea 35: 323. 1970; McCormick, Pine Barrens [N. J. State Mus. Res. Rep. 2:], pr. 1, 51 (1970) and pr. 2, 51. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 12)--125, 127, 225— 227, & 239. 1973; F.C. Seymour, Phytologia 25: 450 & 453. 1973 Stone (1912) reports that this plant grows in the New Jersey "Pine Barren swamps, the most plentiful species, extending to the edge of the salt meadows at certain points, and also to the Cape May district", flowering from "Mid-July to early October" and cites 32 unnumbered specimens. Recent collectors describe this plant as having whitish flower- heads, and have found it growing in bogs, flatwoods bogs, bogs ad- 22 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, now 1 jacent to granite outcrops, pineland bogs, pine-flatwoods bogs, barely emersed Sphagnum bogs, swamps and shallow lakes in oak woods, roadside ditches, low wet ground, and the shallow water a- long the margins of ponds in white sand barrens, flowering April, and fruiting in June and August. Fosberg reports it common local- ly on flats of fine white sand which is gray to black from humus accumulation, moist, hard, open, and grassy, with Ctenium dominant. Wentz reports it as "uncommon in 6 dm. of water in shallow marshy pond surrounded by orange groves", while Lems encountered it "in Sphagnum bogs invaded by Acer rubrum, with Pogonia, Sarra- cenia, and Nymphaea odorata common, near the outer edge with evi- dence of saltmarsh transition with Althaea, thickets of Rosa, Os- munda regalis and dense Acer rubrum". McCormick (1970) avers that in the New Jersey pinebarrens this species is know as "ten- angled pipewort". tually E. compressum Lam., while Dress & Hansen 2036 is E. com- pressum var. harperi Moldenke and Kral 20678 is E. decangulare var. minor Moldenke. Additional citations: NEW JERSEY: Burlington Co.: Lawrence & Dress 575 (Ba). Cape May Co.: Lems 62062002 (Mi). NORTH CAROLI- NA: Pender Co.: F. R. Fosberg 3102), (Ba). GEORGIA: Berrien Co.: Kral 2248 (Mi). Brooks Co.: Kral 28685 (Mi). Dodge Co.: Kral 28745 (Mi). Early Co.: Kral 27090 (Mi). Laurens Co.: Kral 28723 (Mi). Tattnall Co.: Dress & Read 7810 (Ba). FLORIDA: Her- nando Co.: R. A. Howard 12953 (Ba). Lake Co.: G. V. Nash 1722 (Ba). Orange Co.: Wentz 633 (Mi). ALABAMA: Baldwin Co.: Dress & Read 79, (Ba), 7498 (Ba) = ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE var. MINOR Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 12h. 1973. Kral found this plant growing in sandy peat in a hillside bog on longleaf pine-covered hills, flowering and fruiting in July. Additional citations: LOUISIANA: Natchitoches Par.: Kral 20678 (Mi). ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE f. PARVICEPS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 12h, 125, 127, 226 & 227, 1 s F, C. Seymour, P ologia 25: 0& el e In Sr es e oe Sem at eon aeee niiz0 $4e3 tnt? plant growing in pine savannas, on creek-banks, and in rich black soil of level land, at altitudes of sealevel to 100 meters, flow- ering and fruiting in March and July. Additional citations: NICARAGUA: Cabo Gracias a Dios: E. B. Nel- son 630 (Ld), 4765 (Z); F. C. Seymour 5766 (Ac). Zelaya: E. B. Welson Ls68 (14), 4971 (Ac). 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 23 ERIOCAULON DESLANDESII Alv. Silv. This name is now regarded as a synonym of E. magnificum Ruhl. ERIOCAULON DIANAE var. LONGIBRACTEATUM Fyson is Sa & emended aa ol en Santapau & Raizada, Indian orest Rec., ser. 2, Bot. h: 167. 1956; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 356. 1972. ‘ ; pt arene: Santapau & Raizada (1956) describe this as "A very rare plant" and cite Junwania Nes s.n. [Santapau 15118], but Saldanha says of it "common herbs, heads white sides light dark [whatever that may mean is not clear to met], [growing] in full sun in paddy fields", and found it flowering and fruiting in November. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. heterolepis Steud. Additional citations: INDIA: Gujarat: Shah s.n. [September 20, 1972] (Ld). Mysore: Saldanha 15616 (W--2653690)._ ERIOCAULON DICTYOPHYLLUM Korn. geste bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 356 & 1,88. The Reitz 518 and Smith, Reitz, & Sufridini 9451, distributed as E. dictyophyllum and so cited by me in 1968, are actually E. sellowianum Kunth, while Brade 12226 is E. sellowianum var. longifolium Moldenke. ERIOCAULON DUTHIEI Hook. f. Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- chine 7 (1): 3 & 15—16. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 357 & L8)h (1972) and 25: 232. 1973. Lecomte (1912) records this species from Tonkin. ERIOCAULON EBERHARDTII H. Lecomte Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- chine 7 (1): 2 & h. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 357. 1972. Lecomte (1912) records this species only from Annam. ERIOCAULON ECHINULATUM Mart. Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- chine 7 (1): 3 & 1y--15. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 358 & 458. 1972. Lecomte (1912) records this species from Cambodia, Cochinchina, and Tonkin. ERIOCAULON ELENORAE Fyson Additional bibliography: Shah & Deshpande, Bull. Bot. Surv. In- dia 11: 283. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 58 (1972) and 25: 232. 1973. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Manilal 1 (Ac), 3 (Ac). ERIOCAULON ENSIFORME C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1930: 159--160, fig. A--E. 1930. 2h PHY T.0.1-0:G DA Vol. 26, no. 1 Additional & emended bibliography: C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1930: 159--160, fig. A—E. 1930; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 58 (1): 509 [39]. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 58 (2): 19. 1938; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 58 (2): 535. 1939; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 458. 1972. Illustrations: C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1930: 159, fig. A=--E. 1930. This species is based on Madras Govt. Botanist 14,97 from Ma- dras, India, and is known thus far only from the original collec- tion. ERIOCAULON FLUVIATILE Trimen Additional & emended bibliography: Trimen, Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceylon 99. 1885; Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: 2, ll, & 412. 1900; H. Lecamte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 7 (1): 2 & 6--7. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 59 (1972) and 25: 232. 1973. This species is based on Thwaites C[eylon] P[lants] 3057 ac- cording to Trimen (1885). Lecomte (1912) records it from Annan, Tonkin, and Hongkong. ERIOCAULON FRIESIORUM Bullock Additional bibliography: Lugard, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1939: 104. 1939; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 29. 1940; Snowden, Grass Comm. & Mtn. Veg. Uganda 66 & 89. 1953; Mol- denke, Phytologia 2h: 459—)60 (1972) and 25: 231. 1973. Lugard (1939) describes this plant as a "rosette herb with linear leaves, flowers black and white, capitate on peduncles up to about 1 ft. high", and found it growing at 10,200 feet alti- tude in the Aberdare Mountains of Kenya, and cites Lugard 683. Fedde & Schuster (190) and Bullock (1932) cite Lugard 6736 Bul- lock also cites Gardner 1159 from Kenya. ERIOCAULON GAMBLEI C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1930: 160--161, fig. A—D. 1930. Additional & emended bibliography: C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1930: 160—161, fig. A—D. 1930; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 58 (1): 609 [39]. 1938; Fedde & Sclust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 58 (2): 19. 1938; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 58 (2): 535. 1939; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 60. 1972. Illustrations: C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1930: 160, fig. A—D. 1930. This species is based on J. S. Gamble 1881 from Madras in south India. i}. oe ERIOCAULON GIBBOSUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 60. 1972. The Bailey & Bailey 1697a, distributed as E. gibbosum, is ac- tually Paepalanthus lamarckii Kunth. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 25 ERIOCAULON GILGIANUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: T. C. E. & R. E. Fries in R. E. Fries, Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed. Rhod.—Kong .-Exped. 1911-12 Bot. 1: 218. 1916; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 60. 1972. ERIOCAULON GOMPHRENOIDES Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 61. 1972. This plant has been found growing at 1300 meters altitude, flowering and fruiting in October. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Pereira 6475 ERIOCAULON GUADALAJARENSE Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 61. 1972. Gonz4lez T. reports this plant as ” subaquatic, very abundant "creciendo en un ojo de agua", at 1550 meters altitude, with white flowers, and found it blooming in March. Additional citations: MEXICO: Jalisco: Gonzd4lez T. 100 (Mi). ERIOCAULON HENRYANUM Ruhl. Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- chine 7 (1): 2 & 13. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 462. 1972. Lecomte (1912) records this species from Annam. ERIOCAULON HERZOGII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 59 (2): 19. 1939; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 462. 1972. ERIOCAULON HETEROLEPIS Steud. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 463. 1972. The Saldanha 15616, distributed as E. heterolepis, seems to be E. dianae var. ae var. longibracteatum Fyson, while Ram Ramamoorthy H.F.P. 1295 is E is E. infirmm Steud. ERIOCAULON HETEROPEPLON Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 773. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 19. 1939; Mol- denke, Phytologia 2): 163. 1972. Fedde & Schuster (1939) cite the original publication of this binomial to page "33" of Silveira's work (1908), but 3) is correct. ERIOCAULON HONDOENSE Satake Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 125 & 127. 1973. Material of this species is often misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. sikokianum Maxim. Additional citations: JAPAN: Honshu: Hashimoto 399 (Ba); ashi s.n. [Oct. 6, 1936] (Ba); Muramatsu s.n. [Sept. t. 6, 1931 (Ba); Ohwi 166 (Ba); Ohwi & Koyama 119) (Ba); Togasi 722 (Ba), 91h (Ba, 26 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 26, no. 1 ERIOCAULON HOOKERIANUM Stapf Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecamte, Fl. Gén. Indo- chine 7 (1): 2 & 10--11. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 465. 1972. Lecomte (1912) records this species from Tonkin. ERIOCAULON HUIANUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 58 (2): 19. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 65. 1972. This species is based on H. H. Hu 1137 from Kiangsi, southern ERIOCAULON HUMBOLDTII kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 125. 1973 My good friend, Dr. Lépez-Palacios, states that he has seen the peduncles on this plant as much as one meter long! Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Lépez—-Palacios 3018 . (Ld). ERIOCAULON INFIRMUM Steud. Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecamte, Fl. Gén. Indo- chine 7 (1): 2& 9. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2f,: 66 (1972), 25: 85 (1972), and 25: 232. 1973. Lecomte (1912) records this species from Cochinchina, Rama- moorthy describes it as "common annual tufted herbs with glabrous basal leaves, heads blackish white, in the open waterlogged har- vested paddy fields and in marshes" and found it flowering and fruiting in January. Additional citations: INDIA: Mysore: Ramamoorthy H.F.P. 1295 (W265 3691) . ERIOCAULON INTERMEDIUM Korn. Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- chine 7 (1): 2 & h--5. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 466 (1972) and 25: 232. 1973. Lecomte (1912) records this species from Cochinchina. ERIOCAULON JAUENSE Moldenke, R4sumé Suppl. 17: 2, nom. md. (1968), Phytologia 18: 26, hyponym (1969), and in Steyerm., Maguire, & al., Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 23: 89 & 850, fig. h. 1972. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 67. 1972; Moldenke in Steyerm., Maguire, & al., Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 23: 850. 1972. Illustrations: Moldenke in Steyerm., Maguire, & al., Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 23: 849, fig. h. 1972. a? Citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: J. A. Steyermark 98179 (Z—type z—~drawing of type). ho a , ERIOCAULON KENGII Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust in Just, Bot. Jahres- 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 27 ber. 58 (2): 19. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 68. 1972. This species is based on Y. L. Keng 953 from Chekiang, south- ern China. ci ae a ERIOCAULON KWANTUNGENSE Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 58 (2): 19. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 69. 1972. This species is based on C. M. Shihi 5 from Kwangtung, south- ern China, Tt) 2 ERIOCAULON LANIGERUM H. Lecomte Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- chine 7 (1): 2 & 8—~9. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 70. 1972. Lecomte (1912) records this species only from Cochinchina. ERIOCAULON LEPTOPHYLLUM Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 12) & 125. 1973. Recent collectors have found this plant growing at 5m. alti- tude, with white flowers, blooming in February. The Eriocaulon argentinum Castell., Paepalanthus sp. Nieder- lein, and Syngonanthus gracilis Molfino, previously regarded by me (following the conclusion of Abbiati, 196) as synonyms of E. leptophyllum, should be removed from the synonymy of this species. It seems to me now that E. argentimm, of which the Niederlein and Molfino names are synonyms, is specifically distinct from E. lep- tophyllum, being a dwarf plant with its involucral and receptacu- lar bractlets olivaceous rather than black,and obtuse rather than sharply acute. The Niederlein 2257, Pedersen 1192, and Reiss s.n. [May 29, 193k], previously cited by me as E. leptophyllm, are now regarded by me as representing E. argentinum. The Reitz 5605, cited below, was previously erroneously reported by me as E. mo- destum Kunth. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Santa Catarina: Reitz 5605 (N, W--2321371). sane ERIOCAULON LEUCOGENES Ridl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 470-71. 1972. Additional citations: NEW GUINEA: Territory of New Guinea: Hoogland & Schodde 77) (Ba). ERIOCAULON LEUCOMELAS Steud. Additional & emended bibliography: Fyson, Fl. Nilg. & Puln. Hill-tops 1: 428 & 432 (1915), 2: pl. 277, fig. 1 (1915), and 3: 119, pl. 543. 1921; Wangerin & Krause in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (1): LSk & 692. 191; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: h71 & L95. 1972. Emended illustrations: Fyson, Fil. Nilg. & Puln. Hill-tops 2: pl. 277, fig. 1 (1915) and 3: pl. 543. 1921. 28 Perer TOL Ove Fa Vol. 26, no. 1 Wangerin & Krause (191, p. 454) cite an illustration of this species to "Fyson II, t. 567", but there is no such plate number in Fyson's work in Journ. Indian Bot. 2 (1921) nor in his Fl. Nilg. & Puln. Hill-tops 2 (1915), while in Vol. 3 (1921) plate 567 depicts Anthistiria ciliata L. ERIOCAULON LIGULATUM (Vell.) L. B. Sm. Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 323, 328, & 331 (1950) and 25: 125. 1973. Smith & Klein encountered this plant in a sphagnetum. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the name E. deslandesii Alv. Silv. On the other hand, the Mexia 57h5 distributed as E. ligulatum is actually Paepalanthus planifolius var. conduplicatus Ruhl. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Sellow B,1290 (N— photo), B.1290/262 (N—photo), B 1290/C .263 (N--photo). Rio Grande do Sul: A. Castellanos 22560 (Ja—109130). Santa Catarina: Reitz 2985 (N); Smith & Klein 1559la (Ld); J. Vidal I[1.196 [Herb. Rio Jan. 77082] (W—2639612). S&o Paulo: L. Riedel 2388 (N— Lewe . MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (N— photo). ERIOCAULON LINEARE Small Additional bibliography: Uphof, Am. Journ. Bot. 1): lh. 1927; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 125. 1973. Recent collectors have found this species growing on wet sandy peat along the margins of sinkhole ponds in pinewoods, on sandy lakeshores, and in sandy peat muck of wet slash pine-saw palmetto flatwoods. Kral reports the "plant bases" submerged and the flow- er-heads white. He encountered it in anthesis from July to Sep- tember. Additional citations: GEORGIA: Baker Co.: Kral 27079 (Mi). FLORIDA: Leon Co.: Kral & Godfrey 15575 (Mi). Wakulla Co.: Kral 2302), (Mi). ERIOCAULON LINEARIFOLIUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 473 (1972) and 25: 229. 1973. Anderson and his associates encountered this plant in "brejo" in an area of cerrado and adjacent brejo, at 750 meters altitude, in flower in March, and describe the flower-heads as white. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 36510 (Ld). 7 ERIOCAULON LUZULAEFOLIUM Mart. in Wall., Pl. Asiat. Rar. 3: 28, 1832 [not E. luzulaefolium Thwaites, 1900]. Additional bibliography: Trimen, Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceylon 99. 1885; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 57, 468, 473-—-h7h, & 495 (1972) and 25: 123. 1973. In a letter to me, dated January , 1973, Dr. C. D. K. Cook in- 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 29 forms me that he has submitted samples of all of his Italian col- lections of Eriocaulon to the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew and that Mr. Meikle is of the opinion that all of them represent E. cinereum R. Br. If this is the case then I feel that our concept of E. cinereum will have to be re-examined. The Italian material certainly does not seem identical to most of the Indian and other Asiatic specimens hitherto so identified. ERIOCAULON MAGNIFICUM Ruhl. Synonymy: Eriocaulon deslandesii Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 421, pl. 253. 1928. Additional & emended bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: (1] & 421, pl. 253. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 773. 1938; A.W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 105. 1938; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 7, 8, 34, & 37. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 76, 77, 20h, & 205. 19493; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 1,2 (1949) and 3: 322, 323, & 331. 1950; Moldenke, Résumé 88, 89, 80, & 81. 1959; Reitz, Sellowia 11: 31 & 103. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 50—51 (1968), 19: 3h & 77 (1969), 19: 334 (1970), and 20: 405. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 149 & 362 (1971) and 2: 93h & 938. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 355 & W7h4—-L75 (1972) and 25: 126 & 23k. 1973. Tllustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 253. 1928. Racent collectors describe this plant as a rosulate herb, 2 feet tall, with the flower—heads white and the anthers black, and have encountered it in swamps at 8 meters altitude, flowering in January, September, November, and December and fruiting in Jam- ary, November, and December. The flowers are described as white on Reitz 1911. Eriocaulon deslandesii is based on Deslandes s.n. [Herb. Sil- veira 220], and the actual type ("holotype"), sheet number 126565 in the Rio de Janeiro herbarium, was examined by Dr. L. B. Smith and myself in 1973 and found to be identical with E. magnificum. The Reitz & Klein 54,28, previously cited by me as E. deslandesii and so distributed in some herbaria, is actually the type col- lection of E. reitzii Moldenke & Smith, while Reitz 2985 is actu- ally E. ligulatum (Vell.) L. B. Sm. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Deslandes s.n. [Herb. Silveira 220] (Ja—126565, Z—photo); Pabst 10150 (Ja— 77106); J. Vidal IV.288 [Herb. Rio de Jan. 105086] (Z), IV.09 (Herb. Rio Jan. 105085] (W—2639611), IV.4j23 [Herb. Rio Jan. 126567] (W--2639610). Santa Catarina: Reitz 1911 (Ja--l,89)0). CULTIVATED: Pennsylvania: Wikoff 106 [Longwood Gard. acc. 581428] (Ba). ERIOCAULON MELANOLEPIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 773. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 477. 1972. 30 PRY 2:60.10 EM Vol. 26, no. 1 ERIOCAULON MESANTHEMOIDES Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Snowden, Grass Com. & Mtn. Veg. Ugan- da 66 & 89. 1953; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 477 (1972) and 25: 231. 1973. ERIOCAULON MICROCEPHALUM H.B.K. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 126. 1973. Moore describes this plant as having gray flowers and found it growing in grassy bogs and among grasses and sedges in pine woods and Sphagnum bogs, as well as in open meadows in fir forests. Additional citations: MEXICO: Federal District: J. Rzedowski eae ee ERIOCAULON MILHOENSE Herzog Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 59 (2): 19. 1939; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 477. 1972. Fedde & Schuster (1939) cite the type collection of this spe- cies as "n. 21053/6". ERIOCAULON MIQUELIANUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 6, 76, & 480. 1972. The Hayashi s.n. [Oct. 6, 1936] and Muramatsu s.n. [Sept. 6, 1931], distributed as E, miquelianum, seem actually to be E. hondoense Satake. a ERIOCAULON MISERUM Korn. Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo= chine 7 (1): 2 & 6. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2l: 179 (1972) and 25: 233. 1973. Lecomte (1912) records this species from Annam and Tonkin, ERIOCAULON MODESTUM Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 126. 1973. In addition to the months previously reported, recent collec- tors have found this plant in flower and fruit in January and Oc- tober. Material has been misidentified and distributed in herbar- ia as E, angustifolium Korn. On the other hand, the Reitz 5605, distributed as E. modestum and so cited by me in 1969, is actually E. leptophyllum Kunth. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Malme 311 (Ja— 28142); Pabst 10150 (Ja—77107, Ja); J. Vidal IV.17h [Herb. Rio Jan. 105083] (Ac), sen. (Feb. 1939] (Ja—36737), sen. [X1/1953; Herb. Rio Jan. 126570) (Ac). Santa Catarina: Gaudichaud 103 (G)5 Reitz 193%6 (Ja—u8939), C.115 (Ja--51188). S&o Paulo: Burchell 4186 (G). Marinheiros Island: Deslandes 1 (Herb, Silveira 850) ( Ja—126566, Ld). ERIOCAULON MODESTUM f. VIVIPARUM Herzog Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon dusenii C. Diogo, in herb. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 31 Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 79--),80 (1972) and 25: 32. 1973. Dr. L. B. Smith, in a letter to me dated February 15, 1973, says "I think 'Bahia' is probably correct for the Luetzelburg citation [type collection of this taxon]. His labels are a mess and his numbers are not chronological as I can tell from my bromel records. Herzog gives western Bahia which adjoins Goids and there is a fairly large Rio Preto in southwestern Bahia near the tristate boundary point with Goids and Minas Gerais and I can find no such Rio in eastern Goid4s. I think the 'Goias' on the isotype is eames an error in copying." The cheironym, E. dusenii, is apparently based on Dusén 267, collected in Se has at Punt Pani Grossa, Parand, Brazil, on “on December 6, 1903, and deposited in the Rio de * Janeiro’ herbarium. The name is not recorded in either the Index Kewensis nor the Gray Herbar~ ium card index. Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Luetzelb 15510 (Mu—type, N--isotype). Paran4&: Dusén 2))67 Cjanbgese Ja, Ja, Z—photo). ERIOCAULON NANELLUM Ohwi Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 58 (2): 19. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 481° & 48h. 1972. Suzuki describes this taxon as "a rare plant" and found it inhabiting wet places by a persisting snowfield at 1300 meters altitude. tarry citations: JAPAN: Honshu: Suzuki s.n. [8 .10.1952] (Ba ERIOCAULON NASUENSE Satake Additional & emended bibliography: Pinkava, Biol. Abstr. 5h: 75. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 481 & 82 (1972) and 25: 233. 1973. ERIOCAULON NAUTILIFORME H. Lecomte Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén, Indo- chine 7 (1): 2 & 7—8, fig. 1. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 482 (1972) and 25: 233. 1973. Emended illustrations: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 7 (1): T fig. 1. 1912. Lecomte (1912) records this species from Cambodia, Cochinchina, and Laos. ERIOCAULON NIGRUM H. Lecomte Additional & emended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- chine 7 (1): 3 & 16—17. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 483 (1972) and 25: 81. 1972. Lecomte (1912) records this species only from Tonkin. ERIOCAULON NILAGIRENSE Steud. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 127. 1973. 32 PX T.0.5-0 G TA Vol. 26, no. 1 Recent collectors describe this species as "common" or "fairly common" marsh herbs "with prominent white heads, at peak of flow- ering [in October]", the peduncles twisted, to 50 cm. long, and have found it growing in full sun in marshes and also in partial shade along roads in wet deciduous forest regions near streams, at altitudes of 750--800 meters, flowering in October and Decem- ber. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some her- baria as E. polycephalum Hook. f. and E. robusto~brownianum Ruhl. Additional citations: INDIA: Mysore: Jarrett & Ramamoorthy H. F.P. 995 (W--2653687); Jarrett, Saldanha, & Ram: & Ramamoorthy H.F.P. HF. 832- (W--265 3685) ; Saldanha & R: & Ramamoorthy H.F.P. 112 (ae 2653689) , 1178 (W—265 3686) . ERIOCAULON NIPPONICUM Maxim. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 83--,8). 1972. Tsang describes this plant as an herb, 2 feet tall, with gray fruit[ing heads], abundant in loam-silt of swampy meadows in Kwang tung. Additional citations: CHINA: Kwangtung: Tsang 21681b (Ba). JAPAN: Honshu: Kume s.n. [Oct. 17, 193k] (Ba); Muramatsu 3ene [oct. 5, 1931] (Ba), s.n sen. (Oct. 1, 1932] (Ba); Ohwi 165 (Ba); Ohmi & Koyama 137 (Ba). ERIOCAULON NOSORIENSE Ohwi Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 58 (2): 19. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 48h. 1972. ERIOCAULON NUDICUSPE Maxim, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 127. 1973. Additional citations: JAPAN: Honshu: Imami 956 (Ba); Kume s. n. [Sept. 2, 193)] (Ba). ERIOCAULON ORYZETORUM Mart. Additional & enended bibliography: H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- chine 7 (1): 2 & 910. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 485-86 (1972) and 25: 233. 1973. Lecomte (1912) records this species from Annam, Cambodia, and Cochinchina, ERIOCAULON PALLESCENS (Nakai) Satake Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 58 (2): 19. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 486. 1972. ERIOCAULON PALUDICOLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 773. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 87. "1972. ERIOCAULON PARANENSE Moldenke This taxon is now known as E. sellowianum var. paranense (Mol- 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 33 denke) Moldenke & Smith, which see. ERIOCAULON PARKERI B. L. Robinson Additional bibliography: Krause in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (1): 222. 1940; Wangerin & Krause in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (1): 692. 191; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 488--189. 1972. Stone (1912) says of this plant: "Parker's Pipewort is restric- ted to the muddy river shores of the Middle district [on New Jer- sey] where it is the representative of the Seven-angled Pipewort [E. pellucidum] of the bogs. It is the only one [of the New Jer- sey species] to occur outside of the Pine Barrens and Cape May region [of southern New Jersey]......Tidewater mud banks of wes- tern New Jersey, local......{flowering in] Late July, into October or November." He cites 7 unnumbered specimens from Bordentown, Morris, Fish House, Camden at Cooper's Creek, Red Bank, Millville, and the Mullica River above Crowleytow. ERIOCAULON PELLUCIDUM Michx. Additional & emended bibliography: Bigel., Florul. Boston., ed. 1, 335. 1824; J. Torr., Compend. Fl. 350. 1826; Bigel., Florul. Boston., ed. 3, 358--359. 1840; J. Torr., Fl. N. Y. 2: 335. 183; J. L. Bennett, Pl. Rhode Isl. h7. 1888; Knowlton, U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 696: 260, 670, & 812. 1919; W. C. Ferguson, Torreya 25: 110. 1925; Uphof, Am. Journ. Bot. ly: l & 46. 1927; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 773. 1938; McCormick, Pine Barrens (N. J. State Mus. Res. Rep. 2:], pr. 1, 50 (1970) and pr. 2, 50. 1971; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax. 163, fig. 9) A. 1971; Bookout, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 99: 207. 1972; Moldenke, Phytolo- Additional illustrations: Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax. 163, fig. 94 A. 1971. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in mud on lake shores, on sandy shores of lakes, in lake water, in shallow water and wet soil along pond margins, and on muddy bottoms one foot under water. McDonald found it in "1/2 to 2 ft. water". Voss reports it "uncommon in 8-inch water of boggy-marshy border". McCormick (1970) reports that in the New Jersey pinebarrens this plant is knowm as “white buttons". Torrey (183) reports that "In Lake George [New York], I have found this species with the scape full 6 feet long". He calls it the "Pellucid Pipewort"; Hooker called it the "Transparent Pipewort". Stone (1912) says that in New Jersey this species is found in "Ponds and bogs of the Pine Barrens and locally in lakes of the northern counties. This species is subject to great variation in size and character of foliage according to habitat. In submerged specimens the leaves become well developed, nearly or quite a foot (3 dm.) [long], with scapes about as long. In others the leaves are only half the length of the scape, while plants at the edge of a pond or bog are often only 75--100 mn, in height, with leaves 25—-25 [sic] mm. long, exceedingly dwarfed specimens reaching a height of only 25--50 mm. E. decangulare never de- 3h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 1 velops the long floating leaves of E. se ,» and so far as I can ascertain E. compressum does not do so either." He avers that E. pellucidum flowers from "Early July to early October", and cites 12 unnumbered specimens. Additional citations: QUEBEC: Argenteuill Co.: Rolland—Germain s.n. (August 21, 1946] (Ba). ONTARIO: Algoma District: Garton & al. 14740 (Mi). Georgian Bay Island 500a: McDonald 35 coy PRE MASSACHUSETTS: Norfolk Co.: H. E. Moore 341 (Ba). NEW YORK: Ham ilton Co.: Lawrence & Dress 398 (Ba). Saint Lawrence Co.: Muen- scher & Clausen 3063 (Ba). NEW JERSEY: Morris Co.: Bowen, Ed- wards, Highton, Rusling, & Clausen 1818 (Ba). MICHIGAN: Cheboy- oon F.C. Gates 14123(Ba). Bumet Co.: E.G. Voss 13539 ERIOCAULON POLYCEPHALUM Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 93 (1972) and 25: 88. 1972. The Saldanha & Ramamoorthy H.F.P. lih2 & 1178, distributed as E. polycephalum, seem to be E. nilagirense Steud. instead. ERIOCAULON * POROSUM Lesq. This puzzling fossil has recently [Cronquist, Holmgren, Holn- gren, & Reveal, Intermont. Fl. 1: 27 (1972), as "Ericaulon parosum Lesq."] been re-identified as a palm. The binomial should, therefore, be deleted from the list of accepted taxa in Eriocaulon, as I suggested in several previous installments of these notes [e.g., Phytologia 3: 341 (1950), 18: 396 & 422-2) (1969), and 24: 493. 1972). ERIOCAULON QUINQUANGULARE L. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon quinquangulare var. argenteum Mart. ex Trimen, Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceylon 99. 1885. Additional & emended bibliography: Trimen, Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceylon 99. 1885; Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: 2, 7, 9--10, & 12. 1900; H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 7 (1): 2 & 12—13. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 471 & 94—-495 (1972) and 25: 233 & 239. 1973. Lecomte (1912) records this species from Cochinchina, Rama- moorthy describes it as "common tufted herbs with reddish leaves and white [flower-] heads" and found it growing "in the open harvested dry or semi-marshy paddy fields" in Mysore, flowering and fruiting there in Jamary. The Byrnes 2699, distributed as E. quinquangulare, is actually E. scariosum J. E. Sm. Additional citations: INDIA: Mysore: Ramamoorthy H.F.P. 1366 ERIOCAULON RAVENELII Chapm. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon ravenelli Baerecke, Anal. Key Ferns & Flow. Pl. Atl. Sect. Mid. Fla. 25. 1906. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 35 Additional bibliography: Baerecke, Anal. Key Ferns & Flow. Pl. Atl. Sect. Mid. Fla. 25. 1906; Wilbur, Madrofio 21: 543. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 95 (1972) and 25: 239. 1973. Kral found this species inhabiting sandy peat of slash pine - saw palmetto flats bordering salt marshes and sandy peat muck of somewhat brackish edges of marshes in slash pine - saw palmetto flatwoods, the rosettes on exposed sandy areas, associated with Lipocarpha maculata maculata, Fuirena breviseta, Ludwigia alata alata, and Eleo— charis geniculata. He describes the young igiowar feeds as pale or or straw-colored, darkening in age, and encountered the plant in anthesis in September. Wilbur (1972) points out that Long & Lakela (1971) erroneously list this species for North Carolina. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Lee Co.: Kral 22923 (Mi). Levy Co.: Kral 2290 (Mi). Sashes REITZII Moldenke & Smith in Moldenke, Phytologia 25: Be 4973. Bibliography: Voldenke, Phytologia 25: 430. 1973. This species is based on Reitz & Klein 528 from "banhado do campo", at Serra da Boa Vista, Sdo . José, at an altitude of 1200 meters, Santa Catarina, Brazil, collected on October 2h, 1917, and deposited in the United States National Herbarium at Washing- ton. The collectors describe the flowers as white. The type col- lection was previously incorrectly identified and cited by me un- der the name E. deslandesii Alv. Silv. Citations: BRAZIL: Santa Catarina: Reitz & Klein Su28 (ti— 226900)--type, Z—isotype). ERIOCAULON ROBUSTIUS (Maxim.) Mak. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 127 & 239. 1973. Additional citations: JAPAN: Honshu: Hashimoto 850 (Ba); Mura- matsu s.n. [Oct. 9, 1931] (Ba); Ohwi s.n. [Oct. 21, , 196] (Ba); Togasi 915 “915 (Ba). ERIOCAULON ROBUSTO-BROWNIANUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 68 & 239. 1972. The Jarrett, Saldanha, & Ramamoorthy H.F.P. 832 and Jarrett & Ramamoorthy H.F.P. HLF are 995, gintetbated as E. robusto-brownianun, seen, rather, to b to be E. E. nilagirense Steud. ERIOCAULON ROBUSTUM Steud. Additional bibliography: Wangerin & Krause in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 60 (1): 45h & 692. 191; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 68-69, 1972. Wangerin & Krause (191, p. 454) cite an illustration of this species to "Fyson II, t. 56)", but there is no such plate number in Fyson's work in Journ. Indian Bot. 2 (1921) nor in his Fl. Nilg. 36 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 1 & Puln. Hill-tops 2 (1915). ERIOCAULON RUHLANDII Sching, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 70. 1972; Venter, Journ. S. Afr. Bot. 38: 221. 1972. Venter (1972) describes this plant as a small herb, with white flowers, rare in swampy soil, and flowering from November to Feb- ruary. ERIOCAULON SACHALINENSE Miyabe & Nakai Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 56 (2): 8 (1936) and 58 (2): 19. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 70. 1972. ERIOCAULON SCARIOSUM J. E. Sm. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 70. 1972. Constable describes this plant as a "small matted herb local- ized to bed of rocky creek in running water", and found it at 620 meters altitude, flowering and fruiting in February. Byrnes re- fers to it as an amnual and encountered it growing in damp sand, near water, flowering in June. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. quinquangulare L. Additional citations: AUSTRALIA: New South Wales: Constable 6721 [Herb. N. S. Wales 9168] (Ba). Northern Territory: Byrnes 2699 (Ld). ERIOCAULON SCHIEDEANUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 70. 1972. Dieterle encountered this species in meadows at 900 meters al- titude in Mexico. Additional citations: MEXICO: Nayarit: Dieterle 392) (Mi). ERIOCAULON SCHIMPERI Korn. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon schimperi "Korn. ex Ruhl." apud Lewalle, Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 42: [237]. 1972. Additional bibliography: Snowden, Grass Comm. & Mtn. Veg. Ugan- da 66 & 89. 1953; Lewalle, Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 2: [237]. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 127. 1973. Lewalle encountered this plant in vast pastures with Drosera madagascariensis, Gladiolus sp., and various orchids. ERIOCAULON SEEMANNII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 72. 1972. Seymour found what appears to be this species growing in pine- lands, at 10--100 meters altitude, flowering and fruiting in Jan- Additional citations: NICARAGUA: Cabo Gracias a Dios: F.C. Seymour 3677 (Z). ERIOCAULON SEKIMOTOI Honda Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 37 ber. 59 (2): 19. 1939; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 72. 1972. ERIOCAULON SELLOWIANUM Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 72—73. 1972. Recent collectors have encountered this plant in bogs or swamps on campo and in "brejo", at altitudes of 900—1000 meters, flower~— ing from December to February, and fruiting in February. The flowers are described as "cream-colored on Krieger 1005. Brade 19625 & 19629 and Krieger 1005 were all collected at Punta Grossa and are very good examples of the typical form of this species, Material has been misidentified and cited by me in previous installments of these notes as E, dictyophyllum Korn. On the other hand, the Hassler }270, Hatschbach 1191 & 2057, Smith & Klein 1378), Smith, Klein, & Hatschbach 15667, Smith & Reitz 9187, and Tessmann 3649, distributed and in some cases cited by me pre- viosly as E. sellowianum, are all more correctly referred now to var. paranense (Moldenke) Moldenke & Smith. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Paran&: Brade 19625 (Ja--65776), 19629 (Ja--65774); Krieger 1005 (Sp—514),0). Santa Catarina: Reitz 518 (W—-21),1738) ; Smith, Reitz, & Sufridini 9451 (w— 2248756). ¥ 7 Tenaldese ERIOCAULON SELLOWIANUM var. LONGIFOLIUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 73. 1972. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in "brejo" and "in subpaludosis argilosis", at 900--1000 meters altitude, flow- ering and fruiting from December to February. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. dictyophyl- lum Korn. and the Brade 12226, cited below, was thus reported by me in a previous publication. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Paran&: Brade 19626 (Ja—-65772); Pabst 10145 (Ja——77104). S&o Paulo: Brade 12226 (N). ERIOCAULON SELLOWIANUM var. PARANENSE (Moldenke) Moldenke & Smith, comb. & stat. nov. Synonymy: Eriocaulon paranense Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 166. 1949. Eriocaulon paranensis Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 6: 9, in syn. 1963. Paepalanthus paranensis Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 11, in syn. 1965. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 166 (199) and 3: 337. 1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 88. 1953; Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: 11 & 1) (1957) and 12: 9. 1958; Moldenke, Résumé 89 & 482. 1959; Angely, Fl. Paran. 16% 51 (1960) and 17: 2h. 1961; Mol- denke, Résumé Suppl. 6: 9. 1963; Angely, Bibl. Veg. Paran. 196. 1964; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 11. 1965; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 199. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 368. 1969; Mol- denke, Fifth Summ. 1: 150 (1971) and 2: 508, 587, & 90. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 356 & 88. 1972. Collectors have found this plant growing in sloughs, bogs in 38 Poe ¥, FO 3006 Feb Vol. 26, no. 1 campos, and "brejo", at altitudes of 900—1300 meters, flowering in January, August, and December, and fruiting in August and De- cember. Tessmann describes it as having "capitulo branco sujo, anteras verde-pardo", growing "em lugares pantanosos, ndo raro, varzea", "nos lugares aguados num corrego pantanoso, nfo raro, herva, inflorescéncia branquado, anteras no principo esverdeado, mais tarde esverdeado escuro, quasi preto", and "campo, num fosso seco, isolado, erva, capftulo branco, anteras preto", Most of the collections cited below were previously identified, distributed, and even cited by me in previous installments of these notes as typical E. sellowianum, but Smith & Reitz 9187 was prev- iously misidentified as E. dictyophyllum Kt Korn. Citations: BRAZIL: Paran4: Hatschbach 1191 (N), 2057 (N); Smith, Klein, & Hatschbach 15667 (Z); Tessmann 2751 ~(N--type), 3619 (ni), 3720 .(N). Santa Catarina: Smith & K & Klein ein 1378) (N); Smith & Reitz itz 9187 (N, W—2251505). PARAGUAY: Hassler 4270 (N). ERIOCAULON SENILE Honda Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 56 (2): 8. 1936; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 73. 1972. This plant has been collected in flower and fruit in October. Additional citations: JAPAN: Honshu: Maramatsu s.n. [Oct. 2 1932] (Ba). ERIOCAULON SETACEUM L. Additional & emended bibliography: Trimen, Syst. Cat. Flow, Pl. Ceylon 99. 1885; H. Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine TQjpe2 & 5. 1912; Moldenke, Phytologia 26; 73-7, (1972) and 25: 122 & PEE we CNEL Lecomte (1912) records this species from Annam and Cochin- china. Must describes it as an "herb, to inches tall, in wa- ter to 18 inches deep" and found it flowering in September, Vol. 26 May, 1973 No. 2 CONTENTS ROGERS, K. E., Studies in Ichnanthus (Gramineae). III. Additional new Mmrmrsection Foveolata ... . 0. kek eB e e a ce oo Sif GENTRY, A. H., Schlegelia costaricensis: a familial transfer to NES es Sg) Cd ate pes setae Sue iN a Se: sah a mite 67 ROBINSON, H., & BRETTELL, R. D., Tribal revisions in the Asteraceae. V. The relationship of Rigiopappus........... 69 ROBINSON, H., & BRETTELL, R. D., Tribal revisions in the Asteraceae. VI. The relationship of Eriachaenium......... aN ROBINSON, H., & BRETTELL, R. D., Tribal revisions in the Asteraceae. VII. The relationship of Isoetopsis........... 73 ROBINSON, H., & BRETTELL, R. D., Tribal revisions in the Asteraceae. VIII. A new tribe, RITSRTEE ce ca dk eek Oe 76 eee MOUR SP. C., Fourth expedition to Nicaragua .............. Us of SEYMOUR, F. C., The range of Prunus americana in New England..... 97 RUDD, V. E., New taxa and combinations in Machaerium (Leguminosae). TER Sy fA Rita hi Sete BME MEM te a az ast) WAR eR 100 WINDLER, D. R., & WINDLER, B. K., The Towson State Herbarium family ES Es Coal oi 2 SONS (on, it thee hn Gnas cies RM 103 TURNER, B. L., Two new gypsophilous species of Machaeranthera (Asteraceae-Astereae) from north-central Mexico ......... 116 WILLIAMS, L. O., Sommera [Rubiaceae] in North America ......... 121 WILLIAMS, meme tropical American plants. XIV .. 0... ee we 127 BURGER, W. C., Notes on the flora of Costa Rica, 2. Hedyosmum MMP MRITIOTURINACCHC: 2 oo. as wes eck as A ea Boe eke 5 ela 131 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. XLIV ..... 136 Seem 1. BOOK TevVieWS .. ww. ee 148 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 a US.A. Price of this number, $1.50 per volume, $8 in advance, or $8.50 at close of volume; 50 cents extra to foreign addresses Date of publication of Vol. 25, no. 7, was April 23, 1973 STUDIES IN ICHNANTHUS (GRAMINEAE). III. ADDITIONAL NEW TAXA IN SECTION FOVEOLATA Ken E. Rogers Department of Biology University of Southern Mississippi Hattiesburg, Mississippi 39401 ICHNANTHUS BREVIACUMINATUS K. E. Rogers, sp. nov. Internodi et nodi plus minusue papilloso-pilosi. Vaginae plus minusue pubescentes, pilos graciles se extendentes ascendentesque e tuberculis gerentes. Ligula membraneo-ciliata ferme 2.0 mm longa. lLaminae maxima ex parte 2-4 cm longae, 0.8-1.5 cm latae, late lanceolatae, apice subito et breviter acuminatae; utrisque paginis pubescentes atque longiores et molles e tuberculis pilos gerentes. Paniculae terminales in pedunculos gracilis. Spiculae 3.5-3.9 mm longae, in glumas et lemma inferius pubescentes cum mollibus et brevibus e tuberculis pilis. Rachilla-appendiculae 0.8-1.0 mm longae. Plants slender, trailing, branching, rooting at the lower nodes, with slender stilt roots 10 cm or more long. Internodes and nodes more or less papillose-pilosee Sheaths 1/4-1/2 the length of the internodes, mostly 0.8-2.7 cm long, more or less pubescent with slender, spreading-ascending tubercle-based hairs; collar pilose. Ligule membranous-ciliate, about 2.0 mm long. Blades mostly 2-4 cm long, 0.8-1.5 cm wide, broadly lanceolate, the apex abruptly and short acuminate, the base inequilaterally cordate, pubescent on both surfaces with rather long, soft tubercle-based hairs. Panicles terminal and axillary; terminal panicles 4-6 cm long, 3-4.5 cm wide, on slender peduncles as much as 15 cm long, the primary branches spreading-ascending, as much as 4.5 cm long, the secondary branches to 1.5 ecm long; axillary panicles well exserted on slender peduncles as much as 8 cm long; rachises and pedicels scabridulous on the angles and sparsely pilose; pulvini pilose. Glumes and lower lemma mem- branous, the margins narrowly hyaline. Spikelets 3.5-3.9 mm long, elliptic-acuminate, tinged with purple, pubescent on the glumes and lower lemma with soft, short tubercle-based hairs. First glume ovate-acuminate, 2.5-2.9 mm long, about 3/4 the length of the spikelet, 3-nerved. Second glume elliptic-ovate, acuminate, 3.4-3.6 mm long, 5-nerved. Lower floret apparently sterile. Lower lemma 3.1-3.3 mm long, elliptic, the apex some- what hooded and hyaline, 5-nerved. Lower palea 2.2-2.4 mm long, about 3/4 the length of the lower lemma, the margins minutely ciliate. Upper floret elliptic-acute, 2.0 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm wide, on a short stipe about 0.2-0.3 mm long, when mature rotated 90 degrees in the spikelet. Rachilla-appendages 0.8-1.0 mm long. 57 58 PHIETOLVGIA Vol. 26, no. 2 Holotype: Petropolis, Rio de Janeiro, collected by Glaziou, no. 9052, January 28 (?}, 1877 (US, no 1127458; isotype at MO, P). The specific name given to this taxon is descriptive of the short-acuminate apex of the leaf-blades. This species is distinguished by the presence of tubercle- based hairs on the culms, leaves, sheaths, and spikelets, and by the short leaves which are abruptly and short acuminate. ICHNANTHUS EXILIS K. E. Rogers, sp. nov. Plantae elongatae, exiles. Ligula membraneo-ciliata circa 0.6 mm longa, cilia perexigua. Laminae anguste lanceolatae, longo-acuminatae. Paniculae terminales axillariaeque sparsim florentes; pedunculi terminales usque ad 20 cm longi; paniculae exillariae paucae, ex parte inclusae. Spiculae 4.0-4.3 mm longae. Rachilla-appendiculae circa 0.9 mm longae. Plants elongate, slender, trailing, rooting at the lower nodes. Internodes more or less pilose in lines; nodes pilose. Sheaths papillose-pilose along the margins, mostly 1-5 cm long, the lowermost equalling, the middle and upper about 1/2, the length of the internodes. Collar pilose. lLigule membranous- ciliate, about 0.6 mm long, the cilia minute. Blades narrowly lanceolate, long acuminate, asymmetrical, 3-7 cm long, 0.5-0.8 cm wide, the upper surface somewhat scabridulous on the nerves and papillose-pilose in an area just above the ligule, the lower surface glabrous. Panicles terminal and axillary, sparsely flowered, tinged with purple; terminal panicles two from the uppermost sheath, 5-7.5 cm long, 2-5.5 cm wide, the branches alternate, spreading-ascending, as much as 4.5 cm long; terminal peduncles slender, elongate, glabrous, as much as 20 cm long; axillary panicles few, partly included; rachises scabridulous on the angles; pulvini more or less pilose. Spikelets tinged with purple, elliptic-acuminate, 4.0-4.3 mm long, with a few hairs along the margin of the first glume. First glume ovate, attenuate into a slender tip, slightly shorter than to exceeding the lower floret, 3.3-3.7 mm long, 3-nerved. Second glume elliptic-ovate, acuminate, 3.4-3.8 mm long, 5-nerved. Lower floret staminate, the stamens 1.2-1.5 mm long. Lower lemma elliptic-acute, 3.1-3.3 mm long, 5-nerved. Lower palea elliptic- acute, 2.8-3.3 mm long, 0.9 equalling the length of the lower palea, the margins ciliolate. Upper floret narrowly elliptic, acute, 2.5 mm long. Rachilla-appendages about 0.9 mm long. Holotype: Currityba in silvula, Parana, Brazil, collected by P. Dusen, no. 7907, March 16, 1909 (US, no. 601139; isotype at NY). iI. exilis is distinguished by the slender, elongate culms, the small ligule with short cilia, the rather small, narrow 1973 Rogers, Studies in Ichnanthus 59 blades, the sparsely flowered terminal panicles on long peduncles, and the presence of axillary panicles. The specific epithet of this species is descriptive of the slender appearance of the plant. ICHNANTHUS PAPILLATUS K. E. Rogers, Spe NOve Vaginae papilloso-pilosae pilos usque ad 2.5 mm longos gerentes, vel etiam vaginae supremae glabrescentes. Ligula membraneo-ciliata, 1.0-1.5 mm longa. lLaminae ovatae brevi- acuminatae, satius dense in utrasque paginas papilloso-pilosae, pagina inferior pubescens atque tactu mollis, utraeque paginae plus minusue conspicuas venas decussatas monstrantes. Spiculae 4,0-4.3 mm longae, glabrosae. Prima gluma 3/4 flosculi infe- rioris longitudine usque ad aequalitatem. Plants extensively branching, rooting at the nodes. Inter- nodes obtuse-angular, pubescent with soft, tubercle-based hairs; nodes similarly pubescent. Sheaths about 1/3-1/2 the length of the internodes on the main culms, mostly 1.0-3.5 cm long, papillose-pilose with hairs as much as 2.5 mm long, or the uppermost sheaths glabrescent; collar pilose. Ligule membranous- ciliate, 1.0-1.5 mm long, the membrane 0.4-0.5 mm long. Blades ovate, short-acuminate, asymmetrical, 2.5-5.5 cm long, 1.0-1.3 cm wide, rather densely papillose-pilose on both surfaces, the upper surface more or less scabrous on the nerves, the pubescence of the lower surface soft to touch, both surfaces with more or less conspicuous cross-veins. Panicles terminal and axillary; terminal panicles 5-6 cm long, 1.5-2.5 cm wide, well exserted on peduncles as much as 12 cm long, the branches appressed- ascending, the lower branches as much as 1 cm long; rachises more or less short pubescent and scabridulous on the angles; pulvini short pilose; axillary panicles 2-3 from the uppermost sheaths. Pedicels scabridulous on the angles, the longer 2.0-2.7 mm long, the shorter 0.5-0.9 mm long. Spikelets 4.0-4.3 mm long, green, glabrous, elliptic-acuminate. Glumes and lower lemma membranous, the upper portions somewhat scabridulous, the margins narrowly hyaline. First glume 3.0-3.8 mm long, ovate, long acuminate, 3/4 the length of the lower floret to equalling it, 3-nerved, the midnerve scabrous. Second glume 3.7-4.0 mm long, ovate-elliptic, short acuminate, 5-nerved. Lower floret staminate, the stamens 1.2 mm long. Lower lemma 3.3-3.5 mm long, elliptic, cucullate, 5-nerved. Lower palea 2.6-2.8 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, 0.8-0.9 the length of the lower lemma, the nerves ciliolate above. Upper floret 2.1-2.2 mm long, 0.9 mm wide, narrowly elliptic-acute, on a stipe about 0.2 mm long. Rachilla-appendages 0.7-0.8 mm long. Holotype: Vicinity of Puyo (Eastern foothills of the Andes), altitude 750-1000 meters, Napo-Pastaza, Ecuador, by Alexander F. 60 Pi¥eEcOck: O1GoFch Vol. 26, no. 2 Skutch, no. 4412, August 1939 (NY; isotype US). Additional specimens examined: British Guiana: Upper Mazaruni River, Imbaimadai Savannas, Maguire and Fanshawe 32278 (NY). Brazil: Sado Paulo: Morro dos Pedras, Brade 7838 (R). The specific epithet given to this species is descriptive of the rather conspicuous papillae at the base of the hairs on the sheaths, culms, and blades. ICHNANTHUS PARODII kK. E. Rogers var. villosissimus K. E. Rogers, var. nov. Internodi et nodi papilloso-villosi. Vaginae plus minusue papilloso-villosae pilos extendentes demum ascendentes gerentes; collum villosum. lLaminae utrisque paginis papilloso-villosae pilos appressos gerentes. Rachides pilos longos sparsus gerentes; pulvini pilosi. Spiculae per primae glumae margines pilosae vel glabrosae. Grass perennial. Culms elongate, up to 2.0 m long, branching, rooting at the nodes; internodes and nodes papillose- villous. Sheaths about 1/3 the length of the internodes, as much as 4.5 cm long, more or less papillose-villous with spreading hairs; collar villous. Ligule membranous-ciliate, 1.5-2.0 mm long, the cilia about 1/2 the length of the liguel. Blades lanceolate-acuminate, 5-9 cm long, 1.2-2.6 cm wide, thinnish, papillose-villous on both surfaces with more or less appressed hairs, margins scabrous. Panicles 6-10 cm long, 3-7 cm wide, the branches appressed to erect-spreading; rachises scabridulous and with scattered long hairs; pulvini pilose. Pedicels scabridulous and with a few long hairs, the longer 0.5-0.8 mm long, the shorter 1.7-2.2 mm long. Spikelets paired and solitary, 3.7-4.3 mm long, elliptic-acuminate, pilose along the margins of the first glume or glabrous, green and more or less tinged with purple. Glumes and lower lemma membranous, the margins narrowly hyaline. First glume 3.0-3.6 mm long, ovate-acuminate, short pointed, about 0.8 the length of the spikelet, 3-nerved. Second glume 3.6-4.0 mm long, elliptic-ovate, acuminate, 5-nerved. Lower lemma 2.9-3.2 mm long, elliptic, the apex somewhat hooded, 5-nerved. Lower palea 2.1-2.3 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, oblong- elliptic, obtusish, 2/3-3/4 the length of the lower lemma. Upper floret 2.0-2.1 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, elliptic-acute. Rachilla- appendages about 0.8 mm long. Holotype: Municipio St. Cruz, altitude 100 meters, Rio Grande do sul, Brazil, collected by Jurgens, no, 372, December 1909 (W- no. 41864). Additional specimens examined: Brazil: Minas Gerais: Vicosa, Kuhlman 1957 (IAN). Rio Grande do Sul: Porto Novo, 1973 Rogers, Studies in Ichnanthus 61 Padre Canisio 1021 (R, US); Orth 2723 (US). Rio de Janeiro: Terezopolis, Sam paio 2598 (R). Santa Catarina: Municipio de Chapecd, Vila Peperi, Rambo 2723 (MO). ICHNANTHUS PETRAEUS K. E. Rogers, SPe NOvVe Internodi papilloso-pilosi maxime ex parte 1-4 cm longi. Vaginae maxima ex parte 1 cm vel minores, supremae tamen usque ad 2.5 cm longae. Laminae anguste ovatae, acutae, 2.5-4.0 cm longae, 0.2-0.6 cm latae, pagina superior papilloso-pilosa, pagina inferior molliter pilosa. Spiculae 4.0-4.3 mm longae. Glumae plus minusue se extendentes, pubescentes cum mollibus etuberculis pilis. Rachilla-appendiculae circa 0.6 mm longae. Plants slender, profusely branching, elongate, trailing, rooting at many lower nodes, 130 cm or more long, with ascending flowering branches 20 cm or more tall. Internodes obtuse- angular, papillose-pilose, mostly 1-4 cm long; nodes papillose- pilose. Sheaths 1/3-1/2 the length of the internodes on the main culms, shorter than to exceeding the internodes on the branches, more or less spreading papillose-pilose, mostly 1 cm or less in length or the uppermost as much as 2.5 cm long; collar pilose. Ligule membranous-ciliate. Leaves narrowly ovate, acute, inequilateral, 2.5-4.0 cm long, 0.2-0.6 cm wide, the upper surface papillose-pilose, more or less scabridulous on the nerves, the lower surface softly pilose. Panicles terminal and axillary, sparsely flowered, on peduncles as much as 7 cm long; terminal panicles as much as 3.5 cm long and 1.5 cm wide, the primary branches alternate, as much as 1.5 cm long; axillary panicles 1-3 from the uppermost sheaths. Rachises and pulvini pilose. Pedicels short pilose, the shorter 0.3-0.5 mm long, the longer 1.5-2.0 mm long. Spikelets 4.0-4.3 mm long, elliptic- acuminate, the glumes more or less spreading pubescent with soft tubercle-based hairs. First glume 2.7-3.3 mm long, 2/3-3/4 the length of the spikelet, ovate-acuminate, the midnerve extended into a point, 3-nerved. Second glume 3.9-4.1 mm long, ovate- acuminate, 5-nerved. Lower lemma 3.7-4.0 mm long, elliptic- ovate, 5-nerved. Lower palea 2.6-2.8 mm long, 2/3-3/4 the length of the lower lemma. Upper floret 2.2-2.3 mm long, 0.8 mm wide, narrowly elliptic-acute, on a short stipe about 0.1 mm long. Rachilla-appendages about 0.6 mm long. Holotype: Rocky cliff, altitude 590 meters, Colinia Perené, Junin, Peru, by A. S. Hitchcock, no. 22069, October 21, 1923 (US, no. 1163640; isotype GH). The specific name of this species refers to the rock- dwelling habitat of the type specimen. ICHNANTHUS SABULOSUS kK. E. Rogers, Sp. Nove 62 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 2 Plantae satius graciles. Internodi et nodi pubescentes cum mollibus et brevibus e tuberculis pilis. Vaginae maxima ex parte 0.5-2.5 cm longae, plus minusue papilloso-pilosae cum pilis se extendentibus vel vaginas supremas glabrescentes gerentes. Laminae anguste ovatae, pagina superior pubescens cum brevibus plus minusue erectis e tuberculis pilis; pagina inferior satius dense pubescens. Paniculae terminales longo-exsertae, paucae tamen florentese Spiculae 4.3-5.1 mm longae, pubescentes in glumas cum brevibus pilis. Rachilla-appendiculae 0.8.0.9 mm longae. Plants rather slender, branching extensively, creeping, with slender adventitious roots, the ascending flowering branches as much as 25 cm or more tall. Internodes and nodes pubescent with soft short tubercle-based hairs. Sheaths 1/3 to 1/2 the length of the internodes on the principal culms, shorter than to exceeding the sheaths on branches, mostly 0.5-2.5 cm long, more or less papillose-pilose with spreading hairs or the uppermost sheaths glabrescent; collar pubescent. Ligule membranous- ciliate, 0.3-0.6 mm long. Blades narrowly ovate, short acumi- nate, asymmetrical, the upper surface pubescent with short, more or less erect tubercle-based hairs, the nerves scabridulous, the lower surface rather densely pubescent with short soft hairs. Panicles terminal and axillary; terminal panicles long-exserted, few flowered, 2-4 cm long, as much as 3 cm wide, mostly three from the uppermost sheath; axillary panicles mostly 2-3; primary panicle branches 1-2 cm long; peduncles as much as 16 cm long, pubescent; rachises and pulvini short pubescent. Pedicels short pubescent, the shorter 0.5-1.5 mm long, the longer as much as 3.5 mm long. Spikelets 4.3-5.1 mm long, sparsely pubescent on the glumes with soft short hairs, at least along the margins. Glumes and lower lemma membranous, the margins narrowly hyaline. First glume 3,5-3.8 mm long, about 3/4 the length of the spikelet, narrowly ovate, the midnerve extended into a point, 5-nerved. Second glume elliptic-acuminate, 4,.4-4,8 mm long, 5-nerved. Lower lemma 3.8-4.2 mm long, 5-nerved. Lower palea 2.5-3.0 mm long, 0.65-0.7 mm wide, the nerves ciliolate on the upper half. Upper floret 2.7-3.0 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, narrowly elliptic-acute. Rachilla-appendages 0.8-0.9 mm long. Holotype: Forested island near Base Camp along Rio Tirica; altitude 515 meters, locally frequent, creeping on sandy semi- open areas, Chimanta Massif, Torono-tepui, Estado Bolivar, Venezuela, by Steyermark and Wurdack, no. 1378, March 13, 1955 (NY). The specifie epithet given to this species refers to the sandy habitat of the type specimen. This species is distinguished by the slender growth form, the pubescent culms, the narrowly ovate pubescent blades, the sparsely flowered panicles on elongate peduncles, and the 1973 Rogers, Studies in Ichnanthus 63 comparatively long, pubescent spikelets. ICHNANTHUS SUCRENSIS K. E. Rogers, sp nov. Plantae graciles, plus minusue manifeste ramosae usque ad 200 cm aut longiores. Laminae lanceolato-acuminatae; pagina superior pilos paucos et rigidos e tuberculis per margines prope basim monstrans necnon nervos plus minusue scabrosos; pagina inferior mollis brevis pubescens vel ferme glabra. Paniculae terminales usque ad 10 cm longae, 3-5 cm latae, in pedunculos graciles et elongatos usque ad 20 cm longos; rami primarii usque ad 6 cm longi; interdum nonnullae paniculae axillariae in pedun- culos graciles et elongatos. Spiculae 3.8-4.9 mm longae inter nervos papilloso-pilosae sparsim se extendentes. Plants slender, trailing, rooting at the lower nodes, more or less conspicuously branched, as much as 200 cm or more long, with slender stilt roots as much as 30 cm long. Internodes obtuse-angular, somewhat purplish, sparsely papillose-pubescent or essentially glabrous, as much as 15 cm long; nodes pubescent or glabrous. Sheaths about 1/4 to 1/2 the length of the inter- nodes, sparsely pilose or glabrous except along the margins, mostly 2-5 cm long; collar pubescent. Ligule membranous-ciliate, about 1.5-2.5 mm long. Blades lanceolate-acuminate, 5-9 cm long, 1.0-1.5 cm wide, the base inequilaterally subcordate, the upper surface with a few stiff tubercle-based hairs along the margins near the base, the nerves more or less scabrous, the lower surface soft short pubescent or essentially glabrous, faintly reticulate-veined. Panicles terminal and axillary; terminal panicles as much as 10 cm long, 3-5 cm wide, on slender elongate peduncles as much as 20 cm long, the primary branches slender, alternate, as much as 6 cm long, the secondary branches short and appressed; axillary panicles sometimes several, similar to the terminal panicles, on slender, elongate peduncles; rachises more or less scabridulous on the angles; pulvini sparsely pilose. Pedicels more or less scabridulous on the angles, the shorter mostly 1.0-1.5 mm long, the longer 3.0-4.5 mm long. Spikelets 3.8-4.1 mm long, narrowly elliptic, sparsely spreading papillose- pilose between the nerves. First glume and lower lemma mem- branous, the margins narrowly hyaline. First glume 2.7-2.9 mm long, ovate-acuminate, 0.7-0.8 the length of the spikelet, 3-nerved. Second glume 3.8-3.9 mm long, ovate-elliptic, short acuminate, 5-7 nerved. Lower floret staminate, the stamens 1.3- 1.5 mm long. Lower lemma 3.2-3.3 mm long, elliptic-acute, 5-7 nerved. Lower palea 2.3-2.5 mm long, 0.8-0.9 mm wide, elliptic- acute, about 3/4 the length of the lower lemma, the margins minutely ciliate except near the base. Upper floret 1.8-2.2 mm long, 0.8-1.0 mm wide, elliptic-acute, on a short stipe about 0.2 mm long, when mature rotated 90 degrees in the spikelet. Rachilla-appendages 0.8-0.9 mm long. 64 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 2 Holotype: En campos de Los Altos, Sucre, Miranda, Venezuela, collected by Tamayo, no. 2150, 1942 (US, no 1819835; isotype VEN). Additional specimens examined: Venezuela: Miranda: Los Teques, Chase 12306 (NY); N. of Los Teques, Chase 12317 (US, VEN); Sebastopol, Chase 12297 (US, VEN). Bolivar: Tamayo 2920 (US). This species is distinguished by the elongate culms with slender stilt roots, the usually scabrous upper leaf surface, the terminal panicles on long slender peduncles, and the sparsely spreading papillose-pilose spikelets. The specific epithet refers to the location at which the holotype was collected. ICHNANTHUS SWALLENII K. E. Rogers, sp nov. Laminae ad basim ciliata, pagina superior in nervos scabri- dulosa, pagina inferior glabrosa vel sparsim puberulents, venas reticulatas gerens. Spiculae 3.7-4.3 mm longae, glabrosae vel perparum pubescentes pilos e tuberculis delicatos in primam atque alteram glumam gerentes. Flosculus superior 1.8-2.0 mm longus. Rachilla-appendiculae 0.8-0.9 mm longae. Culms slender, branching, obtuse-angled, rooting at the nodes, with ascending flowering branches; internodes and nodes sparsely papillose-pubescent with soft hairs or nearly glabrous. Sheaths 1/3-1/2 the length of the internodes, up to 3.5 cm long, glabrous except for the ciliate margins or the lower and those of branches soft papillose-pilose; collar pubescent or glabrous. Ligule membranous-ciliate, 1.5-2.0 mm long. Blades asymmetric, narrowly ovate, acuminate, 2.0-8.5 cm long, 0.8-2.2 cm wide, papillose-ciliate at the base, the upper surface scabridulous on the nerves, the lower surface glabrous or sparsely puberulent, reticulate-veined. Panicles terminal and axillary; terminal panicles 2-3 from the terminal sheath, 5-9 cm long, as much as 8 cm wide, rather sparsely flowered, well exserted; peduncles up to 13 cm long; primary branches alternate, spreading-ascending, the lower to 5 cm long; secondary branches appressed, to 2.0 cm long; axillary panicles 2-3 from the upper sheaths; rachises scaberulous; pulvini sparsely pubescent. Pedicels scaberulous, the longer 2.5-3.0 mm long, the shorter 0.7-1.0 mm long. Spike- lets paired and solitary, 3.7-4.3 mm long, elliptic-acuminate, sparsely pubescent with soft tubercle-based hairs on the first and second glume or glabrous, green and sometimes lightly-tinged with purple. Glumes and lower lemma membranous, the margins narrowly hyaline. First glume 2.6-3.1 mm long, ovate, short pointed, about 3/4 the length of the spikelet, 3(-5)-nerved. Second glume 3,.5-4.0 mm long, elliptic-ovate, acuminate, 1973 Rogers, Studies in Ichnanthus 65 5(-7)-nerved. Lower floret staminate, the stamens 1.1-1.3 mm long. Lower lemma 2.9-3.5 mm long, elliptic, the apex somewhat hooded and hyaline, 5-nerved. Lower palea 2.2-2.4 mm long, about 0.7 mm wide, elliptic-oblong, the apex obtusish, the nerves scabridulous. Upper floret 1.8-2.0 mm long, elliptic-acute, on a stipe about 0.3 mm long. Upper stamens 1.1 mm long. Rachilla- appendages 0.8-0.9 mm long. Holotype: Capao Bonito in silva primaeua, Parana, Brazil, collected by P. Dusén, no. 17997, March 24, 1916 (F, no. 572395; isotype at MO). Additional specimens examined: Brazil: Rio Quebra Anzal, between Urubie and Cambuhy, Dorsett and Popenoe 1636 (US). Parana: Campo Morae, Swallen 9013 (US); Capao Bonito, Dusen 16940 (GH); Volta Grande, Dusén 14435a (F, GH}. Minas Geraes: Pocos de Caldas, Villa Quisiana, Chase 10681 (US); Serra do Cipo, 110Km NE of Bello Horizonte, Chase 9196 (F, GH}. Rio Grande do Sul: Pelotas, Horta Florestal, Swallen 9195 (US). Rio de Janeiro: Paineiros, Corcovado, vice of Rio de Janeiro, Chase 8184 (F, GH, MO, NY, US). This species is named for Jason R. Swallen, formerly Curator of Grasses, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. ICHNANTHUS TIPUANIENSIS K. E. Rogers, spe nov. Vaginae plerumque 1-3 cm longae, plus minusue se extendentes papilloso-pilosae. Ligula membraneo-ciliata, 1.3-2.3 mm longa. Laminae ovatae, acuminatae, plus minusue papilloso-pilosae vel utrisque paginis pubescentes. Paniculae magis dense florentes. Spiculae 3.4-4.0 mm longae, glumae sparsim pubescentes pilos delicatos breves e tuberculis gerentes. Flosculus superior 2.0-2.1 mm longus. Rachilla-appendiculae 0.7 mm longae. Plants spreading, rooting at the nodes, branching, with ascending branches to 50 cm or more in length. Culms obtuse- angular, 100 cm or more in length, more or less pubescent with short, soft tubercle-based hairs. Sheaths 1/3-1/2 the length of the internodes, mostly 1-3 cm long, more or less spreading papillose-pilose or the upper glabrescent; collar pubescent. Ligule membranous-ciliate, 1.3-2.3 mm long. Blades 2.0-8.0 cm long, 0.7-2.3 cm wide, asymmetrical, ovate, acuminate, more or less papillose-pilose or pubescent on both surfaces. Panicles terminal and axillary, rather densely flowered; terminal panicles mostly paired, one long and one short, 3-7 cm long, 2-6 cm wide, the lowest primary branches alternate, 3-5 cm long, the middle and upper branches opposite to subverticillate, the secondary branches to 1.5 cm long; axillary panicles 2-3 from the upper sheaths, similar to the terminal panicles; peduncles as much as 16 cm long, papillose-pubescent; rachises scabridulous and more 66 PHY. £.05L OrGeté Vol. 26, no, 2 or less short pubescent; pulvini pilose. Pedicels scabridulous, the shorter 0.2-0.5 mm long, the longer 1.2-2.5 mm long. Spike- lets paired and solitary, 3.4-4.0 mm long, the glumes sparsely pubescent with soft short tubercle-based hairs. Glumes and lower lemma membranous, green tinged with purple, the margins narrowly hyaline. First glume 2.3-3.3 mm long, ovate, short-pointed, 0.65-0.8 the length of the spikelet, 3-nerved. Second glume 3.5- 3.7 mm long, elliptic-ovate, acute, 5-nerved. Lower floret staminate, the stamens 1.2-1.3 mm long. Lower lemma 3.0-3.3 mm long, elliptic, the apex hyaline and somewhat hooded, 5-nerved. Lower palea 2.2-2.5 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, about 0.7 the length of the lower lemma, elliptic-oblong, the apex obtusish and erose, the margins scabridulous. Upper floret 2.0-2.1 mm long, about 0.8 mm wide, elliptic-acute, on a short stipe about 0.2 mm long. Rachilla-appendages 0.7 mm long. Holotype: Hacienda Simaco sobre el Camino a Tipuani, region subtropical, altitude 1400 m, La Paz, Bolivia, collected by Otto Buchtien, no. 5322, 1920 (GH; isotypes at IAN, MO, NY). Additional specimens examined: Bolivia: Region de Mapiri, San Carlos, Buchtien 6(GH., NY, US); Chulumani, Brooke 6534 (F); Sur-Yungas, Chulumani, Hitchcock 22670 (US); La Paz, Hacienda Simaco sobre el camino a Tipuani, Buchtien 5321 (NY, US). The specific epithet is derived from the geographical name Tipuani. SCHLEGELIA COSTARICENSIS: A FAMILIAL TRANSFER TO BORAGINACEAE A. H. Gentry Missouri Botanical Garden In a recently completed study of Central American Big- noniaceae (Gentry, 1972) it was noted that Schlegelia costa- ricensis Standl., known only from the type collection, has little apparent relationship with other species of the genus and should, in fact, be excluded from the Bignoniaceae. Al- though Williams (1970) would place Schlegelia itself in the Scrophulariaceae, S. costaricensis shows no more affinity with that family. It proves to belong, rather, in Bourreria of the Boraginaceae. I have compared the two known sheets of the type of S. costaricensis (eee 13570 (F, NY) from Cataratas de San Ramon, Costa Rica) with an isotype of B. panamensis (Wedel 2472 (MO)) and find them to be identical. Since Schlegelia costaricensis has priority over Bourreria panamensis, the new combination in the latter genus is un- avoidable. Bourreria panamensis has sometimes been con- sidered a variety of B. superba Johnston but the basionym in Schlegelia also has priority over that name. Had Standley dissected the single flower present on the holotype specimen, he would have realized the impossi- bility of placing it in Schlegelia. Among other incongru- ities, its five stamens and bifid style apex are especially noticeable and even externally the alternate leaves, rel- atively deeply and acutely lobed calyx, and open, few- flowered inflorescence are discrepancy enough for rejection from Schlegelia. There is more superficial resemblance of this species to Markea megalandra (Dun.) D'Arcy of the Sol- anaceae and its allies than to Schlegelia; its confusion with that family might have been understood. TAXONOMY BOURRERIA COSTARICENSIS (Standl.) A. Gentry, comb. nov. Schlegelia costaricensis Standl., Publ. Field Mus. Bot. 183 1128. 1938. Holotypes Costa Rica, Alajuela, Cataratas de San Ramon, Brenes 13570 (F, isotype NY) Bourreria superba var. glabra Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 29: 366. 1942. Type: Panama, Bocas del Toro, Chiriqu{ Lagoon, Isla Colén, Wedel 2472 (MO). 67 68 PHITOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 2 Bourreria panamensis I. Me Johnston, Jour. Arnold Arb. 29: 229. 1948. Type: Panama, Bocas del Toro, Chiriqu{ Lagoon, Isla Colén, Wedel 2472 (MO). LITERATURE CITED Gentry, Ae H. 1972. An eco-evolutionary study of the Big- noniaceae of southern Central Americae PhD thesis sub- mitted to Washington University, St. Louis. xv + 769 PP. Williams, L. 0. 1970. An overlooked genus of the Scroph- ulariaceae. Fieldianat Botany 32: 211-214. TRIBAL REVISIONS IN THE ASTERACEAE. V. THE RELATIONSHIP OF RIGIOPAPPUS H. Robinson and R. D. Brettell Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. A recent survey of a number of genera placed in the Helenieae revealed the presence of an Asterean type of anther in the genus Rigiopappus. The type of anther with elongate exothecial cells bearing series of lateral thickenings and with a flat narrow appendage has been described in connection with the genus Geissolepis (Robinson & Brettell, 1972). A review of literature indicates that the relationship of Rigiopappus has been suggested a number of times previously though not formally confirmed. The genus Rigiopappus was described originally by Asa Gray (1865) and labelled as "Heleniearum". In the original descrip- tion was one line of particular significance, "styli rami fl. herm. parte stigmatosa brevi glabra (more Asteroidearum)". Other authors including Hoffman (1894) followed Gray in placing the genus in the Helenieae. Blake (1937) described a new genus, Tracyina, which he related to Pentachaeta in the Astereae and which he compared with Rigiopappus. Still, in spite of many similarities, Blake gave no definite indication that he consider- ed Rigiopappus a member of the Astereae. Raven & Kyhos (1961) suggested that Blake might have placed undue emphasis on the differences in pappus structure between Rigiopappus and Tracyina and at the same time they reported the chromosome number of Rigiopappus as n= 9. Raven and Kyhos mentioned that the chromosome number might favor some connection with the Astereae. The present evidence regarding Rigiopappus shows that (1) the stamens are Asterean in all respects, (3) the style branch is Asterean with a glabrous inner surface but the appendage like that of Tracyina is longer and slenderer than usual for the tribe, (3) the chromosome number is one that is common in the Astereae and (4) the genus is very similar to known members of the Astereae. Possible contrasting evidence is the character of the pappus. The long narrow thickened squamae have caused the species to be placed in the Helenieae where there are no close relatives. Actually, squamose pappus types are known elsewhere in the Astereae though they are not common. Cronquist (1955) cited the presence of a row of marginal receptacular bracts as in the Madiinae for which reason he placed the genus in the latter group. He did mention that D.D.Keck whose understanding of the Madiinae was well known, did not agree. 70 P PY T OrlOra Ls Vol. 26, no. 2 A few details of structure have been noted in the present study. The margins of the corolla lobes of Rigiopappus have a fringe of long slender cells that lie appressed between the lobes before thay open. Such cells have also been seen in Pentachaeta aurea Nutt., but there are only the usual short papillae present in Tracyina. The setae on the achenes of all three genera are very similar but the tips of the setae of Rigiopappus are slightly broadened, especially on the setae on the upper half of the achene. The carpopodia are distinct in all three genera with many small quadrate cells. The carpopodia of Rigio- pappus and Pentachaeta are larger while that of Tracyina has only about two rows of cells. Rigiopappus and Tracyina are closest to each other in the marked slender lateral innovations of the inflorescence and in the elongation of the achene. The three genera, Rigiopappus, Tracyina and Pentachaeta, can be maintaned easily on the basis of pappus and achene characters. Still, Shinners (1946) has clearly pointed out the need to rely less on the superficial pappus differences that are common in the Astereae and to discover the basic underlying relationships. Literature Cited Blake, S. F. 1937. Tracyina, a new genus of Asteraceae from Northern California. Madrofio 4: 73-77. Cronquist, A. 1955. Phylogeny and taxonomy of the Compositae. Amer. Midl. Nat. 53: 478-511. Gray, A. 1865. Characters of some new plants of California and Nevada. Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 6: 519-556. Hoffmann, O. 1894. Compositae. in Engler and Prantl, Die Nattrlichen Pflanzenfamilien 4(5): 87-391. Raven, P. H. and D. W. Kyhos 1961. Chromosome numbers in Compositae. II. Helenieae. Amer. Jour. Bot. 48: 842-850. Robinson, H. and R. D. Brettell 1972. Tribal revisions in the Asteraceae. I. The relationship of Geissolepis. Phytologia 24: 299-301. Shinners, L. H. 1946. Revision of the genus Chaetopappa DC. Wrightia 1: 63-81. TRIBAL REVISIONS IN THE ASTERACEAE. VI. THE RELATIONSHIP OF ERIACHAENIUM H. Robinson and R. D. Brettell Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The genus Eriachaenium of Patagonia was described by Schultz Bipontinus (1855) who placed the genus near Osteospermum of the almost exclusively African tribe Calenduleae. The latter genus does have over thirty species with one on the island of St. Helena, but it is still geographically remote from Eriachaeniun. Bentham (1873) said under his remarks on the Calendulaceae, "Eriachaenium is another monotypic genus, which Schultz has correctly referred to this African tribe, although it comes from a distant land, Antarctic America. It is anomalous in habit, but nearer to Oligocarpus than to any other genus". Bentham was, of course, followed by Hoffman (1894). No satisfactory reason has ever been given for this incredible disposition of the genus although the very short branches of the style must have been a factor. It was inevitable that the genus Eriachaenium would find a different disposition and Cabrera (1971) in his recent treatment of the Compositae of Patagonia places the genus in the Inuleae. No explanation is given by Cabrera and the origin of the idea has not been found in this study. Certain characters of the genus such as the caudate anthers and woolly pubescence of the leaves and flowers do give credence to this relationship. The long corolla lobes of the disk flowers, the lack of very long exothecial cells, and the presence of much thickened inward curved anther appendages are alone only sufficient to raise doubts. The very short style branches with their more papillose abaxial surfaces are very difficult to interpret. It is the pollen that most completely indicates a better relationship for Eriachaenium. The grains are ellipsoidal, smooth and with internal columnar structure of the exine that is visible under the high power of the compound microscope. Such grains are unlike anything in the Calenduleae or Inuleae but are precisely the unique type found in many members of the large mostly South American tribe Mutisieae. This latter tribe also has caudate anther bases and often woolly pubescence, and here the indurated incurved anther appendages are appropiate though very short for the tribe. vas 72 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 2 Literature Cited Bentham, G. 1873. Notes on the classification, history, and geographical distribution of Compositae. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 13: 335-577. pl. 8-ll. Cabrera, A. L. 1971. Flora Patagonica. Parte VII. Compositae. 1-451. Hoffmann, 0. 1894. Compositae in Engler and Prantl, Die Natiir- lichen Pflanzenfamilien 4(5): 87-391. Schultz, C. H. 1855. Ueber die von W. Lechler an der Magellan- Strasse gesammelten, von Hohenacker herauzugebenden Cassiniaceen. Flora 38 (8): 113-123. TRIBAL REVISIONS IN THE ASTERACEAE. VII. THE RELATIONSHIP OF ISOETOPSIS. H. Robinson and R. D. Brettell Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The small structurally reduced members of the family Asteraceae have quite naturally been subject to misinterpretation and misplacement. The examination of microscopic characters reveals many additional characters of such genera and indicates where many of them properly belong. A prime example of such a genus is the Australian Isoetopsis Turcz. which has been previously and consistantly placed in the Anthemideae. The consistancy of the misplacement of Isoetopsis is more because of lack of evidence. Even Bentham (1873) showed an unusual lack of conviction. A survey of the Anthemideae for microscopic characters has shown all undoubted members of the tribe to have pollen with distinct internal columnar structure in the exine visible at high power of the compound microscope, to have truncate tips on the style branches, and to have markedly capitate short-stalked glands on the corolla. The genera placed in the Anthemideae that lack the pollen type differ also by one or more other important features. Isoetopsis differs from the Anthemideae in all three of the basic characters cited above, and there is evidence of a completely different relationship. On dissection Isoetopsis shows a typical anther of the type found in the tribe Astereae. The exothecial cells tend to be elongate with thickenings on the lateral walls and the appendages are flat and narrow. The few slender glands on the lobes of the disk corollas are a type often found in the Astereae but are different from the large capitate glands of the Anthemideae or the glabrous condition of the Senecioneae. The phyllaries of Isoetopsis are similar to those of many Astereae with darker green tips but there are only about two series. The style branches of the disk flowers are nonfunctional but are neverthe- less smooth on the short inner surfaces as in the Astereae. The pappus, which has been given surprisingly little notice in the literature, consists of a series of broad obovate squamae unlike anything in the Anthemideae or Senecioneae. Such a squamose pappus is more closely approached by those of some other members of the Astereae. The Isoetopsis pollen, while unlike that of the Anthemideae, agrees perfectly with that of a number of other tribes including the Astereae. There is no reason to doubt that Isoetopsis is a member of the Astereae. 73 7h PHY Ti0/L,0 G.2A Vol. 26, no. 2 The genus Isoetopsis seems to be rare in collections and in some casesSeven misrepresented. In the U.S. National Herbarium two of the three specimens under the name proved to be the genus Myriocephalus of the Inuleae. The following description of Isoetopsis is based on the third specimen having the following data. AUSTRALIA: A.C.T.: Black Mt., north slope, 700 m, stony ridge top in eucalypt forest; locally common but not widespread, McKee 11727. Isoetopsis Turcz. Small sessile plants with linear leaves clustered on a very short erect base. Leaves 2.0-3.5 cm long with slightly expanded pale membraneous bases, lamina up to 1 m wide, pale green, glabrous. Heads sessile among bases of leaves, ca. 4 mm high and 3 mm wide. Phyllaries in about 2 series, subequal, oblong-ovate, obtusely pointed, pale below and green OST Figures 1-6. Isoetopsis graminifolia Turcz. 1. Habit. 2. Achene of ray flower. 3. Corolla of ray flower. 4. Style of ray flower. 5. Disk flower. 6. Style of disk flower. toward tip, margins mostly narrowly pale to scarious. Ray flowers 5-6 pistillate with fertile achenes; corollas ca. 3 m long, base somewhat enlarged, greenish and tubular above, usually 3-lobed, lobes short and narrowly triangular continuing into setiform tip of 2-3 parallel cells; style with complex basal structure (see below), appendages long and narrow, taper- ing with stigmatic line continuous along margin, inner surface flat and smooth, outer surface with scattered slight papillae; achenes obovate, densely covered with long slender setae having thick-walled cells, carpopodium a very narrow but distinct rim of about 3 rows of small quadrate cells; internal structure with numerous fibers (see below); pappus squamae ca. 8, obovate, obtusely acute with finely serrulate margin, somewhat thickened in middle with elongate cells more radiating above, cells at margin narrower and more regular, lower surface scabrous with projecting tips of cells. Disk flowers 2-3 with sterile achenes; corolla with long basal tube, throat slightly shorter than lobes and flaring, 4 lobes smooth on both surfaces with a few multi- 1973 Robinson & Brettell, Tribal revisions 75 cellular elongate noncapitate glands externally; stamens 4, collars elongate with numerous quadrate to oblong cells having distinct nodular thickenings in walls, thecae not caudate, exothecial cells rather elongate with thickenings in lateral walls and with some unthickened transverse walls, appendages about as wide as collars, twice as long as wide and flat; style only slightly cleft apically, upper part with numerous elongate erect papillae on outer surfaces, without stigmatic lines, base of style bulbous and seated on small cylindrical nectary; achene very slender and elongate at maturity. The most unique feature of the genus Isoetopsis is internal, Dissection of the ray achene shows anovule surface of thin- walled rather quadrate cells that are notable in themselves for their dissimilarity to those of the Anthemideae. However, over the outer surface of these cells, between them and the wall of the achene are innumerable branching strands of fibers. These fibers nearly cover the inner surface of the achene wall and radiate outward and downward from the point of origin at the base of the style. This unique style of the ray flowers is gradually enlarged toward the base with no evident nectary. The fiberous outgrowths are all from the basal surface. The extreme lower lateral margin of the style base seems to be structurally fused and continuous with the base of the corolla. Literature Cited Bentham, G. 1873. Notes on the classification, history, and geographical distribution of Compositae. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 13: 335-577. pl. 8-11. TRIBAL REVISIONS IN THE ASTERACEAE. VIII. A NEW TRIBE, URSINIEAE H. Robinson and R. D. Brettell Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The nearly forty to more than fifty species of Ursinia form a very natural genus found throughout South Africa and extending into East Africa. Of the many tribes common in the same area, Ursinia resembles the Anthemideae in habit and the Arctotideae in superficial features of the flowering head. The genus has been placed in both of these tribes and has been considered intermediate between them. A complete reevaluation of the relationship of Ursinia has been possible through the use of microscopic observation. The limits of the two tribes, Anthemideae and Arctotideae, have been greatly clarified in the process. The genus Ursinia was first described by Joseph Gaertner in 1791 citing Arctotis flosculis radiantibus sterilibus, paleis coloratis disco longioribus, foliis bipinnatis linearibus Linn. Syst. Veg. 792 which equals Arctotis paradoxa L. as a synonym, but Gaertner described another closely related species. Gaertner made comparisons with other valid species of Arctotis which have superficially similar phyllaries and pappus. Cassini (1816), putting emphasis on style branches, placed the genus in his Anthémidées. Lessing (1832) followed by DeCandolle (1836) altered the tribal concepts and changed the placement of Ursinia. They recognized the differences in style branches between Arctotis and Ursinia, but the prominent pappus and the large enveloping paleae of Ursinia caused them to place the genus in the Senecionidae subtribe Helenieae among the Madieae. The latter is a well marked and very different group almost exclu- sively in Western North America with two genera in the Hawaiian Islands and one species in Chile. Bentham (1873) restored a tribal concept more like that of Cassini, but he deemphasized style branch differences in placing Ursinia in the Arctotideae. Bentham's comments were, "The genus Ursinia (including Sphenogyne) forms a distinct group of about 54 species, all S. African, although one of them reappears in (or extends into) Abyssinia, differing from Arctotideae generally in their truncate style-branches, their paleaceous receptacle, and glabrous foliage. It appears to me, however, to be more nearly connected with Euarctoteae than with any other tribe or subtribe. De Candolle placed it among Helenieae, where it has certainly no connexions, structural or geographical. The peculiar paleae of the pappus, distinctly convolute-contorted in 76 i973 Robinson & Brettell, Tribal revisions 77 their arrangement, are much more those of Arctotis itself than of any Helenioideae. The habit and involucre connect them with some Anthemideae of the northern type, as well as with several of the true S. African Euarctoteae". The Bentham treatment was followed by Hoffmann (1894). The concept of Ursinia as intermediate between the Anthemid- eae and Arctotideae has been retained by most general treatments and the view was summarized in part by Cronquist (1955) who made a number of instructive comments. "A number of species of Arctotis (sens. lat.) have scarious-tipped and -margined bracts, recalling the Anthemideae, and if Bentham is to be followed in placing Ursinia in the Arctotideae near Arctotis, no consistent differences are left between the Arctotideae as a whole and the Anthemideae. Hoffmann, while pointing out the anthemideous habit and style of Ursinia, retained the genus in the Arctotideae, partly because of its well developed pappus. Even if Ursinia is transferred to the Anthemideae (where it would still be anomalous and without apparent close relatives), the fact that so keen a student as Bentham was led to put it in the Arctotideae bears witness to the relationship between the two tribes". By the time of Cronquist's study there was already some rather definite evidence giving more support to Cassini's original disposition of Ursinia. Beauverd (1915) in a study involving nervature of the ray flowers, structure of the hair on phyllaries and flowers, and corolla glands concluded, "... les Ursinia ne sauraient étre maintenus dans la tribu des Arctotidées" ", . . Le Genre Ursinia constitue une section particuliére de la tribu des Anthémidées". This disposition was followed by Merxmiiller in two 1954 publications and by Prassler (1967) in her monograph of Ursinia. Prassler classified Ursinia "zu de Anthemideae, wo die Gattung allerdings wegen ihres gut ausgebildeten Pappus eine ziemlich isolierte Stellung einnimnt". Recent literature has provided considerable information on the cytology of the tribes under consideration here. The chromo- some numbers of the genus Ursinia are summarized by Haesler (1967) with twelve citations of n = 8 and one citation of n= 7. Three additional counts by Nordenstam (1967) are all n= 8. Nordenstam mentions the counts known for the various genera placed in the Anthemideae, x =6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13 and 17. The numbers of the Arctotideae seem to be x = 9 for Arctotis (Darlington & Wylie 1956), x = 5 for two genera of the Gorter- inae (Nordenstam, 1967),and x = 7 for Berkheya (Darlington & Wylie, 1956). The results of the present study are in three parts, (1) delimitation and relationship of the tribe Arctotideae, (2) delimitation of the tribe Anthemideae, and (3) the description of the tribe Ursinieae. 78 P2HeY TeO:h/0. GEA Vol. 26, no. 2 ARCTOTIDEAE The most marked features of the tribe Arctotideae are the presence of distinct ray and disk flowers, the produced and partially caudate bases of the anthers, and the rather short- branches scabrous styles. The styles are particularly distinct in the stigamtic area which covers the complete inside surface of the branches and the dense scabrosity which covers the entire outer and lateral surface to a point well below the origin of the branches. The scabrosity ends rather abruptly in a usually swollen more papillose ring well down the shaft of the style. ite eras a SEL be, ae RISE amy ‘_ sree See ee “ OP Oe rn meng on ee mene en am al 5 Figures 1-5. Styles of Arctotideae and Ursinieae. 1-2. Arctotis stoechadifolia Hone sete flower. 2. Ray flower. 3. Hirpicium bechuanense (S.Moore) Roessler. 4. Berkheya carduoides (Less.) Hutch. 5. Ursinia anthemoides (L.) Poir. Such a style is unique to the Arctotideae and various members of the Cynareae. For the most part the styles of the ray and disk flowers are much alike but in Arctotis the styles of the rays may become quite differentiated. Additional features of the Arctotideae observed in this study include details of the stamens, corolla and pappus. The anther appendages are usually broadly oblong or triangular, longer than wide, and essentially flat. A few examples may be slightly concave abaxially. The exothecial cells vary from forms with thickenings primarily on the lateral walls as in Arctotis to forms with evenly slightly thickened walls as in most of the Gorterinae. In Berkheya, Cullumia and Didelta there are L973 Robinson & Brettell, Tribal revisions 719 irregular thickenings and lacunae with thickenings more promin- ent at the ends of the cells. The pollen is also notable for the two basic types. The pollen of Arctotis and its segregate genera or subgenera is simply spinose as is the pollen of the more distantly related genus Didelta. Im contrast, the pollen of the Gorterinae as seen in Gorteria, Gazania, Hirpiciun, Berkheyopsis, Cullumia and Berkheya has a reticvlating surface pattern with or without distinct spines at the junctures of the reticulations. The concept of the tribe devised here would exclude Platycarpha which has distinctive pollen with internally complex exine. Corolla characters are subtile but significant. All genera of the Arctotideae have glands that are rather long-stalked with small tips. The apical cells are thinner walled than the basal cells. Such glands are generally like those of the many members of the related tribe Cynareae but are very unlike those of Ursinia and the Anthemideae. Disk corolla lobes of the Arctot- ideae are elongate as in the Cynareae, Vernonieae, Liabeae and Mutisieae. These lobes are strikingly different from those of Ursinia and the Anthemideae. The lobes of the Arctotideae have stomates along the lateral margins and near the veins in all but one genus, Cullumia. In the latter genus the lateral margins are almost completely encased in slender sclerotized cells and stomates have not been seen. Even here stomates might show in stained material. The stomates are like those seen in many species of Liabum in the Liabeae. Such stomates are not present in Ursinia or the Anthemideae and they have not been seen in any of the Cynareae that have been examined. Conclusions regarding the limits of the tribe Arctotideae are as follows. The genus Heterolepis which Cassini placed in the Arctotideae but which Bentham removed to the Inuleae, has a style precisely like the Arctotideae and it should be returned to that tribe. The genus has a setose pappus consisting of rather broad short-fringed setae. The pollen is spinose and not reticulate. The genus seems closest to Didelta which has a short but setose pappus. Perhaps more significant, the two genera are alike in possessing vestigial anthers in the ray flowers. Platycarpha has pollen with a prominent complex columnar structure in the thickened rather smooth exine. Such pollen has been seen in most of the genera of the Cynareae that have been sampled but not in any of the Arctotideae. The margins of the corolla lobes are also like the Cynareae in the lack of stomates. The corolla glands have distinctly larger apical cells than any of the Arctotideae. The genus is evidently better placed in the Cynareae. Ursinia has a truncated style branch that is mostly smooth abaxially with a separate stigmatic line along each lateral margin of each branch. The genus is also different in the broad deeply concave anther appendages and unproduced bases of the thecae, in the corolla lobe shape and structure, and in the form 80 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 2 of the corolla glands. More obvious differences in Ursinia are the paleaceous receptacles and the habit. Even the cellular detail of the pappus squamae is very different from the plain- walled abaxially scabrous squamae of Arctotis with which they have been compared. The only really favorable comparisons are in the scarious tips of the phyllaries, the abaxial outgrowth near the tips of most corolla lobes, and the tendency for lateral thickenings on the elongated exothecial cells, these characters not being unique to these groups. It is evident that Ursinia must be excluded from the Arctotideae and that it and the Anthemideae are not even closely related to the Arctotideae. 10 aut di Figures 6-12. Flower parts of Arctotis and Ursinia. 6-8. Arctotis angustifolia L. 6. Corolla. 7. Gland from corolla. 8. Stamen. 9-12. Ursinia caledonica (Phill.) Prassler. 9. Corolla. 10-11. Lateral and end views of glands from corolla. 12. Stamen. It is notable that the Arctotideae seem to have a series of characters that are shared by a whole succession of tribes such as the Vernonieae, Liabeae, Cynareae, Mutisieae and Cichorieae. These have styles with a single stigmatic area covering the inside surface of the branches, anthers with bases projecting well below the point of attachment, appendages essentially flat, and lobes of the disk flowers long and narrow. The combination of characters in the monotypic African genus Eremothamus helps further to tie the various tribes in this series together. Among these tribes are all the members of the family having reticulate patterns on the surface of the pollen. 1973 Robinson & Brettell, Tribal revisions 81 In contrast, Ursinia and the Anthemideae seem to belong to a totally different group having styles with two distinct stigmatic lines on the branches. The lines throughout the group seem to be separated by at least a median groove even when shifted onto the inner surface of the style branch. In this series are all those forms with the thecae of the anthers not extending noticeably below the point of attachment to the filament. In this series are found all the Asteraceae with short lobes on the disk flowers, with keeled anther appendages, or with sterile unbranched styles. There are still many characters that might either extend or alter this concept. For example, some Vernonieae have glands on the anther appendages, a character known otherwise from only the Heliantheae, Helenieae and Inuleae. ANTHEMIDEAE The most widely recognized features of the tribe are the usually dissected leaves, the short paleaceous or absent pappus, the noncaudate anthers, and the truncate style branches. Many of the members also have distinctive odors. In areas where synantherologists have been most active such as Europe and North America, the tribe has been very accurately circumscribed. Nevertheless, the present study has found genera from a number of other areas that have been misplaced in the tribe. The new delimitation is on the basis of a number of characters in addi- tion to those previously noted in the literature. As recognized here the Anthemideae have four rather constant characters, the style, the exothecial cells, the glands of the corolla, and the pollen. The tip of the style is always truncate with a marginal brush of hairs or papillae. Such a style is found again in many Senecioneae and Inuleae but not in any other tribes. In other tribes where the style branches are blunt the details of the structure are different The exothecial cells of the Anthemideae have thickenings primarily on the lateral walls. Such exothecial cells are also characteristic of the Astereae and they occur in many Senecioneae and Inuleae, in part of the genus Tridax in the Heliantheae, in some of the Arctotideae and perhaps elsewhere. Such cells do not occur in any Helenieae or in other members of the Heliantheae that have been examined. The Anthemideae have corollas with short lobes bearing no stomates. The outer surface of the corolla in every genus examined has at least some glands and these are mostly of a distinctive form. The typical gland has a stalk that is very short and usually sunken into the corolla surface, and the cap cells are extremely enlarged. Even more distinctive is the 82 PiHek -T.0)270.G 358 Vol. 26, no. 2 extent to which the glands are laterally compressed with the cells of each of the two rows as high as wide. The basal attachment of the glands forms a distinctive vertically elongate oval or somewhat diamond-shaped section bissected by a trans-— verse wall. Glands of this precise type have been noted thus far only in the Anthemideae and in Ursinia. The pollen of the Anthemideae is spherical and tricolpate with or without spines. The grains are consistently distinct from those of all closely related tribes (Astereae, Inuleae, Heliantheae, Senecioneae) by the slightly thickened exine with columnar structure internally that is visible under the high power lens of the compound microscope. Such internal structure is found also in many Cynareae and Mutisieae, but in these there is more variation and the grains are generally different in size and shape. The pollen character might be regarded more lightly in the Anthemideae if every genus that had different pollen didn't have other significant differences too. Genera that have been placed in the Anthemideae that would be excluded on the basis of pollen include the following. Isoetopsis Turcz. of Australia, in addition to the pollen difference has style branches that are not truncate and glands on the corolla that are small-headed and not laterally compres- sed. The genus also has large squamose pappus setae unlike the members of the Anthemideae. The genus has anthers that are perfectly representative of members of the tribe Astereae. No other characters being in conflict,the genus Isoetopsis is regarded here as a member of the Astereae. Plagiocheilus Arn. ex DC. of South America, in addition to the pollen difference has styles that are not truncate and small-headed glands without lateral compression. The ray achenes are in many rows and are strongly compressed. The exothecial cells of the anthers have thickenings. often on the transverse walls and the apical appendages are reduced but the genus is evidently a member of the Astereae rather close to Lagenophora and Solenogyne. Abrotanella Cass. of Southern South America, New Zealand and New Guinea, in addition to the pollen difference has anthers that are often short-caudate at the base and corollas that are without glands or hairs. The exothecial cells have thickenings on the transverse walls. The genus falls easily into the tribe Senecioneae. There are even prominent lacticifers running up the middle of the corolla lobes as is common in the Senecioneae. Ischnea F.v.Mill. of New Guinea, in addition to the pollen difference has corollas without glands or hairs,and exothecial cells with thickenings on the transverse walls. Mattfeld (1929) suggested the genus was related to Abrotanella. Mattfeld was correct to the extent that both genera are members of the Senecioneae, but Ischnea is more closely related to Crocidium of Western North America. The previous four genera are all forms having achenes of the disk flowers usually sterile and the disk styles non- 1973 Robinson & Brettell, Tribal revisions 83 functional. These are all that have been seen of the genera with sterile disk achenes in the Hoffman concept of the Anthemid- eae. Further study may prove that all genera with such disk flowers should be excluded from the Anthemideae. Ursinia Gaertn. of Africa, in addition to the pollen differ- ence has a well developed pappus of large expanded squamae with distinctive cellular structure and anther appendages that are broader and more concave. Of the various genera lacking the pollen type of the Anthemideae, Ursinia is the only one showing any real relationship, having habit, corolla lobes and corolla glands of the same type. Style branches are like those of the Anthemideae in all respects. There remains the choice of treat- ing the genus as a member of the Anthemideae differing by two very basic characters, or treating it as a separate but related tribe. We chose to follow the precedent of others who have excluded the genus from the Anthemideae. In this way both tribes become readily definable in their major characters. It makes little sense to destroy a workable tribal concept by including an anomalous genus that is without immediate relatives in the tribe. URS INIEAE Tribus nova Asteracearum. Plantae herbaceae vel frutes- centes erectae vel procumbentes pauce vel multo ramosae. Folia alterna integra vel lobata vel bipinnata. Capitula in scapis elongatis axillaribus singularia; squamae involucri multiseriatae interiores ad apicem late scariosae; receptacula manifeste paleacea; corollae albae, flavae, cupreae vel purpureae glanduliferae, glandulis subsessilibus grosse capitatis lateraliter compressis; radii sine antheris; corollae discoideorum 5-lobatae, lobis extus valde procurrentibus; thecae antherarum inferne ecaudatae, cellulis exothecialibus elongatis plerumque ad apices et pro parte minore lateraliter noduliferis, appendicibus late ohovatis abaxialiter valde concavis non glanduliferis; styli florum discoideorum in nectariis non vel parum immersi, ramis ad apices truncatis annulate fimbriatis, linis stigmaticis binis lateralibus; pappus magnus 1-2-seriatus raro nullus, squamis 5 exterioribus laevibus interdum costatis, squamis interioribus 5 vel rarius deficiens setaceis plerumque haud aequilongis inter- dum brevissimis. Grana pollinis sphaerica ca. 25 , diam regulariter spinulifera, exineibus interne ut videtur simplici- bus. The tribe contains the single genus, Ursinia. Prassler (1967) in her monograph of the genus, recognized 37 species using broad concepts. The type was given as Ursinia paradoxa Gaertn. = U. chrysanthemoides (Less.) Harv. Two subgenera were recognized; subgenus Ursinia with the pappus in 2 rows; and subgenus Sphenogyne with the pappus in 1 row or in 1 species lacking. 8h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 2 The various distinctive features of the Ursinieae include the anther appendages, the pollen and the pappus. The appendages are very broadly ovate, as wide as long or wider, and very deeply concave abaxially. Appendages of the Anthemideae are sometimes rather broad and concave but never to the same extent. The pollen of Ursinia is clearly distinct from that found in all confirmed members of the Anthemideae, but it is the basic type seen in other related tribes such as the Astereae. It is likely that the Ursinia pollen reflects a more ancestral type and that the pollen of the Anthemideae is a derived type. The pappus is the most prominent of the distinct features of Ursinia. The most comparable type previously placed in the Anthemideae was that consisting of about §& large overlapping squamae in Isoetopsis. The transfer of the latter genus to the Astereae eliminates this only example. The cellular structure of the pappus of Ursinia is one of its most distinctive features. The individual cell ends do not project as in most squamose types of pappus, the surfaces are completely smooth. In addition, the walls show prominent spiral thickenings around their entire cell surfaces instead of the more common type of ornamentation restricted to the intercellular surfaces. The spiral thickenings of Ursinia may vary greatly in pitch from cell to cell and the older cells show a tendency to unravel as thin parts of the wall give way. In the most highly differentiated pappus types such as in U. annua Less. the squamae also show a very prominent costa of more layers of thicker-walled cells. Literature Cited Beauverd, G. 1915. Contribtion 4 1'étude des Composées. Bull. Soc. Bot. Genéve ser. 2. 7: 21-56. Bentham, G. 1873. Notes on the classification, history, and geographical distribution of Compositae. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 13: 335-577. pl. 8-ll. Cassini, H. 1816. Anthémidées. in G. L. Cuvier, Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles dans lequel on traite méthodique- ment des différents 6tres de la nature ed. 2, 2 suppl.: 13-75. Cronquist, A. 1955. Phylogeny and taxonomy of the Compositae. Amer. Midl. Nat. 53: 478-511. Darlington, C. D. and A. P. Wylie 1956. Chromosome atlas of flowering plants p. 1-519, Macmillan Co., New York. DeCandolle, A. P. 1836. Ordo CII. Compositae. Prod. Syst. Nat. 5: 4-695. 1973 Robinson & Brettell, Tribal revisions 85 Gaertner, J. 1791. De fructibus et seminibus plantarum. Vol. 2 (3): 353-504, pl. 157-180. Haesler, I. 1967. Chromosomenzahlen aus der Gattung Ursinia. Mitt. Bot. Miinchen 6: 531-539. Hoffmann, O. 1894. Compositae. in ler and Prantl, Die Nattirlichen Pflanzenfamilien 4(5): 87-391. Lessing, C. F. 1832. Synopsis generum Compositarum. p. 1-473, pile Mattfeld, J. 1929. in L. Diels, Beitrage zur Flora des Saruwaged-Gebirges. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 62: 452-501. Merxmiiller, H. 1954. Compositen-Studien IV: Die Compositen- Gattungen Siidwestafricas. Mitt. Bot. Miinchen 1 (9-10): Nordenstam, B. 1967. Chromosome numbers in South African Compositae. Aquilo, Ser. Botanica 6: 219-227. Prassler, M. 1967. Revision der Gattung Ursinia. Mitt. Bot. Miinchen 6: 363-478. FOURTH EXPEDITION TO NICARAGUA Frank C. Seymour To observe the seasonal changes was the special purpose of our fourth botanical expedition to Nicaragua. Our first botanizing there hav- ing been in the winter of 1968-69; our second also in the winter of 1969- 70; and our third in the spring of 1971, we made our fourth in summer, from June 27 to August 15, 1972. In a land of perpetual summer, --at least of warm weather, -- how could plants know the right time to bloom? In a country where there are 365 growing days each year, what could regulate the time for harvest? One of the regulators appears to be the amount of precipitation. July and August are in the rainy season. Actually in those months in 1972, the country was undergoing a severe drought. Excellent as this was for drying specimens in rain-forests, it was not so good for those who count- ed on a deluge of rain to grow crops. Nevertheless, enough rain fell in spring and summer so that the first feature to impress us descend- ing from the sky on the airport in Managua was the bright greenness of the vegetation in contrast to the sear brownness of the landscape in Dec- ember and January on former trips. The second factor regulating the flowering and fruiting seasons for plants could be temperature. Nicaraguans had told us that July and Aug- ust were lower in temperature than January and December. How could this amazing statement be true? In December and January, the sun, although farther away, blazed down all day long almost without interrup- tion, from a cloudless sky. In July and August, in contrast, the sun al- though nearer in the heavens, was frequently intercepted by clouds. When clouds covered the sun, it was noticeably not so hot. When there were no clouds, the heat was more intense than ever in summer. Although humans might not be aware of any coolness, the subfile difference may affect plants. Certain species with which we had become familiar in December and January were in July and August conspicuous for their ab- sence. Among many such absentees are Hyparrhenia rufa (Nees) Stapf and Tithonia rotundifolia (Miller) Blake. Another feature, astonishing to northerners, was the sight of shad- ows pointing southward! This threw me into confusion when I tried to determine compass directions in the ordinary manner of a northerner. It just didn't work. What was wrong? Pondering to figure out the rea- son, in the course of time, I realized that the sun was nearly over the Tropic of Cancer (23 1/2 degrees N.) whereas we were south of that Tropic. We had never before been farther south than the sun. Under the circumstances, of course the shadows pointed southward. 1973 Seymour, Fourth expedition 87 FOURTH MAP OF aie. ExPepirion N | 2 A R yak G U A Localities of collections marked by black circles. Departments by number 2) bD a © w m > z wn m > . Boaco . Carazo . Chinandega . Chontales . Comarca del Cabo . Esteli 13. Matagalpa . Granada 14. Nueva Segovia . Jinotega 15. Rio San Juan . Leon 16. Rivas 10. Madriz 17. Zelaya COSTA RICA 11. Managua 18. Lake Managua 12. Masaya 19. Lake Nicaragua womoranraw»rwond rn 88 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, mo. 2 While our headquarters were, as on other expeditions at the Escue- la Nacional de Agricultura y Ganaderia, most of our time was spent in rain-forests, either in the eastern area characterized by rain-for- ests or in rain-forests on mountain slopes in the western dry area. Again we express our thanks to Dr. Noel Somarriba B., Director of the School, and his staff for their courtesy in extending to us the use of the dormitory and the facilities of their herbarium and laboratory for drying our collections. In appreciation for favors, we left a set of our specimens to swell their growing herbarium which I estimate at about 8,000 specimens. It is the only herbarium in Nicaragua. The following will be a day by day account of our collecting, giving the localities and numbers and special features of the localities. On this fourth expedition, my only companion coming from the United States was my great-nephew, Stuart Bradley Robbins, who proved him- self a natural born botanist and very able collector. A brief outline of this expedition falls naturally into six parts as follows: West: June 27 - July 3 Bilwaskarma region: July 3 - July 14 Puerto Cabezas: July 14 - July 17 Managua, one-day trips: July 17 - July 28 San Bartolo, week-end: July 28 - July 31 Managua, short day-trips: July 31 - August 6 June 28. Having arrived in the airport of Managua at 7:15 a. m., on June 27 Robbins and Seymour lost little time. By the morning of the next day, we were on our way to Jalapa - a trip which required the entire day by bus. Jalapa is in Department Nueva Segovia in the ex- treme north, near Honduras and proved to be in the western dry area, although we had hoped that it was far enough eastward to be in rain- forest. This was not the case. The lush growth of rain-forests was not found. Jalapa is at the eastern end of an extensive level plain, surrounded on the east, north and south by a ridge of hills. Rising before dawn on June 29, we climbed one of the hills to the north and collected what we could, and not fail to catch in the middle of the morn- ing, the one bus back to Managua. The vegetation was relatively uninter- esting. 1973 Seymour, Fourth expedition 89 Collection numbers: Robbins 5485-5501. Seymour 5502-5536. July 1. On the way to Jalapa, it had been necessary to change bus- ses at Ocotal. There Seymour made the disastrous mistake of drinking some pineapple juice, rather than offend a chance acquaintance. Asa result, Seymour was laid up with dysentery, while Robbins went by in- vitation with two Englishmen, entomoligists, to Volcano Santiago, De- partment Masaya. This was rain-forest, characterized by Muntingia Calabura L. and Lantana glandulosissima Hayek. Robbins 5537-5554. July 2. Near the Escuela Nacional de Agricultura y Ganaderia, which will hereafter be called simply the Escuela, Seymour collected casually a Palm and a Heliotrope, nos. 5555 and 5555a. The second part of our expedition, beginning July 3, consisted of collections in Bilwaskarma, mostly on one-day short forays to the near- est rain-forests. Bilwaskarma is on the Rio Coco, the boundary between Nicaragua and Honduras, thus in the extreme north in Comarca del Cabo near Waspan. Both communities are in an extensive area of pine savan- nas. Over most of the area, extending in one direction, (south-east) to Puerto Cabezas, pines are sparse, due evidently to frequent burning of the low vegetation. On the grounds of the Thaeler Memorial Hospital, however, where the land is protected from fire, the pines are close to- gether. In this area of pine savannas, the soil is mostly dry and sandy; the water in the streams is ck.ar and clean, delightful for bathing. July 4. We express our thanks to Dr. and Mrs. Theodore H. Rights for the hospitality of the Moravian Mission stationed in Bilwaskarma. We were privileged to lodge in the guest house and to get our meals at the dining hall refectory of the Thaeler Memorial Hospital. Casual col- lections on the Hospital ground. Robbins 5556-7. Seymour 5558, Tillan- dsia usneoides L. July 5. We were fortunate to arrange with Mr. Muller to convey us in his jeep to rain-forests during the eleven days spent here. The first trip in this region took us for many kilometers through the pine savan- nas to France ya Sirpi. stopping twice on the way, first at Chemical Plant, later at an unnamed locality nearer to France ya Sirpi, but still in pine savanna. Chemical Plantwas so named because of a fact- ory located there, producing turpentine in the midst of a large supply of pine trees for raw materials. Chemical Plant is characterized by an abundance of Miconia Lun- delliana L. Wms. and at least 5 other species of Melastomataceae. Robbins 5559-61; 5582-5594. Seymour 5562-5581; 5597-5601. 90 PRY T O° O'G-r a Vol. 26, no. 2 At the second stop, 3/4 of the distance to France ya Sirpi, the habi- tat was similar but added Chiococca alba (L.) Rich. , Miconia serrulata (DC.) Naudin, M. oinochrophylla Do Donn. Smith and M. hyperprasina Nau- din to our list for the day. France ya Sirpi, our major objective, is rain-forest. Spelling calls for a comment here. A man from the United States whom we met at Bilwaskarma made the remark:'Around here people spell any way they happen to want to."" This is evidenced by the fact that on last year's labels this locality was spelled "Francia Sirpi.'' Such variations occur in spite of our efforts to make the spelling correct. The same person sometimes spelled the same name in different ways at different times. We acknowledge with thanks that most of our Melastomataceae for this summer and other years have been identified by Mr. Charles E. Schnell. Robbins 5595-5596. Seymour 5602-5621. Among the characteristic plants of this locality are Rhynchospora cephalotes Vahl, very abundant in the pine savannas; Smilax velutina Killip & Morton; Vittaria minima (Baker) Benedict; 2 species of Costus; Cephaelis tomentosa (Aubl.) Vahl; Chrysophyllum mexicanum Brandeg. Robbins 5622-5630. Seymour 5631-5663. Casual collections near Waspan on the return trip. Seymour 5664-5665. July 6. No collecting. July 7. Bihmona or Bismona, as it is variously spelled. Here the land was open, with few trees along a sizable creek, eastward from Was- pan, still in Comarca del Cabo. Floating in quiet water near the shore was an unidentified member of the Onagraceae, not seen elsewhere this year or in other years. In similar quiet water was a Nymphaea, rarely seen in Nicaragua. A large Eleocharis, not identified, formed a large colony along the shore. In the shallows was Mayaca fluviatilis Aubl. Robbins 5666-5688. Seymour 5689-5752. One kilometer westward on our return trip to Bilwaskarma and Was- pan, in swampy land with black soil along a small creek, a different as- sortment appeared including Eriocaulon decangulare L. f. parviceps Moldenke, 2 species of Xyris, a Spiranthes (not seen before), with Rhyn- chospora barbata (Vahl) Kunth and other species of that genus. Many thanks to Dr. Henry K. Svenson for identifying many of our Cyperaceae and to Dr. Harold N. Moldenke for identifying our Eriocaulaceae. 1973 Seymour, Fourth expedition 91 On the way homeward, in pine savanna, a palm, Seymour 5775. July 8. No collecting. July 9. Local collections in Bilwaskarma. Robbins 5776-5777. Seymour 5778-5789. July 10. Puente Pozo Azul along Kornuk or Kornug Creek, where we collected a year ago in the spring. The Creek has cut a deep gorge in the pine savanna, wearing even through solid rock to some depth. Amaioua corymbosa Bth. was one of the species new to us. This iden- tefication is another of those for which I thank the Missouri Botanical Garden. For identifying our Xyridaceae including the next species, I thank Dr. Robert Kral. This is one of the few localities where Xyris ambigua Beyr. was found. Robbins 5790-5799; 5814. Seymour 5800- 5824. The suspension bridge here is notable as it is said to be the only bridge of its kind in Nicaragua. Moving on to a place farther upstream, we stopped at a spot called Old Bridge because some time ago there had been a bridge across the Creek. The habitat was very similar to the preceeding. Here weadded another Xyris to our list, Xyris Baldwiniana Schultes, Robbins 5829, and an unidentified Utricularia and an unidentified Lycopodium (not L. cernuum L.) To reach the river, the jeep had to push its way through extensive thickets of Helicteres guazumaefolia HBK. July 11. In pine woods cf the Thaeler Memorial Hospital,a species apparently Hypoxis and grasses. Seymour 5850-5855. July 12. Same locality. Local collections. Seymour 5856-5860. July 13. Miguel Bikou. Almost without exception the richest rain- forest found in all our travels. The species are largely unidentified, but include Trichomanes diversifrons (Bory) Mett., Pteris pungens Willd. , Dictyoxiphium panamense Hk., Psychotria patens Sw. and sev- en species of Melastomataceae. Robbins 5861-5877. Seymour 5878 - 5927. July 14. One number, Setaria geniculata (Lam.) Beauv. , Seymour 59274. This concludes our collections in the region of Bilwaskarma in 1972. We proceeded to Puerto Cabezas, Department Zelaya. 92 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 2 July 15. In the city of Puerto Cabezas, Terminalia Catappa L., Brassavola nodosa (L.) Lindley, Polypodium persicariaefolium Schrad- er and P. polypodioides (L.) Hitchc. Robbins 5928-5929. Seymour 5930-5931. July 16. Returning northwestward from Puerto Cabezas, a few kilo- meters toward Bilwaskarma, we collected at a place called Kamla or Tamla or Puente Septimo (Seventh Bridge) along and near a creek. The land was mostly an open savanna, very level, with rich black soil. Species unusual to us include Symphonia globulifera L.f., Xylopia arom- atica (Lam.) Eichl., four species of Paspalum, Cassia flexuosa L. and nine species of Melastomataceae. Robbins 5932-5946. Seymour 5965- 6031. The same day on a beach in Puerto Cabezas, Sargassum sp, , Cyper- us ligularis L. and Coccoloba Uvifera (L.) Jacq. Robbins 5947-5951. Seymour 5952-5964. July 17. No more collecting here. Returned to Managua, ending the third part of the expedition. July 18. Casual collection, Chloris virgata Sw., Seymour 6032a. Beginning of fourth part of expedition. July 19. Local collections at the Escuela. Seymour 6032-6034. July 20. Local collections near the Escuela. Seymour and Rob- bins 6035-6036. July 21. Juigalpa, Department Chontales. Thither by a long ride, we traveled by bus hoping to reach another rain-forest or another part of the rain-forest which covers much of the Department Zelaya and ex- tenas into other departments like Chontales. In the city, two weedy spe- cies of Eragrostis. Seymour 6037-6038. July 22. Juigalpa. In the city, some weeds. Seymour 6039 and 6040. No taxi driver could be found who would take us to a rain-forest. It was too far away, they said. Compelled thus to seek a compromise, we climbed aboard the bus for Managua and alighted at a tiny village named San Francisco, not to be confused with other localities by the same name but in different departments. This was not rain-forest but the valley of an unnamed (on available maps) branch of the Tecolostote River. The mostly unidentified collections include Casearia nitida (L.) Jacq. and Milleria quinquefolia L., the latter encountered three or four times in Nicaragua, here abundant. For the identification of these two species and many others mentioned in this article, I am very grateful to the Missouri Botanical Garden. July 23. In the vicinity of the Escuela. As described in previous articles in Phytologia, the Escuela is situated in a level area where the soil is rich, characterized by volcanic ash and abundant under- 1973 Seymour, Fourth expedition 93 streams which flow even in the driest weather. Thus deep-rooted plants have a continual supply of moisture. Lagascea sp. #6092 was not seen elsewhere on any of our expeditions. Seymour did not collect on this date. Robbins 6088-6092. July 24. No collecting. July 25. In the vicinity of the Escuela, Robbins, Passiflora sp. 6093. Seymour, Panicum sp. 6094. In the afternoon, a party of about 25 students of the Escuela accompanied Seymour and Robbins to Mom- bacho, an extinct volcano, near the city of Granada. We did not reach the summit but on the side of the mountain, the group found numerous species and Seymour pressed a few, among them Muntingia Calabura L. Although it is one of the highest mountains in Nicaragua, neither it nor any other mountain can boast of snow even in the coolest weather. The sides of the mountain support in places, a rain-forest. A number of collectors have sampled the flora of this mountain but it has promise of a goodly number of species yet to be found in its lush growth. Seymour 6095-6105. July 26. Near the Escuela, Panicum fasciculatum Sw. Seymour 6106. July 27. Momotombo is another extinct volcano and one of the highest mountains in Nicaragua. Its vegetation is not nearly as lux- uriant as that of Mombacho but yielded a different selection of interest- ing species such as Luehea candida (DC.) Mart., Margaritaria nobilis L. f. and Stemmadenia obovata (HJA.) K. Sch. This was supposed to be rainy season but actually we experienced nothing more than slight showers except twice. This was one of the occasions for a heavy downpour, said to be artifically produced. Seymour did not go on this trip, but Robbins and his companions, Albert St. Clair and Jose Cuevas returned soaked to the skin. Robbins 6107-6123. July 27. In the meantime, Seymour spotted a few ordinary species near the Escuela. 6124-6131. July 28. Off by plane to spend a weekend in San Bartolo, the fifth part of this expedition. This locality was one of the richest collecting grounds in all of our four expeditions. It is an isolated community in rain-forest country in the Department Rio San Juan near the boundary of Department Chontales, a day's journey on horseback from San Carlos, otherwise reached by airplane which landed twice a week. The hacienda occupies a large clearing where large herds of cattle come and go. En- circling the hacienda are rich rain-forests. Except near the hacienda , botanical collecting was accomplished on horseback. Robbins 6132- 6142. Seymour 6143-6162. 9h PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 26, no. 2 July 29. San Bartolo. Excursions into different parts of the rain- forest in morning and afternoon. Ferns included Polypodium cupreo- lepis Evans and Asplenium formosum Willd. Grasses included Pharus latifolius L. and Paspalum lividum Trin. Robbins 6163-6178. Seymour 6179-6218. July 30. San Bartolo. Excursions into rain-forests, partly the same as yesterday, partly different. Helicteres guazumaefolia HBK. was common. Cuphea carthaginensis (Jacq.) Macbride and Morinda panamensis Seem. were among our collections of the day. Robbins 6219-6233. Seymour 6234-6250. July 31. The weekend being over, we boarded the plane to return to Managua and the Escuela. As weather was too humid in San Bartolo for drying specimens, this last day of July was devoted to getting them thoroughly dry. No collecting. August 1. Mombacho, again. Our glimpse of the plants of this mountain lured Robbins to another attempt to capture some of its choice species. With some companions, he drove part way up the height but did not reach the summit. In his press when he returned were Poly- podium fructuosum Maxon & Weath., P. Kuhnii Fourn. , Asplenium fra- grans Sw. and Lantana maxima Hayek. Many of our Verbenaceae in- cluding the last have been identified by Dr. Harold N. Moldenke to whom we express our thanks. Robbins 6251-6273. August 1. Seymour, having too many specimens to be dried, was kept near headquarters, but picked up a few grasses near the Escuela. Seymour 6274-6273. August 2. Managua. Getting specimens ready to ship is always time-consuming even when carried on currently. Collecting for this season was almost over. The only number for the day was a Lamour- ouxia from Masaya, contributed by a student, 6282. August 3. Managua, near the Escuela, a legume. Robbins 6283. August 4. Same place. Seymour 6284-6286. This day, Robbins succeeded in getting his exit visa and took his flight for Miami, Florida. Seymour being delayed in obtaining an exit visa, used his time partly in working on the 3,000 specimens which he and his companions have contributed to the herbarium of the Escuela, partly in making last-minute harvests in localities nearby. August 5. Managua, near the Escuela. Common plants, mostly 1973 Seymour, Fourth expedition 95 grasses, of which we did not have full sets previously. Seymour 6287- 6299. August 6. Santo Tomas. This being Sunday, there was no chance to get an exit visa, so a day's journey into a rain-forest was permis - sible. The trip by bus from Managua to Santo Tomas is uphill so much that the bus took 5 hours to go but only 4 hours to return. On the return trip, the bus was so crowded that Seymour stood most of the way. Growth was so luxurious only a short hike from the bus route that little time was spent in hunting for good material. Seymour put plants into his field press as fast as he could until the press was full and it was time to catch the bus back to Managua. Had he but known and had his press been able to hold more, he could have collected longer, for the bus was an hour late! Seymour 6300-6327. August 7. Managua. The day was spent in preparation of yester- day's collections and in further attempts to get an exit visa. August 8. Managua. With my exit visa at last in hand, two hours were spent in shipping collections to the States by air freight. This accomplished, it was suddenly discovered that a plane for Miami would leave in 35 minutes. 35 minutes to return to the Escuela 3/4 miles away for baggage and get through the preliminaries to board the plane! He made it! I wish to acknowledge with thanks to Dr. Richard A,Howard, Direct- or of the Arnold Arboretum, and Dr. Reed C. Rollins, Director of the Gray Herbarium, and Dr. Hubert W. Vogelmann, Director of the Pringle Herbarium, the privilege of examining specimens in their res- pective herbaria by way of identifying my specimens from Nicaragua. With each succeeding expedition, many more species become fam- iliar and the ability to be more selective in collecting increases. In ending this expedition, Seymour sighed for the places still untouched and the many species still awaiting discovery. The accompanying map shows only places visited this summer. If a map should be prep- ared showing all the localities where he and his companions have col- lected, it would show samplings from a large part of Nicaragua. Cabo de Gracias a Dios and many other choice areas still remain un- explored beckoning to future expeditions. The Pringle Herbarium, University of Vermont 96 PHYTTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 2 References to articles giving accounts of previous expeditions are ap- pended. First expedition, Dec. 3, 1968 to Jan. 16, 1969, Phytologia 22: 441-444. 1972 Second expedition, Dec. 15, 1969 to Jan. 29, 1970, Phytologia 23: 440-451. 1972 Third expedition, Feb. 2 to Apr. 10, 1971, Phytologia 25: 446-457. 1973 THE RANGE OF PRUNUS AMERICANA IN NEW ENGLAND Frank C. Seymour Mr. R. C. Hodgson of South Hero, Vermont, brought to the Pringle Herbarium of the University of Vermont a specimen of a Prunus in flower. Later in the season, he brought also some excellent speci- mens from the same stand with mature leaves and bark several years old. The identification of these specimens has led to a far more exten- sive investigation than would have been expected. While they prove to be Prunus americana Marshall, a familiar species, some unexpected facts were brought to light. Questions arose: Is Prunus americana common in Vermont? What is its range? To find answers to these questions, Gray's Manual, ed. 8, 1950 was consulted. On page 877, the range of this species is given Aswinlasto Ne M., n. tow. N. E., N. Y., Ss. Ont., Mich:; Wiser, Minn. , s. Man., Wyo. and Utah" with the added comment, "often spread from cult.'' Vermont is part of western New England, but this reference does not indicate surely whether Vermont is included. The Committee on Plant Distribution of the New England Botanical Club in its Seventeenth Report in Rhodora 69:311. 1967, lists Prunus americana from all New England states except Maine and on page 316 lists it as one of three species "chiefly from the three southern states." In the Flora of New England, page 346, by the present writer, Prunus americana is listed from Willoughby and Johnson on the authority of the unrecorded persons who identified them, with a question mark after the Johnson record. In the third edition (1937) of The Flora of Vermont, page 159, by E. J. Dole, Prunus americana is listed from 'Woodstock (Mrs. Morgan), Charlotte (? Pringle); Brandon (? Dutton)." In the fourth edition of the same Flora (1969) by the present writer, this species is listed from Willoughby and Johnson. This summarizes some of the evidence from recent literature. Next, consider the specimens upon which these records are based. The Charlotte and Brandon localities are given in The Flora of Vermont, ed. 3, with question marks, indicating that they were uncer- tain. Both specimens are in the Pringle Herbarium. The Charlotte specimens collected by C. G. Pringle have blunt gland-tipped teeth and are therefore Prunus nigra Aiton. The specimen from Brandon 97 98 PHYTOLOGZIA Vol. 26, no. 2 collected by D. Lewis Dutton, was originally identified as ''Prunus americana Marshal (sic) var. nigra Wangheim." It likewise is Prunus nigra. The specimen from Woodstock, collected by "Mrs. Morgan," this writer has been unable to find. No indication is given as to the herbarium in which it is kept. A specimen from Norwich, also in the Pringle Herbarium, originally identified as P. americana is P. nigra and moreover is labeled cultivated. The specimens from Johnson in the Pringle Herbarium have blunt gland-tipped leaves and therefore are P. nigra. The Willoughby record is based on a specimen in the Gray Herbarium and likewise proves to be P. nigra. In the Pringle Herbarium there is a specimen labeled Prunus americana in the handwriting of C. G. Pringle, collected by him in "Ferrisburgh" but it does not affect the indigenous range as it is labeled "'cult''. Moreover its calyx-lobes are densely covered with fine hairs, whereas the calyx-lobes of this species are understood to be glabrous or nearly so. Thus have been eliminated all the reports, so far as ascertained, of Prunus americana in Vermont except that based on specimens recently collected by Robert G. Hodgson, in1972, in South Hero. These will be distributed to various herbaria. The conclusion is that South Hero is the only locality in Vermont where it is known to occur. As for the other states of New England, Prunus americana is not known in Maine. In New Hampshire, it occurs only in the southeast, near the coast. The following specimens may be cited. Nashua, Hodgdon, Burns and Steele 14480 (NEBC); Barrington, Hodgdon 5936 (NEBC). Specimens ascribed to this species but of doubtful identity are: Alstead, Fernald 214 (GH); Surry, Fernald 429 (GH). To finda species so far removed from the others of its kind is not surprising when one considers how many others have a similar range. Among the species occurring in the region of Lake Champlain far from an- other station are the following: Polanisiadodecandra (L.) DC., Lechea maritima Leggett, Hudsonia tomentosa Nutt. var. intermedia Peck. The characters commonly given in manuals for identification of Prunusamericana need to be clarified. For instance, the leaves of this species have been described as "glabrous above". In two specimens, in- cluding Hodgdon, Burns and Steele 14480 (NEBC), the leaves are ap- pressed-hairy above. The calyx-lobes are described as lance-atten- uate. Often this is true but in Pl. Exs. Grayanae 961, from Mansfield, Conn. , and many others, the calyx-lobes are blunt, oblong, not widen- ed at base. Some calyx-lobes have become revolute so that they appear to be acute. The calyx may be either glabrous or hairy. The length of 1973 Seymour, Prunus americana 99 the style varies from (6-)7-10(-12) mm, depending apparently on the degree of maturity. An attempt to find new characters by which to dis- tinguish this from closely related species was unsuccessful. Pedicels prove to be about as often hairy as glabrous. The number of teeth on the margins of the leaf vary from (3.5-)4-9(-10) per cm, most often 6. The pubescence of the leaves beneath varies greatly from dense to sparse. Characters which can be relied upon are (1) the sharpness of the teeth which distinguishes Prunus americana Aiton from Prunus nigra Aiton. The latter has blunt gland-tipped teeth. (2) The abruptly acuminate leaf-blades distinguish Prunus americana Marsh from Prunus alleghaniensis Porter in which the leaf-blades are gradually acuminate. Frank C. Seymour, The Pringle Herbarium, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vt. This expedition was supported in part by a grant from Chandler S. and Eleanor C. Robbins, for which I express many thanks. NEW TAXA AND COMBINATIONS IN MACHAERIUM (Leguminosae). IV. Velva E. Rudd, Smithsonian Institution MACHAERIUM NYCTITANS (Vellozo) Bentham var. GARDNERI (Bentham) Rudd, comb. nov. Machaerium gardneri Bentham, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 4, suppl.: O. 1860. Type: G. Gardner 357, Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, Serra dos Orgoas, "3000 ft., forests, July 1837" (holotype K; isotypes BM, G, K). MACHAERIUM HATSCHBACHII Rudd, sp. nov. Arbor, M. scleroxylo Tulasne primo adspectu simile sed differt folioliis plerumque numerosioribus cum pilis longioribus laxiori- busque, floribus brevioribus, calyce non striato, et fructibus geniculatis cum ala angustiore. Tree, to about 20 m. tall; young stems subsericeous, glabres- cent; stipules spinescent, divaricate, to about 12 mm. long, 3 mm. wide at the base, caducous; leaves 11-27-foliolate, the axis about 3-11 cm. long, puberulent; leaflets chartaceous, subcoriaceous with age, elliptic, 3-20 mm. long, 2-10 mm. wide, the apex and base obtuse, the upper surface sparsely pubescent with subappres- sed hairs, glabrescent, the lower surface moderately to densely pubescent with lax or subappressed hairs, the venation reticulate; inflorescences axillary, racemose, the axes tomentulose, bracts fulvo-sericeous, lanceolate, acuminate, 4-7 mm. long, 3-4 m. wide; bracteoles lanceolate, fulvo-sericeous, 2-3 mm. long, acuminate, 0.7-l mm. wide; flowers 4.5-6 mm. long; calyx fulvo-sericeous, 2.5 mm. long, 2-2.5 mm. in diameter, the teeth acute, about 1 mm. long or less; petals purplish, the vexillum sericeous on the outer face; fruit winged, geniculate, the wing bent at about a 75° angle, sericeous, glabrescent, 4-5 cm. long including stipe 4-8 mm. long, the body 1.5 cm. long, 5-8 mn. wide, the wing acute at the apex, 2-2.5 cm. long, about 1 cm. wide. Type: G. Hatschbach 15254, Brazil, Parana, Campina Grande do Sul, Sitio do Belizario, 23 November 1966 (holotype US no. 2563680; isotypes P, SI). Paratypes: Brazil, Parana: Piraquara, Campininha, Hatschbach 2652 (SI). Cerro Azul, Morro Grande, Hatschbach 6390 (US). Guaratuba, Rio Itarare, Hatschbach 15118 (L,P,SI,US,WAG). Campina Grande do Sul, Sitio do Belizario, Hatschbach 16280 (LSI, US). Guaraquecaba, Serrinha, Hatechbach 16506 (L,SI). Guaraqueceba, Rio de Cedro, Hatschbach 18117 (US). Local name: Jacaranda de espinho. 100 1973 Rudd, New taxa and combinations 101 MACHAERIUM COSTULATUM Rudd, sp. nov. Frutex interdum scandens, affine M. violaceo Vogel et M. striato J. R. Johnston sed differt folioliis caulibusque glabris et floribus longioribus. Shrub, sometimes scandent, apparently unarmed; young stems glabrous; stipules caducous, not seen; leaves 5-foliolate, the axis 9-12 cm. long, glabrous; leaflets ovate to elliptic, 5-11 cm. long, 3-6 cm. wide, acuminate, the base rounded, the surfaces glabrous, the venation penni-reticulate; inflorescences axillary, racemose-fasciculate, the axes brown-tomentulose; bracts puberu- lent, deltoid, somewhat cucullate, 1-2 mm. long, 1-1.5 m. wide, acute; bracteoles puberulent, broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm. wide, obtuse to subacute; flowers 11-12 mm. long; calyx puberulent, glabrescent at the base, conspicuously striate or multi-costate, about 5 mm. long, 3 mm. in diameter; petals dark purple or brownish with white markings, villous; fruit not seen. Type: A. Ducke 1037, Brazil, Amazonas, "Esperanga (ad ostium fluminis Javary), in silva "varsea" secus Igarape Santo Antonio," 29 October 1942 (holotype US no. 1832335; isotypes MO, NY, R). Paratype: Brazil, Amazonas: Vaupes, Rio Negro, bank of Rio Rpwy, sandy soil, Froes 21196 (F, IAN, K, NY). MACHAERIUM GUANAIENSE Rusby ex. Rudd, sp. nov. Arbor interdum scandens, affine M. latifolio Rusby sed dif- fert folioliis fructibusque pubescentioribus. Tree or liana, apparently unarmed; young stems fulvo-tomen- tulose, glabrescent; stipules (bud scales) tomentulose, deltoid, 1-2 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, caducous; leaves 3-9-foliolate, the axis tomentulose, glabrescent, 4-14 cm. long; leaflets ovate to ovate-oblong, the terminal leaflet sometimes obovate, 3-10 cm. long, 1.5-5 cm. wide, acute to breviacuminate, the base rounded to subcordate, the upper surface essentially glabrous at maturity, the lower surface moderately pubescent with minute, crispate hairs, the venation penni-reticulate; inflorescences axillary, racemose, the axes tomentulose; bracts minute, tomentulose, del- toid, acute, 1-1.5 mm. long and wide; bracteoles tomentulose, ovate-deltoid, obtuse, 1 mm. long and 1.5 mm. wide; flowers 7 m. long; calyx subsericeous, faintly striate, 3 m. long, 1.5 mm. in diameter, the teeth 1 mm. long or less; petals sericeous to vil- lous, the color not known; fruit winged, essentially straight, minutely fulvo-velutinous, glabrescent, especially at the apex, 6-7 cm. long including stipe 4-5 mm. long, the body 1.5-2 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. wide, the wing 3.5-5 cm. long, about 1.7-2 cm. wide. 102 PHY TOL OGITSs Vol. 26, no. 2 Type: H. H. Rusby 1321, Bolivia, La Paz, Guanai, "2000 ft.” elevation, May 1886 (holotype NY; isotypes F, GH, MICH, NY, US). Paratypes: Bolivia: La Paz, Basin of Rio Bopi, San Bartolome near Calisaya, 750-900 m. elev., Krukoff 10270 (A, F, NY, us). MACHAERIUM PENDULIFLORUM Rudd, sp. nov. Arbor, M. oblongifolio Vogel primo adspectu simile sed dif- fert folioliis minus pubescentibus, floribus brevioribus numero- sioribusque. Tree, to about 10 m. tall, apparently unarmed; young stems fulvo-tomentulose, glabrescent; stipules caducous, not seen; leaves (3-) 5-9-foliolate, the axis tomentulose, (2.5-) 5-11 cm. long; leaflets subcoriaceous, ovate, about (2.5-) 3-7 cm. long, (1.5-) 2-3.5 cm. wide, breviacuminate with the tip blunt or acute, the base rounded, the upper surface sparsely pubescent with appressed hairs, glabrescent, the lower surface moderately pubescent with subappressed hairs, glabrescent, the venation penni-reticulate; inflorescences axillary, paniculate, pendulous, the axes minutely tomentulose, glabrescent; bracts pubescent, glabrescent, deltoid, acute, 1-5 mm. long, 0.3-1.5 mm. wide; bracteoles pubescent, ovate, obtuse, 1 mm. long or less, about 0.5 mm. wide; flowers about 5 mm. long; calyx brown-sericeous, 2 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. in diameter, the teeth minute; petals white, blackening on drying, the vexillum sericeous on the outer face; fruit not seen. Type: C. M. Belshaw 3457, Peru, San Mart{n, on trail from Lamas to San Antonio near Rio Chupiseha, 23-30 September 1937 (holotype US no. 2525904; isotypes F, GH, MO, SI). Paratypes: Bolivia: Santa Cruz, Jorochito, in woods, 500 m. elev., Steinbach 8130 (A, F, GH, K, S, US). THE TOWSON STATE HERBARIUM FAMILY INDEX* Donald R. Windler and Bonnie K. Windler Organization of most herbaria have for years followed either an Englerian or alphabetical arrangement. In an attempt to pro- vide a more contemporary arrangement of families for the Towson State College Herbarium (BALT), the authors have developed a numbered sequence which is a conservative modification of Dr. Robert Thorne's phylogenetic sequence published in Aliso vol. 6, no. 4. The recognition of families in the Liliales is Flowering Plants. The following presentation consists of two parts: (A) a numerical presentation of families grouped in recognized orders and (B) a cross indexed list of family names that appear in world floras which indicates their treatment in List A. Willis' Dictionary of Flowering Plants and Ferns may be used to establish the family name for genera. (Note: In the Towson Herbarium vascular cryptogam families are filed alpha- betically, followed by alphabetically arranged gymnosperm families. ) A. Family List Order: Annonales Family: 1. Winteraceae 2. Illiciaceae 3. Schisandraceae 4, Magnoliaceae 5. Degeneriaceae 6. Eupomatiaceae 7. Himantandraceae 8. Annonaceae 9. Myristicaceae 10. Canellaceae 11. Aristolochiaceae 12.. Austrobaileyaceae 13. Chloranthaceae 14, Amborellaceae 15. Trimeniaceae 16. Monimiaceae 17. Calycanthaceae 18, Lactoridaceae 19. Gomortegaceae 20. Lauraceae 21. Hernandiaceae 22. Gyrocarpaceae 23. Piperaceae 24. Savruraceae Order: Berberidales Family: 25, Lardizabalaceae 26. Sargentodoxaceae 27. Menispermaceae 28. Ranunculaceae 29. Berberidaceae 30. Papaveraceae Order: Nymphaeales Family: 31. Nymphaeaceae 32. Ceratophyllaceae Order: Sarraceniales Family: 33. Sarraceniaceae Order: Theales Family: 34. Dilleniaceae 35. Paeoniaceae *Contribution number 3 from the Towson State College Herbarium, Baltimore, Maryland 21204. Cost of publication assisted by the Towson State College Faculty Research Fund. 103 10, PHY TOLOGIA 36. Actinidiaceae 37. Stachyuraceae 38. Theaceae 39. Aquifoliaceae 4oO, Marcgraviaceae 41. Caryocaraceae 42, Clethraceae 43, Cyrillaceae 44, Pentaphylacaceae 45, Ochnaceae 46, Quiinaceae 47. Scytopetalaceae 48, Sarcolaenaceae 49. Strasburgeriaceae 50. Dipterocarpaceae 51. Dioncophyllaceae 52. Clusiaceae 53. Elatinaceae 54. Lecythidaceae Order: Nepenthales Family: 55. Nepenthaceae Order: Ericales Family: 56. Ericaceae 57. Epacridaceae 58. Empetraceae Order: Ebenales 59. Ebenaceae 60. Sapotaceae 61. Symplocaceae 62. Lissocarpaceae 63. Styracaceae Order: Primulales Family: 64. Myrsinaceae 65. Theophrastaceae 66. Primulaceae Order: Plumbaginales Family: 67. Plumbaginaceae Order: Rafflesiales Family: 68. Rafflesiaceae 69. Hydnoraceae Order: Cistales Family: 70. Flacourtiaceae 71. Dipentodontaceae 72. Peridiscaceae 73. Scyphostegiaceae 74. Violaceae 75. Bixaceae 76. Cistaceae 77. Turneraceae 78. Malesherbiaceae 79. Passifloraceae 80. Achariaceae 81. Caricaceae Vol. 26, no. 2 82. Cucurbitaceae 83. Begoniaceae 84, Datiscaceae 85. Loasaceae Order: Salicales Family: 86. Salicaceae Order: Tamaricales Family: 87. Tamaricaceae 88. Frankeniaceae Order: Capparidales Family: 89. Capparidaceae 90. Moringaceae 91. Resedaceae 92. Brassicaceae Order: Malvales Family: 93. Sterculiaceae 94. Sphaerosepalaceae 95. Elaeocarpaceae 96. Tiliaceae 97. Bombacaceae 98. Malvaceae Order: Urticales Family: 99. Ulmaceae 100. Moraceae 101. Urticaceae Order: Rhamnales Family: 102. Rhamnaceae 103. Hlaeagnaceae Order: Euphorbiales Family: 104. Euphorbiaceae 105. Pandaceae 106. Aextoxicaceae 107. Didymelaceae 108. Dichapetalaceae 109. Thymelaeaceae 110. Buxaceae Order: Solanales Family: 111. Solanaceae 112. Convolvulaceae 113. Polemoniaceae 114. Fouquieriaceae Order: Campanulales Family: 115. Pentaphragmataceae 116. Campanulaceae 117. Goodeniaceae Order: Santalales Family: 118. Celastraceae 119. Stackhousiaceae 120, Icacinaceae 121. Cardiopteridaceae 122. Medusandraceae 123. Olacaceae 124, Opiliaceae 1973 Santalaceae Misodendraceae Loranthaceae Viscaceae Balanophoraceae Cynomoriaceae Order: Oleales Family: 131. Salvadoraceae 132. Oleaceae Order: Geraniales Family: 133. Linaceae 134. Ancistrocladaceae 135. Erythroxylaceae 136. Zygophyllaceae 137. Oxalidaceae 138. Geraniaceae 139. Balsaminaceae 140. Tropaeolaceae 141. Limnanthaceae 142. Malpighiaceae 143. Polygalaceae 144. Krameriaceae 145. Trigoniaceae 146. Vochysiaceae Order: Rutales Family: 147. Rutaceae 148. Simaroubaceae 149. Surianaceae 150. Cneoraceae 151. Meliaceae 152. Burseraceae 153. Anacardiaceae 154. Sapindaceae 155. Sabiaceae 156. Melianthaceae 157. Akaniaceae 158. Aceraceae 159. Hippocastanaceae 160. Bretschneideraceae 161, Rhoipteleaceae 162. Juglandaceae Order: Myricales Family: 163. Myricaceae Order: Leitneriales Family: 164. Leitneriaceae Order: Chenopodiales Family: 165. Phytolaccaceae 166. Gyrostemonaceae 167. Nyctaginaceae 168. Aizoaceae 169. Cactaceae 170. Didiereaceae 171. Portulacaceae Windler & Windler, Family index 172. 173. 174. 175 176. 177. 105 Basellaceae Chenopodiaceae Halophytaceae Amaranthaceae Caryophyllaceae Polygonaceae Order: Batidales Family: 178. Batidaceae Order: Hamamelidales Family: 179. 180. 181. 182. 183. 184, 185 ° Trochodendraceae Tetracentraceae Eupteleaceae Cercidiphyllaceae Eucommiaceae Hamamelidaceae Platanaceae Order; Casuarinales Family: 186. Casuarinaceae Order: Fagales Family: 187. 188. Pagaceae Betulaceae Order: Balanopales Family: 189. Balanopaceae Order: Rosales Family: 190. Rosaceae 191. Crossosomataceae 192. Connaraceae 193. Fabaceae 194. Crassulaceae 195. Cephalotaceae 196. Saxifragaceae 197. Stylidiaceae 198. Droseraceae 199. Greyiaceae 200. Podostemaceae 201. Diapensiaceae 202. Cunoniaceae 203. Brunelliaceae 204. Davidsoniaceae 205. Eucryphiaceae 206. Medusagynaceae 207. Staphyleaceae 208. Corynocarpaceae 209. Coriariaceae Order: Pittosporales Family: 210. Daphniphyllaceae 211. Pittosporaceae 212. Byblidaceae 213. Tremandraceae 214. Roridulaceae 215. Bruniaceae 216. Geissolomataceae 217. Grubbiaceae 218. Myrothamnaceae 106 PBX T0100 Gi Erk 219. Hydrostachyaceae Order: Proteales Family: 220. Proteaceae Order: Myrtales Family: 221. Lythraceae 222. Punicaceae 223. Crypteroniaceae 224. Trapaceae 225. Combretaceae 226. Oliniaceae 227. Penaeaceae 228. Myrtaceae 229. Melastomataceae 230. Onagraceae Order: Gentianales Family: 231. Loganiaceae 232. Rubiaceae 233. Apocynaceae 234. Asclepiadaceae 235. Gentianaceae 236. Menyanthaceae Order: Bignoniales Family: 237. Bignoniaceae 238. Pedaliaceae 239. Martyniaceae 240. Myoporaceae 241, Scrophulariaceae 242. Plantaginaceae 243. Orobanchaceae 244, Lentibulariaceae 245. Acanthaceae 246. Gesneriaceae Order: Cornales Family: 247. Rhizophoraceae 248. Vitaceae 249. Nyssaceae 250. Cornaceae 251. Alangiaceae 252. Garryaceae 253. Haloragidaceae 254. Hippuridaceae 255. Araliaceae 256. Apiaceae Order: Dipsacales Family: 257. Caprifoliaceae 258. Adoxaceae 259. Valerianaceae 260. Dipsacaceae 261. Calyceraceae Order: Lamiales Family: 262. Hydrophyllaceae 263. Boraginaceae 264, Lennoaceae Vol. 26, no. 2 265. Hoplestigmataceae 266. Verbenaceae 267. Callitrichaceae 268. Lamiaceae Order: Asterales Family: 269. Asteraceae Order: Alismales Family: 270. Butomaceae 271. Alismaceae 272. Hydrocharitaceae Order: Zosterales Family: 273. Aponogetonaceae 274. Scheuchzeriaceae 275. Potamogetonaceae 276. Posidoniaceae 277. Zannichelliaceae 278. Zosteraceae Order: Najadales Family: 279. Najadaceae Order; Triuridales Family: 280. Triuridaceae Order: Liliales Family: 281. Liliaceae 282. Agavaceae 283. Xanthorrhoeaceae 284. Haemodoraceae 285. Cyanastraceae 286. Smilacaceae 287. Roxburghiaceae 288. Dioscoreaceae 289. Taccaceae 290. Velloziaceae 291. Iridaceae 292. Burmanniaceae 293. Orchidaceae Order: Arales Family: 294. Araceae 295. Lemnaceae 296. Sparganiaceae 297. Typhaceae Order: Arecales Family: 298. Arecaceae Order: Cyclanthales Family: 299. Cyclanthaceae Order: Pandanales Family: 300. Pandanaceae Order: Commelinales Family: 301. Bromeliaceae 302. Rapateaceae 303. Xyridaceae 304, Pontederiaceae 305. Philydraceae 306. Juncaceae 1973 Windler & Windler, Family index 107 314. Poaceae Order: Zingiberales Family: 315. Musaceae 307. Cyperaceae 308. Commelinaceae 309. Mayacaceae 310. Eriocaulaceae 316. Lowiaceae 311. Flagellariaceae 317. Zingiberaceae 312. Restionaceae 318. Cannaceae 313. Centrolepidaceae 319. Marantaceae B. Cross Index to Family Names Acanthaceae 245 Anacardiaceae 153 Aceraceae 158 Anarthriaceae Achariaceae 80 see Restionaceae Sil? Achatocarpaceae Ancistrocladaceae 134 see Phytolaccaceae 165 Annonaceae 8 Achraceae Antoniaceae see Sapotaceae 60 see Loganiaceae 231 Actinidiaceae 36 Aphyllanthaceae Adoxaceae 258 see Liliaceae 281 Aegicerataceae Apiaceae 256 see Myrsinaceae 64 Apocynaceae 233 Aextoxicaceae 106 Apodanthaceae Agavaceae 282 see Rafflesiaceae 68 Agdestidaceae Aponogetonaceae 273 see Phytolaccaceae 165 Apostasiaceae Aizoaceae 168 see Orchidaceae 293 Akaniaceae 157. Aptandraceae Alangiaceae 251 see Olacaceae 123 Alismaceae 271 Aquifoliaceae 39 Alismataceae Aquilariaceae see Alismaceae ZL see Thymelaeaceae 109 Alliaceae Araceae 294 see Liliaceae 281 Araliaceae 255 Aloaceae Arbutaceae see Liliaceae 281 see Ericaceae 56 Alseuosmiaceae Arecaceae 298 see Saxifragaceae 196 Aristolochiaceae aby! Alsinaceae Asclepiadaceae 234 see Caryophyllaceae 176 Asparagaceae Alstroemeriaceae see Liliaceae 281 see Liliaceae 281 Asphodelaceae Altingiaceae see Liliaceae 281 see Hamamelidaceae 184 Asteraceae 269 Amaranthaceae 175 » and . 1973a. Tribal revisions in the Asteraceae. VIII. A new tribe, Ursinieae. Phytologia 26: 76-85. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE), CXII. A NEW SPECIES OF FERREYRELLA, R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 S. F, Blake established the genus Ferreyrella in 1957 based on the species F. peruviana S. F. Blake. Recent collections made in Peru by an expedition of the University of California Botanical Garden were submitted to Dr. Jose Cuatrecasas for identification. Dr. Cuatrecasas has kindly pointed out to us this new species which we now name in his honor. Descriptions of the genus and the new species are given below. Ferreyrella S. F. Blake. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sciences ETCID): HO7. 1957. Small sparingly branched herbs. Leaves opposite below, alternate above, short petioled or sessile, blades ovate to broadly elliptical, usually cuneate at base, margins coarsely to finely serrate. Inflore- scence cymose. Phyllaries ca. 15-25 ovate to broadly lanceolate subimbricated pubescent subequal to equal in 2 series. Receptacle conical, paleaceous. Heads with ca. 30 flowers; corollas funnelform, 5-lobed, stomates absent; filaments rather long; anther collar short, composed of rectangular cells longer than wide, walls with annular thickenings; anther appendage very small to nearly lacking; style base not enlarged, glabrous; style branch broader distally, papillose, only mamillose below; achenes prismatic, 5-ribbed, glabrous; carpopodium distinct, asymmetrical, composed of rather large thick walled cells; pappus lacking. Type species: Ferreyrella peruviana S. F. Blake Ferreyrella cuatrecasasii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Ceigures 1-5). Plantae herbaceae usque ad 12 cm altae. Caules erectae inferne hirsuti saepe rubes- centes, caules et pedunculi glandulis longiuscule stipitatis dense obsiti. Folia inferiora opposita superiora alterna breviter petiolata hirsuta, petiolis 1-3 mm ey fal laminis usque ad 13 mm longis 5 m latis ovatis vel ellipticis margine serratis vel sub- 167 168 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 3 integris. Capitula ca. 4-5 mm alta; squamae involucri ca. 25 biseriatae subimbricatae ca. 3.5 mm longae papyraceae extus hirsutae. Flores ca. 30; corollae albae infundibulares 5-lobatae inferne longe hirsutae (Fig. 1), lobis equalibus vix latioribus quam longior- ibus utrinque papillosis; extus hirsutis (Fig. 2), appendicibus antherarum brevibus (Fig. 3); achaenia glabra ca. 1.5 mm longa. Type: PERU: Cayamarca: Celendin: Rio Maranon Canyon above Balsas, 3-4 km below summit, rd to Celendin. Annual to 10 cm, mostly less. Flowers white. Altitude 2950 meters. 21 May 1964. Paul C. Hutchison & J. Kenneth Wright 5215 (Holotype US!). Te ee Ti 3 Figures 1-3. Ferreyrella cuatrecasasii n. sp. 1. Hairs of corolla base. 2. Hairs of corolla lobe. 3. Anther appendage. The new species may be distinguished by its glandular pubescence on the stems and peduncles, its strictly symetrical corollas, the non-glandular hairs on its corollas (Figs. 1-2) and the short but distinct anther appendage (Fig. 3). Reference Blake, S.F. 1957. Two new genera of Compositae from Peru and Costa Rica. Journ. Wash. Acad. Sciences 47(12): 407-410. Acknowledgement This atudy was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 A #1 and A #2 to the senior author. 169 King & Robinson, New species of Ferreyrella 1973 pi Ge all~e6 Figures 4-5. Ferreyrella cuatrecasasii R.M.King and H.Robinson, n. sp. 4. Holotype, US. 5. Enlargemnent of heads. Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CXIII. A NEW GENUS, MATUDINA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 In his recent Pugillus on the Mexican Compositae McVaugh (1972) described a new and distinctive species in the relationship of Eupatoriastrum and he reduced the entire complex to synonymy under Eupatorium. In his historically interesting treatment MeVaugh found it necessary to provide one new name and a new comb- ination in the group and he presented a key to some of the species that had been previously placed in Eupatoriastrum. Through the courtesy of Dr. McVaugh Sol lecttons of the new species have been seen and the remarkable features have been confirmed. The species is recognized here as the only member of a new genus, Matudina. Eupatorium corvii McVaugh has distinctive large heads TER great numbers of flowers and prominent intermixed paleae. The combination of characters at once distinguish the species from almost all members of the Eupatorieae and seem to relate it to the small genus Eupatoriastrum (King & Robinson, 1971). In addition to the obvious characters the new species resembles Eupatoriastrum in the Koanophyllon type of styles, compile and anther collars. SET the differences are striking. The anther appendage of E. corvii is elongate. In Eupatoriastrum with its three very diverse species there Is some variation in the anther appendage but it is never elongate. In the related genus Koanophyllon the appendage is also usually short. It would seem the elongate appendage would place E. corvii completely outside of the immediate evolutionary sequence of Eupatoriastrum. This conclusion is confirmed by the alone examination of other characters. The prominent subinvolucral bracts of E. corvii have no precedent in Eupatoriastrum, and the stems of the latter are hollow while those of E. corvii are not. The inflorescence of E. corvii is rather cymose with a short central head that definite- ly matures first. The inflorescence of Eupatoriastrum is more paniculate with central heads naniten only slightly if at all before the others. Plants of E. corvii have been noted having their fleshy roots on 170 1973 King & Robinson, Genus Matudina 171 the surfaces of limestone ledges while Eupatoriastrum is a genus of woodlands and stream margins. We regard E. corvii a thoroughly distinct member of the Koanophyllon series of the Critonioid complex. The structure of the pappus is very reminiscent of and perhaps betrays relationship to another distinctive genus, Peteravenia, which lacks paleae on the recept- acle. The latter genus and E. corvii are coincident- ally both named after Peter Raven, Director of the Missouri Botanical Garden. The genus is named in honor of Dr. Eizi Matuda, Instituto de Biologia, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico. Matudina R.M.King and H.Robinson (Figs. 1-2). genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae grosse herbaceae vel suffrutescentes. Radices dense diffusae carnosae. Caules non fistulosi. Folia inferiora magna, laminis cordatis. Inflorescentia subcymosa. Bracteae subinvolucrales lineares numero- sae; squamae involucri 75-125 multiseriatae subaequales; receptacula convexa paleacea. Flores ca. 200; corollae albae breviter 5-lobatae, lobis laevibus extus gland- uliferis; filamenta in parte superiore angusta, cell- ulis plerumque breviter oblongis, parietibus inornatis; cellulis exothecialibus quadratis vel longioribus, appendicibus longioribus quam latioribus; styli inferne non nodulosi glabri, appendicibus linearibus sub- mamillosis ad apices obtusis; achaenia prismatica 5-costata breviter setifera; carpopodia valde distincta, superne prominentia; cellulis parvis quadratis; pappus setiformis uniseriatus, setis ca. 25 scabris inferne discretis aliquantum facile deciduis ad apices distincte latioribus, cellulis apicalibus acutis. Grana pollinis sphaerica ca. 20u diam. spinosa. Species typica: Eupatorium corvii McVaugh The genus is monotypic. Matudina corvii (McVaugh) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. Nov. Eupatorium corvii McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9:389. 1972. Mexico. References King, R.M. & H.Robinson 1971. Studies in the Eupator- ieae (Asteraceae). XLI. The genus Eupatoriastrum. Phytologia 21(5): 306-307. McVaugh, Rogers 1972. Compositarum Mexicanarum Pugillus. Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9(4): 359-484, 172 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 3 Matudina corvii (McVaugh) R.M.King and H.Robinson, Holotype MICH. Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 1973 King & Robinson, Genus Matudina 173 ugh ial H} ey wus” ss Matudina corvii (McVaugh) R.M.King and H.Robinson, Holotype MICH. Enlargement of head. Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. IDENTITY OF PERROTTETIA COSTARICENSIS LUNDELL AND PERROTTETIA RACEMOSA STANDOLEY Getulio Agostini Instituto Botanico, Caracas, Perrottetia racemosa was described by Standley (1937) in his Flora of Costa Rica. Some years later, Lundell, realizing that Standley's name was a later homonym of Perrottetia racemo- sa Loes., established the new epithet P. costaticensis. In our studies toward a revision of the genus Lozania (Lacistemaceae), | have concluded that Perrottetia costaricensis is conspecific with a species of Lozania which in the same Flora of Costa Rica is published as Lozania montana, Close examination of the type specimens proves that both Perrottetia racemosa and Lozania montana are conspecific with Lozania mutisiana, a species previously described by Roemer & Schultes (1822). A revision of Lozania is now in press in Acta Botanica Venezuel ica, Caracas, but | consider it of sufficient importance to call attention to this situation, inasmuch as many specimens have been repeatedly identified in herbaria as Perrottetia racemosa Standley or as Perrottetia costaricensis Lundell. Lozania mutisiana Roem, & Schult., Mant. Add. 1: 75, 1822, Type: Mutis 2186, Lozania montana Standl., Field, Mus, Nat. Hist. Bot. 18: 722, 1937. Type: Brenes 4365. Perrottetia racemosa Stand]., Field. Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. 18: 633, 1937. Type: Standley & Valerio 49894, (not P. racemosa Loes) Perrottetia costaricensis Lundell (Nom, Nov.), Phytologia 1: 451, 1940. Type: Standley & Valerio 49894, SPECIMENS EXAMINED FROM COSTA RICA: La Palma de San Ramon, Bre- nes 5499 (F,GH,NY), 6821 (F,NY), 9542 (NY), 20634 (F,NY); Cami- no de San Ramon, Brenes 4365 (Type of L,montana Standley; Iso- types, F., NY.); Estrella Hills, 20 miles south of Cartago, Stork 4680 (GH, NY); Vicinity of Vara Blanca, between Poas and Barba volvanoes, alt. 1650 m. Skutch 3654 (GH,NY), 3781 (GH, NY); Yerba Buena, NE of San Isidro, alt. 2000 m, Standley & Valerio 49852 (F), 49894 (Type of P,racemosa Standley; Holotype F); Tapanti, alt. 1300 m, Valerio 1677 (F). 174 “ NEW COMBINATIONS IN THE CACTACEAE SUBFAMILY OPUNTIOIDEAE Harold Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Analysis of various characters of the subfamily Opuntioideae of the Cactaceae (Robinson, in press), has clarified a number of relationships and has provided a basis for meaningful generic concepts intermediate between the extremes of Backeberg (1958) and Rowley (1958). The broad concept of Opuntia which has become traditional is seen to be needlessly ill-defined and uninforma- tive. An absurd conglomerate of subgenera, sections and series has been maintained in an attempt to represent the vaste varia- tion while comparatively minor elements such as Tacinga and Nopalea have been recognized as genera. A reevaluation of the small genus Grusonia has been of most importance. As seen in the 1910 Purpus collection at the U.S. National Herbarium (Britton and Rose, 1919) and as implied by Benson (1969) the so-called ribs are of little significance and the concept is identical with the more recently described Corynopuntia. It is possible to restrict the genus Opuntia primarily to the pad-forming members of the subfamily "prickly pears" and to recognize a number of very natural and distinctive genera among the species with cylindrical joints "chollas". The North American cylindrical or clavate species can be easily separated into Cylindropuntia having the spines mostly rounded and with the epidermis separating completely in a deciduous papery sheath; and Grusonia with the spines flattened, roughened or bulbous at the base and with little or no distinct sheath. Previous concepts of the genera can be altered to include the following. Cylindropuntia (Engelmann) F.M.Knuth in Backeberg & F.M.Knuth, Kaktus-A.B.C. 117, 410. 1935. T.: Opuntia imbricata DC. A group of about 40 species including the following addition. Cylindropuntia wigginsii (L.Benson) H.Robinson, comb. nov. Opuntia wigginsii L.Benson, The Cacti of Arizona, ed. 3. 19. 1969. Arizona, California. Grusonia F.Reichenbach ex K.Schumann, Monatsschr. Kakteenk. : 177. 1896. T.: Grusonia cereiforme F.Reichenbach ex K.Schumann = G. stanlyi. Synonyms: Corynopuntia F.M.Knuth in Backeberg & F.M.Knuth, Kaktus-A.B.C. 114. 1935.3 Micropuntia Daston, Amer. Midl. Nat. 36: 661. 1946. A group of 4 species according to the broad species concepts of Benson (1969). The following seem distinct. 175 176 PHY TOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 3 Grusonia bulbispina (Engelmann) H.Robinson, comb. nov. bulbi untia ina Engelmann, Proc. Amer. Acad. 3: 304. 1856. Mexico. Grusonia clavata (Engelmann) H.Robinson, comb. nov. Opuntia puntia clavata Engelmann non Philippi, in Wislizenus, Mem. Tour N.Mex., 95. 1848. Arizona, New Mexico. Grusonia grahamii (Engelmann) H.Robinson, comb. nov. untia grahamii Engelmann, Proc. Amer. Acad. 3: 304. 1856. Texas, New Mexico, Mexico. Grusonia pulchella (Engelmann) H.Robinson, comb. nov. iia mulch Opun’ pulchella Engelmann, Trans. St. Louis Acad. 2: 201. 1863. Arizona, Nevada, Utah. Grusonia schottii (Engelmann) H.Robinson, comb. nov. tia schottii Engelmann, Proc. Amer. Acad. 3: 304. 1856. Texas, Mexico. Grusonia st i (Engelmann) H.Robinson, comb. nov. Opuntia OO stanlyi Engelmann in Emory, Mil. Reconn. 158. 1848. Arizona, California, New Mexico, Nevada, Mexico. Grusonia vilis (Rose) H.Robinson, comb. nov. Opuntia vilis se, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 12: 293. 1909. Mexico. Literature Cited Backeberg, C. 1958. Die Cactaceae, Handbuch der Kakteenkunde. 1: 1-638. Benson, L. 1969. The Cacti of Arizona. Ed. 3. 1-218. Britton, N. and J. N. Rose 1919. The Cactaceae. 1: 1-225. Rowley, G. D. 1958. Reunion of the genus Opuntia Mill. Natl. Cact. and Succ. Jour. 13: 3-6. NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. LIX Harold N. Moldenke CARYOPTERIS NEPALENSIS var. PARVIFOLIA Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum )—7 cm. longis 3.2--.5 cm. latis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its mature leaves only -—-7 cm. long and 3.2--l,.5 cm. wide. The type of the variety was collected by William T. Gillis (no. 1106) in cultivation at the United States Department of Agricul- ture Plant Introduction Station at Miami, Dade County, Florida [Plant Introd. 285370, M-20161] on July 1), 1972, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. The plant was grown from seed collected by John Creech.and Francis DeVos (no. 1212) from along a path in Rakhu, Nepal, at an altitude of 5000 feet. The corollas are described as pink. DURANTA REPENS var. LOPEZ-PALACII Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a farma speciei typica laminis foliorwm ellipti- cis vel oblanceolatis 2—-5 cm. longis 7--12 mm. latis integerri- mis vel subintegris recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its leaf-blades uniformly (both during anthesis and in the fruiting stage) narrow-elliptic or somewhat oblanceolate, 2--5 cm. long, 7--12 mm. wide, gradually narrowed to the acute apex, cuneate-attenuate or cuneate-acuminate at the base, entire or sub- entire with a very few obscure antrorse serrations, lightly puber- ulous on both surfaces. The type of the variety was collected by L. Ruiz-Teran and M. Lopez-Figueiras (no. 1923) in the vicinity of San Antonio, about 5 km. below El Portachuela (El Ramal), in the Cordillera de Los Andes, at an altitude of 1820 meters, in the district of Sucre, Mérida, Venezuela, on May 28, 1971, and is deposited in the Brit- ton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The collectors describe the plant as an "Arbusto de | m., con acantoclados. Corolas moradas. Drupas amarillo anaranjadas a anaranjadas". LANTANA GLANDULOSISSIMA f. ALBIFLORA Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis albis recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing creamy-white corollas. The type of the form was collected by E. Contreras (no. 9718) in a clearing north of the village bordering the Rfo Machaquila, El Petén, Guatemala, on March 13, 1970, and is deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. SYNGONANTHUS GLANDULOSUS var. EPAPILLOSUS Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei pilis plerumque non capi- 177 178 Pua Y T'0 LOS 24 Vol. 26, no. 3 tato-glandulosis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having the hairs on its peduncles mostly not capitate-glandulose. The type of the variety was collected by Julian A. Steyermark and John J. Wurdack (no. 5a) on the rocky edge of the river at Salto Acarima, Rfo Urim4n, at an altitude of 393 meters, Bolivar, Venezuela, on January 9, 1955, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The collectors de- scribe the plant as "Locally abundant....depressed form near water level", with white flowers. It is certainly very closely related to S. caulescens (Poir.) Ruhl. SYNGONANTHUS PHILCOXII Moldenke, sp. nov. Herba annua; caulibus parum elongatis ramosis, ramis 2--3 cm. longis dense foliosis; foliis filiformibus 5—9 mm. longis 0.5 mn. latis setaceis minutissime puberulis ad basin densissime albo- villosis; pedunculis solitariis 10--27 cm. longis tricostatis glabris; capitulis parvis 5 mm. latis; bracteolis involucris lanceolatis albido-scariis ca. 2.5 mm. longis 1 mm, latis glab- ris acutis; floribus foemineis ca. 2 mm. longis albido-scariis glabris. Annual herb; stems somewhat elongate or sometimes distinctly branched, the branches 2—-3 cm. long, densely foliose, erect or ascending; leaves filiform, 5--9 mm. long, 0.5 mm, wide or less, closely crowded, stiffly ascending or spreading, setaceous or subapiculate at the apex, somewhat broadened toward the base, very minutely (microscopically) puberulous on both surfaces, very densely and conspicuously white-villous with tufted hairs at the base; peduncles solitary at the apex of the stem or of each branch, subfiliform, 10--27 cm. long, 3-costate, 3-sulcate, glab- rous; sheaths 1.3--2 cm. long, closely appressed to the peduncle, glabrous, slightly twisted like the peduncles, split at the apex, the limb erect or spreading, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate at the apex, glabrous; heads solitary, rather small, white-scarious, about 5 mm. wide in fruit, appearing glabrous and shiny in fruit; involucral bractlets lanceolate, about 2.5 mm. long and 1 m. wide, white-scarious, shiny, acute at the apex, glabrous; pistil- late florets in fruit erect, about 2 mm. long, white~-scarious and shiny like the bractlets, apparently glabrous. The type of this species was collected by D. Philcox (in whose honor it is named), A. Fereira, and J. Bertoldo (no. 3316) at the edge of a gallery forest, in mud between grass tussocks on a wet campo about 3 km. west of km. 259 on the Xavantina-Cachimbo road, Mato Grosso, Brazil, on November 30, 1967, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew. SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES f. BREVIFOLIUS Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei foliis maturis usque ad 10 cm. longis recedit. This form differs from the typical fom of the species in having its mature leaves mostly only l--10 cm. in length. They 1973 Moldenke, New and noteworthy plants 179 are erect or slightly divergent, not reflexed to the ground, and are of the narrow shape and rather thin texture of the typical form of the species. The type of the form was collected by Julian A. and Cora Steyermark, John and Marie Wurdack, and Hans Wiehler (no. 106632) on dry ground on a rocky sandstone plateau on top of Kamé-merd, "Carretera El Dorado hacia Santa Elena de Uairen, km. 198 al sur de El Dorado", at an altitude of 1200 to 1,00 meters, Bolfvar, Venezuela, between December 7 and 10, 1972, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. TRICOSTATUS (Gleason) Moldenke, stat. nov. onanthus tricostatus Gleason, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 56: 16. 1929. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. XLV Harold N. Moldenke ERIOCAULACEAE Lindl. Additional & emended bibliography: S. Ell., Sketch Bot., pr. 1 & 2, 2: 564--567 & 728 (182) and pr. 3, 2: 564—567 & 728. 1971; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Fran¢. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. & Techn. 12: Blot s0, 134, 152, 173, & 29h. 1972; E. G. Voss, Mich. Fl. 1: 9, 53, 37h, 478, & 483, fig. 7& ple D. 1972; Altman & Dittmer, Biol. Data Book 1: 527. 1972; Encke & Buchheim in Zander, Hand- worterb. Pflanzennam., ed. 10, 56. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 15-7 & 136-147. 1973; F.C. Seymour, Phytologia 26: 90. 1973; D. R. & B. K. Windler, Phytologia 26: 107. 1973. Encke & Buchheim (1972) classify this family in their Suborder Eriocauloneae in Order Commelinales. ERIOCAULON Gron. Additional & emended bibliography: S. Ell., Sketch Bot., pr. 1 & 2, 2: 564-567 & 728. 182h; Zinderenbakker, S, Afr. Pollen 1: 32, 36, & 79, pl. 7, fig. 33 & hh. 1953; S. Ell., Sketch Bot., pr. 3, 2: 564--567 & 726. 1971; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Franc. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. & Techn. 12: 91. 1972; E. G. Voss, Mich. Fl. 1: 53, 37h, & 478, map 561, fig. 7 & pl. 4 D. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 16—h2, 7, 139, & 143--145. 19733 F. C. Seymour, Phytologia 26: 90. 1973. The Craighead s.n. [28 April 1967], distributed as Eriocaulon sp., is actually Syngonanthus flavidulus (Michx.) Ruhl. ERIOCAULON ARGENTINUM Castell. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 17 & 27. 1973. 180 PRY 7:0.L:0,/G6:T:A Vol. 26, no. 3 Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Corrientes: Pedersen 1192 (W--2122707). ERIOCAULON ATRATUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 238, 239, & 248. 1973. The flowers of this plant are described by Lewalle as grayish- white and he found it in bloom in December. Additional citations: CEYLON: Lewalle 6733 (Z). ERIOCAULON BROWNIANUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 18. 1973. The Koyama & Herat 13640, previously cited by me as E. browni- anum, seems to be E. ceylanicum Korn. instead. ERIOCAULON BROWNIANUM var. LATIFOLIUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 122. 1973. Maxwell & Jayasuriya describe this plant as a common marsh plant, encountered in marshes and ditches, and found it in anthe- sis in June. Additional citations: CEYLON: Maxwell & Jayasuriya 869 (N). ERIOCAULON CEYLANICUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 19. 1973. Recent collectors have found this plant growing on the wet margins of narrow streams at the bottom of swampy depressions in black Patana grasslands along with Fimbristylis monticola and Carex arnottiana, at an altitude of 7200 feet, flowering in May and June. Maxwell & Jayasuriya refer to it as "very common" in marshy areas along forest roads. The Koyama & Herat collection, cited below, was previously erroneously cited by me as E. brownianum Mart. Additional citations: CEYLON: Koyama & Herat 1360 (N); Max- well & Jayasuriya 877 (N). ERIOCAULON COLLINUM Hook. f, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 20 & 28. 1973. Maxwell & Jayasuriya refer to this plant as "common" in marshy areas along forest roads, describe the flowers as white, and found it in anthesis in June, Additional citations: CEYLON: Maxwell & Jayasuriya 876 (N). ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM Lam. Additional & emended bibliography: S. Ell., Sketch Bot., pr. 1 & 2, 2: 565--566 & 728 (182) and pr. 3, 2: 565--566 & 728. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 20--22 & 3. 1973. Craighead found this species growing in Florida sloughs. Kush- lan found it "emergent in cypress moat border of hammock, growing in heavy shade, the leaves are submerged while the flowers are emergent. My wife and I, this spring, observed it in many roadside 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 181 ditches in Georgia, Florida, and Alabama, very often in extensive colonies, almost always in shallow water, the basal rosette of leaves completely submerged. On being removed from the water, the thin, weak, more or less flabby leaves had a tendency to droop very quickly and often adhered to the newspapers between which they were dried. The almost pellucid and decidedly fenestrate bases to the outer leaves were very noticeable and afforded an easy method of distinguishing this typical form from the var. harperi Moldenke. Additional citations: GEORGIA: Baker Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26903a (Ac). Dougherty Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26909 (Ba). Early Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26888 (Ac, Ba; Td, “Ws). McIntosh Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 2617 (Ac, Ba, ide FLORIDA: Bay Co.: Moldenke & Mo: & Moldenke mke 26768 Gia) 2 Collier Co.: Craighead s.n. [h December 196] (Ft-—-967). Escambia Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26769 (Ba). Franklin Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26629 (Ld). Mon- roe Co.: Craighead s.n. [31 December 1961] (Ft—13003); Kushlan JK.3 (Ft--11960, Ft—11977, Ld). Wakulla Co.: Moldenke & & Molden- ke ke 26605 (Z). ALABAMA: Mobile Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26770 (Ld). ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM var. HARPERI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 20 & 22. 1973. Experience in the field this spring has shown that while the leaves of typical E. compressum are usually very thin, tending quickly to become flabby, and often almost translucent at their base, those of var. harperi are comparatively firm and stiff, completely opaque to the base, remaining in their extended po- sition when removed from the water and not at all adhering to the paper when being pressed between newspaper sheets. The leaves of the true E. compressum, on the other hand, quickly collapse when withdrawn from the water and very often attach themselves so firmly to pressing newspaper sheets that they are damaged on removal after drying. These characters are very distinct and obvious in the field. My wife and I encountered this variety very abundantly in the shallow water of roadside ditches and the edges of swamps in western Florida and southern Alabama and Mississippi this spring, often growing in large purestand colonies. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Bay Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26702 (Ld). Escambia Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 25746 (Ba). Frank- lin Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26656 (Ba). Gulf Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26658 (Ac). Orange Co.: Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26519 (Ac), 26551 (Ba, Ld, Ws). ALABAMA: Baldwin Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26750 (Ac). MISSISSIPPI: George Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26781 (Ac). Jackson Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26780 (Ld) . 182 Poet ORIG GI’ Vol. 26, no. 3 ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE L. Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon decanquiare L, apud S. Ell., ae Bot., pr. 1, 2: 565, sphalm. 182) [not E. decanqulare Walt., Additional & emended bibliography: S. Ell., Sketch Bot., pr. 1 & 2, 2: 565—566 & 728 (182) and pr. 3, 2: 565--566 & 728. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 21-22 & 33. 1973; F.C. Seymour, Phyto- logia 26: 90. 1973. Craighead found this plant inhabiting glades in sandy pine- lands. In the Charleston, South Carolina, area the dried flower- heads are often used for dried flower arrangements in garden club exhibits. Additional citations: NORTH CAROLINA: Columbus Co.: E. L. Braun sen. [July 26, 1938] (W--2666390). SOUTH CAROLINA: Charleston, Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26388 (Ps). FLORIDA: Collier Co.: Craig- head sen. [ December 196] (Ft—-967). ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE f. PARVICEPS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 22. 1973; F. C. Seymour, Phytologia 26: 90. 1973. Recent collectors have found this plant growing on savannas and in black soil of open swamps, at elevations from sealevel to 100 meters, in Nicaragua. Additional citations: NICARAGUA: Cabo Gracias 4 Dios: F. C. Seymour 5766 (N). Zelaya: Nelson & Atwood 68 (N). ERIOCAULON DICTYOPHYLLUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 23, 37, & 38. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Ratter, Santos, Souza, & Ferreira R.172) (K). ERIOCAULON DICTYOPHYLLUM f. VIVIPARUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 356—-357. 1972. Santos & Souza found this plant growing in water at the edge of a river and record the vernacular name "capim cebola" for it. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Harley & Souza 10097 (K--isotype); Santos & Souza R.1758 (K). ERIOCAULON DISEPALUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 5 (2): 582. 193k; Moldenke, Phytologia 24: 357. 1972. ERIOCAULON HUMBOLDTII Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 26. 1973. Santos and his associates describe this plant as attaining a height of 70 cm., with white flowers, and found it in anthesis in June on waterlogged grassy campos. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Harley, Souza, & Ferreira 1000 (K); Santos, Souza, & Bertoldo E168 (Id). 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 183 ERIOCAULON LIGULATUM (Vell.) L. B. Sm. _ Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 28 & 29. 1973. Dombrowski and Kuniyoshi refer to this species as "abundant" in Parand, Brazil. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Paran4: Dombrowski 1972 [Kuni- yoshi 1697] (ld). “To Signe ERIOCAULON LINEARE Small Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 28. 1973. The E. L. Braun s.n. [July 26, 1938], distributed as E. lineare, is actually | E. ;. decangulare L. ERIOCAULON MELANOCEPHALUM Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 126 & 229. 1973. Richards states that he found this plant floating in a pool of an old dried-up river course, flowering and fruiting in July. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Philcox & Freeman 4639 (K); P. W. Richards 6496 (Ld), 6h96a (Hd)nfts 2 | ERIOCAULON PELLUCIDUM Michx. Additional bibliography: E. G. Voss, Mich. Fl. 1: 53, 37h, 478, & 483, map 561, fig. 7, & pl. D. 1972; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 26: 20 & 33-3. 1973. Additional illustrations: E.G. Voss, Mich. Fl. 1: 53, fig. 7, & pl. h D (in color). 1972. Additional citations: MAINE: Lincoln Co.: Mrs. E. C. White 37h (W--1895662). MICHIGAN: Marquette Co.: E. L. . Braun sen. [Rush Lake, Huron Mts., July 23, 193] (W--2666389). ERIOCAULON PILGERI Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 491. 1972. Recent collectors have encountered this plant on the mud of a dried-up portion of a stream bottom, flowering in May, and de- scribe the flower-heads as white. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Ratter, Santos, Souza, & Ferreira R.1538 (2). ERIOCAULON QUINQUANGULARE L. Additional bibliography: Thanikaimoni, Inst. Fran¢g. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. & Techn. 12: 294. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 3h, 36, & hl. 1973. ERIOCAULON STEYERMARKII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 40. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as having flaccid pale- green leaves submerged in the water of a swamp with standing wa- ter 0.5 m. or more deep, growing at altitudes of 1200—-1,00 nm., and found it in bloom in February. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: Steyermark, Smith, 18) Pon Ys. T’O..0..0 1G Wk Vol. 26, no. 3 Smith, Dunsterville, & Dunsterville 105518 (1d). LACHNOCAULON Kunth Additional & emended bibliography: S. Ell., Sketch Bot., pr. 1 & 2, 2: 566 & 728 (182h) and pr. 3, 2: 566 & 728. 1971; Thanikai- moni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Sect. Scient. & Techn. 12: 130. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2—l3. 1973. The A. Chase 10365, distributed as Lachnocaulon sp., is actual- ly Paepalanthus canescens (Bong.) Korn., not P. incanus (Bong.) Korn. as previously stated. LACHNOCAULON ANCEPS (Walt.) Morong Additional & emended bibliography: S. Ell., Sketch Bot., pr. 1 & 2, 2: 566 & 728 (162) and pr. 3, 2: 566 & 728. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2. 1973. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Bay Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26689 (Ac). Franklin Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26655 (Ac, Ba, Id). LACHNOCAULON DIGYNUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Uphof, Am. Journ. Bot. 14: hh. 1927; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 91—92. 1972. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Franklin Co.: Moldenke & Mol- denke 26628 (Z). LACHNOCAULON ECILIATUM Small Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 128. 1973. The Biltmore Herb. 1500ld and R. Me Harper 7, cited by me as L. eciliatum in previous publications, seem to be L. minus (Chapm.) Small. Kral, in fact, has reduced L. eciliatum to syn- onomy under L. minus and in this he may be correct. More field observation is required. LACHNOCAULON ENGLERI Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 42--l3. 1973. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Orange Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 26550 (Ac, Ba, Ld, Ws, Z). LACHNOCAULON MINUS (Chapm.) Small Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 3. 1973. Craighead found this plant in flower and fruit in October. The Biltmore Herb. 15001d and R. M. Harper 7, cited below, were previously erroneously cited by me as L. eciliatum Small. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Lake Co.: Biltmore Herb. 15001d (N). Orange Co.: Craighead s.n. [27 October 1962] (Ft--13121); Moldenke & Moldenke 26543 (Ac, B Ba, Ld, Ws, Z). Putnam Co.: R. M. Harper 7 Harper 7 (N). LEIOTHRIX Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Thanikaimoni, Inst. Fran¢g. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. & Techn. 12: 13h. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 43 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 185 45. 1973. LEIOTHRIX ARAXAENSIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 95. 1972. LEIOTHRIX FLAVESCENS (Bong.) Ruhl. Emended synonymy: Leiothrix flavescens Ruhl. in Engl., Pflan- zenreich 13 (l-30): 223 [as "flavescente"]. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 101. 1908. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: hl—l5. 1973. LEIOTHRIX GLAUCA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 132. 1973. LEIOTHRIX HETEROPHYLLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 132. 1973. LEIOTHRIX ITACAMBIRENSIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 133. 1973. LEIOTHRIX LONGIPES Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 133. 1973. LEIOTHRIX LUXURIANS (Korn.) Ruhl. Additional & emended bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen- reich 13 (4-30): 10, 235—237, 28), 288, & 290, fig. 3h. 1903; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 133--13h. 1973. LEIOTHRIX MICHAELII Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 13h. 1973. LEIOTHRIX OBTUSIFOLIA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 134—135. 1973. LEIOTHRIX PEDUNCULOSA Ruhl. Additional & emended bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen- reich 13 (4-30): 8, 235, 237, & 288. 1903; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 135. 1973. LEIOTHRIX RETRORSA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 75. 19373; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 135. 1973. LEIOTHRIX SCLEROPHYLLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 186 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 3 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 135 & 136. 1973. LEIOTHRIX SPERGULA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 136. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Mexia 5781 (Ba). LEIOTHRIX TRIANGULARIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 19373 Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 137. 1973. LEIOTHRIX TRIFIDA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 19373 Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 137. 1973. LEIOTHRIX TURBINATA Gleason Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 59 (2): 19. 1939; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 137. 1973. LEIOTHRIX VIVIPARA (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional & emended bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen- reich 13 (4-30): 235, 238, 28h, 287, 288, & 291. 1903; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 138. 1973. MESANTHEMUM Korn. Additional & emended bibliography: T. C. E. & R. E. Fries in R. E. Fries, Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed. Rhod.-Kong.-Exped. 1911-12 Bot. l: 218—219, pl. 16, fig. h. 1916; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 29, 190; Wangerin & Krause in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (1): 71. 191; Assémien, Ann. Fac. Sci. Univ. Dakar 19 (3): 9—25. 1966; Razafind. in Debray, Jacquem., & Ra- zafind., Contrib. Invent. Pl. Medic. Madag. 3: 70. 1971; Thani- kaimoni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. & Techn. 12: 152. 1972; Letouzey, Man. Bot. Forest. Afr. Trop. 2 (B): 378. 19723 Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 138-12, 231, & 508. 1973. MESANTHEMUM ERICI-ROSENII T. Fries Additional & emended bibliography: T. C. E. & R. E. Fries in R. E. Fries, Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed. Rhod.-Kong .-Exped. 1911-12 Bot. 1: 218-219, pl. 16, fig. h. 1916; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 29. 1940; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 139, 140, & 231. 1973. Emended illustrations: T. C. E. & R. E. Fries in R. E. Fries, Wiss, Ergebn. Schwed. Rhod.—Kong.-Exped. 1911-12 Bot. 1: pl. 16, fig. h. 1916. This species is based on R. E. Fries 806, collected by Eric von Rosen in Lake Bangleowo, “on Moswala island, in northern Zam- bia, and is deposited in the Stockholm herbarium. Fmended citations: ZAMBIA: Moswala Island: Von Rosen s.n. [R. . Fries 806] (B--isotype, Z--isotype). PAEPALANTHUS Mart. Additional bibliography: Kuprianova, Comm, Komarow Inst. Acad. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 187 Sci. 1 (7): 163-262. 1948; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Fran¢g. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. & Techn. 12: 173. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 17, 2h, 27, 28, 46-7, & 136--1h7. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS ACCRESCENS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 1h. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS ACULEATUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 1). 1973. PAEPALANTHUS ACUTALIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 1)5. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS ACUTIPILUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 145. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS AEREUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 15. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS ALBESCENS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 145. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS ALBO-VAGINATUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 47. 1973. Dombrowski describes this species as "frequent" on campos in Paran4, Brazil. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Paran&: Dombrowski 3802 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS ALBO-VILLOSUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 16. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS AMOENUS (Bong.) Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 1)6--1)7. 1973. Philcox & Onishi describe this plant as an herb, 1.5 m. tall, with white flower-heads, and found it growing on wet campos, flowering in May. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Philcox & On- ishi 4892 (K). jg eal ae PAEPALANTHUS ARBORESCENS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 18. 1973. 188 PHY 7.0 L0G, TA Vol. 26, no. 3 PAEPALANTHUS CAPILLACEUS Klotzsch Synonymy: Paepalanthus capillaceus Kunth ex Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 299. 1863. Dupatya capillacea (Klotzsch) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891. Dupatya capillacea Kuntze apud Du- rand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l, pr. l, 145. 1902. Eriocaullon capillaceus Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: [16]. 1969. Bibliography: Klotzsch in M. R. Schomb., Reisen Brit.-Guian. [Vers. Fauna & Fl. Brit.-Guian.] 3: 1063 & 1115. 1848; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 279, 280, 295, 299, 308, 311, h15—16, 500, & 507, pl. 53, fig. 2. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: Ol. 1893; N. E. Br., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot., ser. 2, 6: 72. 1901; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 2, 6, 9, 25, 26, 121, 220—221, & 289, fig. 3B & C. 1903; W. E. Roth, Schomb. Travels 2: 3. 19233 Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 0, h2, 43, & 53. 1930; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 4: 518. 1930; H. A. Gleason, Bull. Torréy Bot. Club 58: 328. 1931; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 1941; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: 401. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6, 29, 46, & 60. 1946; Moldenke in Maguire & al., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75: 196. 1948; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben- ac., [ed. 2], 63, 66, & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 3: 701, 975, & 976 (1949) and 4: 985. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia hj: 137. 1952; Moldenke in Maguire, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 97. 1953; Moldenke in Maguire & Wurdack, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 279. 1957; Moldenke in J. A. Steyerm., Fieldiana Bot. 28: 825. 1957; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Mol- denke, Résumé 72, 75, 96, 279, & 486. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: fou. 1960; Eden, McGill Univ. Savan- na Res. Ser. 1: 135--137. 1964; J. A. Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 1 (3h): 47, 89, & 222. 1966; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: [146], 158, 161, 163, 18), 190, & 191. 1969; Molden- ke, Phytologia 20: 296 & 297. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 12h, 130, 159, & 479 (1971) and 2: 496, 579, & 949. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 147. 1973. Illustrations: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 53, fig. 2. 1863; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 9, fig. 3B& C. 1903. The type of this characteristic species was collected by Sir Moritz Richard Schomburgk (no. 1222) on a dry savanna in the vi- cinity of Mount Roraima and Mt. Humirida, Guyana. Ruhland (1903) cites only the original collection. Gleason, in his unpublished Flora of British Guiana, describes the species as follows: "Leaves very densely cespitose near the summit of the short cau- dex, filiform, soft and lax; peduncles 8--15 cm. long, subterete, very abruptly twisted, their sheaths sharply twisted, 3--l cm. long; heads hemispheric, --5 mm. wide; bracts oblong, black, ap- pressed in several series, glabrous at the rounded apex; subten- ding bracts slightly pubescent distally; perianth glabrous. Sa- 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 189 vannas, Kukenaam River, Quelch & McConnell 314; Roraima district, Schomburgk 1222, Appun 1217; Kurupung River, Alston 397. (Enden- ic) ." Recent collectors describe the plant as having bright-green leaves, inflorescence-heads dirty-white or whitish, and the flow- ers brownish-white, growing at altitudes of 130-1650 meters, and have collected it in flower in April, May, July, October, and December. Wurdack & Adderley found it to be "locally abundant on rocks in rapids of blackwater canyon", Maguire & Fanshawe found it "locally abundant in rapidly flowing water on submerged rocks", Wurdack & Maguire also describe it as "locally abundant in clumps on rocks in running water", while Steyermark found it "submerged in running water, south-facing densely forested slopes along fast- running stream" and "in fast water on edge of waterfall and above waterfall", Eden (196) reports that this species has a 1 percent incidence of density in imperfectly drained land and occurs also in moderate- ly and well drained sites. The Cowan & Soderstrom 2125 collection appears to be a mixture with var. r. proliferus Gleason, - the viviparous form so often. found in the strictly aquatic aenbers of this plant family, while Stey- ermark, Dunsterville, & Dunsterville 10196 probably should also be regarded as (mostly) also that variety. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Fariflas, Velasquez, & Medina 20 (N); Maguire, Wurdack, & Maguire 2492 (N, S); War- dack & A & Adderley 43602 (N) (N). “polar. Be J. A. Steyermark 59153 (8)3 Steyermark & Nilsson sson 16, in part (Mi). GUYANA: Cowan & Soder- strom 2125, “in part pacer (Fe) Maguire & Fanshawe 32382 (N)5 Sandwith 1327 1327 (N, N, Ut—182a) ; M. Re '- Schomburgk 1222 1222 (B—type) . BRAZIL: | Amaz6nas: Ule 855) [Herb. Mus. Goeldi 13616] (K, Ut—l8961, Z). PAEPALANTHUS CAPILLACEUS var. PROLIFERUS Gleason Bibliography: H. A. Gleason, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 58: 328. 1931; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6 & 46. 1963 Mol- denke in Maguire & al., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75: 196. 19185 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 63, 66, & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 3: 701 & 975 (19h95 and h: 985. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia : 137. 1952; Moldenke in Maguire, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 97. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 72, 75, 96, & 186. 1959; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 191. "1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 297. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 12), 130, & 189 (1971) and 2: 9h9 & 967. 1971. The type of this viviparous form of the species was collected by George Henry Hamilton Tate (no. 552) on rocks under water in a streambed at Central Camp, Mount ¢ Duida, Amazonas, Venezuela, at an altitude of 800 feet, and is deposited in the Britton Herbar- ium at the New York Botanical Garden. The plant has been found growing at altitudes of 550 to 1600 meters, flowering in December and fruiting in February. Maguire & Wurdack refer to it as "abun- dant" in streams and forming dense mats along small streams in sa- 190 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 3 vannas, the flowers white. Steyermark calls it a submerged aquat- ic perennial herb, with the heads emergent, white, becoming brown, abundant in creek beds and locally common in stream beds. Only some of the heads on the specimens cited below have the prolifera- tion described by Gleason, but all the heads show the characteris- tic pilosity not seen on any of the specimens of the typical form of the species thus far examined by me. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Maguire, Cowan, & Wurdack 29611 (Be, F, K, N, Ve, W); Maguire & Maguire 29153 (Bm, Bo, E, G, Ja, N, Ut, Ve, W). Bolfvar: Maguire & Wurdack 34007 (N); Steyermark, Dunsterville, & Dunsterville 92378 (Z), 10196 (Ft); Steyermark & Nilsson 16, in part (N). GUYANA: Maguire, Bagshaw, & Maguire 0625 (N); Maguire & Fanshawe 2323 (Se— 182995). BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Froes 25383 (N). PAEPALANTHUS CAPILIACEUS var. SPIRALIS Moldenke in Maguire & Wur- dack, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 279. 1957. Bibliography: Moldenke in Maguire & Wurdack, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 279. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 75 & 186. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 297. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 130 (1971) and 23 9h9. aly ale This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having all of its leaves regularly contorted in a spirally undu- late or corkscrew fashion. I+ is based on Maguire & Fanshawe 32292, collected in rapidly running water of a river at 1250 meters altitude, Maipuri Falls, Karaurien River, Imbaimadai Sa- vannas on the Upper Mazaruni River, Guyana, on October 25, 1951, deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Gar- den. The collectors note that this plant is an abundant aquatic perennial at the type locality and is completely uniform in re- gard to its unique leaf-character throughout the colony. Citations: GUYANA: Maguire & Fanshawe 32292 (N—type). ee ae (Bong.) Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 7. 1863. Synonymy: Eriocaulon capillare Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., sér. 6, 1: 625, [pl. 48]. 1831. Paepalanthus capillar- is Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 366 & 367. 1863. Du capillaris (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya capillaris Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Bibliography: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 25. 1831; Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., sér. 6, 1: 625, [pl. {8} (1831) and 2 (3): 219. 1832; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 180; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 573—-57, & 612. 1841; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. S: 266—267. 1852; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 276 & 333. 1855; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 366, 367, & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 877 (1893) and 2: 01. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen- 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 191 reich 13 (4-30): 8, 125, 132, 136-137, [283], 285, & 289. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11, 29, & 6. 196; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 877 (1946) and 2: 401. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 82 & 208. 1949; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Mol- denke, Résumé 96, 279, 286, & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 877 (1960) and 2: 01. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 159 & 79 (1971) and 2: 96, 579, & 949. 1971. This species appears to be based on L. Riedel 497, collected in shady rocky places at Agua-Quente, Goids, Brazil, and deposi- ted in the Leningrad herbarium. An isotype was photographed by Macbride in Berlin as his type photograph number 10582. Bongard's original description of this taxon is worth quoting here since it is difficult to find in many libraries: "subacaule; foliis linearibus acuminatis mucronulatis pubescentibus glaucis; pedunculis capillaribus subpubescentibus; vaginis glabris subin- tegris apice piloso-barbatis. Tab. XLVIII. Habitat in uwmbrosis prope Aguas quentes. Floret Septembri. ©. Obs. Praecedenti [P. saxatilis (Bong.) Korn.] valde affine, a quo optime distinguendum: vaginis glabris subintegris apice piloso-barbatis (nec pilosis et apice oblique fissis)." Ruhland (1903) cites only the type col- lection and comments: "Cum P, pullo et gyrotricho affinis". Kunth (181) asserts that Bongard's plate "48" was never actu- ally published [although it is cited by Jackson (1893)]; it prob- ably is to be found only in the Leningrad herbarium or library. Citations: BRAZIL: Goids: L. Riedel 497 [Macbride photos 10582] (B--isotype, Br--isotype, N--isotype, N--photo of isotype, N—photo of isotype, Ut--352—isotype, W--photo of isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). i. Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 79--80, pl. 46 & 7. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 79--80 & 03, pl. h6& 47. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Sup- pl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 6. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 82 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 159 (1971) and 2: 99. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 46 & 47. 1928. The type of this species was collected by Alvaro Adolpho da Silveira (no. 562) in dry sandy fields near Curraes, in the Serra do Cipé, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 1919 and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page 403 of his work (1928) Sil- veira gives "1909" as the date of collection, but whether this is intended as a correction of the date given in his original di- agnosis or is just a typographic error, is not clear. He comments that "Species pilositate pedunculorum et bracteis involucrantibus quam flores brevioribus insignis." 192 PHY TOL0 GLA Vol. 26, no. 3 PAEPALANTHUS CAPITATUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 16l--165, pl. 10h. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 164—165 & 03, pl. 10h. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & h6. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 82 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 159 (1971) and 2: 99. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 104. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 820, collected "Secus margines capoeiras" near Serrinha, Gr&o Mogol, Minas Gerais, Bra- zil, in July, 1926, and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page 03 of his work (1928), Silveira gives "Serrinha, Cipé" as the locality of collection of his type specimen. He notes that the species is "A P. acutipilo Alv. Silv. pilis capitatis et forma ac colore bractearum involucrantium praecipue differt". It is known thus far only from the original collection. PAEPALANTHUS CAPITO Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 392. 1863. Synonymy: Dupatya capito (Kérn.§ Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891. Dupatya capito Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Sup- pl. 1, pr. 1, 115. 1902. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 299, 392, & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind, Kew., pr. 1, 2: Ol. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 127, 144, 145, [283], & 289. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Erioc. 11, 29, & 6. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind, Kew., pr. 2, 2: 01. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 82 & 208. 199; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, aie 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 279. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: Ol. 1960; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 158. 1969; Molden- ke, Fifth Summ. 1: 159 & 479 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. The type of this species was collected by Carl Friedrich Phil- ipp von Martius in damp sandy openings among rocks at Tejuco [now known as Diamantina], in the Serra Frio, Minas Gerais, Bra- zil, flowering in May, and deposited in the herbarium of the Botanische Staatssammlung at Munich where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 18696. Ruhland (1903) asks: "An P, flavorutilus Ruhl. fortasse varietas modo hujus speciei?" Hatschbach found it growing on rocky campos, flower- ing and fruiting in August. Anderson and his associates en- countered it in a wet marsh and slightly above in drier ground, at 1300 meters altitude, in an area of sedge meadows and sandy hillocks along a stream and in brushy woods above the stream, flowering and fruiting in February. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirk- bride 3556 (1d); Hatschbach 30232 (Z); Martius s.n. (Serro Frio, 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 193 prope Tejuco; Macbride photos 18696] (N--photo of type, W—photo of type) ° PAEPALANTHUS CARACENSIS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 403. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 03. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 82 & 208. 199; Moldenke, Sean 96 & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 159 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. This species is apparently based on A. Silveira 430, collected in the Serra do Caraga, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in 1906, and depos- ited in the Silveira herbarium. A description of this plant seems not to have been published to date. PAEPALANTHUS CARDONAE Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 39—)0. 198. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 39--l0 (1948) and 3: 80. 1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 63 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia : 137. 1952; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 175. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 72 & 186. 1959; Mol- denke, Fifth Summ, 1: 125 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: Cardona 2281 (Ve— isotype). aa a CASTANEUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 29--251, pl. 166. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 249-251 & 403, pl. 166. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll & hé. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 82 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia : 138. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 486. 1959; Molcenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 159 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. Tlustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl, 166. 1928. The type of this species was collected by Alvaro Adolpho da Silveira (no. 555) in sandy fields in rhe Serra do Cip6, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April, 1909, and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) comments that the "Species ob brac- teas flores stopantes et flores ipsos cum P. habenulifero Alv. Silv. valde affinis, sed pilis supremis bractearum perigoniorum— que obtusis (non laterale mcronatis neque gibbosis) insignis. Ab aliis speciebus affinibus seu colore bractearum involucranti- um seu indumento perigoniorum foliorumque differt." Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: P. Clausen 10 (Br). Pal Vike. 16 CATHARINAE Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h-30): 7. 1903. Synonymy: Paepalanthus brevipedunculatus Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 8: 5, in syn. 196). Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 127, 147, & 289. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Erioc. 11 & 6. 196; Moldenke, Known Geo- 19h PHTTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 3 gr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 82 & 208. 199; Rambo, An. Bot. Herb. Barb. Rodr. 1: 128. 199; *Moldenke » Phytologia 3: 142 (1949) and h: 138. 1952; Reitz, Sellowia 6: 252 & 256 (195) and 7: 12h. 1956; Rambo, Sellowia 7: 28 & 28). 1956; Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: ui. 1957; Moldenke, enak 96 & 86. 1959; Reitz, Sel- lowia 11: 31 & 119. 1959; Angely, Fl. Paran. 16: 66 (1960) and 17: 2h. 1961; Reitz, Sellowia 13: 72 & 90. 1961; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 8: 5. "196; Angely, Fl. Anal, Paran., ed. 1, 200. 1965; Reitz, Sellowia 22: 10h. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 159 (1971) and 2: 578 & 949. 1971. The type of this species was collected by Ernst Heinrich Georg Ule (no. 1621) in swamps at the edge of the Serra da Oratoria, Santa Catarina, Brazil, in January of 1890 and deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin, where it was photo- graphed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10583. The initial letter of the specific epithet is often uppercased and Ruhland (1903) notes that the "Species praeter vaginae et folia etiam pilis insignis. Bracteae involucrantes serius floribus re- flexis occultae". Paepalanthus brevipedunculatus was based on Smith, Reitz, & Klein 7721, also from Santa Catarina, and deposited in the her- barium of the University of Oklahoma at Norman, Oklahoma. Recent collectors describe P. catharinae as an herb, 30--50 em. tall, with white flowers, and have found it growing in swamps, on campos, and on wet campos, at altitudes of 850 to 1650 meters, flowering in September and from November to January, and fruiting in September and December. Dombrowski refers to it as "frequent" in wet ground or wet campos. Reitz (1959) records for this plant (and other species of the genus) the vernacular names "capim manso", "capipoatinga", "gravat4 manso", and "sempreviva do campo". The specimen of Dusén 15783 in the Stockholm herbarium was annotated "n. sp." by an un- known (to me) hand. Material has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria under the designation P. hatschbachii Moldenke and as P. neglectus Korn. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Paran&: Dombrowski 2936 [Kuniyo- shi 2,16] (Ld), 382) (Ld); Dusén 15783 (Ss, S); Hatschbach 22500 (Ac, N), 25713 (Ft); Imaguire re 502 (Ae); Jonsson 11)3a (S). ~~ Rio Grande do Sul: Canisio Sone O Sen. (S)j Enrich & Rambo 36782 (N); Rambo 35245 (S), 36782 (N, S), 45408 (S), L9439 (S), 53783 (B); Sehnem 252 (B). Santa Catarina: Lourteig 2138 (S); Pabst abst 6076 (E. Per- eira 629; Herb. Brad. 21962] (Lw); Rambo 60197 (S): “Reitz 1936 (S), 347 (N, S), 4132 (Le), C.307 (G, Ja—51189) ; Reitz & Wein 22 feasts Reitz 70k] (Le, S), 2455 [Herb. Inst. Rodr,. dr. 10622; He: Herb. Reitz 10622] (N, S, Z), 5410 (Ok) ; Smith & Klein 7350 (0k); Smith & Reitz 8611 (0k), 10131 ~ (0k), 10317 7 (N, 0k), 10) 1048), 8, (Ok); Smith, Reitz, | & . Klein 7721 (Ok, Ok, W—22506))7) ; Ule 86 (H (Hg, ¥—phota), 1621 [Macbride photos 10583] (B--type, N--photo of type, N--photo of type, W--photo of type). 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 195 PAEPALANTHUS CATHARINAE var. HATSCHBACHI (Moldenke) Moldenke & Smith in Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 30. 1973. Synonymy: Paepalanthus hatschbachi Moldenke, Lloydia 13: 22)-—— 225. 1950. Paepalanthus hatschbachii Moldenke ex Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: 6, 12, & 14. 1957. Bibliography: Moldenke, Lloydia 13: 224--225. 1950; E. J. Sal- isb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 175. 1953; Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: 6, 12, & 1) (1957) and 12: 9. 1958; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 87. 1959; Angely, Fl. Paran. 16: 66 (19603 and 17: 2). 1961; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 200. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 30. 1973. The type of this variety was collected by Gert Hatschbach (no. 1743) — in whose honor it was named — on Pico Olimpo, at an altitude of 1547 meters, in the municipality of Morretes, Paran4, Brazil, on January 15, 1950, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. Smith & Reitz found the species growing on campos and in crev- ices of ledges at 1680 meters altitude in Santa Catarina. It has been found flowering in December and January, growing in “brejo" at altitudes of about 157 meters. Its leaves are only to two cn. long and 3 mm. wide during anthesis, while in typical P. cathar- inae they are 8--11 cm. long and 6--8.1 [not "81"] mm. wide, Material has been misidentified and distributed in some her=- baria under the name P. ruhlandii Alv. Silv. and as Eriocaulon sp. On the other hand, the Lourteig 2138, distributed as P. hatschbachi, is actually typical P. catharinae Ruhl. Citations: BRAZIL: Paran4: Hatschbach 1743 (N--type). Rio Grande do Sul: Pabst 629) [E. Pereira 667] (Bd—~21966, Bd); E. Richter son. [Canela, 6.11.58] (Bd—7838); A. R. Schultz 728 (N). Santa Catarina: Smith & Reitz 14227 (W—-2)51593). Mae RE oc CEARAENSIS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 161. 1903. Synonymy: Paepalanthus cearensis Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Résumé 32h, in syn. 1959. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 153, 161, & 289. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 404. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 46. 1946; Moidenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 82 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 96, 32), & 486. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: ). 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 159 (1971) and 2: 579 & 949. 1971. The type of this species was collected by Jacob Huber (no. 53) "in der Nahe der Kuste auf Land", Cear4, Brazil, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 18697. Ruhland (1903) notes that the "Species habitu P. dendroidi Kunth similis, sed bracteis involucrantibus cito recurvis facile distinguenda. Capitula illis P. Lamarckii simillima, ad quam species adeo accedit, ut dubius haeream, utrum potius modo illius 196 PET POLO GIs Vol. 26, no. 3 varietas sit. Differt foliis juvenilibus pilosulis, sensim ad a- picem angustatis et capitulis minoribus." I certainly agree that P. cearaensis is extremely closely related to P. lamarckii Kunth, if not actually conspecific with it! Recent collectors have found P. cearaensis growing in moist sand on rocks, flowering in May, August, and September. Murga Pires & Cavalcante refer to it as "infrequent in sandy soil along the road to the gold mines". Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira N). Ceard&: Cutler 8362 (N); Ducke s.n. [Herb. Mus. Goeldi 1676] (2); F. C. Hoehne 3508 [Macbride photos 18697] (N--photo, W-- photo); Huber 53 (B--type); Lofgren 50 (S); Swallen 455) (W— 159202) . ac Tiat Yat ater ts Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 39, pl. - 1908. Synonymy: Baepalanthus cephalotrichus Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 53, sphalm. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 39, pl. 1). 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 53—5h & Oh, pl. 39. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. h: 518. 1930; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 169. 1933; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 6. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 86. 1959; Mol- denke, Fifth Summ, 1: 159 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. pl. 1). 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 39 [prim.]. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 3h9 from "In pratis prope Cap%o Redondo", in the Serra do Cipé, Minas Gerais, Brazil, col- lected in April, 1905, and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. In his text (1928) Silveira cites plate "XXIX", but the plate il- lustrating this species is labeled "XXXTX". It is actually the first of two plates so numbered — the second depicts P. gomesii Alv. Silv. amd is correctly cited as "XXXIX" on page 69 of the text. I am citing the latter as "pl. 39 [sec.]", while the il- lustration of P. cephalotrichus I am citing as "pl. 39 [prim.]". Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: A. Silveira 349 (B--isotype, Z--isotype) . a ee aie rer — Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 232—233, pl. 154. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 232--233 & Oh, pl. 154. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll & 46. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 159 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 197 Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 15. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 680 from fields near Itam- bé, in the Chapada do Couto, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in April, 1918, and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) comments that "A P. sicaefolio Alv. Silv. ob folia mims rigida, vaginas majores et brateas involucrantes dense villosas praecipue differt". The plant has been collected in anthesis in April. . Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: E. Pereira 2839 [Pabst 3675; Herb, Brad. 3831] (Bd). PAEPALANTHUS CHASEAE Moldenke, Phytologia 8: 164. 1962. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 8: 164. 1962; Moldenke, Ré- sumé Suppl. 3: 13. 1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 455. 1963; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 251. 1970; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1h: 97. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 159 (1971) and 2: 9,9. 19 7. Material of this species has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as Leiothrix nubigena (Kunth) Ruhl. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: M. A. Chase 10358 (Mi—type, W--1,95690--isotype, Z--isotype). _ PAEPALANTHUS CHIAPENSIS Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19: 39. 1937. Bibliography: N. Am. Fl. 19: 39. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 332, 350, & 360. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. & 46. 1946; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 158. 197; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 31 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 37 & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 72 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Purpus 10565 (Ca-- 277929--isotype) . <2) Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Sp. Nov. 20: - 1924. Bibliography: Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Sp. Nov. 20: 86. 192h; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 17). 1929; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 19 & 46. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 97 & 208. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 11) & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 183 (1971) and 2: 99. 1971. The type of this species was collected by Theodor K. J. Herzog (no. 11)) in springy places on the campos of the Cerro de Santi- ago, at an altitude of 700--800 meters, where he says it was very abundant, Chiquitos, Bolivia, in the middle of May, 1907. Herzog (192)) comments that "Durch die langen kahlen Stengel- blatter die kurzen Scheiden die 10-rippigen plattgedruckten Képfchenstiele, die grossen Kopfe und die hellbraunen Brakteen von P. speciosum (Bong.), dem die neue Art Yhnlich und nake ver- wandt ist, gut unterschieden." C4rdenas describes the plant as an herb to 60 cm. tall and found it growing at 900 meters alti- tude. Citations: BOLIVIA: Chiquitos: M. CA4rdenas 4513 (N--photo, W— 198 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 3 1989932, Z--photo), 6255 (W--2)81709) . PAEPALANTHUS CHLOROBLEPHARUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h- 30): 139--140. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 8, 125, 139--1)0, & 289. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 3. 1930; Mol- denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 6. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 199; Moldenke, Ré- sumé 96 & 86. 1959; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 190. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 159 (9725 and 2: 99. 1971. The type of this species was collected by Ernst Heinrich Georg Ule in swamps at Caraga, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in March, 1892, and deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin, where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photo- graph number 1058). Thus far the species is known only from the original collection. Ruhland (1903) says of it "Species habitu insigni". Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Ule s.n. [in Simpfen bei Car- aca; Macbride photos 1058] (B--type, N--photo of type, N-—-photo of type, W--photo of type, Z--isotype). PAEPALANTHUS CHLOROCEPHALUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 60, pl. 21. 1908. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 60, pl. 21. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 268--270 & lO, pl. 178. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. : 518. 1930; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 169. 1933; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; Wors- dell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Erioc. 11 & 46. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 86. 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb, Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 159 (1971) and 2: 99. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. pl. 21. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 178. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 372, collected in wet places in the Serra do Cip6, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April, 1905, and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Black & Magalhfes 51-11910 (Be—69735); Maguire, Mendes Magalh&es, & Maguire 9093 (N, Z); A. Silveira 372 (B--isotype, Z—isotype). PAEPALANTHUS CHLORONEMA Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 121-123, pl. 76. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 121—-123 & Oh, pl. 76. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & )6. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia : 138. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 199 96, 32h, & 486. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 159 (1971) and 2: 579 & 9h9. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 76. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 587 from fields near Burity da Samambaia, in the Serra do Cabral, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in May, 1910, and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. RAB ee ae Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 80—82, pl. 9 & 48. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 80--82 & Oh, pl. 9 & U8. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & h6. 1946; Moldenke, Alph. list Cit. 2: 412 (1948) and 3: 935. 199; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia h: 138. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 486. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 99. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 9 & 48. 1928. This species is based on A, Silveira 563 from sandy fields near Morro da Garga, in the Serra do Cipé, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in April of 1909 and deposited in the Silveira herbar- ium. Through some mixup by the printer, plate "IX" in Silveira's work (1928) is labeled P. chloropus Alv. Silv. (and is so cited in the text description of that species) but the illustration is an exact duplication of the one on plate "XLVIII" which is cor- rectly labeled P. chlorophyllus and is so cited in the text of that species. Silveira notes for P. chlorophyllus "Cum P. Oerstediano Koern. valde affinis, sed bracteis involucrantibus dorso pilosis, sum- mitate capituli albo-villosa (non ochracea), etc, differt." Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: A. Silveira 563 (Herb. Marie-Victorin 15833] (N--photo of isotype, Z—photo of isotype). PAEPALANTHUS CHLOROPUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 2h--25. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 24—25 & Oh, pl. 9. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll & l6. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. This species is based on A, Silveira 809 from "In campis ar- gillosis" near the Serra da Moeda, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collec- ted in July of 1926 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) notes that the "Species a P. dichromolepidis Alv. Silv. bracteis involucrantibus ligulatis et pedunculis glabris valde distincta". Unfortunately, through what was prob- ably a printer's error, the plate "IX", which Silveira (1928) cites as illustrating this species and which is so labeled (and so referred to by Worsdell), actually represents P. chloro- 200 Bs yy TsO OuG, ek Vol. 26, no. 3 phyllus Alv. Silv. instead, being an exact duplication of the il- lustration on plate "XLVIII", which is cited as representing P. chlorophyllus. Apparently the true picture of P. chloropus was lost. PAEPALANTHUS CHRYSOLEPIS Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 256—258, pl. Synonymy: Paepalanthus chryselepis Alv. Silv. apud Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76, sphalm. 1937. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 256—258 & 0h, pl. 170 [prim.]. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 46. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Phyto- ee 20: 301. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 99. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 170 [prim.]. 1928. This species is based on A, Silveira 691 from fields near Barauna, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in April of 1918 and de- posited in the Silveira herbarium. On page 0) of his work (1928) Silveira cites the type locality as "Baraunas (Diamantina)", per- haps as a correction of what was written in his original descrip- tion. It should be noted that Silveira's work has two plates label- ed "CLXX", only the first of which actually depicts P. chrysole- pis. The second represents P. acutalis Alv. Silv. On page 258 of his text he erroneously refers to plate "CLXIX" as depicting P. chrysolepis, but the plate so numbered actually illustrates what he calls P. mirabilis Alv. Silv., now known as P. senaeanus Ruhl. I am citing the plate which truly depicts P. chrysolepis as pl. 170 [prim.], although Worsdell (191), for some reason not obvious to me, refers to it as plate "169 bis". Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: L. Riedel 316 {Herb. Mus. Nac. aay Jan. 29523] (S); Ule 2718 [Herb. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 2971] (S). “ye > re eer epths Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 176--178, pl. 114. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 176--178 & Ol, pl. 11). 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll & 46. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 1,86. 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 11). 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 828 from fields near Gr&o Mogol, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in July of 1926 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Irwin and his associates 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 201 describe the species as a slender ascending herb, 15—l0 cm, tall, with white flower-heads, growing in wet places in cutover gallery forests in a deep valley, in meadows in the shade of a gallery forest, in an area of grassy meadows and adjacent sandy campos, and in brejo in areas of cerrado on outcrops, brejo, and gallery forest. It has been collected in anthesis from Jamuary to March and in July, and in fruit in March, at altitudes of 1200--1600 n. It appears to be closely related to P. flaccidus (Bong.) Kunth and material has been so misidentified and distributed in some herbaria. Citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 2953 (1d); Smith & Macedo 695 (W-—-22),8222). Minas Gerais: Duarte & Garzi- ela Berreros 7875 [Herb. Brad. 27774] (N), sen. [A. P. Duarte 7874] (Bd—-27772), s.n. [A. P. Duarte 7875] (Ed—2777h); Godoy s. n. (Herb. Inst. Bot. S. Paulo 8431] (N); Hatschbach 27276 (Ld); Irwin, Fons€ca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 28576 (Ld, N); Irwin, Reis dos Santos, Souza, & Fonséca 21958 (N, Z); Macedo 2780 (N, S), 3019 (N, S); Mello Barreto 6338 (N), 984 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 25340] (N); Mendes Magalh&es 1120 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 39318] (N). State undetermined: G. Gardner 52) (N). com PAEPALANTHUS CILIATUS (Bong.) Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 517. 1841. Synonymy: Eriocaulon ciliatum Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., sér. 6, 1: 622 & 62), pl. 5. 1831. Paepalanthus ciliatus Kunth apud Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 323. 1863. Dupatya ciliata (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya ciliata Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Paepalanthus ciliatus (Bong.) Ruhl. apud Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: Tal. 1928. Bibliography: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., sér. 6, 1: 622 & 62h, pl. 5. 1831; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 22 & 4S— 46, pl. 5. 1831; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 180; Kunth, Enum. Pl, 3: 517, 572, 613, & 62. 181; Mart., Flora 2, Beibl. 2: 30. 16h13 D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 261. 1852; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 27) & 335. 1855; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 323, 326, & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 877 (1893) and 2: 01. 1894; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 189, 191, 192, [283], 285, & 289. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 213 & lO. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 3: 90. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Er- joc. 1, 29, 33, & 6. 196; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 877 (196) and 2: 01. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 199; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 96, 279, 287, 32h, & 486. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 877 (1960) and 2: 01. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 202 Pe Yi?:O:in0 Gi Tok Vol. 26, no. 3 20: 36h. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 160 & 479 (1971) and 2: 96, 579, & ho. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 155. 1973. Illustrations: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., sér. 6, 1: pl. 5. 1831; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. pl. 5. 1831. The type of this species was collected by Ludwig Riedel (no. 1183) in sandy-gravelly places on a high mountain; near Cachoeira, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in December, and deposited in the Leningrad herbarium. Bongard (1831) describes the species as "caulibus simplicibus; foliis radicalibus e basi lata lanceolata- acuminatis ciliatis; pedunculis facile deciduis subpubescentibus, vaginis bifidis. T. V. Habitat et floret cum praecedente [P. brachypus (Bong.) Kunth]." Ruhland (1903) cites only the origin- al collection, but Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 502 from the Serro Pouso Alto, collected in 1908, and comments "Secundum spec- imina a me collecta hance alterationem in descriptione a cl. Fred- erico Koernicke in 'Flora Brasiliensi' data indico: Rami simpli- ces vel ramulos varios pedunculiferos proferentes, usque 70 cm alti. Bracteae involucrantes summo dorso pilosae." Martius (181) claims that P. ciliatus is related to P. bras- iliensis (Mart.) Mart., P. polyanthus (Bong.) Kunth, and P. rig- idus (Bong.) Kunth. Kunth (18]1) compares it with P. bahiensis (Bong.) Kunth as follows: "A P. ciliato praeter notas allatas differt: habitu diverso, foliis angustioribus, pilosis, minus dense ciliatis, pedunculis longioribus, crassioribus, pilosis, non deciduis, capitulis triplo majoribus". Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: L. Riedel 1183 (B—isotype, Z--isotype). v1 PAEPA LANTHUS ae var. GLABRESCENS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 213. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 213. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 6. 196; Moldenke, Known Geo- graph. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 199; Moldenke, Ne 96 & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. The type of this variety was collected by fivaro Adolpho da Silveira (no. 774) in sandy fields near Milho Verde, in the Ser- ra Geral, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in June of 1925 and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) describes the plant as "Rami simplices vel ramulos pedunculiferos proferentes, usque 70 cm alti. Folia ramea subtus glabra." Thus far, the variety is known only from the original collection. PAEPALANTHUS CILIOLATUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 1s7, figs 1 E. 1903. Synonymy: Paepalanthus albo-ciliatus Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. O, pl. |. 1905. Paepalanthus albociliatus Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont, 1: pl. 29. 1928. Paepalanthus cillioatus Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 0), sphalm. 1928. [to be continued] BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "THE AMERICAN HERITAGE BOOK OF NATURAL WONDERS" produced by Alvin J. Josephy Jr. (charge) & editors of "AMERICAN HERI- TAGE", 38) pp., illus., American Heritage Publishing Company, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10020. 1972. $16.50. Deluxe oversize edition also available. This is an updated and even more attractive revision of the beautiful 1963 first edition. In today's book market it is sell- ing at a bargain price. Of course, schools, libraries, and the homes of book-conscious citizens will acquire it, but I hope that many more of the "ordinary" Americans and travelers from other countries will also acquire it as an inspiring survey of the beauties and strengths of this wonderful part of the world. There are over 300 excellent illustrations with a third in color of old and modern photographs, of paintings and drawings often going back to the early explorers, and of striking locator maps for each section and panoramic color maps of the national parks. Noted naturalist-oriented writers describe very well the following sections: Atlantic Coast, Eastern Forests, Southern Lowlands, Great Lakes, Prairies and Plains, Great Mountains, Basin and Desert, and Pacific Coast. The text enhances the pic- tures and the pictures enhance the text. "AN AMERICAN HERITAGE GUIDE: NATURAL WONDERS OF AMERICA" pro— duced by Beverley Da Costa (charge) and editors of Ameri- can Heritage, 320 pp., illus., AMERICAN HERITAGE Publishing Company, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10020. 1972. $6.95. The book reviewed above is one to have at home or to use as a gift; this companion volume is to have as a traveling partner throughout the 50 states. The "miracle was that the American people through the years have been able to thrust aside the ex- ploiters' grasp and save for posterity so many of the wonders..-- They are all in this guidebook, state by state — the forests, mountains, seashores, geysers, lakes, caves, buttes, canyons and other natural spectacles...We have included a brief descrip- tion of the physical features and flora and fauna of National Park Service properties," all 155 national forests, extraordin- ary local scenic features and much other pertinent data. "BIOLOGY DATA BOOK", Volume I, Second Edition edited by Philip, L. Altman & Dorothy S. Dittmer, xvii & 606 pp., Federation of American Societies for Experimental Biology, Bethesda, Maryland 2001). 1972. $30.00 or $75.00 for all 3 volumes. The first edition of a single volume appeared in 196) and pro- 203 20 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 3 vided much information in almanac style. With the rapid and co-. pious advances in biological scientific knowledge since then a newer and larger edition was definitely indicated. Here is the first volume, the second is due imminently and the third is scheduled for early next year. This first volume is devoted to (1) Genetics and Cytology, in- cluding chromosome numbers, linkage groups, inbred strains, mito- sis and cell types; (2) Reproduction, including propagation throughout the animal and plant kingdoms and seed germination; (3) Development and Growth, including time variations, derivations from germ layers, characterization of developmental stages, re- generation, growth, life expectancies, life spans of man, other animals, forest trees, seeds and pollen; () Properties of Biolog- ical Substances, including vitamins, digested nutrients, pigments and water; (5) Materials and Methods, including diet, culture media, sea water, anesthetics, etc. There is documentation for information given, an index and eleven appendices for plant and animal taxonomy, numbers of living species, geologic timetables, formulas, factors, constants, and atomic weights. Biology teachers at all levels and libraries especially will find this compendium and its following volumes very valuable. Many other students and professional biologists will appreciate its contents. "ANNUAL REVIEW OF ECOLOGY AND SYSTEMATICS" Volume 2 edited by Richard F, Johnston, Peter W. Frank & Charles D. Michener, ix & 520 pp., illus., Annual Reviews, Inc., Palo Alto, California 9306. 1972. $10.00 U.S-A. or $10.50 foreign. Quantitatively this is much book for the price in terms of today's market; qualitatively it is also much book, like the two previous volumes. The editors state that "We continue to strike a balance be- tween current fads and established research areas, the general and the specific, concepts and techniques, and, for that matter, ecology and systematics." Of the sixteen papers included perhaps the following will be of greatest interest to botanists: "Mineral Cycling", "Some Basic Concepts and Their Application in a Tropical Rain Forest", "Niche Theory", “Geographic Variation" with its prediction of the re- placement of allopatric orthodoxy by sympatric speciation and "The Carbon Balance of Plants" which is a very careful survey by H. A. Mooney. Each paper carries its own bibliography. All is indexed by author and subject. Two spelling errors were noted: calcium on p. 35 and environmental on p. 107. Annual Reviews, Inc., has established a very helpful policy of selling reprints of articles from all of its publications. "CELLULAR BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY" by N. A. Edwards & K. A. 1973 Moldenke, Book reviews 205 Hassall, xiv & 2 pp., illus., McGraw-Hill, New York, N. Y. 10020 & London. 1972 [copyright 1971]. $12.50. This is definitely one of the better biochemistry texts because of its clarity yet considerable depth, because it actually names some plants and animals involved in all these diagrammed processes, because it unashamedly uses the term "theoretical" where appropri- ate, and because the authors' own enthusiasm for this field per- meates the entire text. References and books for wider reading are listed, as is also & particularly valuable tabulation of systematic nomenclature of enzymes. "ATLAS OF WILDLIFE" by Jacqueline Nayman, 12) pp., illus., John Day Company, New York, N. Y. 10010. 1972. $10.00 oversized. With interesting descriptive text, with accurate and attract- ive colored paintings of animals by Adrian Williams and David Nockels, and effective pictorial distribution maps by the Geo- graphical Projects of London,the story of wildlife distribution is very well presented. The book should appeal to no end of people interested in the world of living things. It starts with the early history of continental drift and animal migrations from their areas of origin and then describes the basic animal life as found in eight major biogeographical areas today: palaearctic, nearctic, neotropical, Ethiopian, oriental, Australian, Antarctica, and oceanic islands a la Sclater and Wallace. At the end there is a map and a listing of the "Wildlife Parks of the World." "ZANDER HANDWOURTERBUCH DER PFLANZENNAMEN" by Fritz Encke & Gtinther Buchheim, 7); pp., Verlag Eugen Ulmer, 7 Stuttgart 1. 1972. DM he. The above title is taken from the title page: the publisher's flyer catalogues the title as "Handworterbuch der Pflanzennamen" by Dr. Robert Zander, emended by F. Encke & G. Buchheim with the assistance of S. Seybold. This mine of information can now be sought either way. Zander's original edition was published in 1927. It was and is planned for the student, teacher, and scientist of systematic botany and of any botanical study involving plants of economic importance — forestry, horticulture, landscape architecture, pharmacy, agricultural research, phytopathology, etc. It gives a very clear-cut explanation of botanical nomenclature and its in=- ternational rules, a listing through genera of the plant kingdom according to Engler, an alphabetical listing of all genera and their species of economic importance with sources and synonymy, an alphabetical list of German-language common names of these plants, an alphabetic list of the scientific Latin specific epi- 206 PHY T O'LO'G ET A Vol. 26, no. 3 thets and other terms with their meanings, an alphabetical list of authors of plant names with biographical data added, and a bibliography. On p. 693 the generic name Moldenkea Traub is misspelled. On p. 326 Lippia canescens is credited to Knuth (error for Kunth), but it is the same taxon as Phyla nodiflora var. canescens (H.B.K.) Moldenke listed as an accepted name on p. Oh. On p. 326 L. repens Hort. non Spreng. is given as a synonym of the aforemention- ed, but it is instead a synonym of Phyla nodiflora var. rosea (D. Don) Moldenke. "A REVISION OF THE COCCOID MYXOPHYCEAE" by Francis Drouet & Wil- liam H. Daily, 222 pp., illus., Facsimile Reprints Hafner Press, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1973. $.95 paperback. This still pertinent work first appeared in 1956 as Volume XIII of the Butler University Botanical Studies, then disappeared after a couple of decades except on a few library shelves, and now fortunately reappears. The work discusses the history of classification, morphology, preservation and microscopic techniques, location of studied specimens of the Chroococcaceae, Chamaesiphonaceae and Clastridi- - aceae many of whose “species are of very broad distribution in appropriate habitats over most of the earth." The index lists over three thousand names. At the time of Drouet's writing and earlier "phycologists evolved an authoritarian taxonomic 'science' about algae repre— sented by idealized proxies in manuscript and published descrip- tions and illustrations, not about real algae." Due to Drouet's and others' admonitions type specimens are again being carefully kept for posterity. "HIDDEN ART IN NATURE — Synchromies" by Oscar Forel, 125 pp., illus., Harper & Row, London, San Francisco, Evanston & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1972. $30.000 folio size. What a revelation of usually unobserved beauty Dr. Oscar Forel has made possible with his eyes, his heart, his artistic percep- tion, his appreciation of Nature, his color film and his camera focussed on tree bark! What a beautiful printing has been cre- ated by Edita S. A. of Lausanne! But were the labels for pp. 33 and 35 switched? The word family is misused on p. 96. These superb photographs were first produced as a book in 1961 in Paris, again in 1967 in Switzerland, and also just last year in this English language edition. The photographs have been and continue to be exhibited in galleries in many countries. The author defines his new term: "As symphony expresses the harmony of sounds, so synchromy can claim to evoke that of the colours which we find in the barks of trees." He traces the origin 1973 Moldenke, Book reviews 207 of his synchromies to his old professor of natural history who did his teaching not in the classroom but at the edges of the lakes and marshes and in the forest. "Between one lesson and the next you taught us how to observe Nature and make our own dis- coveries. So you are the godfather of the synchromies." Beautiful! Beautiful! Beautiful! "FUNDAMENTALS OF THE FUNGI" by Elizabeth Moore-Landecker, xi & 482 pp., illus., Prentice-Hall, Inc., London, Australia, Canada, India, Japan, & Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632. 1972. $16.00. This text is so well blessed with simple direct fluid langu- age as well as interestingly and obviously presented facts and concepts that the author deserves a gold star or,more appropriate- ly, a golden mushroom. Would that more texts in more realms would be so presented! All that is needed for a really good mycology course is given in the three parts of this text. Part One covers morphology and taxonomy generally and for the lower fungi, ascomycetes, basidio- mycetes and fungi imperfecti. Part Two deals with physiology and reproduction with emphasis on growth, metabolism and sporulation. Part Three is oriented toward ecology of fungi as saprophytes, predators, parasites and in other helpful symbiotic relationships and toward man's utilization of them in his culture, food, bakery and liquor industries, stereoid conversion, and his problems of fungal diseases and poisonings. Each chapter ends with a concise summary or conclusion. The illustrations add appreciably to attention attraction and com prehension. The book ends with a glossary and an index. “BIOGEOGRAPHY OF THE SOUTHERN END OF THE WORLD — Distribution and History of the Far-southern Life and Land, with an Assessment of Continental Drift" by Philip J. Darlington, Jr., x & 236 pp., illus., McGraw-Hill, St. Louis, San Fran- cisco, Toronto, London, Sydney, & New York, N. Y. 1968. $2.95 paperback. This first McGraw-Hill paperback edition is a reprint of the 1965 publication by the Harvard University Press. It is good to have it now readily available for reading by students, teachers, scientists and interested public on this controversial and inter- esting subject. It discusses existing geographic patterns of distribution, geographic patterns in relation to evolution and dispersal, and records and inferences of the past. "The biotic history of the southern end of the world seems in fact to have been the history of a continuously existing but continually changing, climatically specialized, far-southern biota shared at least in part by all far-southern lands, including habitable parts of Antarctica. Be= 208 PH ¥°-P°o"sL O'G'E & Vol. 26, no. 3 ginning with near-contiguity of southern continents in the late Paleozoic, facilitating dispersal in the far south, the history has probably been one of gradual widening of the gaps between continents and gradual lessening of dispersal and finally deteri- oration of climate and virtual cessation of dispersal across southern water gaps during the later Tertiary and Pleistocene." In a postscript the author writes that "paleomagnetic indica- tions of the time of separation of Africa and South America and of break-up of 'Gondwanaland' are valueless and should be entirely disregarded." The author's "small list of references from among the many available" includes over 200 titles. The book is indexed and well illustrated. "VEGETABLES AND FRUITS" by James Underwood Crockett & the Edi- tors of TIME-LIFE BOOKS, 160 pp., illus., retail distribu- tion through Little, Brown & Co., Boston, Mass. 02106, library and school distribution through General Learning Corp., Morristown, New Jersey 07960. 1973. $6.95. This is the twelfth and final volume in the TIME-LIFE ENCYC- LOPEDIA OF GARDENING. Its author is a practicing horticultur- ist and writer who has kept a vegetable garden for three decades. Its illustrator, Richard Crist, has contributed about a hundred natural, luscious watercolors of vegetables, fruits, nuts and herbs. The text tells of the joys of growing your own produce, the planning and planting of vegetables by effective picture essay, the raising of fruits and nuts, the growing and preparation of practical and pleasing herbs, and the illustrated encyclopedic listing of vegetables, nuts, fruits and herbs. An appendix deals with temperature, variations, and pest and disease control. The material is indexed. I think it is impossible to go through this book without excessively salivating and at least imagining planting and harvesting in one's own Shangri-La. "OENOTHERA — CYTOGENETICS AND EVOLUTION" by Ralph E. Cleland, x & 370 pp., illus., Academic Press, London NW1l 7 DX and New York, N. Y. 10003. 1972. £7.00 or $21.50. This valuable book summarizes the life work of the author, his predecessors and his contemporaries, including DeVries, Catcheside, Davis, Emerson, Gates, Oehlkers, Renner, Schotz, and Stubbe, primarily on this genus of evolutionary significance. Subsequent studies showed that the breedable variations that de Vries named mutations in 0, lamarckiana Ser. were a tetraploid, a triploid, a few diploids with most trisomics and some translo- cations and only a minimal true mutants. Subsequent studies al- so showed that this "pure species" was a hybrid that arose in Europe from "a biennis form derived from eastern North America 1973 Moldenke, Book reviews 209 and a race that was either a hookeri form from western North Amer- ica or a form that carried a complex closely related". The Euro- pean members of this genus have been either species introduced from America intentionally or accidentally in ballast or hybrids formed from these newly associated species. Since Oenothera has chromosomes alike in size, shape and cen- tral position of the centromere in a rich heterochromatic region where breaks occurred frequently, reciprocal }ranslation of every pairing end has been found associated with every other end. The author and his students analyzed 438 of these complexes and found 162 different end arrangements. Most Oenothera lamarckiana races are self-pollinators and true-breeders, but when outcrossed they produce two types of progeny, being heterozygous for the laeta pangene. It produces only two kinds of eggs and sperms with balanced lethals preclud- ing homozygotes. The author developed the cytological basis to be a diakinetic circle of all 1) chromosomes with all maternal genes going to one pole and all paternal ones to the opposite. There is so much more to study and/or review in this text and through its detailed bibliography, as, for instance, about the pollen lethals in many races which are long inherited self- incompatible factors perpetuated from early ancestors, the genic environment turning on or off in given cells in reference to the development of cruciate and missing petal characters, gene- plastid incompatibility, and subsequent sectional or periclinal chimeras, etc. The book is very carefully printed, illustrated and indexed. Yet on p. 8 there is the redundant "revert back" and on p. 9 a sentence starts without a capital letter. Appendix I lists the segmental arrangements of complexes of North American and Euro- pean euoenotheras and Appendix II describes the microtechnique used in preparation of microsporocytes of Oenothera. During the summers of 1927 and 1928 Dr. Cleland and his wife worked in deVries! garden and shortly after that established their own experimental evening primrose gardens that are extant today. Early in the 190s he started this manuscript. Within a few days after this excellent lifetime report on his important scientific endeavors was sent to the publishers he died. He has this monument by which his students, his botanical friends, and family may admiringly remember him, "MANUAL OF FIELD BIOLOGY AND ECOLOGY", Fifth Edition by Allen H. Benton & William E. Werner Jr., vii & 00 pp., illus., Burgess Publishing Co., Minneapolis, Minnesota 55,15. 1972. $6.75 paper & spiral bound. This much used book in its many editions since 1956 has proven stimulating and useful in colleges, high schools and camps, and will surely continue to do so. "This manual may be used alone or in conjunction with the text 'Field Biology and 210 P HB Erb0O)L OGc1) A Vol. 26, no. 3 Ecology'" by the same authors. Alone at camps perhaps, with the text at high schools perhaps, but surely with something meatier like Odum's text for the college level. This much larger edition is divided into nine sections: (1) some field techniques, (2) taxonomy, (3) terrestrial communities and succession, () aquatic communities and succession, (5) structure and function of ecosystems, (6) population studies, (7) behavior studies, (8) projects for field study and (9) selected biological literature accompanied by many pertinent readings. "FLORA HAWAIIENSIS (or HAWAIIANA): New Illustrated Flora of the Hawaiian Islands" by Otto & Isa Degener; this section 16 pp., illus., privately published, Waialua, Oahu, Hawaii 96791. 1973. This note is to report the continuing serialized publication of this carefully prepared, well illustrated flora which has been the life work of the senior author and now the work also adopted by his wife. No one else can match their field experi- ence here. Much material has been sent to specialists for veri- fication. Notes of economic importance, ethnology and personal items often add pleasure to the reading of the text as for inst- ance: "The latter gentleman was horrified to receive the ship- ments [of mosses] in nylon stockings in which they had been hurriedly collected....Very efficiently, the mosses collected at the bottom of the mountain rested in the toe, while those near the summit rested in the calf or above. Scribbled notes had been inserted at appropriate places in the stocking. For quick drying of mosses, nylon stockings, with runs, are recom- mended ," These notes include (1) Leaflet 2, a general description of and a key for the Musci written with the collaboration of Hans Hormann, (2) Family 53a Joinvilleaceae and its single genus and (3) Family 261 Thymelaeaceae with Wikstroemia recurva and its variety neriifolia. "TREES FOR AMERICAN GARDENS" revised and enlarged edition by Donald Wyman, viii & 502 pp., illus., Collier-Macmillan Ltd., Toronto, Ontario, & London, The Macmillan Company, New York, Ne ta hOOZ2. 1972 ° $10 95 e This is just the fifth printing of the second edition of 1965, but it is an excellent and definitive book for the gar- dener, the horticulture student and scientist, as well as for those persons connected with nurseries or arboreta. It has the author's long experience at Harvard's Arnold Arboretum and the influence of Alfred Rehder as guarantees of its value. About 1500 species and varieties are discussed and recom- mended as suitable while another group of less satisfactory 1973 Moldenke, Book reviews 211 forms and another of "tabooed" forms are also listed. NGEOGRAFIA DE PLANTAS Y ANIMALES DE CHILE" by Silvia HernAndez, 212 pp., illus., Editorial Universitaria, Casilla 10220, Santiago, Chile. 1970. Paperback. This is the eighth publication in the Colleccion dos Manuales y Monografias of the university. It is planned as a text for teachers in the secondary schools and as a guide for the reading public to understand the nature of the prominent members in, and the ever-present need for preserving, the life cover of the Chilean strip of our earth. The book is interestingly, intelligently, yet simply written. It is copiously and effectively illustrated. Regrettable is the fact that only a few scientific names are used. It is hoped that this work's contents will be studied and ap- preciated, as is our hope for all similar works dealing with other parts of our world. It is a needed book. "JOHN URI LLOYD — His Life and His Works 18)9—1936 with a His- tory of the Lloyd Library" by Corinne Miller Simons, lii & 336 pp., illus., privately published by the author, Lloyd Library, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. 1972. This is a deservedly appreciative and intimate biography of this hardworking scientist and of his similarly eminent brothers and son. A bibliography is planned for future publication since it would be too lengthy to include within the present book covers. Lloyd left his good modest Kentucky home to serve appren= ticeships to pharmacists as a young teenager. Later his brothers joined him in this field of endeavor. As they advanced profes- sionally and commercially they naturally acquired many books and periodicals. Running out of book shelves not only in their homes but also in their shops and labs, they eventually hired a place where this material could jointly be housed. Now, with endowment by the family, many more publications, gifts, a dedi- cated staff and board of trustees, and a brand new four-story building, this small beginning has grown into the world famous scientific Lloyd Library. The author of this book is librarian there, a longtime family friend and also the family genealogist. She is therefore well chosen (by the son) to produce this bibli- ography. Unfortunately the work is marred by scores of misspelled words and ungrammatical sentemces which certainly could not have originated with the author. Is the typesetter to blame? What about proof reading? "Some day American Science and Medicine will more fully realize the debt she owes to this quiet, kindly man who fathered colloidal medication, invented the Lloyd distillation process, studied American plant drugs and the best method of extracting 212 PHY TY OLOG LAs Vol, 26, no. 3 them to maintain their virtues, and who finally made available to medicine these abstracts." "ATLAS OF ANIMAL MIGRATION" by Cathy Jarman, 12) pp., illus., The John Day Company, New York, N. Y. 10010. 1972. $10.00. In a very interesting popular vein the author describes our current scientific information about the nature and probable causes of these regular wanderings of certain birds, mammals, fish, reptiles, amphibians and insects through whatever medium they use — land, water, or air. Besides the very attractive colored portrayals of the animals involved there are very many cleverly designed maps showing the migratory routs. These are the work of the "Geographical Pro- jects" organization in London. This book should have vast appeal to intelligent children and on up the scale to learned professors! "POLLEN AND SPORE MORPHOLOGY AND PLANT TAXONOMY" An Introduction to Palynology. II. Gymnospermae, Pteridophyta, Bryophyta by G. Erdtman, 127 pp., illus., reprint edition by Hafner Press, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1972. $11.95. This is a corrected reprint of the 1957 edition with the sup- plement omitted. Because of its excellent drawings and photo- graphs of spores and pollen grains, and because of the growing interest in such studies, it is certainly fortunate to have this work readily available again — even if at a ghastly price. The author, recently deceased, has been and is admired the world over for his early and continuous leadership in this field. "BEES — Their Vision, Chemical Senses, and Language" by Karl von Frisch, x & 118 pp., illus., Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York 14850. 1967. $1.5 paperback. This is the sixth printing of what first appeared in 1950 as the publication of three lectures in a popular vein given at Cor- nell University, at the American Museum of Natural History and at a few other centers of learning. Despite the newer studies from California with differing results, there is still a great deal of scientific value in this book. A bibliography provides access to the more technical papers. "INSECTS OF THE WORLD" by Walter Linsenmaier, translated fram the German by Leigh E. Chadwick, 392 pp., illus., McGraw-Hill Book Company, Toronto, London, Sydney, Johannesburg, Singa- pore, New Delhi, St. Louis, San Francisco, & New York, N. Y. 10020. 1972. $25.00. 1973 Moldenke, Book reviews 213 What a magnificent book! The author is more the artist than scientist, but no less a naturalist and entomologist. There are 160 strikingly effective and beautifully accurate full color paintings and photographs and several hundred exquisite line drawings. The insects are so life- like that this reviewer almost wanted to touch them to note how they felt or how they would react. The printing of all this ar- tistry is ‘uncommonly good. The text is crammed with much valu- ‘able information interestingly presented. It is arranged accor— ding to: insects and their wings, insect bodies, metamorphosis, living works of art, mimicry and camouflage, distribution, migra- tion, systematic presentation by orders, social insects, and water insects. Linsenmaier has one of the finest entomological collections in Europe in the zoological museum he and his father founded in Ebi- kon, Switzerland. Chadwick is an American entomologist who had an exchange fellowship years back in a German university. This is a great book for almost anyone from the professional and student entomologist, through all kinds of teachers and even to the folks who squirm or shreik at the sight of "bugs". An iris flower is mis-labeled gladiolus on p. 294. A very few other labels ssem to be confused. The German language edition is published by Droemersche Verlagsanstalt Th. Knaur Nachf. in Munchen and Zurich. "SOIL MICRO-ORGANISMS" by T. R. G. Gray & S. T. Williams, viii & 240 pp., illus., Hafner Press, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1971. $9.95 paperback. This is the second of the "University Reviews in Botany" edited by V. H. Heywood. It deals interestingly and comprehensively with the activities of the microflora in nature and it is intended for students of all levels in microbiology, soil science, ecology and botany, as well as for school teachers. It is well illustrated with 16 pages of black/white photographs, many taken with an elec- tron scanner. The bibliography includes 579 items. There is an index to the microorganisms mentioned and another for general subject matter. The list of contents is: (1) the soil population, with a de- tailed chart of the general characteristics of the major groups of soil microflora, (2) soil as an environment for microorganisms, (3) methods of studying its ecology, (h) decomposition of dead or ganic matter, (5) breakdown of organic chemicals in soil, (6) ef- fects of living plants on the soil microflora —symbiotic, para- sitic, and pathogenic, (7) effect of microorganisms on plant growth — nutritional microbial metabolites, growth-regulators, suppression of plant pathogens, phytotoxic and enzymatic substan- ces, (8) autotrophic microorganisms, (9) interactions between soil microorganisms, and (10) microorganisms in the soil-plant ecosystem. The authors, long active in teaching and research in this field at the University of Liverpool, have produced an excellent book. 214 PHY POQ.50 02 A Vol. 26, no. 3 "MATHEMATICAL MODELS IN ECOLOGY" edited by J. N. R. Jeffers, vii. & 398 pp., illus., Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, London, Edinburgh, Melbourne, & F. A. Davis Company, Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania 19103. 1972. $21.00. This is the published record of the 12th Symposium of the British Ecological Society at Grange-over-Sands, Lancashire, for four days in March 1971. It includes 16 papers; separate as- sessments at the close from the points of view of a research director, an agricultural research scientist, a statistician, and an ecologist; a list of participants; author index; and subject index. Each paper carries its own list of references. All the papers seem to be constructed carefully. The editor in his introductory paper states that "the most important impact of mathematics in ecology arises from the adoption of mathematical models as the conceptual models which underlie ecological research and management.....[as] simulators of ecosystems." The handwriting on the wall is not here as "Mene, mene, tekel, upharsin" but in simulation language and pictographs whose ingred- ients are supplied by computers. "READINGS IN AQUATIC ECOLOGY" edited by Richard F. Ford & William E. Hazen, vi & 397 pp., illus., W. B. Saunders Company, Lon- don, Toronto, & Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19105. 1972. $7.00 paperback. According to the editors "The individual papers were chosen for inclusion primarily on our judgment of their heuristic value." There are 29 papers grouped within these 6 topics: physiological and behavioral ecology, small-scale distribution and sampling problems, population ecology, community and ecosystem ecology, biogeochemical cycles, and aquatic pollution problems. I assume that this book is planned primarily as supplementary reading for eollege courses in limnology and ecology. Although all the papers seem to offer scientifically sound contributions — their main function — many of them do not seem to be inter- estingly presented, The book is indexed. "MICHIGAN FLORA — A Guide to the Identification and Occurrence of the Native and Naturalized Seed-plants of the State" Part I Gymnosperms and Monocots by Edward G. Voss, xv & 88 pp., illus., Cranbrook Institute & University of Michigan Herbar— ium, Bloomfield Hills, Michigan 8013. 1972. $7.50. This first of three volumes is an excellent start to a needed study that will facilitate and encourage plant studies for pro- fessional biologists of many sorts, students, and amateur natur- alists and botanists. The technical language is far from over- 1973 Moldenke, Book reviews 215 whelming and can be decoded readily through the glossary. The keys often have a few rather than a single distinguishing item, a characteristic which is very helpful for use in different seasons. The volume covers over 700 species of which half are illus- trated, including 6 color photographs representative of each botanical family, with the balance in clear line drawings often borrowed from other well known works. It is just needlessly ~ expensive in cost, mterials, time and energy to make new draw- ings unless they really show improvements or different features. There are geographic distribution maps by county for all the treated species. "MEMBRANE PHYSIOLOGY" by Richard A. Nystrom, xix & 252 pp., il- lus., Prentice-Hall, Inc., Tokyo, London, Toronto, Sydney, New Delhi, & Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632. 1973. $10.95. "This book is [indeed] an integrated and relatively compact presentation of cytological, physiological, and molecular data on plasma membranes of animal [and rarely plant] cells,........ giving a conceptual insight into the nature of membrane problems and a scientific intuition into their problems." Reading this book certainly makes more comprehensible the many disjunct and very detailed papers from symposia, in the new membranology journal, and in the research reviews and texts. It discusses plasma membrane structure (bimolar leaflet vs. Robertson's unit), permeation, membrane behavior in excitable cells, and artificial membrane systems with bibliography for each topic. Starting with the first paragraph of the preface, there is a large batch of split infinitives. "THE DESERT LOCUST" by Stanley Baron, xiv & 228 pp., illus., Charles Scribner's Sons, New York, N. Y. 10017. 1972. $7.95. The author is a journalist specializing in travel, wildlife environment and international developmental aid who, in this last capacity, joined the long-range desert surveys through the Sahara, Saudi Arabia and Iran when the plague returned in 1966. He writes interestingly, intelligently and scientifically about the history, life and work of Schistoceras gregaria from first- hand and scientist-directed observation. There are a few slips, such as failing to uppercase the initial letter of the generic names Panicum and Tamarix, refer- ring to date palm fronds as branches, and some misspellings. These current years constitute a time of natural recession of the locust plague, but how long will it last? "Although the Desert Locust has been shown to be controllable, it has not, and probably never will be, conquered. Its friends, the rains, 216 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no, 3 will periodically foster it, encouraging the solitary creatures {green in color and earlier separately classified as S. flaviven- tris] toward a monstrous gregariousness [during which they are black with increasingly more yellow as they mature]. And its al- lies, the winds of the Intertropical Convergence Zone, will aid it. The Desert Locust is a litms paper test of man's ability to cooperate. For the forty-two nations of its region it will also always be the enemy at the gate.” The scientific name, Zizyphus spina-christi, is misspelled. "PLANTS AND MAN" by Samuel R. Bushforth & William D. Tidwell, xi & 199 pp., illus., Burgess Publishing Co., Minneapolis, Min- nesota Rhee 1971. $4.75 spiral-bound paperback. This book is a laboratory manual for the ordinary classical botany course. The authors consider its two basic concepts as (1) the form and function of the internal and external structures of plants and (2) the evolutionary position of plants within the plant kingdom. They like to use the terms Filicophyta, Cycado~ phyta, Gnetophyta, etc. The lab exercises consist of routine drawings and chart filling. "And Man" in the title seems to be based on miniscule mentions of economic importance. Despite the use of many good illustrations (which would be in a text anyhow), the one of the typical plant cell is minus many details. If not used by an inspiring teacher, the book is more likely to turn students "off"than "on". "KINGDOM OF THE SEA SHELL" by R. Tucker Abbott, 256 pp., illus., Rutledge Books of Crown Publishers, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1972. $14.95. With over 250 exquisite, often colorful and often huge, illus- trations and with interestingly related and scientifically accur- ate text, this book presents a valuable and fascinating parade of the members of the kingdom of seashells. The author, long a recognized leader in this field, describes the univalves, bivalves, cephalopods, nautili, tusk shells, chi- tons and gastroverms as the mollusks of the rocky shores, coral reefs, sandy bays, mangrove swamps, open ocean, and depths around the world. He furnishes tips on shell collecting and notes on the economic and cultural impact of shells on man through time. He adds a topical guide to seashell literature. This book should prove a source of joy and enriching informa- tion to the many amateur conchologists throughout our world as well as to the serious student and professional malacologist. PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 26 July, 1973 No. 4 CONTENTS BARANOV, A. I., & BARKLEY, F. A., The combination of Begonia nuenmmacfolia (A. DC.) Warburg... os oc ces e Ke ee he's 217 DEMPSTER, L. T., Transfer of Relbunium sphagnophilum (Rubiaceae) : and R. ‘mazocarpum £0: GONG 6 FS A hig bee 28 221 ‘MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. LX ....... 224 ‘MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. XLVI ..... 226 WILLIAMS, L. O., Geophila (Rubiaceae) in North America ......... 263 Beira. J. L., Jr., Studies in Mexican and Central American Solanaceae. 265 COWAN, R. S., A new Swartzia from Suriname ..........02205- ve 279 MOLDENKE, BIE BHOK reviews... sss Vakaende conte he as « 281 jr 2 ee 7 ; [RP ARY LIBRAR ; ys oS AIG @ 1973 ; NEV: . A BOTANICAL W—..:.52N Se So Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 U.S.A. ; Price of this number, $1.00 per volume, $8 in advance, or $8.50 : at close of volume; 50 cents extra to foreign addresses if THE COMBINATION OF BEGONIA FUCHSIAEFOLIA (A.DC.) WARBURG A. I. Baranov and Fred A. Barkley Botanical Research Station, Greenhouses and Herbaria Department of Biology Northeastern University Woburn and Boston, Massachusetts Warburg in Engler und Prantl's nattirlichen Pflanzenfam- ilien 3, 6a: 146. 1894, published a new combination of names: Begonia fuchsiaefolia (A.DC.) Warburg, for a plant in Begonia section Casparya subsection Stibadotheca, as can be seen from the following passage: Sect. XLV. Casparya A. DC. (als Gatt. z.T.) 3: 4 Blhb., Stf. frei, A. linear, Connectiy hiiufig weit hervorragend. ©: 5—6 Blhb., Gr. 3, haufig lange bleibend, 2spaltig, aber die Aste wieder mehrspaltig, die Verzweigungen aufrecht, rings von Pa pillen umgeben. Samenleisten 2spaltig, vom Innenwinkel der Facher aits- gehend. Fr. nur sellten mit deutlichen Flugeln, dagegen meist 3kantix und gewdhnlich diese Kanten oben in je ein Horn auslaufend, an diesen hanten schlieBlich aufspringend. — Aufrechte oder kletternde (z. T. vielleicht schlingeuie! Halbstraucher mit fiedernervigen B. — Etwa 14 Arten in den Anden. § 4. Stibadotheca Klotzsch (als Gatt.) Connectiv in eine Borste auslaulend — 2 Arten in den Anden Kolumbiens und Ecuadors, B. ferruginea L. fil. (Fig. 17 F° und B. fuchsiacfolia (A. DC.) Warb. Upon its publication this combination was duely listed under Begonia in Supplement I (p. 53) of Index Kewensis with Stibatotheca fuchsiaefolia listed as a synonym: fuchsiaefolia, Warb. in Engl. et Prantl, Natiirl. Pflan- zenfam. iii. 6 a. (1894) 146 (= Stibadotheca fuch- siaefolia, A. DC.). — Am. trop. Irmscher's monograph of the Begoniaceae in Engler und Prantl's nattirlichen Pflanzenfamilien (Ed. 2.) 21: 548. 1925, listed Begonia fuchsiaefolia (A.DC) Warb, in the section Casparya: : : i te frei, An- Sekt. 45. Casparya A.DC. (als Gattung, zum Teil). g: % Tep., Filamen z theren linear, Konnektiv haufig weit hervorragend. Q: 5—6 Tep., Griffel 3, haufig lange bleibend, 2spaltig, aber die Aste wieder mehrspaltig, die Verzweigungen aufrecht, rings von Papillen umgeben. Samenleisten 2spaltig, vom Innenwinkel der Facher ausgehend. Frucht 3facherig, nur selten mit deutlichen Fligeln, dagegen meist 3kantig und ge- wohnlich diese Kanten oben in je ein Horn auslaufend, an diesen Kanten schlieBlich aufspringend. — Aufrechte (oder zum Teil vielleicht schlingende) Halbstraucher mit fiedernervigen Blattern. — Etwa 18 Arten in den Anden. § 1. Stibadotheca Klotzsch (als Gattung). Konnektiv in eine Borste auslaufend. — Mehrere Arten in den Anden Kolumbiens und Ekuadors, z. B. B. ferruginea L. fil. (Fig. 260 2) und B. fuchsiaefolia (A. DC.) Warb. 217 218 PHY TO0LO0/G IA Vol. 26, no. Since 1925 that combination has been listed in various check-lists and catalogues of the species of Begonia, as in Barkley (The Species of the Begoniaceae, Buxton- ian 1, Suppl. 5, pp. 35-36. 1972.) Begomia fuchsiifolia Warburg in Engler & Prantl, Casparya Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 3, 6a: 146. 1894. ‘ Americas Casparya fuchsiiflora A. DC. 1859. Stibadotheca fuchsiiflora A. DC. 1859. Cas fuchetitlora A. DC., Amn. Sc. Nat. Ser. Casparya 5 i: 16. 59. Ecuador oa See: Begonia fuchsiifolia Warburg in Engler & Prantl 1894, atabadothece fuchsiiflora A. DC., Ann. Sei. Nat. Ser. Casparya ee e tie et Ecuador : Begonia hsii fo. Warburg in Engler & Prantl 1894, A study oof the original literature reveals the following facts about the combination in question, The species to which the new combination of names has been applied was described by A. De Candolle (Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 4, Il: 116. 1859) under the name of Casparya fuchsiaeflora as can be seen from the following passage; S$ JIL. — Begoniacex nove. Genus CASPARYA. Begonia: sp. Linn. f. Kunth, etc. — Genera Casparya, Isopteryx, Stibadotheca et Sassea A lotssch Begon. -— Sphenanthera IHassk. Vehiscentia capsule vere loculicida, angulis nempe longitudinaliter fissis Pla- cent ex angulis internis loculorum. Sectio Stibadothecu, — Genus Stibadotheca Klotzsch. C. rucusiércona , caule...., ramis glabris herbaceis , toliis ovato-acuminatis cordatis, lobo uno rotundato majore, superne elabris margine denticulatis setosisque subtus ad nerves pilosis, petiolis glabris, stipulis dimidiato-obovatis mucronatis glabris, pe- duneculis folio sulxequalibus pluries dicholomis ramisque ereetis vlabris, bracteis oblongis ercetis apice laciniato-setosis, pedicellis fl. mase. apiece dilatatis, sepalis. ellipticis subaeutis apiece setacea- ciliatis, petalis subbrevioribus Jaciniatis, antheris breviter apieu- Jatis, fl. fem... — In nemoribus Andium= Quitenstum: (Jameson, Plant, equin., (15). 1973 Baranov & Barkley, Begonia fuchsiaefolia The species was further treated by the same (A.DC., Prodromus Syst. Nat. Regni Veg. 15: 269-270. CASPARVA. BEGONIACEZE (accton Aten. nc). 969 i. CASPARYA. — Bezonim sp. Linn, f. Kunth in Il, et B., etc. — Casparya, Isopterys, stihadotheea et Sussea Alofzsch Begon. Gattung. und Arten. — Sphenanthera Hassk. in Bot. Zeit. 1857, p. 180. Flores masc. Sepala 2. Petala 2. Stamina toro pulvinato inserta, libera; atheris clongatis, lateraliter rimis 2 dehiscentibus. Flores fem. Lobi 5-6, siepius per anthesin acerescentes, Styli 3, bilidi, ramis sepius divisis. Ova- rium 3-locutare. Placentie ex angulis internis loculoram bipartite, laminis wenatis unidique oveliferis, in sectione dubia Holocliniam integra. Capsula s-alata vel G-cornuta, superne plana aut in conum plus minus elongatum producta, stylis cilo (rarius tarde) orbata, alis vel angulis equalibus vel sub- equalibus, longitudinaliter demum a basi fissis, dehiscentia ideo vere locu- licida. — Herba valida aut sullrutices americani vel asiatici; foliis penni-, subpalmati- vel palmatinerviis ; cymis frequenter unisexualibus ct paucifloris ; lloribus purpureis, ruseis aut albidis, femineis seepius basi bibracteolatis, — Dehiscentia dorsali loculorum ab aliis omnibus Begoniaceis distinctum genus. Sectiones non magis diferunt quam in genere Begonia: priores, americane, sivlis multiramosis undique papillosis gaudent; ullime, asiatice, Slylis bi- cruribus papillis spiraliter cinctis in ordine frequentioribus. Seclio 1. STIBADOTHECA Alph. DC. in Ann. sc. nat. ser. 4, v. 44, p- 116.— Genus Stibadotheca Al. Began. p. 128, t. i2'f. A (excl. sp.). Fl. mase. Sepala et petala elongata, subsequalia. Autherwe apice set’ plus minus elongata terminate. Fl. fem. Lobi 6, quorum 3 exteriores paullo majores. Styli mul- liramosi, laciniis ercetis linearibus undique papillosis. Capsula forma fructus Trapae fatantis, Supra inedium 3-cornuta, superne breviter conica, — Aiuericane, fuch= sieflore, peduneulis spe uuisexualibus. 970 DICOTYL. sev EXOGENA. CASPARYA, Cas 9. C. FueHSTAFLORA (A. DC. Ic. p. 116), caule..., rami¢ glabris herbaceis, folijs evato-acuminatis cordatis lobo uno rotundato ampliore superne glabris margiyy denticuliutis setosisque subtus ad nervos pilosis petiolis glabris, stipulis dimi- diate-obovatis mucronatis glabris, pedunculis folio subequalibus pluries dicho- tomis ramisque erectis glabris, bracteis ohlonazis apice lac iniato-sctosis, pedicelli- fl. mase. apice dilatatis, sepalis cllipticis subacutis apice setacco-tiliatis, petals subbrevioribus laciniwis, antheris breviter apiculatis, fl. fem...... In nemoribiis Andium Quitensium alt, 7000 ped. Jameson ! pl. aquat.n. 419 in h. DC.). Folia 2-3 poll. longa, 10-12 Jin. lata, petiolo 6-12 lin. longo, nervis lateralibus hine 6-7, illine 4-3, acumine longo, pilis superne rarissimis longis, subtus ad nervos brevibus ferrugineis. Stipulke 3-4 lin. long, 2-2 lin. late, cadues. Cyma non diffusa. Rraetew subverticillate, 3-4 lin. lone, eadue:e. Pedicelli 9-14 lin. longi, hasi graciles, sensim latiores et superne cum sepalis confusi, purpurei. Flores caccinei (ex seheduli). Sepala 5-6 lin, longa, obtusiuseula vel subacuta. Petala colorata, 5 lin. longa, medium usque laciniata. Autherarum apiculi graciles, Variantes, {4 lim. longi. (Vv. s.) a fuchsiaeflora A. DC. was duly listed in Index Kewensis 2: 449. 1895). Suchstachlora, A. YC. in Ann. Se. Nat. Sér. IV. xi. (1859) 116.—Kcuador. author 1864) 219 220 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. Another problem related to the species in question is the problem of the binomial Stibadotheca fuchsiaefolia A. I. which appeared for the first time in Index Kewensis 1: 53. 1886-1895. From the study of the original literature it seems that De Candolle both in his original paper and in the 'Prodromus' merely put Casparya fuchsiaeflora under his section Stibadotheca. Warburg, although he placed his Begonia Fuchsiaefolia in the subsection Stibadotheca, does not cite Stibadotheca fuchsiaefolia as its %s synonym! so it would appear that the entry in the Index Kewensis is simply the result of an unjustified interpretation put upon the facts. Casparya fuchsiaeflora of De Candolle's was a validly published name and must be considered the basionym, If this is so, then it becomes evident that Warburg changed the specific epithet mistakenly when he transferred Casparya fuchsiaeflora into the genus Begonia. Since this is in contradiction to Article 56 of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature, which specifies that when a species is transferred without change of rank to another genus the original epithet must be retained (provided that certain obstacles to not exist and which do not exist in this case.) The name of this taxon with corrected orthography and its synonony is: Begonia fuchsiiflora (A.DC.) A. Baranov & F. A. Barkley, comb. nov. Casparya fuchsiaeflora A. DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 4, lj: 116. 1859. Begonia fuchsiaefolia Warburg, Engl. & Prantl nattrlichen Pflanzenfam, 3, 6a: 146. 1894, sphelmate. Stibadotheca fuchsiaefolia (non A.DC. nec Warburg) auct, Index Kewensis Suppl. 1: 53. 1886-1895, sphalmate. The writers are grateful to Martin J. S. Sands for his council and to the Gray Herbarium Library of Harvard for access to use it, TRANSFER OF RELBUNIUM SPHAGNOPHILUM (RUBIACEAE) AND R. MAZOCARPUM TO GALIUM Lauramay T. Dempster Jepson Herbarium, Department of Botany University of California, Berkeley The subject of the present paper is a tiny creeping perennial (Fig. 1 B) of mosslike size and habitat, which may actually be common in wet meadows ani about seeps and springs at high altitudes in southern Mexico and Guatemala (Fig. 1 A). It has, however, been infrequently collected, probably owing to its inconspicuous nature and the high and relatively inaccessible places which it inhabits. The plant was first named and published as a Relbunium, which it is not, since the flowers, instead of being sessile upon an involucre, as in Relbunium, are pedicellate (Fig. 1C,D,E). Two species were named by Greenman, R. sphagnophilum in 1898 and R. mazocarpum in 1905. The difference between the two lies exclusively in the presence (R. mazocarpum, Fig. 1 E) or absence (R. sphagnophilum) of tubercles on the fruits. Of the 8 collections that I have seen, including the types, only 2 have smooth fruits, whereas 6 have tuberculate fruits. Although it is quite possible that the plants with smooth fruits are merely a trivial or occasional form within one inclusive natural species, the evidence at present is insufficient to justify that assumption. I therefore propose to consider them for the present as two varieties of a single species. A formal treatment follows: Galium sphagnophilum (Greenm.) Dempster, comb. nov. Tiny creeping perennial, growing among mosses and other minutiae in wet alpine meadows and on moist banks near springs, at 1800-3700 meters. Leaves and stems essentially glabrous, or sometimes with a few hairs; leaves 4 to a node, 1-2 mm. long, 1/6 = 1/3 as long as internodes, spindle-shaped or obovate, apparently l-nerved, tapering to a petiolar base and to the acute apex, tipped with a long hair; flowers perfect, usually solitary on short leafy lateral branches, which are largely included; corollas greenish-white, rotate, hispid externally; fruits dry, the carpels smooth or tuberculate, nearly spherical, the pedicels very short. Var. sphagnophilum. Relbunium sphagnophilum Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. 33: 468. 1898. Type from Sierra de Clavellinas, Oaxaca, at 2770 m, Pringle 5812 (GH!) Fruits smooth. 221 222 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. Additional collection studied. Mexico: near Zerezo and below Parque Nacional El Chico, Hidalgo, at 3000 m, Moore 3127 (GH). Var. mazocarpum (Greenm.) Dempster, comb. nov. Relbunium mazocarpum Greenman, op. cit. 41: 250. 1905. Type from barranca below Trinidad Iron Works, Hidalgo, Mexico, at 1675 m, Pringle 8834 (GH! isotypes MEXU!, UC!, US$). The locality is near Honey, in Puebla. Fruits tuberculate. Additional collections studied. Mexico: Honey, Puebla, 7000 ft, Barnes & Land 530 (F); Nevada de Toluca, Mexico, Rose & Painter 7927 (NY). Guatemala: valley of R{o de las Violetas, north of Nebaj, 5800-6000 ft, El Quiche, Proctor 25046 (LL); top of Cerro Chemalito, Sierra de los Cuchumatanes, 3100-3150 m, Huehuetenango, Steyermark 49913 (F); vicinity of Chemal, summit of Sierra de los Cuchumatanes, 3700-3750 m, Steyermark 50279 (F). Abstract: Relbunium sphagnophilum Greenman and R. mazocarpum Greenman belong properly to the genus Galium, as shown by the presence of pedicels. Although their single difference, smooth or tuberculate fruits, may eventually be shown to be taxonomically unimportant, the two taxa are presently proposed as varieties of a single species: Galium sphagnophilum (Greenm.) Dempster, with var. mazocarpum (Greenm,) Dempster. 1973 Dempster, Transfer of Relbunium sphagnophilum 223 Fige 1. Galium sphagnophilum. A, Map showing var. sphagnophilum in white circles, and var. mazocarpum in black circles. B-E, ssp. mazocarpum: B, portion of shoot with fruits, showing included branchlets, x l-1/3; C, node with leaves and flower bud, showing pedicel and pair of bracts, x 7; D, flower, with one bract aborted, x 7; E, mature fruit, showing tubercular surface, x 7. B-D from Proctor 25046; E from Barnes & Land 530. NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. LX Harold N. Moldenke CIRSIUM HORRIDULUM f. ATROPURPUREUM Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei floribus atropurpureis rece-= dit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in having its flower-heads during anthesis conspicuously and very beautifully uniform deep=maroon in color. The type of the form was collected by Alma L. and Harold N. Moldenke (no. 26857) on road shoulders at Atkeison, Clarke County, Alabama, on April 7, 1973, and is deposited in the Lun- dell Herbarium at the University of Texas. This color form was very abundant on road shoulders and in sandy fields along the highway for many. miles in the area of the type locality. In most places all of the hundreds of plants were uniformly of this very characteristic color, with none of the typical cream-whitish or yellowish form nor the light-purplish f. elliottii (T. & G.) Fern. COREOPSIS LANCEOLATA var. PUMILA Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei statura pumilior et foliis basalibus omnino integris recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in being uniformly much lower in stature during anthesis, mostly not exceeding 35 cm. in height to the top of the mature inflorescence, and with its leaves mostly only 2—-5 cm. long and uniformly un- lobed, The type of the variety was collected by Alma L. and Harold N. Moldenke (no. 2620) in wet sandy ditches at Darien, McIntosh County, Georgia, on March 2), 1973, and is deposited in the Lun- dell Herbarium at the University of Texas. This variety is quite common on sandy road shoulders and especially in open sandy woods for many miles in the area of the type locality and numerous specimens from other areas have been seen in herbaria. PHLOX DRUMMONDII f. ALBIFLORA Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis albis recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in having pure white corollas. The type of the form was collected by Alma L. and Harold N. Moldenke (no. 2671) on dry sandy road shoulders and in fields at Bostwick, Putnam County, Florida, on March 26, 1973, and is de- posited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. These white-flowered individuals occurred sporadically in small groups among thousands of the normal brightly colored plants. 22h 1973 Moldenke, New & noteworthy plants 225 PHLOX NIVALIS f. RUBELLA Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis pallide rubellis recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in having the corollas pale=-pink in color. The type of the form was collected by Alma L. and Harold N. Moldenke (no. 26696) in dry sandy woodland at Youngstown, Bay County, Florida, on April 1, 1973, and is deposited in the Lun- dell Herbarium at the University of Texas. Plants of this color form occurred sporadically among a far larger number of the purple-flowered f. roseiflora Fern. and occasional individuals of the original white-flowered form. PINGUICULA PUMILA f. ALBA Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis albis recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in having pure white corollas. The type of the form was collected by Alma L. and Harold N. Moldenke (no. 26665) on wet sandy embankments at McNeils, Gulf County, Florida, on March 31, 1973, and is deposited in the Lun- dell Herbarium at the University of Texas. The plants were growing in small groups among far more of the typical purple- flowered ones. SALVIA LYRATA f. PURPUREORUBRA Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei caulibus foliisque peduncu- lisque purpureorubris recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in having its stems, leaves, and peduncles uniformly and persistent- ly reddish-purple or maroon in color. The type of the form was collected by Alma L. and Harold N. Moldenke (no. 27030) on grassy roadbanks, where it was locally abundant in purestand colonies, at Hickory Grove, on Route 905, Horry County, South Carolina, on April 13, 1975, "and is deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. The plants of this form stood out very distinctly in this area and contras- ted very obviously with the hundreds of thousands of the typical form of the species carpeting the road shoulders for hundreds of miles in various phytogeographic provinces in the southeastern and Gulf states. VIOLA RAFINESQUII f. CAERULEA Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis in majore parte atro-caeruleis recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing the corollas deep-blue for most of their area, with some yel- low in the throat and numerous radiating purple lines on the lower lip. The type of the form was collected by Alma L. and Harold N. Moldenke (no. 27062) on grassy road shoulders at Chesnee, Spartan- burg County, | South | Carolina, on April 15, 1973, and is deposited 226 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. The plants were extremely common, in colonies of thousands of individuals, all uniform in every character. The general aspect is that of V. arvensis Murr., but the upper leaves and the middle lobe of the stipules are subentire or only very obscurely and shallowly ap- pressed crenulate. The flowers remind one of wild forms of V. tricolor L., but the upper leaves are long-attenuate (not cor- date) at the base. A very low-growing state of this taxon is represented by Moldenke & Moldenke 26322 from Pea Island, Dare County, North Carolina, where the plants are only 6--7 cm. tall when in full anthesis and where, again, there were hundreds of thousands of absolutely uniform plants forming deep—blue carpets on grassy road shoulders for a distance of several miles. There is, however, evidence that the shoulders had been mowed recently so the low stature of the violets may possibly be attributed to that factor, although they seemed to grow no taller around ob—- stacles and in depressions probably not reached by the mowing machines, VIOLA RAFINESQUII f. MINOR Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei statura plerumque —7 cm. alta recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in being mostly only lh--7 cm. tall during anthesis. The corollas have a slight bluish tinge at the base outside, but seen en masse appear to be completely white. The type of the form was collected by Alma L. and Harold N. Moldenke (no. 2630) in wet sandy ditches near Bertie, Bertie County, North Carolina, on March 20, 1973, and is deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. This form was extremely common locally in tremendous colonies of tens of thousands of individuals along a stretch of several miles of roadside, producing solid carpets of white. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. XLVI Harold N. Moldenke PAEPALANTHUS CILIOLATUS Ruhl.. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 6, 127, 147, & 289, fig. 1 E. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 40, pl. h. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 72--73, 106-107, 01, & Ol, pl. 29. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. hz: 518. 1930; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 169. 1933; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 182. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 10, 11, lh, & 46. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 227 [ed. 2], 81, 83, & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 95, 96, 32), 1485, & 486. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 6, 19, & 25 (1959) and 12: & 11. 1965; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 148 & 190. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 108. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 577, 579, & 949. 1971.. Illustrations: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 6, fig. 1 E. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. pl. k. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 29. 1928. The type of this species is Glaziou 15527, collected at Cach- oeira de Caraga, Minas Gerais, Brazil, and deposited in the her- barium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin where it was photo- graphed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10585. Ruh- land cites only this one collection and comments "Indumentum foliorum insigne. Flores Snumero praeter 2 excellent." Silvei- ra (1928) cites A. Silveira 56 from "Inter saxa quartzitosa secus margines rivuli Quebra-Ossos, Serra do Caraga, Minas" Gerais, Brazil, collected in April of 1909 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. He notes that "Ex speciminibus in Serra do Caraga a me collectis, ad hanc speciem evidenter pertinentibus, diagnosis a cl. Ruhland data ita est supplenda et alteranda: Folia apice interdum solum ciliata (nec barbulata), cilii foli- orum nec semper in tota margine conspicui, nonnumquam in foliis ipsis juvenilibus brevissimi et sub lente vix notati, citissimo decidui; pedunculi superne pilis longis praediti; petala floris masculi extus hirsuta; illa floris feminei basi connata (nec libera ut in descriptione Ruhlandiana), demm rigescentia, luteo-castanea apice revoluta fuscioraque atque explanata; stylus nec semper brevissimus et interdum brevis (germen longitudine diminium aequans). Semina ovoidea, acuta, luteo-fusca, primum seriebus pseudo-pilorum longitudinaliter instructa, dein laevia.' Silveira (1928) cites for his P. albo-ciliatus the following collections: "In pratis naturalibus in Serra de Ouro Branco, Minas Geraes: Alvaro da Silveira, Feb. 1905, inter saxa quartz- itos, in Serra do Batatal, prope Capanema, Minas: Alv. da Sil- veira, Apr. 1906 in Serra de Ouro Fino, prope Capanema: dr. Benedicto Quintino, sept. 1927; n. 269 in herb. Silveira." Of these it is most probable that the first-mentioned is the type collection. It is worth noting here that there is only one plate 29 in Silveira's work, even though it is labeled "TABULA XXIX II Paepalanthus albociliatus Alv. Silv." The species has been found growing in wet sandy savannas, natural meadows, and among quartzite rocks, at altitudes of 10-- 15 meters, flowering in February, April, June, September, and December. The printed label accompanying Glaziou 15527 is in- scribed "Rio de Janeiro" in at least some herbaria. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Leiothrix flavescens (Bong.) Ruhl. Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: M. A. Chase 8009 (W—-1282172). Mi- nas Gerais: Damazio 70) (B); Glaziou 15527 [Macbride photos 10585] (B--type, Br—isotype, N—isotype, N—-photo of type, N-- photo of isotype, W--photo of type); A. Silveira 269 (B). 228 PoE TOE 0G Ink Vol. 26, no. Recetas CIPOENSIS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 218--220, pl. 145. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus cipoénsis Alv. Silv. apud A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 218-220 & Ok, pl. 145. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll & )6. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 145. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 554 from sandy fields in the Serra do Cipé, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in 1909, and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) notes "Ab affine P. bahiensi statura validiora, vaginis laxiusculis et bracteis involucrantibus apice non rotundatis praecipue differt." Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Black, Magalhdes, & Graflin- ger 51-12216 (Be--700)3). PAEPALANTHUS CLAUSSENIANUS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 323— 32h, pl. 43. 1863. Synonymy: Eriocaulon polyanthum Mart., Flora 2, Beibl. 2: 35. 181 [not E. polyanthum Bong., 18)1]. Dupatya clausseniana (Korn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya clausseniana Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Paepalanthus clausenianus Korn. apud Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: Oh. 1928. Actinocephalus claussenianus Mart. ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 377, in syn. 1971. Paepalanthus calaussenianus Korn. ex Mol- denke, Phytologia 23: 3], in syn. 1972. Bibliography: Mart., Flora 2h, Beibl. 2: 35. 1841; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 323~32h, 99, & 507, pl. 43. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879 (1893) and 2: 01. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl.-in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l- 30): 5-—7, 10, 189, 191~192, [283], 287, & 289. 1903; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 2. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: Oh. 1928; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 2 & 3. 1930; Stapf, Ind. Lond. : 518. 1930; Dusand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11, 29, 38, & 46. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jaks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 879 (1946) and 2: 401. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia l: 138. 1952; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 96, 279, 291, 32h, & 486. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 879 (1960) and 2: 401. 1960; Tom- linson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 149, 159--161, 17h, & 187-190. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 160, 377, & 479 (1971) and 2: 509, 580, & 949. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 43h. 1972. Illustrations: K6érn. in Vart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 43. 1863. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 229 This species is based on P. Clausen 70 & 158 and Martius 879, all from Minas Gerais, Brazil, the first-mentioned being from Cachoeira do Campo and the others without definite stated local- ity, all deposited in the herbarium of the Botanische Staatssamn— lung at Munich, where Martius 879 was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 18698. This Martius collection ap- pears also to be the type of Eriocaulon polyanthum Mart., a homo— nym of E. polyanthum Bong., which is the name-bringing synonym of Paepalanthus polyanthus (Bong.) Kunth. Ruhland (1903) cites P. Clausen 70 & 158, Martius 879, Prince von Sachs. Coburg-Gotha 11.498, and Warming s.n., all from Minas Gerais. Silveira (1928) cites J. Costa Sena 181 from Cachoeira do Campo, collected in 1907. The species has been collected in wet sandy places, wet places near brooks, on steep rocky slopes, and on steriie hills, in grassy barrancas, and on campos especially on hills, at altitudes of 550 to 1750 meters, flowering and fruiting in every month of the year. Warming describes it as very abundant. Irwin and his associates describe it as a perennial herb or subshrub, with the stem simple or few-branched, erect, 0.7—-2 m. tall, and the flowering-heads white, gray, or gray-white, growing in cerrado, wet campos, among rocks in an area of cerrado and fields on lime- stone slopes, on steep rocky lower mountain slopes with plants mostly restricted to soil-filled crevices, or on campos in areas of wet "campo sujo" and surrounding cerrado. Irwin & Soderstram refer to it as "occasional"; Hatschbach encountered it on rocky campos. Clausen 14 in the Paris herbarium bears the notation "Kunth no. 70". Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the names Eriocaulon polyanthes Mart., E. poly- anthum Bong., Paepalanthus hilairei Korn., P. polyanthus Kunth, and P. speciosus var. glaber Ruhl. The P. Clausen s.n., cited below, is a mixture with a species of is. ee vergent -—- I doubt if they really represent P. claussenianus. The Ackermann s.n. [1832] collection cited below was first identified by herbarium workers as Eriocaulon ramosum Wikstr., then corrected to E. maximiliani Bong., then to P. hilairei var.q@j Korn., and finally to P. claussenianus! The initial letter of the specific epithet is often upper-cased. Citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Heringer 6781 (B); Irwin & Soderstrom 5126 (Ac, N), 5759 (Ld, N, N), 5760 (Ac, N, N)j Ir Win, Souza, & Reis dos Santos 8025 (Ac, N); Maguire, Murga Pires, Maguire, & Silva 57009 (1d, N); Murga Pires, Silva, & Souza 9377 (Lw, Ut). Goids: Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 21568 (Ac, N); Macedo 3688 (N); Onishi, Barroso, & Maia 95 (Ld); Sick B.67 [Herb. Brade. 66] (Bd); Weddell 23k (Br, N). MaranhSo: Murca 230 PHY TO 100 GIvk Vol. 26, no. Pires & Black 1610a ol N), 2261 (N). Minas Gerais: Archer & 69709), 51-12075 gear Brade 13606 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 28391] (B); P. Clausen 1s (P), ug Hee Ly 15 (P), 70 (Br-cotype), 158 (B—-cotype, Br--cotype), s.n. 1. [Aug.—April 180] (Br, Br, N), sen. [180] (Mi, S), s.n. (B, B, B, B, Br, P); Glaziou 19976 (C); Hatschbach 27011 (Ft), 29 29900 (La) ; Heringer & Castellanos 0s 5962 (B), 6145 (2); Irwin, Fonséca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 2758h (La, N); Irwin, Harley, & gate 28977 ( (Ld); Irwin, “Maxwell, & & Wasshausen 1965 (1 tka Ld, N)j Luschnath th 2 (Br); A. lw Lutz 1074 (Ja); Martius 879 fuacbeide photos 18698] (B--cotype, Br--cotype, M--cotype, ype, N—photo of cotype, W--photo of cotype); Pereira 3165 [Pabst 1,000; Herb. Brad. 4376] (Bd). State undetermined: Acker- mann s.n. [1832] (B); Herb. Jard. Bot. Brux. s.n. (Br). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 43 (B, B); photograph in situ (G); drawings & notes by cpisa prs (B). per eee COLOIDES Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30): 178. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 3, 173, 178, 179, & 289. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 164 & 40). 1928; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 1. 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 1 & 6. "196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. "1995 Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 3: 731 (19h95 and k: 1297. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia h: 138. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 86. 1959; Voldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. This species is based on Glaziou 19995, collected at Diamanti- na, in the Serra dos Cristaes, 3, Minas “Gerais, Brazil, deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10586. Ruhland (1903) cites only this original collection and comments "Habitus tabulatiformis ('stockwerkahnlich') speciei valde insig- nis est, ut etiam in praecedente [P. argyrolinon Korn.]." Mrs. Mexia describes the plant as an herb, with white flowers, "common in colonies in disintegrated rock in crevices of cliffs" at 1260 meters altitude. It has been collected in anthesis in April and May. A vernacular name for it is "perpetua do campo". One of the Mexia 5733 specimens cited previously as being in the Britton Her— barium at the New York Botanical Garden is now in the herbarium of the Instituto Miguel Lillo in Tucum4n, Argentina. Ruhland (1903) in the index to his monograph avers that the species is mentioned on page "118" of his work, but this appears to be a misprint for page 178. Silveira (19285 cites Herb. Silveira 469 from Diaman- tina, collected in 1895 (but the actual collector undesignated) . Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Syngonanthus caulescens var. procerus (K1l.) Standl. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou 19995 [Mac- 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 231 bride photos 10586] (B-type, Br--isotype, C--isotype, N—isotype, N--photo of type, N--photo of type, W--1112516--isotype, W--photo of type); Mexia 5733 (Ba, Go, Mi, M1, Qu, S, Ut-—502k5a, W— 1571897) . PAEPALANTHUS COLUMBIENSIS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 207. 1903. Synonymy: Paepalanthus columbianus Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Phytolo- gia h: 138, in syn. 1952. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 201, 207, & 289. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 5, 6, & 60. 196; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 1: 95 & 133—135 (1946), 2: 580, 609, & 62 (1948), 3: 758 & 92h (1949), and h: 1040, 1076—1079, 1215, & 1296. 199; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 60, 64, & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia : 138--139. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 67, 72, 419, & 486. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 11. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 118, 125, & 280 (1971) and 2: 778 & 9L9. 1971. The type of this species was collected by Friedrich Carl Leh- mann (no. 3578) in marshy places near Palater&, at 2900--3000 meters altitude, Cauca, Colombia, in February of 188), and is de- posited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin. The collector notes that "Blatter hellgriin, in einer kugelformigen Masse geordnet; Blitenkopfchen weiss". Ruhland cites the collec- tor as "C, F. Lehmann" in error, cites only the original collec- tion, and comments that "Species P. alpino Koern. affinis, sed foliis, vaginis, pedunculis ab illo satis diversa". Recent collectors describe the plant as having the peduncles somewhat flattened and with purplish-gray or white flower—heads, and have found it growing at altitudes of 2600 to 3500 meters, flowering in February, May, August, October, and November. They record the common names "pifiuelita de p4ramo" and "pipalanthus". Schultes and his associates describe it as being common with Espeletia grandiflora and E. corymbosa in the Acaulirosuletum zone, forming cushion-like clumps on small gently sloping p4ramos with brushy ravines. The Jahn 975, distributed as P. columbiensis Ruhl., is actual- ly P. schlimii Korn. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Boyac4: Cuatrecasas 10328 (Er, F—1289730), 10396 (F—1297528). Cauca: F. C. Lehmann 3578 (B-- type), LXII (W--936268); F. W. Pennell 6910 (N, W—11)3727). Cundinamarca: E. L. Core 16 (N); Cuatrecasas & Jaramillo 11969 (N); Fosberg & Schultes 19217 (N, N); Garcia-Barriga 11650 (Ww— 1857993); Garcia-Barriga, Schultes, & Jaramillo 13595 (W-- 2058285); Killip 340k7 (S); Kéie 5101 (Cp); Schiefer 66), (W— 185806), W--1906855); R. E. Schultes 058 (N, W--1995809), 1157 (Z). Norte de Santander: Schultes, Smith, & Cuatrecasas 12308 (N). Santander: Cuatrecasas & Garcia-Barriga 9878 (N). State 232 Bay Te (ak Vol. 26, no. undetermined: Linden 102 (Br). VENEZUELA: Lara: Jahn 1307b (Ve). Mérida: Badillo 9h (Ve—18303); Bernardi 6066 (N). Trujillo: Jahn 1178 (W—1186770) . PAEPALANTHUS COMANS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 262--263, pl. 17h. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus standleyi Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 471— 473. 1948. Paepalanthus standley Moldenke ex Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 71, sphalm. 1960. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 262—263 & Ol, pl. 17h. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183, 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll & h6. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 471--l73. 1948; Moldenke, Known Ge- ogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83, 88, 208, & 211. 199; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 176. 1953; Moldenke, Phytologia }: 205. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 96, 328, & 86. 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 71. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 3h. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 356 & 362. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 591 & 949. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl, 17). 1928. The type of this species was collected by f.varo Adolpho da Silveira (no. 508) in sandy rocky fields near Diamantina, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 1908, and is deposited in the Silvei- ra herbarium. Interestingly, on page 0) of this work, Silveira (1928) gives "1918" as the date of collection of his type number -—- whether this is a misprint or is intended as a correction of the date given on page 263 is not clear. He comments that the species is "Ab affinibus P. mirabile Alv. Silv. et P. Paulino Ruhl. differt: ab illo praecipue pilis bractearum perigoniorumque acutis; ab hoc pedunculis multo majoribus, tubo petalorum florum femineorum intus piloso et aliis characteribus." a sandy campo on the road from Bia Vusta to Extracc&o, in the municipality of Diamantina, on November 9, 1937, and deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The species has been collected at altitudes of 120 to 1400 m., flowering from December to February and in April and May, fruiting in December. Irwin and his associates describe it as cespitose, the leaves fleshy, the inflorescences to 50 cm. tall, and the flowering-heads light-gray or white, growing on wet high campo slopes with outcrops and at creek margins, as well as in meadows in areas of grassy meadows and adjacent sandy campos. Mrs. Mexia refers to it as a common herb growing among grasses "in seepages among rocks" and describes the flowers as white. Silva describes it as a cespitose herb, 50 cm. tall, with white flower-heads, and found it to be very frequent on wet sandy campos. Irwin, Reis dos Santos, Souza, & Fons8ca 22020 was originally a mixture of this species and P, argyropus Alv. Silv., but the portion that is P. comans has been renumbered 22020a. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 233 Material of P. comans has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the name P. warmingii Korn. On the other hand, the Mello Barreto 2539, distributed as P. comans, is actu- ally P. complanatus Alv. Silv. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 20265 (N, N); Irwin, Reis dos Santos, Souza, & Fonséca 22020a (Ac, (Ac, Ld); A, Lutz utz 1546 [Herb. Lutz 157] 7] (da); Mello Barreto 2539 eer, Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 8292] (N), 9688 (Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 2113] (N); Mexia 5881 (Ba, F—767670, N, S, Ut-- 502h4a, W--1571895); Pereira eira 2773 [Pabst 3609; Herb. Brade 3832) (Bd); J. B. Silva 561 [Herb. Set. Lag. 698] (Ba). a Eee COMOSUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 129--130, pl. 80. 192 Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 128-130 & Oh, pl. 80. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; Ais Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1911; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 6. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. "19493 Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 86. 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 80. 1928. This species is based on Silveira 67h from "Sub rupibus in Gruta do Fiscal, prope Diamantina, Minas Geraes", Brazil, collec- ted in April of "1918 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page 0) of his work, Silveira (1928) says that the type col- lection was made at "Chapada do Coute"', but whether this is in- formation supplementary to that given in the original description or is intended as a correction of it, is not clear. He notes that the "Species ob pedunculos numerosos et longos certe dis- tinctissima",. Anderson and his associates state that this plant forms clumps in sandy soil, and found it at 1550 m, altitude in an area of sandstone outcrops with shrubby vegetation, adjacent grassy slopes, and a valley with a small stream, mostly in sandy soil but with an overlying black humus in many places. They found it in flower in February. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35885 (Z); Mendes Magalhes 2129 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo 1 Horiz. 42648] (N). PAEPALANTHUS COMPACTUS G. Gardn. in Hook., Icon. Pl. 6+[sers- 2,2): pl. 527. 183. Synonymy: Eriocaulon compactum Gardn. ex Steud., Syn. Pl. Glu. 2: [Cyp.] 274—275 & 333. 1855. Dupatya compacta (Gardn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Eriocaulon compactum Steud. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878. 1893. Paepalanthus campactus Gardn. ex Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. 234 PPE NM O'L'OG Id Vol. 26, no. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 01, sphalm. 189). Dupatya compacta Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Bibliography: G. Gardn. in Hook., Icon. Pl. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: pl. 527. 1843; Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 1: 889. 1849; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 27h—-275 & 333. 1855; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 299, 321—322, & 507. 1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and 2: 401. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen- reich 13 (4-30): 6, 189--191, 285, & 289, fig. 1 D. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 483. 1906; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 401. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. ): 518. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145 & 483. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11, 29, 33, & 46. 196; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (1946) and 2: Ol. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 4: 139. 1952; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145 & 483. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 96, 279, 287, & 486. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and 2: 01. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 18: 13. 1969; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 148, 159—161, 173~—175, 18h, & 186-191. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 425. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 & 79 (1971) and 2: 497, 579, & 949. 1971. Illustrations: G. Gardn. in Hook., Icon. Pl. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: pl. 527. 1843; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 6, fig. 1 D. 1903. The type of this species was collected by George Gardner (no. 527) on elevated sandy campos in mountain tracts beyond the Diamond district, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in July of 180, depos- ited in the Kew herbarium. An isotype in the Berlin herbarium was photographed there by Macbride as his type photograph number 10587. Ruhland (1903) cites only this original collection. Gardner (183) notes that "This species of Paepalanthus belongs to the division umbellati of Bongard; and is allied to P, Bahi- ensis of Kunth." Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 636 from Diamantina, collected in 1916. The species has been collected in anthesis in July. The M. A. Chase 10418, distributed as P. compactus, is P. brachypus (Bong.) Kunth, a very similar species. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: G. Gardner 527 [Macbride photos 10587] (B—isotype, N—photo of isotype, N-- photo of isotype, W—photo of isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). preg th COMPLANATUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 2—2)6, pl. 163. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 2h4—-246 & yok, pl. 163. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl.'9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll & 46. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 235 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Résum& 96 & 86, 1959; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 20: 366. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 99. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 163. 1928. The type of this species was collected by Dr. Joaquim Gomes Michaeli in sandy fields in the Serra da Pedra Redonda, near Rogas Novas, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in June of 1918 and is no. 369 in the Silveira herbarium. On page 0) of his work, however, Sil- veira (1928) cites an additional A. Silveira 368 from the Serra do Cipé, Minas Gerais, collected in 1905. He says of the species "A P. superbo Ruhl. et P. xiphophyllo Ruhl. affinibus differt: ab illo foliis ciliatis, magnitudine capitulorum bractearumque in- volucrantium interiorum; ab eo foliis ciliatis subtusque glabris, et bracteis involucrantibus atro-fuscis." Recent collectors have found the plant growing in quartz and sand soil, at altitudes of 1120 to 1200 meters, flowering in Janu- ary, February, April, October, and November. Irwin and his assoc- jates describe it as a tufted herb, the inflorescence to 15 cm. tall, the flower-heads gray, growing on sandy slopes of sandy campos with outcrops. The species is apparently closely related to P, ater Alv. Silv., P. barbiger Alv. Silv., P. bombacinus Alv. Silv., and P. comans Alv. Silv. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the names P. ater Alv. Silv., P. barbiger Alv. Silv., and P. standleyi Moldenke. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Black & Mendes Magalhfes 51- 11758 (Be—69586); Heringer 6088a (N); Heringer & Castellanos 6030 (B), 6100 (B), 610 (Z), 6147 (B); Irwin, Maxwell, & Wass- hausen 20077 (Ld, N, N); Macedo 2952 (N); Mello Barreto 2539 (N)j; Mendes Magalhtes 2558 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 43861] (N), 2559 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 3862] (N); Murga Pires & Black 2960 (Be—6351)); Segadas-Vianna 6008 (N); Segadas-Vianna & Lor€do Serra II.1097 (N); L. B. Smith 6838 (Z), 6842 (W—212)669) ; Tryon & Tryon 682), (Ac). eae CONDUPLICATUS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (ie: ba 1863. Synonymy: Dupatya conduplicata (Korn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya conduplicata Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 278, lh, & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 01. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h- 30): 2, 201, 213, [283], & 289. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 2)1 & Oh. 1928; Durand *: Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 115. 1915 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll, 29, & l6. 1916; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: 01. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 19,9; Moldenke, Alph, List Cit. ): 1203. 1949; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, 236 Pe PO 770 6 ES Vol. 26, no. k pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 96, 279, & 86. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: 01. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 160 & 79 (1971) and 2: 9h9. 1971. This species is based on Sellow 1322 from near Caraga, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in December, and deposited in the Ber- lin herbarium, where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10588. Ruhland (1903) cites, in addition, P. Clausen 267 in the Brussels herbarium and P. Clausen s.n. from "in Mordsten bei Cachoeira do Campo", deposited as sheet number 151316 in the Reichenbach herbarium at Vienna, both also from Minas Gerais. He comments that "Species valde insignis". Sil- veira (1928) cites A. Silveira 431 from the Serra do Caraga, Min- as Gerais, collected in 1906. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some her= baria as P. planifolius var. conduplicatus Ruhl. On the other hand, the Mexia 5745, distributed as P. conduplicatus, is actu- ally P. planifolius (Bong.) Korn. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: P. Clausen 267 (Br, N); Sel- low 1322 [Macbride photos 10588] (B—type, N—photo of type, N— photo of type, W—photo of type). PAEPALANTHUS CONDUPLICATUS var. PUBESCENS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. Ts 21.1920. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 21 & Oh. 1928; Mol- denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 6. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 1949; Molden- ke, Résumé 96 & 186. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. This variety is based on A, Silveira 550, collected in wet places in the Serra do Cipé, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 1909 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page 0) of his work, Silveira (1928) gives the year of collection as "1905". He describes the variety as "Folia utrinque persistenter patenti pubescentia......Varietas pilositate foliorum insignis." per CONICUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 136-137, pl. 85. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 136-137 & 04, pl. 85. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & l6. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 85. 1928, The type of this species was collected by f{.varo Adolpho da Silveira (no. 759) in sandy fields near Milho Verde, in the Serra Geral, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in June, 1925, and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Thus far, the species is known only from the original collection. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 237 PAEPALANTHUS CONVEXUS Gleason, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 58: 328— 329. 1931. Bibliography: H. A. Gleason, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 58: 328-— 329. 1931; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 19. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6 & 7. 1946; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 2: 352 (1948) and 3: 975. 199; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 64 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia ): 139. 1952; Moldenke in J. A. Steyerm., Fieldiana Bot. 28: 825. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 72 & 86. 1959; J. A. Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 1 (3/4): 222. 1966; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.13: 506. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 6. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 125 (1971) and 2: 949 & 968. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 9. 1972. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in crevices in the shade of ledges, in depressions at the base of small weather- ed sandstone outcrops above a swamp savanna, and by ponds, at alti- tudes of 1510 to 270 meters, flowering in April, May, October, and December, and describe the plantas having stems elongated, leaves subcoriaceous, deep- or rich-green on both surfaces or else dull-green or gray above (at least the young ones), paler green or dull-green beneath, with white margins and long white hairs, gray pubescence on the leaf-sheaths, the flowering heads whitish or gray-white, and the involucre pale-gray. Steyermark refers to the plant as "abundant". Fedde & Schuster (1939) cite the original publication of this binomial as page "329", but the description actually begins on page 328. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Cardona Puig 3083 cote CONVEXUS var. MAJOR Moldenke, Phytologia 15: 63. 1968. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 15: 63. 1968; Moldenke, Ré- sumé Suppl. 16: 6. 1968; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.13: 506. 1968; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. ho: 3245. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 125 & 160 (1971) and 2: 949. 1971. Steyermark describes this plant as having its leaves gray=—green, with white hairs, and the flowering-heads dull-white. He found it growing in a semi-level savanna-like area with bushes, at 1900 m. altitude, flowering in October. Citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: J. A. Steyermark 103955 (N). BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Silva & Braz&o 60926 (N-type). MeMao ae CORDATUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 189. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 189 & 238 PoHsY PO! L100 ThA Vol. 26, no. 289. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 7. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 96 & 486. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. This species is based on Glaziou 2232) from dry campos at Chapad&o de Porto Seguro, Goids, Brazil, flowering in December, and deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Ber= lin, where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10589. Ruhland (1903) cites only this original collection and no other collection has been made since, as far as I know. He comments that "Species familiae e maximis. Flores non vidi, sed non dubito, quin species ad Diphyomenen pertineat. Ibi P. acan- thophyllo habitu robusto, insigni proxima." Citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Glaziou 2232) [Macbride photos 10589] (B--type, Br—isotype, N--photo of type, N--isotype, N—photo of type, W--photo of type). eae CORONARIUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 63—65, pl. 36. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 63—65 & 05, pl. 36. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll & 7. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83& 208. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 486. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 36. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 758, collected in dry places in sandy fields near Baraunas, in the Serra Geral, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in June of 1925 and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) observes that "Species ob dispositi- onem florum in capitulo et eorum magnitudinem distincta. A P. Regeliano Koern. bracteis dorso pilosis et indumento farinaceo differt." Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Castellanos & Santos s.n. [A. Castellanos 24128; Herb. Brad. 28329] (N, Z). PAEPALANTHUS CORONARIUS var. CILIATUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 65 ["ciliata"]. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus coronarius var. ciliata Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 65 & 05. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 65 & 405. 1928; Molden- ke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 47. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 199; Moldenke, Ré- sumé 97, 32h, & 486. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 580 & 950. 1971. The type of this variety was collected by Alvaro Adolpho da Silveira (no. 506) in dry fields near Currallinho, in the Serra Geral, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in June of 1925 and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) describes the plant as 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 239 "Folia ciliata, utrinque pilis brevissimis farinaceo-pubescentia, 12--25 cm longa, circiter 1 cm medio lata". On page 405 of his work, he gives the type locality as "Curralinho (Diamantina)" and the date of collection as "1908". Thus far, the taxon is knowm only from the original collection. PAEPALANTHUS CORYMBOIDES Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 201, 20h--205, & 289. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Mol- denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 47. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 199; Molden- ke, Résumé 97 & 4.86. 1959; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 200. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. The type of this species was collected by Ernst Heinrich Georg Ule (no. 2725) in the Serra da Caraga, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in March of 1892 and is deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin. The species has been collected in flower in March and Ruhland (1903) says of it "Species Paepalantho pauci- floro Koern, valde affinis ab eo praesertim foliis latioribus differt. Forsan melius subspecies illius constituenda." He cites only the original collection and this is the only collec- tion known to date. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Ule 2725 (B--type). PAEPALANTHUS CORYMBOIDES var. EPILOSUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen- reich 13 (4-30): 205. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 205 & 289. 1903; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 7. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 4: 139. 1952; Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: 14. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 86. 1959; Angely, Fl. Paran. 16: 66 (1960) and 17: 24. 1961; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 200. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. This variety is based on Sena sen. [Herb. Schwacke 151], collected on high campos at Lavras Novas, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in May, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10590. Ruhland (1903) describes it as "Differt a typo foliis ab initio glaberrimis" and cites no other material. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Sena s.n. [Herb. Schwacke 1514; Macbride photos 10590] (B--type, N--photo of type, N--photo of type, W--photo of type). Paran4&: Hatschbach 2911 (N); F. C. Hoehne s.n. [3-11-28] (Sp--23360). PAEPALANTHUS CORYMBOSUS (Bong.) Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 509. 181. Synonymy: Eriocaulon corymbosum Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., sér. 6, 1: 629. 1831. Paepalanthus corymbosus Kunth apud Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 399. 1863. Dupatya corym bosa (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891. Dupatya co bosa Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, ie. 2h0 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 1902. Paepalanthus corymbosus Knuth, in herb. Bibliography: Bong., Mém. Acad, Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., sér. 6, 1: 629. 1831; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 29 (1831) and 2: 70—71, pl. 18. 1832; Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., sér. 6, 2: 233--234, pl. 18. 1832; Mart., Nov. Act. Physico-med. Acad. Caes. Leopold.—Carol. Nat. Cur. 17 (1): 15. 1835; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 1840; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 509, 510, 575, 576, 613, & 62, 181; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 260. 1852; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: (Cyp.] 278 & 333. 1655; Korn, in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 399 & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and 2: 01. 1894; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 201, 20h, [283], 205, & 289. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 05. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 3: 90. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 15. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Erioc. 1, 29, 33, & 7. 196; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (1946) and 2: 401. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben- ace, [ed. 2], 83 & 208. 1949; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 279, 287, 32h, & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f.& Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and 2: 01. 1960; Molden- ke, Fifth Sum, 1: 160 & 79 (1971) and 2: 97, 580, & 950. 19713 Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 157. 1973. Illustrations: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., sér. 6, 2: pl. 18. 1832; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. pl. 18. 1832. The type of this species was collected by Ludwig Riedel (no. 286) in sandy stony places in the Serra de Sdo José, Minas Ger- ais, Brazil, flowering in June, and deposited in the Leningrad herbarium. An isotype in the Berlin herbarium was photographed there by Macbride as his type photograph number 10591. Bongard's original (1831) description is "acauls; foliis caespitosis, lineari-lanceolato-acuminatis, ciliatis; pedunculis glabris; va- ginis basi lanatis integris. Tab. XVIII. Habitat in arenosis Serra de St. Joze. Floret Junio." Ruhland (1903) cites only the original collection, but Silveira (1928) cites "Ubi ? n. 627", perhaps meaning Herb. Silveira 627 but with collector, date, and locality of collection unknown. Kunth (1841) avers that this species and P. melaleucus (Bong .) Kunth are very closely related, differing as follows: "P. co boso valde affinis, a quo optime distinguendus praesentia caulis 1--2-pollicaris; foliis acutioribus, pilis longis parcis inferne ciliatis, qui in P. corymboso breviores, densiores, totum folii marginem occupant; pedunculis angustioribus et apice pluries divisis." The species is certainly also very similar to P. bromelioides Alv. Silv., P. lanceolatus Korn., and P. vellozi- oides Korn. The Martius reference (1835) is often cited as "1833", the date of submission of the manuscript, but the late Dr. J. H. Barnhart has told me "I can find no evidence that this paper was published until 1835". 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 2h Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: L. Riedel 286 [Macbride photos 10591} (B--isotype, N--photo of isotype, N—photo of iso- type, Ut--353--isotype, W--photo of isotype, Z—-isotype). MOUN- TED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS COSTARICENSIS Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19: 38. 1937. Bibliography: Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19: 38. 1937; P. C. Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18: 147. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 332, 350, & 362. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. & 7. 1946; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 158. 1947; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 39 & 208. 199; Molden- ke, Résumé 7 & 486. 1959; Straka, Erdkunde 1): 61. 1960; Faden, Idrobo, Jiminez, & Tomlinson, Common Distr. Int. Pl. Cerro Muerte 2. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 15: 3. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 88 (1971) and 950. 1971. The type of this species was collected in Sphagnum bogs at Laguna de la Chonta, northeast of Santa Maria de Dota, at 2000 to 2100 meters altitude, San Jos&, Costa Rica, by Paul Carpenter Standley (no. 2326) on December 18, 1925, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Field Museum of Natural History at Chicago. Recent collectors have found this plant in cold wet bogs at altitudes of 2000 to 3000 meters, flowering in July, August, and December. Anderson & Mori encountered it in low boggy depres-— sions with some standing water and clay~loam to silt soil, ina Sphagnum-Lomaria association with Vaccinium, Xyris, Puya, Carex, Nertera, and Geranium mexicanum. Additional & emended citations: COSTA RICA: Cartago: Anderson & Mori 230 (Ws); A. R. Moldenke 1332 (Z); Williams, Molina R., Williams, & Gibson 28293 (N). San José: P. C. Standley 2326 (F— 599 363--type); Tomlinson 2 VIII 65 A (Ft—275, Ft), PAEPALANTHUS COUTOENSIS Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll, oe & 47, hyponym (Feb. 9, 1946); Phytologia 2: 1\0. July 9 e Synonymy: Paepalanthus barbulatus Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 2l1- 212 & 02, pl. 139 & 140. 1923 [not P. barbulatus Herzog, 192h]. Bibliography: Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 20: 83. 192h; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 211—212 & 02, pl. 139 & 140. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 75. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 1l, 45, & 47. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 10. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia ): 139. 1952; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 175. 1953; Moldenke, Résum6 97, 323, & 486. 19593 Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 36 & 367. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 578 & 950. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 139 & 140. 1928. The type of this species was collected by Alvaro Adolpho da Silveira (no. 683) in sandy fields in the Chapada do Couto, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 1918 and is deposited in the Silveira 2he2 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. herbarium. It should be noted that the second illustration is cited by Silveira (1928) in his text as plate "CLX", but the plate itself is labeled "CXL" and it occupies that position in the numerical sequence of plates. Paepalanthus barbulatus Herzog is a valid species. Mrs. Chase found P. coutoénsis growing in wet sandy savannas. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as P. bahiensis (Bong.) Kunth. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Belém & Magalh%es 803 (Ac); M. A. Chase 8011 (W—128217)). Guanabara: Segadas—Vianna 382 (Ja, Z). PAEPALANTHUS CRASSICAULIS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): ,08— 09. 1863. Synonymy: Dupatya crassicaulis (Korn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745.1891. Dupatya crassicaulis Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Bibliography: Korn, in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): )08—l09 & 508. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 01. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 201, 208, [263], & 289. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 5, 7, 29, & h7. 1946; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2? 2: hol. 19h6; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 1: 132-13) (1946), 2: 362 & 610 (19183, 3: 758, 808, 885, & 97h (1949), and h: 107h, 1076, 1165, & 1291. 1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben- ace, [ed. 2], 60, 6h, 73, & 209. 199; Moldenke, Mutisia 6: 2. 1952; Moldenke, Phytologia 4: 139—10. 1952; Uribe, Mutisia 25: 28. 1956; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 67, 72, 60, 8h, 279, & 86. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: 01. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 118, 125, 136, 142, & 479 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. Ruhland (1903) cites only the type collection. Recent col- lectors have found the plant growing on open hillsides, paramos, rocky or brushy slopes, open brushy rocky ridges, and in seep- ages, at altitudes of 1300 to 3700 meters, flowering from Febru- ary to August and October to December, the flowers being describ- ed as white. Hutchison & Wright describe it as having "stemless rosettes. Leaves acuminate with sparsely hirsute margins". Their no. 551 is said to be deposited also in the herbaria of the University of California, United States National Museum. Field Museum, Missouri Botanical Garden, and the Museo Historia Natural in Lima, Peru, but I have not as yet seen these specimens. Fosberg describes P. crassicaulis as "common in open places in the subp4ramo brush on gentle slopes, the rosettes bluish-green"; he and Villareal refer to it as "common on open slopes of pdramo with brushy ravines, sandstone ledges, and scattered great lime- stone boulders"; Wurdack refers to it as "locally abundant" and as "occasional in the Jalca zone". Steyermark describes the 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 23 leaves as "subcoriaceous, grass-green on both sides". Stork & Horton describe the plant as a "perennial herb; heavy taproot; in clay soil among grass in sunny grassy areas, the cushioned rosettes of leaves clinging close to the ground" and distributed their material as "Paepalanthus sp. aff. itatiaiensis Ruhl. et flaviceps Korn." Sag&stegui reports the Peruvian vernacular name "achupallo" for it. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some her- baria as P. ensifolius (H.B.K.) Kunth and P. petraeus Korn., both strikingly similar species. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Boyac4: Fassett 25032 [U. S. Nat. Arb. 217369] (N, W—2166136, Ws); H. L. Mason 13732 (W— 2047829). Cundinamarca: Ariste-Joseph s.n. [Region of Bogotd] (W—100130); F. A. Barkley 38882 ey 30882 (Ld); Bar Barkley, Garcia-Barriga, & Vanegas 170808 (W—1985]55); Black 16-103 (N, "W—1995750) ; Cu- atrecasas 5010 (W--1771395); Ewan 16906 (S); F. R. Fosberg 21353 (N); Fosberg & & Villareal 20606 (N); Gal Galen Smith 1025 (W—20)7)01) ; Herb. Nac. Colomb. 58 (W—11,70657); Holton 123 (C); Philipson, Idrobo, & - & Fernandez , 2437 (Bm) ; Rusby & Pen & Pennell 1280 (W-~10)1678) ; R. E. R. E. Schultes ‘7030 (Ca), 711k (N), 7252 (N, W--19960h5). De- partment undetermined: Schlim lim 1252 (Br). VENEZUELA: Trujillo: J. A. Steyermark 105022 (Ft). E ECUADOR: Loja: Fosberg & Giler 23099 (N). PERU: Amazonas: Edwin & Schunke V.3689 (N); aes € & Wright 5541 (N, Z); Sagdstegui 5999 (W—271627); Soukup 50h) (Id); Wurdack 580 (W—2l03670), 1000 (N, wi—21,0367L), 1460 (S, W- 2.03689). Cajamarca: Sag4stegui s.n. [Mayo 1969] (N); Stork & Horton 10122 (ca=639508) ay abel rs ——a. Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 60-61, pl. 34. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalantus crateriformis Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 60, sphalm. 1928. * Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 60--61 & 05, pl. 3h. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. es een Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. : 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 7. i9b6s Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & )86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 34. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 588 from fields near Retiro da Tapera, in the Serra do Cabral, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in May of 1910 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) says of the plant "Species ob capitula extacte crateriformia distintissima". Curiously, he fails to cite his illustration in the text. Irwin and his associates describe the plant as a "rosette herb, the inflorescence to 20 cm. tall, heads light gray, common in campo in area of sandy campo with low gallery woods bordering 2hy PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, now 4 creek", at 1000 meters altitude, flowering in March. Citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Irwin, Reis dos Santos, Souza, & Fons€ca 2,08 (N, Z). PAEPALANTHUS CRISTATUS Moldenke in Gleason & Killip, Brittonia 3: 157--158. 1939. Bibliography: Moldenke in Gleason & Killip, Brittonia 3: 157— 158. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6, 1, & 7. 1946; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 158. 1947; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 6h, 83, & 209. 199; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 4: 985. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 72 & 486. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 125 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. This species is based on G. H. H. Tate 1330. It was previous= ly reported from Brazil, but it appears now that the species is known thus far only from Bolivar, Venezuela, at 2000 to 2200 nm. altitude. Citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Foldats 2639 (N); Pannier & Schwabe s.n. [Auyantepui] (Ve); J. A. Steyermark 93183 (N, 2); Ge H. H. Tate 1330 (N--type). paris ae hr apes Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 116--117, pl. 72. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 116--117 & 05, pl. 72. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; A. We Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 1 & h7. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 86. 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 72. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 830 from shady places and among rocks in fields near Itacambira, Minas Gerais, Brazil, col- lected in July of 1926 and deposited in the Silveira herbariun. Hatschbach has found the plant in "solo arenoso junto a rochas, local sombrio", at 1800 meters altitude, flowering in August. Anderson and his associates encountered it in dry sand under a rock overhang, at 1700 meters altitude, in an area of sandstone and adjacent meadows with both sandy soil and overlying humus, flowering in February. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35827 (Ld); Hatschbach 30113 (Z). PAEPALANTHUS CUMBRICOLA Moldenke in Maguire & Wurdack, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 409. 1957. Bibliography: Moldenke in Maguire & Wurdack, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 09. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 72 & 86. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 98. 1966. Wurdack states that this plant is locally abundant in large colonies on escarpment faces, but found "only one plant with flowers" and "in bud and old fruit, but mostiy sterile", at alti- 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 2h5 tudes of 2250 to 2350 meters, the buds white in Jamuary and Feb- ruary. Citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: Wurdack 34238 (N), 34308 (N— type) « PAEPALANTHUS CURURENSIS Moldenke, Phytologia 3: )0—-l1. 198. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 4O—}1 (1948) and 3: 12. 1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83& 209. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia : 10. 1952; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 175. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 86. 1959; Mol- denke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Sioli s.n. [2.5.19)2] (Be—-29162). Parad: Egler & Raimundo s.n. [W. A. Egler 96); Herb. Brad. 12289; Herb. Mus. Goeldi 23625] (Lw, Z). PAEPALANTHUS CUSPIDATUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 49—50, pl. 26. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 9--50 & 05, pl. 26. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 47. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83& 209. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 4: 10. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 26. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 558 from fields with quartzite rocks near Curraes, in the Serra do Cipé, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in April of 1909 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) says of this plant "Ab affinibus statura validiore et bracteis involucrantibus facile distingui- tur" 6 a, Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 130—131, pl. 1. 1923. Synonymy: Paepalanthus cylindracens Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: Dive BL. sphalnm. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 130--131 & 405, pl. 81. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll & 7. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 580 & 950. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 81. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 78 from sandy places in the Serra do Chapadfo near the Serra da Canastra, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in April of 1925 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Thus far it is known only from the original collec- tion. Although recent collectors have brought back material of many of Silveira's taxa, it appears that much more botanical ex- ploration and collection in Minas Gerais is needed. 2h6 PHY TOL 0 GIA Vol. 26, no. PAEPALANTHUS DAMAZIOI Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2, 8: [291]—-293, fig. 11 C 1—7. 1908 [not P. damazioi Ruhl.,1959]. Synonymy: Paepalanthus damazoi Beauverd ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: ll, sphalm. 196). Paepalanthus damazioiu Beauv. Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 11, in syn. 196). Bibliography: Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2, 8: [291]—- 293, fig. 11 C 1—7. 1908; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. , pr. 1, 170. 1913; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 4: 518. 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Erioc. 11 & 47. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 199; Moacyr do Amaral Lisboa, Revist. Esc. Minas 3. 1951; Moacyr do Amaral Lisboa, Cent. Nascim. Leon. ot. Damaz. [2]. 1954; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, pr. 2, 170. 958; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & {186 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 11. 1964; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 580 & 950. ikea ale Illustrations: Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2, 8: [291], fig. pia! C 1--7. 1908. According to Beauverd (1908), this species is based on "No. 184). —- Serra do Frasao, prés Araial de Antonio Pereira, sur les rochers: leg. Damazio, 21 mrs 1907", deposited in the Barbey- Boissier Herbarium at the Conservatoire Botanique in Geneva. He says "Espéce trés élégante, bien distincte de toutes les autres formes du groupe des Rosulati; pourrait se placer, dans la mono- graphie de Ruhland, entre les P. viridulus et P. cephalopus Sil- veira et Ruhl. sans d'ailleurs offrir d'autre transition entre ces deux sous-groupes que celles présentées par ses feuilles mem- branacées qui la rapprochent du sous-groupe A, et sa tige trés courte, comme chez le sous-groupe B de Ruhland." The P. damazioi credited to Ruhland and apparently a name which he originally intended to use, belongs in the synonymy of P. undulatus Ruhl., the name he finally decided on. Beauverd's species seems to be known only from the original collection. PAEPALANTHUS DASYNEMA Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 3, 9, ll, 173, 178--179, & 289. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 162 & 05. 1928; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: O—}2 & he 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 47. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib, Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 486. 1959; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 166, 17h, & 190. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 30). 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. This species is based on Glaziou 19997 from between rocks in the Serra da Mangabeira, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in April, deposited in the Berlin herbarium where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10593. Ruhland (1903) says of this plant "Species insignis, gracillima, cuius membra vegeta- tiva pedunculis densissime filiformibus quasi occulta sunt." In 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 2h7 the index to his work there is a reference to page "118", but this is apparently a typographic error (perhaps for 178). Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 493 from Camillinho between Diamantina and Curvello, collected in 1908. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou 19997 [Macbride photos 10593] (B--type, Br--isotype, N—-isotype, N—photo of type, N—-photo of type, W--photo of type). PAEPALANTHUS DECORUS Abbiatti, Notas Mus. La Plata Bot. 13: [307]- Sitoetigs 1 & 2, pl. 1. 198. Bibliography: Abbiatti, Notas Mus. La Plata Bot. 13: [307]-- 3ll, fig. 1 & 2, pl. 1. 1948; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 175. 1953; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Index 5: 227. 1958; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 186. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. Illustrations: Abbiatti, Notas Mus. La Plata Bot. 13: 308 & 309, fig. 1 & 2, pl. 1. 1948. The type collection of this species is cited by Abbiatti (1948) as follows: "Brasil: Uruguayana, leg. C. Spegazzini, 1-3- 1909 (Typus speciei in Herb. Spegazzini No 16389, Museo de La Plata)." She also says "Conocida hasta ahora, solamente por su material tipico procedente de Uruguayana (Brasil, Estado de Rio Grande do Sul). Es muy probable que le especie exista en la Ar- gentina, dado que la localidad mencionada est4 separada tan solo de la provincia de Corrientes por el rfo Uruguay....Ubico a la especie en el subgénero Paepalocephalus Ruhl., sec. Diphyomene Ruhl., del género Paepalanthus Mart., segfin la monografia de Ruhland sobre la familia 'Eriocaulaceae'......Es cercana P. flaccidus (Bong.) Kunth..... distinguiéndose de esta especie, por sus tallos cortamente alargados, suberguidos, por sus pedtinculos mucho m4s largos, por sus br4cteas involucrales que sobrepasan al disco, y entre sus caracteres florales, se aparta, particularmen- te, por sus flores 9 pediceladas.....No tengo conocimiento de que esta planta sea explotada, pero por sus bellos capitulos sosteni- dos por largos pedfinculos, podrfa tener aplicacién en el comercio como siemprevivas, como ocurre con Syngonanthus elegans (Bong .) Ruhl." PAEPALANTHUS DECUSSUS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 318. 1863. Synonymy: Dupatya decussa (Korn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya decussa Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 318 & 506. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: Ol. 189; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 184, 186-187, [283], & 289. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Erioc. 11, 29, & 47. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: 01. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 1949; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. 28 PHY T0150 G TA Vol. 26, no. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 279, & 86. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: Ol. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 160 & 79 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. This species is based on P. Clausen s.n. from Cachoeira, Minas Gerais, Brazil, deposited in the Munich herbarium. It is very probable that the Pe. Clausen 146, cited below, is part of the same collection, but this is not certain. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: P. Clausen 16 (V—151821), sn. [Cachoeira] (B--isotype, Br—isotype, N--isotype, N—photo of isotype, Z—photo of isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS DENNISI Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 5, nom. nud. (Nov. 14, 1959); Phytologia 7: 88--89. Dec. 1h, 1959. Synonymy: Paepalanthus dennisii Moldenke apud G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 98. 1966. Bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 5. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 88--89 (1959) and 7: 120. 1960; Moldenke, Biol. Ab= str. 35: 1688. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 2: 15. 1960; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.l: 592. 1962; ice Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 98. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. i: 125 (1971) and 2: 580 & 950. 1971. It has always been my policy, in proposing new specific epi- thets, to write them in the manner easiest to pronounce. Anyone working much with the general public, as I have, knows that to persuade the public to use scientific names at all, or even to convince the public of the necessity for such scientific names, the names should be as simple and as easy to pronounce as it is feasible to make them. For this reason, placing a single "i" as the termination of a possessive adjectival adaptation of a proper name like Faxon, Maxon, Gardner, or Dennis, for example, is much to be preferred because the accent in pronouncing the proper name is in each case on the first syllable and remains on the first syllable when the name becomes a Latinized possessive ad- jective. Using a double "i" in such cases shifts the accent to the second syllable and often so changes the sound of the word as to render it unintelligible to the public. After all, Art. 73, Rec. 73 C (b), is only a recommendation in the International Code, not a definite rule! It is most unfortunate that Taylor arbit- rarily changed the spelling of the name I proposed and this with- out even noting in parentheses that this was not the way I pub- lished it in the reference he cites! Why bother to designate certain statements in the Code as only "recommendations" if they are to be taken as hard-and-fast rules, leaving individual ‘auth- ors no choice. I am continuing to regard as correct the spelling of the name as it was originally proposed. Another example of this deplorable policy of changing the single "i" termination to a double "i" is seen in Clerodendrum buchananii, a form which is almost impossible to pronounce without evoking laughter. Citations: VENEZUELA: Mérida: R. W. G. Dennis s.n. [26.VIII. 1958] (K-—-type, Z--isotype) . os ls 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 2h9 PAEPALANTHUS DENSIFOLIUS Alv. Silv., Arch. Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 2: (pi, pl. 1918. Synonymy: Paepalanthus desinfolius Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 59, sphalm. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Arch. Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 2: [7], pl. 1. 1918; Correa, Dicc. Pl. Uteis Bras. 1: 655. 1926; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 93-9 & 05, pl. 58 & 59. 1928; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 17). 1929; Stapf, Ind. Lond. ): 518. 1930; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 47. 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 380. 1947; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 199; Molden- ke, Phytologia : 10. 1952; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Index 5: 227. 1958; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 32), & 86. 1959; Mol- denke, Fifth Sum, 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 580 & 950. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Arch. Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 2: pl. 1. 1918; Correa, Dicc. Pl. Uteis Bras. 1: 655. 1926; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 58 & 59. 1928. PAEPALANTHUS DENUDATUS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 328. 1863. Synonymy: Dupatya denudata (Korn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya denudata Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. ils pre 1 145. 1902. Bibliography: Kérn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 328 & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 401. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 189, 19h, [283], & 289. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 05. 1928; Dur— and & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 1:5. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll, 29, & h7. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: 01. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2}, 83 & 209. 1919; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 279, & 486. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 15. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: 01. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 & 79 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971; Mol- denke, Phytologia 25: 162. 1973. This species is based on G. Gardner 5252, collected in Minas Gerais, Brazil, and deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin, where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10595. Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 825 from Serrinha, Gr&o Mogol, Minas Gerais, collected in 1926. Ruhland (1903) cites only the type collection and truly notes that "Species antecedenti [P. rigidus (Bong.) Kunth] valde affin- is". In his key he separates these taxa as follows: "Rami simplices, apice pedunculiferi.....P. rigidus, P.denudatus Rami ramulosi, ramuli pedunculiferi..............P. divaricatus" All three of these taxa seem to me to be very closely related, also, to P. cabralensis Alv. Silv. and P. nudus Alv. Silv. Recent collectors have found P. denudatus growing in sand and gravel and among rocks in wet places in areas of cerrado with out- 250 PHY 2:0 .L.0:G DPA Vol. 26, no. crops bordering gallery forests, at altitudes of 1265 to 1350 meters, flowering in September, December, and January. Irwin and his associates describe the plant as an erect subshrub to 75 cm. tall, with white flower-heads. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as P. falcifolius Korn. and P. rigidus (Bong.) Kunth. On the other hand, the Gomes 2718 [Mac- bride photos 10612], distributed as P. denudatus, is actually P. falcifolius Korn. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Archer 111 (Be—39320, N, W— 1705640); M. A. Chase 10429 (W--1495697); P. Clausen 19 (P); G. Gardner 5252 [Macbride photos 10595] (B--type, N--photo of type, N—photo of type, S--isotype, W--photo of type, Z-—isotype); Ir (B)- PAEPALANTHUS DESPERADO Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 138—-139. 1903. Synonymy: Paepalanthus desparado Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 3h, in syn. 1962. Bibliography: Ruhl.-in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30): 125, 138-~139, & 289. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Mol- denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 47. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 199; Molden- ke, Résumé 97 & 186. 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 3. 19623; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 580 & 950. 1971. This species is based on W. Schwacke 1206, collected on clay campos in the Serra de Lavras Novas, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flower- ing in December, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10596. Ruhland (1903) cites only the original collection and notes that the "Species foliis et vaginis insignis optime ad P. suffrutican~ tem Ruhl. spectat." ~ Irwin and his associates describe the plant as a rosette herb, the "dried inflorescences to 50 cm. tall", and found it growing in cerrado at 1000 m. altitude. The only specimens of their col- lection, however, seen by me were actually in bud (not in the dry fruiting condition implied by their description) and were collected in that condition in March. The Mello Barreto 5301 {Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 17587], distributed as P. desperado, is actually P. nigricaulis Alv. Silv. wu Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Fons&ca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 27519 (N, Z); Schwacke 12046 [Macbride photos 10596] (B--type, N--photo of type, N—photo of type, W—photo of type) ° PAEPALANTHUS DIAMANTINENSIS Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 314-315. 1950. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 31-315. 1950; E. J. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 251 Salisbury, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 175. 1953; Mendes Magalhes, An- ais V Reun. Anual Soc. Bot. Bras. 276——277 & 303. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 486. 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. Interestingly, Mendes Magalh%es (1956) refers to this species as "n. sp." Thus far it is known only from the type collection. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Mello Barreto 9920 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 25757] (N--type). PAEPALANTHUS DIANTHOIDES Mart. ex Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 339--3)0. 1863. * Synonymy: Paepalanthus dianthoides var. OQ Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 339--3)0. 1863. Dupatya dianthodes (Mart.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891. Dupatya dianthodes Kuntze apud Dur- and & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Dupatya dianthoides Kuntze apud Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 220, in syn. 1903. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 278, 283, 339— 340, & 507. 1863; Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (kh): [21]. 1888; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: Ol. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 12, 21h, 220, [283], & 289. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 405. 1928; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 1. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll, 29, & 47. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: Ol. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2}, 83 & 209. 1949; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 279, & 486. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: 01. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 18: 9. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 160, 79, & 80 (1971) and 2: 580 & 950. 1971. This species is based on Ackermann s.n., collected somewhere in Minas Gerais, Brazil, in 1832, and deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin. Macbride photographed Glaziou 15521 in the Delessert Herbarium at Geneva, but this col- lection is not a type collection of any sort. The labels accom- panying this Glaziou collection, by the way, are inscribed "Rio de Janeiro", but Ruhland (1903) affirms that the collection was actually made in Minas Gerais. He cites Ackermann s.n., Glaziou 15521, Langsdorff s.n., and Mendonga 567, all from Minas Gerais — the Langsdorff collection is the type of Kornicke's var. f, now known as var. langsdorffi Moldenke. He comments that the "Species cum praecedente [P. plumosus (Bong.) Korn.] valde af- finis, sed foliis angustioribus, eorumque indumento formaque bractearum involucrantium facile dignoscenda." Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 29 from the Serra do Caraga, also in Minas Gerais, collected in 1906 and deposited in the Silveira herbar- ium. 252 PeHo¥ 720-10 G-TsA Vol. 26, no. 4 faterial of this species has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria under the name Eriocaulon pilosum Humb. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Ackermann s.n. [1832] (B— type, Br--isotype, N--isotype); P. Clausen s.n. (Br); Glaziou 15521 [Macbride photos 25171] (Br, N, N—photo, W—-photo). PAEPALANTHUS DIANTHOIDES var. LANGSDORFFI Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 580 & 950, hyponym (1971), nom. nov. Synonymy: Paepalanthus dianthoides var. ¢ Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 339--30. 1863. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 339-30. 1863; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 220. 1903; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 580 & 950. 1971. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its peduncles pilose-lanate below and short—puberulent above. The type of the variety was collected by Georg Heinrich von Langsdorff -- in whose honor it is named — somewhere in Minas Gerais, Brazil, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Botan- ische Staatssammlung at Munich. Thus far the variety is knom only from the original collection, which Ruhland (1903) united with typical P. dianthoides Mart. PAEPALANTHUS DICHOTOMUS Klotzsch in M. R. Schomb., Reisen [Vers. Fauna & Fl.) Brit.—Guian. 3: 1064, nom. nud. (1848); Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 38. 1863. Synonymy: Dupatya dichotoma (Klotzsch) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya dichotoma Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind, Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Bibliography: Klotzsch in M. R. Schomb., Reisen [Vers. Fauna & Fl.) Brit.-Guian. 3: 1064. 188; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 277, 348, & 507. 1863; Benth. & Hook. f., Gen. Pl. 3 (2): 1023. 1883; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 401. 1894; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h-30): 5, 9, 180, 181, & 289. 1903; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 42. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 12. 192; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6, 29, & 47. 196; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: hOl. 1946; Mol- denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 6h, 66, 83, & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 3: 905 & 975 (i995 and ): 1015. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia : 140. 1952; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 72, 75, 97, 279, & 486. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: Ol. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 7: 5. 1963; Hocking, Ex- cerpt. Bot. A.7: 455. 1964; Soukup, Biota 5: 194. 1964; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 5: 2772. 1964; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot,. 3: 190. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 297. 1970; Mol- denke, Fifth Summ, 1: 125, 130, 160, & 480 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 181 & 418. 1972; Anon., Biol. Ab— 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 253 str. 5 (3): BeA.S.I.C. S18). 1972; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 5h: 1189). 1972. This species is based on M. R. Schomburgk 899, collected in sandy places on the savanna in the vicinity of Rué-imeru Falls, Guyana, flowering in September and October and deposited in the Berlin herbarium where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10597. Ruhland (1903) cites only the original collection and notes "Dubium mihi est, utrum species duae legitimae sunt. Pedunculi etiam in P. dichotomo haud raro omnino absunt. Haud scio an non rectius species varietas folio- rum indumento diversa praecedentis [P. guyanensis Klotzsch] sit." In his key he distinguishes these two taxa as follows: "Folia albido-villosa, appressa; pedunculi vaginaeque subnulla ececeesoesP. guyanensis Folia praesertim basin versus lanuginoso-ciliata, supra mar- gine apicem versus pubescentia, ceterum glabra, arrecta vel paullo recurvata; pedunculi breves..........P. dichotomus” Gleason, in his unpublished Flora of British Guiana, describes P. dichotomus as follows: "Stems 5--10 cm. long, woody, leafy on the upper 1--2 cm.; leaves recurved or spreading, narrowly linear, about 1 cm. long, obtuse, glabrous except at base; peduncles 1 or 2 from near the summit of each branch, 1--3 cm. long, nearly glabrous and terete; heads hemispheric, 3--5 mm. wide; bracts ob- long, obtuse or subacute, appressed, imbricate in several series. Cako Creek, Appun 1009; without definite locality, Schomburgk 676, 899 B (Endemic) ." Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: J. A. Steyermark 59209 (S). GUYANA: M. R. Schomburgk 676 (B), "899 | [Macbride photos 10597] (B--type, “N-=photo of type, N--photo of type, W-- photo of type). BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Ule 8556, in part [Herb. Mus. Goeldi 13618] (K, Z). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS : drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS DICHOTOMUS var. BRASILIENSIS Moldenke, Phytologia 2a. 151. 1972. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 181 & 18. 1972; Molden- ke, Biol. Abstr. 5): 11897 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 5) (3): BeAe Sof, S.18h. 1972. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 2725 (Z--type). OS a ome var. GLABRESCENS Moldenke, Phytologia 9: 1387. 1963. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 9: 187. 1963; Moldenke, Ré- sumé Suppl. 7: 5. 1963; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 55. 1963 Soukup, Biota 5: 19). 19643 Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 5: 2772. 1964; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 12 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. Citations: PERU: Amazonas: Wurdack 1388 (N--isotype, S--iso- type, W--2),03687--type, Z--isotype). 25k PEYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. aa ae DICHROMOLEPIS Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 2, pl. 15. 1908. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 2, pl. 15. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 25, 39, 58--60, & 05, pl. 33. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. h: 518. 1930; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 169. 1933; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; Wors- dell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Erioc. 11 & 7. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 199. 1973. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. pl. 15. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 33. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 351 from sandy places near Lapinha, in the Serra do Cip6, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collec- ted in April of 1905 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) comments that "Specimina suppettentia omnia qua legi excicatione foetidum odorem exhalabant. A. P. eriophaeo Ruhl. cum quo vaginis congruit, bractearum involucrantium dig- noscitur". Irwin and his associates describe the plants as rosette herbs "with light-gray heads" and found the species growing in cerrado, flowering and fruiting in November. They make no mention of any fetid odor. The Glaziou 1996, distributed as P. dichromolepis in some herbaria, is actually P. argenteus (Bong.) Korn. Citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Irwin, Souza, & Reis dos Santos 9776 (N, Z). Minas Gerais: Glaziou 1116) (N); A. Silveira 351 (B-- isotype, Z--isotype). uh i PAEPALANTHUS DIFFISSUS Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. : 5, nom. md. (June 5, 1962); Phytologia 8: 392. Dec. 10, 1962. Synonymy: Paepalanthus diffusus Moldenke apud Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 455, sphalm. 1963 [not P. diffusus Alv. Silv., 1928]. Bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. }: 5. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 8: 392. 1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 455. 1963; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. fe: 1517. 1963; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 11. 1965; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 14: 97. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 125 (1971) and 2: 581 & 950. 1971. Steyermark & Rabe found this species growing in open grassy areas resembling subpdramo, at altitudes of 2700 to 2900 meters. Citations: VENEZUELA: T4chira: Steyermark & Rabe 96953 (Ld); Vareschi 5357 (Ve-—-type, Z--isotype). 7 PAEPALANTHUS DIFFUSUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 208—209, pl. 137. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 208-—-210 & 05, pl. 137. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 19373 A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Erioc. ll & 47. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 255 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 137. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 633, collected in capoei- ra at the margins of small streams in the Serra do Cipé, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 1915 and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page },05 of his work (1928) Silveira gives the year of collection of the type as "1905", but if this is a mis- print or is intended as a correction of the date given in his original description is not clear. He comments that the "Species propter caulem diffusum certe distincta". The specific epithet's initial letter is sometimes uppercased, for no valid reason. The P. diffusus accredited to Moldenke is merely a misspelling of P. diffissus Moldenke and belongs in its synonymy. Thus far. Sil- veira's species is known only from the original collection. PAEPALANTHUS DIPLOBETOR Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h-30): 134135. 1903. Synonymy: Paepalanthus diplobector Ruhl. ex Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 05, sphalm. 1928. Paepalanthus diplobator Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11, sphalm. 196. Paepal- anthus neglectus var. ulei Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 21, in syn. 1959. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 12, 134—135, & 289. 1903; Ruhl. in Urb., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 37: 520. 1906; Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2, 8: 287--289, fig. 10 B 11-17. 1908; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 05. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 4: 518. 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 47. 196; Moldenke, Known Geo- gr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 32h, & 486. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 21. 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 160 (1971) and 2: 581, 586, & 950. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 165 (1973) and 26: 145. 1973. Illustrations: Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2, 8: 289, This species is based on Glaziou 15539 from Campo de S&o Se- bastido near Ouro Preto, M. Gomes 2725 & 3038 from damp shady places among boulders at Morro de Sdo Sebastido, A. Silveira son. & 1538 [cited as "(Alv.)"] from Morro de S%o0 Sebastido, Serra de Ouro Preto, and Ule 2720 from the same locality, all in Minas Gerais, Brazil, and all deposited in the Berlin herbarium, where the Glaziou collection [whose printed labels are inscribed "Rio de Janeiro" in error] was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph mmber 10598. The Ule 2720 specimen at Berlin is the type of P. neglectus var. ulei Ruhl. Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 237 from near Ouro Preto, collected in 1896. The species has been found in anthesis in March, June, and July. Ruhland (1903) comments that "Species habitu P. canescenti Koern. valde similis, differt autem ad eo ramo sterili nullo, 256 Po ¥207L-0'G Peak Vol. 26, no. 4 bracteis involucrantibus obtusis, et perigoniorum partibus fuscis facile dignoscenda". Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Damazio 701 (B); Glaziou 15539 [Macbride photos 10598] (B—cotype, N—photo of cotype, N-- photo of cotype, W-—-photo of cotype, Z—-cotype); Magalh4es Gomes 2725 [Herb. Jard. Eot. Belo Horiz. 26706] (B—cotype, N—cotype); A. Silveira 1538 (B--cotype); Souza Araujo 92 [Herb. Lutz 2108) (Z); Ule 2720 (B—cotype). PAEPALANTHUS DISTICHOPHYLLUS Mart., Nov. Act. Physico-med. Acad. Caes. Leopold.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 17 (1): 23. 1835. Synonymy: Eriocaulon (Paepalanthus) distichophyllum Mart., Flora 2), Beibl. 2: 36. 1841. Eriocaulon distichophyllum Mart. ex D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 261. 1852. Paepalanthus distichophyl- lus var. X Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 39. 1863. Dupatya distichophylla (Mart.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891. Dupatya distichophylla Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl: 2° "pr. 1) iis. 1902. Bibliography: Mart., Nov. Act. Physico-med. Acad. Caes. Leopold.—Carol. Nat. Cur. 17 (1): 23. 1835; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 518--519 & 62). 1841; Mart., Flora 24, Beibl. 2: 36. 181; Gc. Gardn. in Hook., Icon. Pl. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: pl. 510. 183; Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 1: 890 & 891. 189; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 261. 1852; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 277, 278, 292, 39, 501, & 507, pl. hh, fig. 3. 1863; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 277 & 333. 1866; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and 2: 01. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 2, 6, 183~—18, [283], 285, & 289, fig. 1C & 23. 1903; Alv. Silv.,; Fl. Mont. 1: 405. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. : 518. 1930; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: O & 52. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 115. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11, 29, 34, & 47. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (196) and 2: 401. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 1919; Mendes Mag— alh#es, Anais V Reun. Anual Soc. Bot. Bras. 23 & 276-277. 1956; Moldenke, Phytologia : 140. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 280, 287, & 486. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and 2: LOl. 1960; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: [16], 148, & 159. 1969; Mol- denke, Fifth Summ. 1: 161 & 480 (1971) and 2: 99, 517, 581, & 950. 1971. Illustrations: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. hh, fig. 3. 1863; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 6 & 183, fig. LC & 23. 1903. The name, Paepalanthus distichophyllus, seems to have been first validly published by Martius in 1835. This original pub- 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 257 lication by Martius, seen by me in the library of the New York Botanical Garden, bears the printed inscription on its title page "Der Akademie mitgetheilt den 6. Juli 1833" and someone has added in pencil "Bonnae 1833". However, Dr. J. H. Barnhart, eminent botanical bibliographer, has appended this notation ny can find no evidence that this paper was published until 1835". Various previous authors have used the 1833 date. In 181, when Martius shifted the taxon into the genus Erio- caulon, he described it as "caulibus ramosis, ramis stricte erec- tis corymbosis; foliis lanceolatis carinatis distichis dense in- bricatis caulem ramosque obtegentibus, obtusis cum mucrone, novellis albo-ciliatis; pedunculis 3—6 pollicaribus, solitariis axillaribus vel terminalibus paucis vaginisque glabris. Pulcher- rimam speciem unica vice legi in summo monte Itambé, prov. Min- arum. Junio floret. Oreas." Kunth (181), retaining the taxon in Paepalanthus, repeats Martius! 1835 description: "Caulibus erectis, strictis ramisque parcis dense bifariam imbricatis: foliis lanceolatis obtusiusculis cum mucrone, concavis ciliatis; pedunculis dolitariis, lateralibus terminalibusque; capitulis hemisphaericis, albo-villosis; squamis periphericis ellipticis cum mucrone, fuscis, glabris. Mart. — In arenosis montosis districtus Adamantum, in Serra do Itambe, Prov. Minarum. ¥}. " Kornicke (1863) describes this typical form of the species (his var.q@) as "robustior; foliis usque ad basin caulis dense imbricatis et subaeque longis, apice subito in mucronem plerum- que incurvum attenuatis". He cites the Martius type collection from "in prov. Minarum arenosis summi montis Itambé, alt. 5000 ped." and also a Wied-Neuwied sen. from "Brasilia orient." s.n., and Schwacke 895 -- the “first and last in the Berlin her— barium, the second in the Lund herbarium -- all from Minas Ger~ ais. Actually, however, the very first locality which he cites, without collector —- "Prov. Minas Gerats, an sandigen Stellen des Gipfels des Itambé, 1500 m. u. M." -- seems to be the local- ity for the type collection of the species, Martius s.n., and it would seem that "Martius" was just omitted as a typographic error by the printer. This type specimen is deposited in the Munich herbarium, where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 18699. Ruhland also erroneously cites Martius! first publication of the accepted name for this plant as "1833" instead of 1835. He comments that "Planta mihi cum speciebus subsectionis Dichocladi......, sicut Koernicke vult, affinis non esse videtur. Habitus, forma et dispositio foli- orum, indumentum sepalorum, vagina transverse truncata et rami- ficatio manca vel rara nota valde insignia sunt." The G. Gardner 5259, which he cites, is the type collection of var. gardneri Moldenke. Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 330 from the Serra do Cipé, collected in 1905. According to Mendes Magalhtes (1956) the species flowers from May to November. Hatschbach collected it at 1200 meters 258 PA 2.0 5:0. LA Vol. 26, no. altitude. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 27372 (N, Z); Martius s.n. [Itambé; Macbride photos 18699] (B—isotype, N=--photo of type, W--photo of type); Mendes Magalhtes 1899 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 1952] (Be—-13867, N); Schwacke 6495 (B). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. hh, fig. 3 (B); drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS DISTICHOPHYLLUS var. GARDNERI Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 581 & 950, hyponym (1971), nom. nov. Synonymy: Paepalanthus distichophyllus var. ¢ Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 349. 1863. Bibliography: G. Gardn. in Hook., Icon. Pl. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: pl. 510. 1843; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 349. 1863; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (L,-30) : 18). 1903; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 581 & 950. 1971. Illustrations: G. Gardn. in Hook., Icon. Pl. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: pl. 510. 1843. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in being more slender and in having the leaves toward the base of the stem somewhat more remote and much longer, with their apex gradually attenuated into a straight mucro. The type of the variety was collected by George Gardner (no. 5259) in "arenosis humidis frutectosis montium prope Cidade Diamantina, caput districtus adamantini, Julio" and is deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin. Gardner (1843) illustrates the plant well and notes, in comparing it with typical P, distichophyllus, "My specimens agree, in every re- spect, with the description given by Martius except in the leaves, which he states to be rather obtuse, while here they are certain- ly acute". Kornicke (1863) gives as a synonym "Paepalanthus distichophyllus Mart. ex Gardner in Hook., Ic., new ser. 2, pl. 510 (v. s.)" as distinct from the "Paepalanthus distichophyllus Mart., Nov. Act. Nat. Cur." (1835) and of Kunth (181). Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: G. Gardner 5259 (B—type, N— isotype, W—1067050—isotype). PAEPALANTHUS DIVARICATUS (Bong.) Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 515. 18). Synonymy: Eriocaulon divaricatum Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., sér. 6, 1: 621 & 631, pl. 3. 1831. Paepalanthus divaricatus Kunth ex Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 383 & 329. 1863. Dupatya divaricata (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891. Dupatya divaricata Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Paepalanthus divaricatus (Bong.) Ruhl. ex Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 05, sphalm. 1928. Bibliography: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., sér. 6, 1: 621 & 641, pl. 3. 1831; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 21, 22 & hi--l3, pl. 3. 1831; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 160; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 515, 516, 572, 613, & 62h. 181; D. Dietr., 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 259 Syn. Pl. 5: 261. 1852; Steud., Syn« Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 27h & 333. 1855. Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 283, 329, 507, & 508. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893 and 2: 401. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen- reich 13 (4-30): 189, 194, [283], 285, & 289. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1:,209 & 05. 1928; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2; 15. TD; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll, 29, 34, & 47. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, l: 878 (1946) and 2: 01. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia ): 10. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 280, 287, 32), & 486. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and 2: 01. 1960; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 161 & 80 (1971) and 2: 499, 581, & 950. 1971. Illustrations: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., sér. Gri- apt. 3, 1631; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. pl. 3.1832. The type of this species was collected by Ludwig Riedel (no. 1048) in rocky places in the Serra da Lapa, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in November, and deposited in the Leningrad herbarium. Bongard's original (1831) description is "caule ramoso folioso, inferne denudato oblique striato; ramis divaricatis; foliis am- plexicaulibus lanceolato-acuminatis, canaliculatis recurvis; pedun- culis pilosis; vaginis glabris apice pilosiusculis. Tab. 3. Hab. in arenosis Serra la Lapa. Floret Novembri. Y ." Ruhland (1903) cites only the original collection. Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 81 from the Serra do Cip6, Minas Gerais, collected in 1909. The species has been found blooming in Janu- ary, February, and November, growing at 1300 to 1370 meters alti- tude. Kunth (181) affirms its close relationship with P. rigidus (Bong.) Kunth, saying of the latter "Differt a P. divaricato caule strictiore, ramis brevioribus, non divaricatis, foliis plan- iusculis, pedunculis subpubescentibus, nec pilosis, vaginis glab- ris, apice non pilosiusculis". Irwin and his associates describe the plant as a shrub to 1.5 meters tall, the flower-heads sordid-white, and found it growing in soil-filled crevices on rocky slopes with soil-filled pockets and crevices. Anderson and his associates found it growing in wet sandy soil in an area of gently sloping open hillsides with sandy soil and sandstone boulders, mostly wet with seeping water, and rocky areas along a rushing stream at the base of the hill, and describe the flower-heads as white. The species is certainly closely related to P. nudus Alv. Silv. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 3545) (Ld); Brade 13603 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 2538) (B); Irwin, Reis dos Santos, Souza, & Fons&ca 22168 (N, Z); Maguire, Mendes Magalhdes, % Maguire 1926 (N); F. Markgraf 340 [Brade & Mello Barreto 12222; Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 28622] 260 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. (N); Mello Barreto 947) [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 25077] (N); L. Riedel 1048 (B--isotype, N--photo of isotype, S--isotype, Ut-- 354—-isotype, Z--photo of isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: draw- ings & notes by Kérnicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS DIVARICATUS var. LATIFOLIUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 209 (as "latifolia"). 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus divaricatus var. latifolia Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 209 & 05. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 209 & 05. 1928; Molden- ke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 11 & 7. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Ré- sumé 97, 32h, & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 581 & 950. 1971. This variety is based on A. Silveira 777, collected in dry sandy fields with quartzite stones, between Serra and Datas, in the Ser- ra Geral, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in June of 1925 and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page 05 of his work, Silveira (1928) gives "1928" as the year of collection, but whether this is a misprint or is intended as a correction of the date given on page 209 is not clear. He describes the variety as "Folia ramu- lorum latiora, patentiatel erecto-arcuata, haud reflexa". It is known thus far only from the type collection, PAEPALANTHUS DIVERSIFOLIUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 47—18, pl. 25. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus diversifilus Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 25, sphaln. 1928 . Paepalanthus diversiflius Alv. Silv. ex Moldenke, Résumé 32), in syn. 1959. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 7--l8 & 405, pl. 25. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc, 11 & h7. 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 380. 197; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 32h, & 486. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 581 & 950. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 25. 1928. This species is basec on A. Silveira 73, collected in dry fields in the region between Campos do Jord&o and Jaguary, near the Serra da Mantiqueira, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 192) and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page 05 of his work, Silveira (1928) gives "1926" as the year of collection of the type. He comments that "Species ob petalorum tubum brevissimum et antheras magnas distinctissima". PAEPALANTHUS DOMINGENSIS Ruhl. in Urb., Symb. Ant. 1: 485. 1900. Synonymy: Paepalanthus tuerckheimii Ruhl. in Urb., Symb. Ant. 7: 173. 1912. Paepalanthus dominguensis Ruhl. ex Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 405. 1928. Paepalanthus tuerckheimii Urb. ex Moldenke, 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 261 Fifth Summ. 2: 592, in syn. 1971. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Urb., Symb. Ant. 1: 85. 1900; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 125, 137--138, & 289. 1903; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 131. 190); Ruhl. in Urb., Symb. Guceet-. 275.1912; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl.5, pr.1, 183. 19213 Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 405. 1928; Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19: 1-—- 42. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 332--335, 351, 353, 35h, 356, 362, & 363. 1939; Moldenke, Known Gagr. Distrib. Erioc. 5, 47, & 55. 1946; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 1: 99 & 216 (1946) and h: 996 & 1012. 199; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 48, 209, & 212. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia ): 140—1)1 (1952) and hi: 207. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 57, 32, 86, & 490. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 1, 183. 1960; Tomlinson, Journ. Limn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 59: 170 & 171, fig. 29 & 30. 1964; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 18, 152, 153, 159--162, 16)--169, 18), 187, & 191, fig. 31 L&M& 34 D. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, P=7103) (1971) and 2: 581, 591, 592, & 950. 1971. Illustrations: Tomlinson, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 59: 171, fig. 29 & 30. 1964; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 152 & 164, fig. 31L&M& 34 D. 1969. This endemic species is based on Eggers 2216 and 2216b, collec- ted among rocks at Valle Nuevo, at an altitude of 2270 meters, in the Dominican Republic, flowering at the end of May, 1887, and deposited in the herbarium at Berlin. Ruhland (1903) cites only the original collections, but says “bliihend Ende June 1887"; whether this is a misprint or is intended as a correction of the date given by him in his 1900 work, is not clear. He comments (1900) that "Habitu valde insignis et cum speciebus subgeneris Eupaepalanthi Koern. florum structura affinis". The type of P. tuerckheimii was collected by Hans von Tiirck- heim (no. 3327) -- in whose honor it was named — in pine woods between Constanza and Rfo Jimenoa, Loma del Hato Quemado, at 11,00 meters altitude, Dominican Republic, flowering in May, and also deposited at Berlin. Ruhland (19125 affirm that "Species valde insignis, in Paepalanthocephalum subgenus, sect. Eriocaulopseum, subsect. Polyactem pertinet. Affines (P. scandens, intermedius etc.) fere omnes in Brasilia indigenae." Until recently, following Ruhland's clear assertions, I regard- ed P, tuerckheimii as valid and distinct fram P. domingensis. However, my good friend, Dr. Alain Liogier, has made extensive collections of the plants in both type localities and assures me that they appear to be absolutely conspecific. He and other re- cent collectors report that the species grows in thickets and pinelands, on slopes, in shady places among grass in thickets, and is fairly common in ravines, and frequent in exposed situa- tions, especially in open pine forests, at altitudes of 100 to 3000 meters. It has been collected in anthesis from May to Octo- ber. Collectors describe it as a small herb, growing in groups, decumbent or erect, to 20 cm. tall, the inflorescence-heads and flowers white. 262 Pry To Rod Tee Vol. 26, no. Additional & emended citations: HISPANIOLA: Dominican Republic: Alain 12783 (Ld, N, N), 131.4 (N, N, N, N, Z); Augusto & Alain 152) (N); Chardon 28 (Ba, N); Ekman H. 11683 (S), H H.13561 ks He H.13667 (Er, r, S)3 | Fuertes 1748 (Mi, S, Ut--30131); Gaston Gastony, Jones, & Norris 288 (N, N, W--2657473) ; Howard & Howard 9118 (B, S); Liogier 12152 (Ld, Ny N), 15456 (N, N), 15968 (A (Ac, N, N); Thouin 3h (Q)5 Turckheim 3327. (B, “Mi, N, N, N—photo, photo} s,s, aS Be Ut—26085, Ut--26109, BOF -Z-Sphoka): Haiti: Ekman H. 1385 (S), a “189 (S), H.1703 (S), H.10660 (Er, Sle PAEPALANTHUS DUBIUS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 32. 1863. Synonymy: Dupatya dubia (Korn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891. Dupatya dubia Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. Lov Bre 34. WS. 1902. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 3h2, 33, & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 401. 1894; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1 ih6. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 213-215, [283], & 289. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 405. 1928; Durand : Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ll, 29, "& iT. 19h6; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: 01. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. aI, 83 & 209. 1995 Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 280, "x 1186. ake LeF Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. E ay Ol. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 161 & 80 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. This species is based on Vauthier s.n., collected in the Serro Frio, Minas Gerais, Brazil, and deposited in the Munich herbarium. Silveira (1928) cites also A. Silveira 96 from the Serra dos Crystaes in the same state, collected in 1908. Ruhland (1903) cites only the type collection and Glaziou 19957 from the neigh- borhood of Diamantina, Minas Gerais, deposited in the Berlin her- barium, and comments "Specimina a cl. Glaziou collecta ad descrip- tionem Koernickeanam atque ad eius plantam originariam, quam ex herb. Monac. vidi perbene quadrant. A praecedente [P. macrorrhi- zus (Bong.) Kunth] foliis acutis, calvescentibus, bracteis invol- ucrantibus latioribus atque pallidioribus, quarun intimae non longe cuspidatae, bene differt. Vaginae duplo quam folia longi- ores." The plant has been collected in anthesis in April. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou 19957 (B, Z). PAEPALANTHUS DUIDAE Gleason, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 58: 329-— 330. 1921. Bibliography: H. A. Gleason, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 58: 329-— 330. 1931; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 19. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6 & 47. 1946; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 2: 352 (1948) and 3: 975. 1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 64 & 209. 1949. {to be continued] GEOPHILA (RUBIACEAE) IN NORTH AMERICA Louis O. Williams Field Museum In the preparation of an account of Geophila for the Flora of Guatemala it was found necessary to study all of the North American material and to correlate it with the South American collections. Geophila is a genus of lowland species and as might be expected they are often wide ranging. Most of the North Amer— ican material has been called Geophila herbacea (Jacq.) Schum. (=G. repens (E.)- Ls..Ms Johnston) and it is true that ours are all closely allied. The four species reported here are all known in South America and probably all are more common there. Fruits black when mature; inflorescence originating from the primary stem or from a very short usually leafless secondary stem; pyrenes not ridged.......+.-. G. macropoda. Fruits red or orange when mature; inflorescence usually from an elongated leaf—bearing secondary stem; pyrenes prominently ridged. Ovary, fruits and leaves pubescent.....seeeees G. cordifolia. Ovary and fruit glabrous, leaves usually so. Leaves acute or acuminate, obviously longer than RITA slelnle se cleicie 6 0 616s 6lea o6icielaisieicieleleiatewereiee ce G. gracilis. Leaves obtuse, about as long as broad...eccceseee Ge repens. GEOPHILA CORDIFOLIA Miq. Stirp. Surin. Sel. 176. 1850; Steyerm. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 23: 392. 1972. Mapouria trichogyne Muell.-Arg. in Martius, Fl. Bras. 6Wz 423. 1881. Geophila trichogyne Standl. Field Mus. Bot. 7: 423. 1931. The species occurs in British Honduras, Guatemala and Costa Rica. The abundant pubescence distinguishes it superficially from others in Central America and Panama. Widely distributed in lowland South America,— the Guianas, Venezuela, Colombia and Peru (var. peruviana Steyerm.). GEOPHILA GRACILIS (Ruiz & Pavoén) DC. Prodr. 4: 537. 1830. Psychotria gracilis Ruiz & Pavén, Fl. Peruv. 2: 63, t. 211, fig. C. 1799. Known from a single specimen in Nicaragua (van der Sluije $666) and in Panama from Barro Colorado Island (Croat 10989; Ebinger 569; Seibert 564; Starry 31). In South America known 263 26h BEY TP O.1 0:6. a Vol. 26, no. from Surinam, Venezuela, Peru where abundant, Bolivia and Brazil. GEOPHILA MACROPODA (Ruiz & Pavén) DC. Prodr. 4: 537. 1830; Steyerm. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 23: 390. 1972. Psychotria macropoda Ruiz & Pavon, Fl. Peruv. 2: 63, t. 211, fig. B. 1799. A widely distributed species and one reaching from Mexico, British Honduras, Guatemala, Honduras, Costa Rica and Panama to southern South America, Paraguay and Argentina. The species usually has been confused with G. repens. It is apparently the only black-fruited species in the genus. Dr. F. R. Fosberg called my attention to the Central Amer— ican specimens of this plant a year or so ago, pointing out its distinguishing characters. Dr. Steyermark's publication indicates that he came to the same conclusions. GEOPHILA REPENS (L.) I. M. Johnston, Sargentia 8: 281. 1949. Rondeletia repens L. Syst. 928. 1759. Psychotria herbacea Jacq. Enum. Pl. Carib. 16. 1760. Geophila herbacea Schum. in Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenf. IV. 4: 119. 1891. Geocardia herbacea Standl. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 17: 445. 1914. The best known and the commonest of the Geophilas, distri- buted from Mexico and Central America, Panama, and the West Indies south to Argentina. STUDIES IN MEXICAN AND CENTRAL AMERICAN SOLANACEAE Johnnie L. Gentry, Jr. Department of Botany Field “Museum of Natural History The material presented in this paper is for the most part a result of my work on the family Solana- ceae for the Flora of Guatemala. In addition to the collections at Field Museun, I have studied pertinent collections from the New York Botanical Garden, the Missouri Botanical Garden and the U.S. National Herbarium. I wish to thank the curators and other persons responsible for mak- ing these materials available for study. The visits to various herbaria and the prepara- tion of the Solanaceae manuscript were made possible by National Science Foundation grants, GB-7254 and GB-27385, to the Field Museum of Natural History in support of Dr. Louis 0. Williams' work on the Flora of Guatemala. The illustrations were prepared by Miss Marion Reina In Guatemala the Solanaceae are represented by 172 species in 24 genera. Four relatively large genera, Cestrum (24 species), Lycianthes (24 species), Physalis (21 species), and Solanum 1 species) total 130 species and comprise about 75 percent of the spe- cies in the family. The large and taxonomically dif- ficult genus, Solanum, contains 35 percent of the to- tal number of species. > = ie ea =) HNAEA Sendtner, nom. cons. ATHEMABRA CERNUA Donn.-Sm. Bot. Gaz. 48; 297 4) OOO Physalis melanocystis (Robinson) Bitter var. cern- ua (Donn.-Sm.) Waterfall, Rhodora 69: 99. 1967 (type from near Sasis, Alta Verapaz, Guatemala, Tuerckheim ieee), US). — OC ae MEXICO. Jontes de Oca, San Antonio, Hinton et al 265 266 PHY TORGGIEIS Vol. 26, no. (NY); Galeana, Carrizo-El Rfo, Hinton et al 39 (NY). BRITISH HONDURAS. E1 Cayo: Arenal- ietectin road, Lundell £18) | (US). GUATEMALA. Pe- tén Parque Nacional, Tun 99 2 8 (F); Ceibal, Molina 15849 PeAr. (FF): Molina il (EAP, F); Bf Pasion y Ceibal, Molina 15833 — Foi. There is no indication that Waterfall studied the type of Athenaea cernua before making his new combination with Physalis melanocystis. It is quite different from that species and represents a very distinctive element in the Mexican and Central Amer- ican floras. The specimens from Eritish Honduras were filed in the genus Saracha under an unpublished herbarium name attributed to the late Conrad V. Mor- ton, using the specific epithet rubra. ATHENAEA VISCOSA (Schrader Fern. Proc. Amer. Acad, Arts 35: 567. 1900. Saracha viscosa Schrader, Index Sem. Hort. Acad. Goett. 5. 1932. Physalis schraderiana Bernhardi, Lin- naea 13: 361. 1839 (based upon S. viscosa Schrader). Witheringia viscosa Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. ae eo 2 CGS Bic ot macrocardia Standl. & Steyerm. Field Mus. Bot. 375. 1940 (type from below Finca Meee Geis de las Minas, Zacapa, Steyermark 30004 (F). A. T. Hunziker placed A. viscosa in salis (as P, schraderiana) in Kurtziana I: 211-213. Sa I have retained both of these species in Athenaea until a more thorough study is conducted on generic de- limitations of the two genera. A new generic name may be required or present generic concepts modified to in- clude these liexican and Guatemalan plants. The lecto- type of Athenaea (‘Nitheringia picta Martius) is morpho- logically different in both corolla and calyx characters from the two species discussed here. 1973 Gentry, Mexican & Central American Solanaceae 267 CHESTRUM L. CHSTRUM MORTONIANUM J. L. Gentry, sp. nov. Frutex 2.5-5 m altus. Rami juniores pilis ramosis et simplicibus dense tecti. Folia ovata vel elliptica, 10-25.5 cm longa 3-10 cm lata, apice acuminato vel acuto, basi obtusa vel acuta, facie supera pilis ramosis et simplicibus, infera densius pubescente pilis ramosis et stellatis brevivus sti- pitatis, petiolis 1-3.5 cm longis. Inflorescentiae axillares, floribus sessilibus. Calyx 5-5.5 mm longus, pilis plerumque ramosis tectus. Corolla pallide viridis, tubo 16-16.5 mm longo, pilis ramosis ad latus exterius tecto. Filamenta 4 mm longa, appendiculata, appendiculis 0.3 mm longis, dense pilosulis, ad tubum corollae supra appendicu- la adnata. Baccis matueis haud visis. Shrub 2.5-5 m tall. Younger branches densely covered with branched and simple hairs. Leaves o- Wate or elliptic, 10-25.5 cm long, 3-10 cm wide, the apex acuminate or acute, the base obtuse or acute, above with branched and simple hairs, below more densely pubescent, with branched and short stipitate- stellate hairs, petioles 1-3.5 cm long. Inflores- cences axillary, the flowers sessile, the rachis pubes- cent with branched and simple hairs. Calyx 5-5.5 mm long, mostly covered with branched hairs, the lobes caeltoid, 0.2=0.5 mm long. Corolla pale green, the tube 16-16.5 mm long, with branched hairs externally, the corolla lobes ovate, 4.5-5 mm long. Filaments 4 mm long, glabrous, appendiculate, the appendages densely pilosulous, entire, 0.3 mm long, the filaments adnate to the tube of the corolla above the appendages. Style 15-15.5 mm long. Berry immature. TYPH. GUATEMALA, San Marcos: barrancos south and west of town of Tajumulco, northwestern slopes of Vol- ean Tajumulco, 2,300-2,500 m., J. A. Steyermark 36509 (holotype, F). Quezaltenango: above Santa Maria de Jesis, about 1,650 m., Standley 67274 (F, US). Chimaltenango: Qui- sache, in a moist forested barranco, 1,800 m., Stand- ley 61989 (F, US); near Sibaja, about 1,050 m., Stand- ley 62300 (F). This species is related to Cestrum lanatun I & Gal. from which it is distineuished by the Taner 268 Pen WR OHEAO Ga K Vol. 26, no. CESTRUM MORTONIANUM. A, branch. B, calyx with immature fruit. C, dissected corolla with detail of ovary and stamen, D, corolla with detail of hairs. 1973 Gentry, Mexican & Central American Solanaceae 269 and pubescent corolla tube, the relatively straight, appendiculate filaments and the filaments adnate to the corolla tube above the appendages. EUTHETA Standley Standley failed to recognize the true affinity of the collections that he referred to this genus. He called them curious solanaceaous plants. In 1967 Waterfall stated that Standley was justified in his disposition of Eutheta as a monotypic genus in the Solanaceae. However, the genus proves to be a@ synonym of Melasma Bergius a member of the Scroph- ulariaceae. “Thieret, Ceiba 8: 94-95. 1961, correctly placed Zutheta in the Scrophulariaceae. MELASMA PHYSALODES (D. Don) Melch. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 15: 122. 1940. Cacabus hondurensis Donn.-Sm. Bot. Gaz, 56: 60. 1913 (type from Llano de la Fuerta near Copan, 900 m, Honduras, Pittier 1828 (US). Eutheta hondurensis Standi, Pield Mus, Bot. 6: 325.1931. LYCIANTHES (Dunal) Hassler LYCIANTHES ARMENTALIS J. L. Gentry, sp. nov. Frutex scandens. Rami graciles, 1-7 m longi, pilis ferrusgineis vel flavidis brevibus stipitatis stellaribus tecti, pilis brevibus simplicibus in- terjectis. Folia plerumque binatim, magnitudine inaequalia, forma similaria, elliptica vel ovate- elliptica vel ovato-lanceolata interdum suborbicu- laria, supra et subtus pilis brevibus stipitatis 'stellaribus tecta, subtus dense pubescentia pilis flavido-brunneis, foliis maximis 4-6.5(-14.5) cm longis, 2.5-4.5(-6) cm latis, apice acuto vel acuminato, basi obtusa, petiolis 0.3-1.2 cm longis. Inflorescentiae 3-5 floribus consistentes, pedicel- its Pedgolem longis Calyx 3 mm longus, pilis brev- ibus stipitatis stellaribus, appendiculis 10 sub- aequalibus alternatim instructus, appendiculis maioribus 2.5-3.5 mm longis, appendiculis brevior- 270 PAY FO he Or Vol. 26, no. ibus 2-2.5 mm longis. Corolla probabiliter alba, limbo 15 mm lato, ad medium lobato. Filamenta lon- situdine inaeaqualia, quattuor ex eis 1.5 mm longa, quinta 3 mm longa, antheris 3.5-4 mm longis. Bacca 7-9 mm diam. Semina 2.2-3 mm longa. Scandent shrub. Branches slender, 1-7 m long, covered with reddish-brown to yellowish, short stipi- tate-stellate hairs, with short simple hairs intermix- ed. Leaves mostly in pairs, unequal in size, similar in shape, elliptic or ovate-elliptic or ovate-lanceo- late, sometimes svuborbicular, with short stipitate- stellate hairs above and below, densely pubescent with yellowish-brown hairs below, the larger leaves 46.5(-14.5) em long, 2.5-4.5(-6) cm wide, the apex acute or acuminate, the base obtuse, the petioles 0.3-1.2 cm long. Inflorescences with 3-5 flowers, pedicels 1-1.6 cm long, short stipitate-stellate pubescent, with a few shorter simple hairs inter- mixed. Calyx 3 mm long, with short, stipitate-stel- late hairs provided with 10 alternately subequal ap- pendages, long appendages 2.5-3.5 mm long, short ap- pendages 2-2.5 mm long. Corolla probably white, sparsely stellate-pubescent externally, the limb 15 mm wide, lobed to the middle, the lobes 3.5 mm long. Filaments unequal in length, four 1.5 mm long, fifth 3 mm long, the anthers 3.5-4 mm long, glabrous or sparsely pubescent abaxially. Style 7.5-8 mm long, Berry subglobose, 7-9 mm in diameter. Seeds 2.2=-3 mm long. TYPE, MEXICO. Quintana Roo: Coba, east of ruins, in advanced deciduous forest, C. L. & A. A. Lundell 7800 (holotype, US; isotypes, F, US). Campeche: Tuxpefna, Lundell 971 (F, US). BRITISH HONDURAS. El Cayo District: El Cayo, in forest, lime- stone hillside, Lundell 6126 (US); Mountain Pine Ridge, San Agustin, in marginal forest, base of lime- stone hill, Lundell 6814 (US). GUATEMALA. Peten: Santa Hlena, en orillando el camino pgra £1 Remate, a km. 19, lado noroeste del camino, Tun 2200 (F). Lycianthes armentalis has been confused in her- baria with L. sideroxyloides Schlecht., a Mexican species, It differs from L. sideroxyloides by its longer calyx appendages, unequal stamens and inflores- cences with few-flowers. aot? Gentry, Mexican & Central American Solanaceae 271 LYCIANTHES CONNATA J. L. Gentry, sp. nov. Frutex 2-7 maltus. Rami graciles sparse puberuli, pilis simplicibus brevissimis. Folia solitaria vel geminata, plerumque similia forma, magnitudine inaequalia sparse supra et subtus puberula, foliis maximis ellipticis, 7-15(-26.5) em longis, 3-4(-8) cm latis, apice acuminato, basi attenuata, petiolis 0.3-1(-4) longis, foliis minori- bus 4-9 cm longis, 2-3.5 cm latis. Inflorescentiae floribus consistentes, pedicellis gracilibus 2.5-5 em longis. Calyx 2.5-3 mm longus, appendiculis 10 subaequalibus alternatim instructus, effusis vel admodum reflexis subtus connatis, appendiculis maioribus 2.5-4 mm longis, appendiculis brevioribus 1-2 mm longis. Corolla alba, limbo 2-3 cm lato, vix lobato. Filamenta longitudine inaequalia, quat- tuor exeis 1-2 mm longa, quinta 2.5-3 mm longa, antheris 4.5-5.5 mm longis. Bacca 8.5-10 mm dian., apvendiculis calycis admodum reflexis. Semina 2-2.5 mm longe. Shrub 2-7 m tall. Branches slender, sparsely pubescent, with very short, simple hairs. Leaves solitary or in pairs, mostly similar in shape, un- equal in size, sparsely pubescent above and below, hairs curved inwards on the veins below, the larger leaves elliptic, 7-15(-26.5)cm long, 3-4(-8) cm wide, the apex acuminate, the base attenuate, the petioles 0.3-1(-4) cm long, the smaller leaves 4-9 cm long, 2-3.5 cm wide. Inflorescences with 1-4 flowers, the pedicels slender, 2.5-5 cm long. Calyx 2.5-3 mm long, glabrous or sparsely pubescent, provided with 10 alter- nately subeaual appendages, the appendages spreading to strongly reflexed, connate below, larger appendages 2.5-4 mm longs, shorter appendages 1-2 mm long. Corolla white, glabrous externally, the limb 2-3 cm wide, scarcely lobed. Filaments unequal in length, four 1-2 mm long, fifth 2.5-3 mm long, the anthers 4.5-5.5 mm long. Style 9.5-10.5 mm long. Berry orange, globose, 8,5-10 mm in diameter, calyx appendages strongly re- flexed. Seeds 2-2.5 mm longs. TYPE. GUATEMALA, Huehuetenango: wet cloud forests at Cruz de Limon, between San Mateo Ixtatan and Muea, Sierra de los Cuchumatanes, 2,600-3,000 m, J. A. Steyermar: 49828 (holotype, F). So mt 272 Pol We ¥iO Ri iGydok Vol. 26, no. h LYCIANTHES CONNATA. A, branch. B, fruit ane seeds. C, calyx with appendages. D, dissected corolla. E, flower and detail of anther. ag73 Gentry, Mexican & Central American Solanaceae One MEXICO. Chiapas: Santa Rosa, near Hscuintla, Matuda 4249 (NY); Siltepec, Matuda 5256 (F); along the ridge above Pueblo Nuevo Solistahuacan, Clarke 324 (F); northeast side of the hill called Matsab, paraje of Matsab, Breedlove 15296 (NY, US); in Colonia Ach’lumn, A. Shilom Ton 869 (US); 3 km. north of Puebdlo Nuevo, near Clinica Yerba Buena, K. Roe, et al 1222 (US). GUATEMALA. Huehuetenango: Cerro Huitz, between Mimanhuitz and Yulhuitz, Sierra de los Cuchumatanes, Steyermark 48639 (F); cloud for- est between Xoxlac and Nucapuxlac, Sierra de los Cuchumatanes, Steyermark 48960 (F). Alta Verapaz: forest between Tactic and Coban, Tuerckheim 3935 (US) Lycianthes connata is readily distinguished from other species of the genus in Central America by the connate bases of the spreading to strongly reflexed calyx appendages, nearly entire corolla limb and the unequal stamens. LYCTANTHAS CUCHUMATANENSIS J. L. Gentry, sp. nov. Frutex scandens, Rami juniores, petioli, pedi- celli, calyces dense pubescentes pilis ferrugineis sessilibus et brevibus stipitatis stellaribus, ramosis. Folia subcoriacea, solitaria, lanceolata vel lanci- olato-elliptica, 5-10 cm longa, 2-3.5 cm lata, apice acuminato, basi cuneata, facis infera densius stellato- pubescente, petiolis 0.5-l1 cm longis. Inflorescentiae 2-4 floribus, consistentes, pedicellis 1 cm longis. Calyx 3.5 mm longus, appendicuvlis 10 effusis sub- aequalibus 1.5 mm longis instructus. Corolla pro- babiliter alba, limbo 1.5 cm lato, lobato ad mediun. Filamenta subaequalia, 1 mm longa, antheris liberis, 3.5 mm longis. Bacca circa 7 mm diam. Semina 2.5-3 mm longa. Secandent shrub. Younger branches, petioles, pedi- cels and calyces densely pubescent with ferruginous, sessile and short stipitate-stellate and branched hairs. Leaves subcoriaceous, solitary, lanceolate or lance- elliptic, 5-10 cm long, 2-3.5 cm wide, the apex acu- minate, the base cuneate, more densely stellate-pubes- cent below, the petioles 0.5-l1 cm long. Inflorescences with 2-4 flowers, the pedicels 1 cm long. Calyx 3.5 mm long, provided with 10 spreading subequal append- ages, 1.5 mm long. Corolla probably white,the limb 27h Pen Koro Gk Vol. 26, no. 1.5 cm wide, lobed to the middle, the lobes lanceolate, 4% mm long, densely pubescent with minute stellate hairs externally. Filaments subequal in length, 1 mm long, the anthers free, 3.5 mm long, sparsely pubescent on the lower part abaxially. Style 7 mm long. Berry sub- Slobose, about 7 mm in diameter. Seeds 2.5-3 mm long. TYPE. GUATEMALA. Huehuetenango: between Xoxlac and Nucapuxlec, Sierra de los Cuchumatanes, 1,650- 2,500 m., J. A. Steyermark 48925 (holotype, F). GUATEMALA. Huehuetenango: Cerro Huitz between Mimennuitz and Yulhuitz, Sierre de los Cuchumatanes, 1,500-2,500m., Steyermark 48625 (F). Lycianthes cuchumatanensis has its closest rela- tive in L. limitanea (Standley) J. L. Gentry, from which it is distinguished by the lanceolate to lence- elliptic leaves and the smaller fruits, about 7 mm in diameter. LYCIANTHES GONGYLODES J. L. Gentry, sp. nov. Frutex 1.5-3.5 m altus. Rami juniores pilis simplicibus brevissimis tecti. Folia solitaria vel seminata, forma similia, magnitudine inaequalia, supra et subtus pilis simpiicibus brevissimis tecta, foliis maximis ellipticis vel elliptico-ovatis vel ovatis, 10.5-17.5 cm longis, 3.5-6.5 em latis, apice acumi- nato, ad basim brevem attenuata , petiolis 1-2.5 cm longis, foliis minoribus 7-10 cm longis, 3.5-4 em latis. Inflorescentiae 4-8 floribus consistentes, pedicellis 1-1.5 cm longis. Calyx 3 mm longus, appen- diculis 10 gongylodibus instructus, 0.5 mm longis vel minoribus. Corolla alba, limbo 2 cm lato, lobis 6 mm longis. Filamenta subaequalia 1 mm longa, antheris liberis 5 mm longis. Bacca circa 8 mm diam. Semina 2-2.5 mm longa. Shrub 1.5-3.5 m tall. Younger branches with very short, simple hairs. Leaves solitary or in pairs, sim- ilar in form, unequal in size, with very short, simple hairs above and below, more densely pubescent below, the larger leaves elliptic or elliptic-ovate or ovate, 10,.5-17.5 cm long, 3.5-6.5 cm wide, the apex acuminate, the base short attenuate, the petioles 1-2.5 cm long, the smaller leaves 7-10 cm long, 3.5-4 cm wide. In-= 1973 Gentry, Mexican & Central American Solanaceae 275 florescences consisting of 4-8 flowers, the pedicels 1-1.5 em long. Calyx 3 mm long, glabrous, provided with 10 knob-like appendages, 0.5 mm long or less. Corolla white, the limb 2 cm wide, lobed to below the middle, the lobes 6 mm long, ciliate and sparsely pubescent externally. Filaments subequal, 1 mm long, the anthers free, 5 mm long. Style 7 mm lons. Berry orange, subglobose, about 8 mm in diameter. Seeds 2-2.5 mm long. TYPE. GUATEMALA. Euehuetenango: Cloud forest 4 miles east of San liateo Ixtan on road to Barillas, Breedlove 8771 (holotype, F). GUATEMALA, Huehuetenango: Cloud forest near the place called Kurus Lemun, 4 miles east of San Mateo Ixtatan along road to Barillas, Breedlove 11628 F, US); wet cloud forest at Cruz de Limén, between San Mateo Ixtatan and Muca, Sierra de los Cuchuma- tanes, Steyermark 49839 (F). The affinities of Lycianthes gongylodes are with L. synanthera (Sendtner) Bitter. Lycianthes gongylodes is a montane species (2,600-3,000 meters), leaves more densely pubescent below and with small, knob-like ap- pendages on the calyx, whereas L. synanthera is a plant of the lowlands (rarely above 900 meters), leaves in- conspicuously pubescent below, calyx appendages absent, elthough the calyx is sometimes inconspicuously nerved. LYCIANTHES LIMITANEA (Standl.) J. L. Gentry, comb. nov. Solanum limitaneum Standl. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 461: 85. 1935 (type from Camp 33, in forest shade, 950 m, British Honduras - Guatemala boundary, British Honduras, Schipp S-681, F). GUATEMALA. Izabal: vicinity Exmibal, Camp 1 (Sepos), northwest of Lake Izabal, Jones & Facey 3402 (F, NY, US); Huehuetenango: Cerro Chiblac, between Ixcan and Finca San Rafael, Sierra de los Cuchuma- tanes, Steyermark 49458 (F, US). This species formerly placed in Solanum has the calyx and inflorescence typical of Lvcianthes., It is known only from fruiting specimens, 276 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. SOLANUE L. SOLANUM COBANENSE J. L. Gentry, nom. nov. Cyphomandra aculeata Donn.-Sm. Bot. Gaz. 57: 423. 1914 (type from near Coban, Alta Verapaz, Guatemala, Lehmann 1334 (US). GUATEIALA, Alta Veravaz: Nountains eagt of Tactic, on road to Tamahta, Standle 71326 (F); Pansamala, Tuerckheim s.n. (US), Donn.-Sm., 746 (US). Zacapa: between Cerro de Monos and upper slopes of Monte Vir- gen, Steyermark 42873 This very distinctive species was originally de- scribed as a species of Cyphomandra and later placed under Solanum purulense in herbaria. The name, S. acu- leatum, is occupied. SOLANUM MOLINARUM J. L. Gentry, sp. nov. Frutex scandens. Rami graciles, pilis simplici- bus brevissimis instructi, aculeis numerosis brevi- bus recurvatis. Folia imparipinnata, 8-20 cm longa, supra et subtus pilis simplicibus brevissimis tecta, petiolis 1.5-4 em longis, folioliis 3-5 lanceolatis vel lanciolato-ovatis, 1.2-8 cm longis, subtus aculeis brevibus recurvatis praesentibus, apice acuminato. Inflorescentiae cymatosae, laterales, paniculatim dis- positae, pedunculis 3-5.5 cm longis, pedicellis 7-8.5 mm longis. Calyx 2-2.5 mm longus, inermis. Corolla albe, limbo 12 mm lato, lobis 4.5 mm longis. Fila- mente longitudine inaequalia, quattuor 1.5 mm longa, quinta 2.5 mm longa, antheris 3.5-4.5 mm longis. Bac- ca 2,2=-2.8 cm diam. Semina 3.5-4.5 mm longa. Scandent shrub. Branches slénder, with very short, simple hairs, armed with numerous short re- curved prickles, lLeeves odd-pinnate, 8.20 cm long, with very short, simple hairs above and below, the petioles 1.5-4 cm long, leaflets 3-5, lanceolate or lance-ovate, 1,2-8 cm long, armed with prickles be- low, the lowermost pair of leaflets reduced in size, the terminal leaflet larger than the lateral ones and often lobate, the apex acute. Inflorescences cymose, lateral and internodal, paniculately disposed, 1973 Gentry, Mexican & Central American Solanaceae 277 few-flowered, the rachis puberulent, the peduncle 3- 5.5 em long, puberulent and armed with prickles, the pedicels 7-8.5 mm long, unarmed, puberulent. Calyx -2.5 mm long, glabrous, unarmed, the lobes 1-1.2 mm long, rounded and somewhat fleshy. Corolla white, the limb 12 mm wide, the lobes 4.5 mm long. Fila- MenibcmumMequal in lenesth, four 1.5 mm lons, fifth 2.5 mm long, the anthers 3.5-4.5 mm long. Style glabrous, 5 mm long. Ovary glabrous. Berry globose, mottled With light and dark green, 2.2-2.8 cm in diameter. Seeds 3.5-4.5 mm long. ee a HONDURAS: Comayagua : edge of Humuya River bank, vicinity Hl Eden, Comayagua Valley, 500m, A. & A. BR. Molina 24532 (holotype, F; isotype, #AP). GUATEMALA, Jalapa: near Jalapa, 1, 480 m, Keller- man 7052 (F). Zacapa: roads side, Gunter 200 m, Deam 6375 (US); along road between A gua Blanca and Cumbre de Chiquinula, 350-500 m, Standley 74426 (F). Chi- quimula: between Ramfrez and Cumbre de C Chiquimula, on road ae Chiquvimula and Zacapa, 400-600 m, Stand- Revie? 745 WA eye US) ° These plants have been confused in herbaria with S. wendlandii Hooker f. Solanum molinarum differs from S. wendlandii by its smaller white corolla, the corolla limb lobed to below the middle, smaller an- thers and the pubescent branches, leaves and inflo- rescences, VALERIOA Standl. & Steyerm. Standley and Steyermark were in doubt about the family position of this genus but felt that there was a closer relationship with the Solanaceae than with either the Verbenaceae or Scrophulariaceae. However, the genus belongs to none of these families. Cuatre- Seree es field Mus. Bot. 27 (2): 98, 100. 1951, recog- nized the true affinity of Valerioa and placed it as a synonym of Peltanthera in the Loganiaceae, also see Leeuwenberg, Acta Bot. Neerl. 16: 143-146. 1967 Lomenumuner discussion. PELTANTHERA FLORIBUNDA Bentham & Hooker, Gen. Pl. 278 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 2: (OF. 1276. Valerioa costaricensis Standl. & Steyerm. Flora of Costa Rica, Field Mus. Bot. 18: 1098-1099. 1938 (type from Calera, Rio Jesus, Santiago de San Ramon, Costa Rica, Brenes 6700, F). WITHERINGIA L'Heritier WITHERINGIA PHYSOCALYCIA (Donn.-Sm.) J. L. Gentry, comb. nov. Brachistus physocalycius Donn.-Sm. Bot. Gaz. 40: 8, 1905 (type from Cubilqtiitz, Guatemala, Tuerckheim 8553 (US). Athenaea physocalycie Standl. & Steyerm, Pieldgvus. BOtsAa seo wot 3. GUATEMALA. Petén: forest between Finca Yalpemech, along Rfo San Diego and San Diego on Rfo Cancuen, Steyermark 45320 (F); Alta Verapaz; Montana Yxocubvain, 2.5 miles west of Cubilquitz, Steyermark 44986 (F); along Rfo Icvolay, 8-10 miles northwest of Cubilqiitz, Steyermark 45067 (F, US); Cubilqiitz, Tuerckheim II FIs, “Donn.-Sm, 8715 (US). a . A. T. Hunziker placed this species in Acnistus in herb. in 1962, but he did not formally publish the com- bination. The affinities of this species appear to be closer to Witheringia than Acnistus. This is one of the problems to be resolved on the proper delimitation of these genera, A NEW SWARTZIA FROM SURINAME R. S. Cowan U. S. National Herbarium, Smithsonian Institution After ten years in administration of the National Museum of Natural History, I returned in January 1973 to my paramount interest--the arborescent legumes of northern South America. Numerous new taxa have been characterized in recent months but the name of the one described below is sorely needed now by those in Utrecht preparing a new edition of the Flora of Suriname. It is published ahead of other novelties to make the name available now. SWARTZIA REDIVIVA Cowan, sp. nov. Arbor 10 m. alta; stipulae persistentes, 1.5--2 mm. longae, ca. 0.6 mm. latae, glabrae, lineari-lanceolatae; petioli 2--2.5 cm. longi, teretes, glabri; rhaches 4.5--6.5 cm. longae, glabrae, teretes; foliola (1-)2-jugata, subopposita, petiolulis 3--6 mm. longis, glabris, laminis 7--15.5 cm. longis, 3--7.5 cm. latis (foliolorum laminis lateralibus angustioribus et brevioribus), coriaceis, ellipticis ad oblanceolatis ad obovatis, base attenuate acutis, apicem abrupte obtuse acutis, laminis discoloris, supra glabris nitidis, infra minute strigulosis et pallidioribus, costa et venis primariis ambobus salientibus; inflorescentiae ramuligerae, 6--14 cm. longae, axe minute striguloso, bracteis persistentibus, triangularibus, acutis, ca. 1--1.5 mm. longis et 0.8 mm. latis, minute strigulosis, bracteolis persistentibus, ca. 1 mm. longis, lanceolatis, minute strigulosis, prope apicem pedicellorum insertis; pedicelli 10--12 mm. longi, minute leviterque strigulosi; alabastra ellipsoidea, 12--13 mm. longa, 8--9 mn. diametro, brevi-apiculata, glabra; calycis segmenta 3 vel 4, glabra; petalum sulphureum, glabrum, unguiculo ca. 3 mm. longo, lamina rotundata, 20 mm. diametro; stamina maiora 4, glabra, omnia incompleta, minora glabra, filamentis ca. 12 mm. longis; gynoecium glabrum, stigmate truncato, stylo 4.5 mm. longo, ovario 5.5--7 mm. longo, ca. 2 mm. lato, 12--15 mm. longo, gynophoro ca. 12 mm. longo; fructus non visus. Type: P. A. Florschutz et P. J. M. Maas 2738 (holotype U, sheet no. 193207; isotype US), "banks of Linker Coppename R., to 3 km. downstream of base-camp", Suriname, 3 February 1965. Although the relationship is not a particularly close one, the new species shares numerous characteristics with S. parvifolia Schery from the sandstone table-mountain region of southeastern Venezuela. The latter has more pairs of leaflets of quite different shape and texture, axillary 279 280 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 4 inflorescences, smaller buds on longer pedicels, and a partially pubescent gynoecium. The prominently reticulate-veined leaf- lets that are obviously discolous in S. rediviva are particularly striking contrasted with the subobscure secondary venation of the leaflets of S. parvifolia. The specific epithet is given in allusion to the state of the author's mind, rather than to a characteristic of the plant described. BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "PLANT GROWTH SUBSTANCES 1970 — Proceedings of the 7th Inter- national Conference on Plant Growth Substances Held in Can- berra, Australia, December 7—11, 1970" edited by Denis J. Carr, xiv & 837 pp., illus., Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg & New York, N.Y. 10010. 1972. $19.10. "Emerged from the meetings is the considerable recent progress in understanding of two topics which can be traced right back al- most to the beginning of research on plant growth substances — the mechanism of cell extension growth and the biosynthesis of auxins...,[and] the classes of gibberellins (now approaching 0), inhibitors and cytokinins." Hormones and isoenzymes are promin- ent also in consideration in the 10) succinctly written papers. In "The Flowering Process — A New Theory", based mainly on a wide range of experiments on fruit trees, Paul Baxter postulates that flowering in the normal expression of the plant's genetic programme controlled by an inhibitor which decreases the permea- bility of cell membranes (esp. plasmalemma) and so reducing the amount of phosphorus needed for differentiation. High light energies can decrease this floral inhibitor. Floral stimuli may be transmitted through a combination of electric charges and substances akin to those of the animal nervous system. There are 61 figures throughout, bibliographies with each paper, and indexes for subject, organisms named and authors. This work, sponsored by the Australian Academy of Science, will surely prove to be of important interest to many types of botanists, physiologists, biochemists, molecular biologists, horticulturists and agricultural researchers and their students. "AMERICA WAS BEAUTIFUL" edited by Alice Watson, 116 pp., illus., Barre Publishing Company, Barre, Massachusetts 01005. 1969. $12.50. Each page has a nicely reproduced wood or steel engraving selected from over the thousand reproduced in the two huge volumes of "Picturesque America" published in 1872—187l,. The original titles and legends have been retained but with spelling and place names modernized. "The purpose of this book is to try to reveal something of the romantic mood and character of the late 19th century America and to remind us that our history is still around us, a part of the boundless gift of our great heri- tage." It focuses attention upon the need for conservation of this heritage. In many of the engravings the plants are executed accurately enough to permit easy identification. 281 282 PHY TOLOG BA Vol. 26, no. "READING THE LANDSCAPE OF EUROPE" by iwlay Theilgaard Watts, viii & 33h pp., illus., Harper & Row, Publishers, Evanston, London & New York, N. Y. 10016. 1971. $8.95. This is truly a delightful and wisdomful book which should be deemed treasured reading by anyone with naturalist interests. If possible, it should be perused before a trip to France, Italy, Switzerland, Germany, Dermmark, Norway and Britain rather than after. Armchair travelers will enjoy it, too. After each country described the naturalist-author gives an annotated reading list on various phases of the landscape and flora guides. Throughout the Pictorial Key to the Identification of the Trees of Europe in the supplement and throughout the text there are many artistic and accurate line drawings of animals, geological forma- tions, architectural structures and especially plants and plant formations. They add so much charm to the book. The pleasure derived in reading this book far exceeds the in- significance of the following items noted: misspelling of pollina- tion on p. 58, buff or tan colored bark rather than white on p. 280, and omission of Galinsoga on p. 278 from the procession of plants in the British bomb craters. "INTERNATIONAL CODE OF BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE — Adopted by the Eleventh International Botanical Congress, Seattle, August 1969" edited by F. A. Stafleu, Chairman, C. E. B. Bonner, R. McVaugh, R. D. Meikle, R. C. Rollins, R. Ross. J. M. Schopf, G. M. Schulze, R. De Vilmorin & E. G. Voss, 26 pp., A. Oosthoek's Uitgeversmaatschappij n.v., Utrecht, & Stechert-Hafner Press, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1972. $20.00. The Nomenclature Session had to consider about one hundred proposals effecting mainly precision defining as well as the usual numerous proposals for rejection or conservation of those certain names accumulated since the 1966 code from the Edinburgh confer- ence, tautonymous and superfluous designations, as well as a major reorganization of the rules for hybrids. After a preface and preamble the 75 articles of Rules and Regulations and their subdivisions and helpful examples are pub- lished first in English, then French and finally German with the stipulation that if any disagreements in wording arise the English-language one is to be considered the source of authority. This book will be exceedingly valuable to all scientists and students working in any way with plant taxonomy or systematics. "THE IRIS BOOK" by Molly Price, Second Revised Edition, xviii & 20h pp., illus., Facsimile by Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 1001). 1973. $3.00 paperback. This is "an unabridged and corrected republication of the text as originally published by D. Van Nostrand Company, Inc., in 1966+! L723 Moldenke, Book reviews 283 The section on color photographs has been omitted, but there re- main the many well-produced black/white photographs. In the pre- face for this new edition the author mentions the correction of a few typographical errors, the updating of appendices listing sources of plants and seeds and of Iris Societies, the names of some new hybrids and of the Sykes Medal Winners among the bearded irises for 1966 through 1972 and the outstanding new Siberian and Japanese varieties. The text covers all practical problems from choices and plantings through pests, hybridizing and shows. Consequently it is good to have this work easily and cheaply available again. "THE SERENGETI LION — A Study of Predator=Prey Relations" by George B. Schaller, xiii & 80 pp., illus., The University of Chicago Press, London & Chicago, Illinois 60637. 1972. $12.50. This wonderful book — the most detailed scientific document on the subject — is part of that valuable series on "Wildlife Behavior and Ecology" edited by the author. It is also Publica- tion No. 86 of the Serengeti Research Institute of Tanzania. My husband and I enjoyed going through this study carefully because it added recall, meaning and confirmation to what we had observed there and elsewhere in East Africa last summer with a naturalist- oriented group and a native driver with an amazing knowledge of the identification and biology of the local wildlife. About 3,000 hours of intense field observations and the sightings of other competent scientists and assistants provide fascinating details on the Serengeti physiography and vegetation, the pride areas, the behavior within the prides and for the nomads, the population dynamics, the food habits and the hunt. Such other predators as leopards, cheetahs, wild dogs, spotted hyenas, jackals and man are also considered. In summary, the dynamics of predator social systems are outlined for structure, communication, land tenure, population, and man's behavior. Then the dynamics of predation conclude with "The Serengeti predators are an integral and essential part of the ecological community. They help maintain an equilibrium in the prey popu- lations within the limits imposed by the environment, they pre- vent severe fluctuations in the number of animals and condition of the habitat. To this task they bring a discermment that can- not be matched by man: predators are the best wildlife managers." The extras in this work are many: an index, a valuable list of the references cited, sketches of lion activities made from photographs, 3 mediocre prints of photographs of interesting lion activities, common and scientific name lists, an estimate of animal mumbers and biomass in the Serengeti Park made by Hen- dricks, and 79 tables of information gathered from hunting suc- cess of various carnivores to frequency of occurrence of some behavior patterns in mating lions. 28h PH OP OL OG 1k Vol. 26, no. "BIOLOGY OF TERMITES" Volume II edited by Kumar Krishna & Frances M. Weesner, xiv & 63 pp., illus., Academic Press, London W1X 6BA & New York, N. Y. 10003. 1970. $32.00. This volume and its predecessor of 1969 should be regarded as the definitive treatment of these insects until something newer (inevitable) and better (this will be very difficult) is produced at some future date. Volume I covered anatomical, physiological, biochemical, behavioral and laboratory studies. Volume II has thirteen documented papers, including those by the editors, about protozoan digestive metabolism, embryology and its lack of sup- portive evidence of termite evolution from Blattaria, nests, systematics of the eight families, and description of the ter= mites grouped according to their biogeographic areas. A final chapter deals with principles of termite control. It is probably comforting to learn that only 10 percent are destructive pests. It is obvious that this work is of very real value to almost all kinds of entomologists, but it has value to offer to an even wider audience of many kinds of studying, teaching and research- ing biologists. There are included some very fine illustrations of termite nests. Useful subject and author indexes are also provided, "READING THE WOODS — Seeing More in Nature's Familiar Faces" by Vinson Brown, 160 pp., illus., Stackpole Books, Harris- burg, Pennsylvania 17105. 1969. $5.95. The author of this work has long been admired by many, espec- ially among camping, outdoor recreation, conservationist, and nature study leaders, for his enthusiastic portrayal of the wonders of nature. Here he states "As one learns how climate and weather change and influence the woods, also how animals [the term is misused here], birds, insects, fire, man, and oth- er influences are all shaping, building, destroying, moving and changing plants; how even the earth and the leaf mold that form a cushion under one's feet tell fascinating stories, he comes to feel himself a part of the great circle of earth and sky and all life, knowing it with some of that keen understanding and sensitivity the Indian of America had in the long ago." The chapters are interestingly written, including such topics as "reading signposts in evergreen forests" and "understanding leaf-dropping forests". There are many excellent black/white photographic illustrations, suggested references and an index. "Biting" bugs are mentioned on p. 139, yucca moths "expecting (however subconsciously) her babies to harvest food from the fruits" on p. 151, and an algal-fungal confusion occurs on p, 125. 1973 Moldenke, Book reviews 285 "PROCEEDINGS OF THE SEVENTH INTERNATIONAL SEAWEED SYMPOSIUM" edited by Kazutosi Nisizawa (chief) & the editorial board, xvi & 607 pp., illus., University of Toyko Press 1972 & Hal- stead Press of John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Toronto & New York, HW. Y. 10016. 1973. $h2.50. This congress was held in Sapporo in August 1971 with 363 participants from 28 countries and with 125 papers which are here- in published, including the special lectures on "Culture Col- lections of Algae", "The Nutritive Value of Seaweed Meal for Domestic Animals", "The Relationship between Structures and Bio- logical Properties of Agars" and "Temperature Resistance of Marine Algae", The other papers are grouped according to the | sections in which they were presented: (1) for distribution, taxonomy and morphology, (2) for ecology and application, (3) for physiology and cultivation, and () for chemistry, biochemistry and applica- tion. There are many fine charts and electron microscope illustra= tions. Each paper lists brief literature citations. On pp. 199 and 200 phylum is misspelled and on p. 580 some grammar rules are violated in the abstract. There is a great deal of scientific information of value to many scientists and students working with marine algae in one way or another, The table of contents lists author, subject and or- ganism indexes, as well as a list of participants, from p. 609 on -- but this review copy ends on p. 6073 "DESERT ANIMALS" by Ro Tate, 152 pp., illus., Harper & Row, Pub- lishers, London, San Francisco, Evanston, & New York 10016. 1971. $5.95. This is a book pleasant to read, with considerable accurate description of the parched fifth of the earth's land surface, of the communities of life found there, of the problems resultant from its temperatures, and of its mammal, arthropod, bird, reptile and primitive human inhabitants and their special means of adap- tation. Some plant life is also considered incidentally. The author as well as the editor of this first volume of an "An- imal Life Series" show how modern man has exerted and is exerting both desert-making (by permitting overgrazing, improper planting, etc.) and desert-conversion (by irrigation, etc.) propensities on our earth's surface, The book is copiously and well illustrated and properly in- dexed. A few words are misspelled: ruptured on p. 11), long on p. 146 and solpugid in several places. "THE DESCRIPTION AND CLASSIFICATION OF VEGETATION" by David W. Shimwell, xiv & 322 pp., illus., University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington 98105. 1972. $10.50. 286 Poy TOs 0:G)7 A Vol. 26, no. There is great value in this book because it collects and com- pares the various systems of vegetation analysis back to the early days of the plant geographers, because it has a detailed pertinent bibliography, and because it wisely concludes that no one method can be "best" for all problems. It does demonstrate that direct and indirect gradient analyses offer more valid and varied infor- mation than the structural-functional, the classificatory and the floristic systems such as the Zurich-Montpellier, Uppsala, Norse- Scots and Danish schools. "Gradient analysis is simply a study of the spatial patterns exhibited by vegetation in relation to three types of variable environmental factors, species population structure and composition and the characteristics of the community". The main applications of vegetation analysis are: (1) to "moni- tor the effects of the progressive pollution of the environment," (2) to study sequentially "the effects of man upon the environment in terms of recreation and agriculture within areas of great aesthetic landscape beauty such as National Parks", and (3) to provide a scientific phytosociological, phytogeographical and ecological basis for nature conservation." "THE PHYSIOLOGY AND REPRODUCTION IN FUNGI" by Lilian E. Hawker, 128 pp., illus., Facsimile edition, Hafner Press, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1971. $6.95. In this replication of the original 1957 edition (first pub- lished in 1959) the author states in a new preface that "The gen- eral principles put forward in this little book hold good and it is hoped that the book may still be useful as a starting point for more sophisticated investigations leading to the interpreta- tion of at least some of the mechanisms controlling the fascin- ating process of reproduction in fungi." It covers the growth of spores and their sporangiophores, the physiology of vegetative reproduction, the effects of environ- ment and nutrition on sporulation, the physiology of sex, and re- production in the natural habitat. A useful bibliography is ap- pended, MJEST AUSTRALIAN NATIVE PLANTS IN CULTIVATION" by A. R. Fairall, 253 pp., illus., Pergamon Press, Inc., Oxford, Toronto, Braunschweig, Sydney, & Elmsford, New York 10523. 1971. $1.50. The King's Park Botanic Gardens in Perth, under the direction of the author of this book, has been making a most commendable effort to perpetuate through cultivation as many of the plants endemic or native to the vast area of virgin land in this state as possible. Such virgin land, here and elsewhere in the world, is rapidly being "developed" for agriculture, housing, industry, and other of man's increasing needs. That these plants are unique and of extraordinary floral beauty is shown in over one 1973 Moldenke, Book reviews 287 hundred color photographs. For these plants and many hundreds more, arranged alphabetically, basic horticultural information is given. A valuable introduction discusses the flora of this huge state, its adaptability elsewhere (mediterranean areas), the growing con- ditions at King's Park, and cultivation. Appendix material includes lists of plants for specific pur= poses, wildflower protection laws, synonymy references and indexes of common and generic names. "WORLDS — ANTIWORLDS — Anti-matter in Cosmology" by Hannes Alfvén, 103 pp., illus., W. H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, California 91104. 1966. $3.50. This popular book was first published earlier in 1966 in Stockholm in Swedish. "Present comparisons between astronomy and physics do not disclose the existence of any phenomenon in the cosmos that would compel us to introduce new laws of nature." Therefore since Earth has some anti-matter (produced in its accel- erators and from meteors) so must some be expected in space as antiplasma. The only perceptible difference between antimatter and ordinary or koinomatter is that the electric charges are re- versed. When a particle of each touch, each is annihilated aml radiant energy given off. A substitute for the "big bang" theory is given in Klein's metagalactic expansion one. "INSECTICIDE AND FUNGICIDE HANDBOOK — for Crop Protection" lth Edition edited by Hubert Martin, xv & 15 pp., Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, London, Edinburgh, Melbourne & F. A. Davis Co., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. 1972. This excellent work of the British Crop Protection Council is crammed full of even more valuable information than appeared in the earlier editions of 1963, 1965 and 1969. The foreword of the first edition holds for this one too: "The chemist has been suc- cessful, in recent years, in finding new compounds of more selec- tive toxicity and, yearly, the list of hazardous pesticides is being reduced by the introduction of less noxious alternatives." There are 13 chapters, usually jointly written, on the biolog- ical background of pests and plant diseases, on the safe and ef- ficient use of pesticides, and on pest and disease control for all manner of crops. An appendix tabulates properties of insec- ticidal and fungicidal compounds. Since the crops and their pests and diseases are common throughout the temperate world, this information should follow them. The book should be of value wherever man cultivates crops of any sort. 288 P HYPO daabar B Vol. 26, no. "SYMMETRY — A Stereoscopic Guide for Chemists" by Ivan Bernal, Walter C. Hamilton, & John S. Ricci, viii & 182 pp., illus., W. H. Freeman & Company, Reading, England RGI 3AA, & San Francisco, Califomia 9{10h. 1972. $9.50. This topic is discussed, based on a background of secondary school mathematics and chemistry, in general terms, then in con- cepts of groups of symmetry operations, and in two and mainly three dimensional crystallography point groups. It is illustrated with three-dimensional stereoscopic drawings. In the back cover pocket there is a stereo viewer. This book will be of value not only to all chemists and their students, but also to the many biologists whose studies involve some interests in chemistry. "ALGAE, MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT — Proceedings of an International Symposium Sponsored by Syracuse University and the New York State Science and Technology Foundation June 18-20, 1967" edited by Daniel F, Jackson, viii & 55) pp., illus., Syra- cuse University Press, Syracuse, New York 13210. 1968. $18 .00. The book contains 27 papers with detailed bibliographies, carefully constructed charts and fine electron photomicrographs. The first part is devoted to the fundamental aspects of phycolo- gy with an excellent banquet speech on "Some Reflections on Four Decades of Phycology" by Harold C. Bold. The second section is concerned with the applied aspects, with "Medical Aspects of Phycology" by Morton and David Schwimmer mentioning that the ef- fects of toxic algae in man tend to be less acute than in other animals, that aquiculture may prove a nightmare [algal blooms, etc.] as well as a dream, and that the large number of fish capable of producing the ciguatera ichthyosarcotoxicosis are typically piscivores feeding on other smaller fish that have fed on toxic benthic blue-green algae. The third section is devoted to some algal studies in New York state as in the regeneration of some of its lakes, in stream assimilation studies, and a "Review of the Algal Literature of New York State" by John M. Kingsbury. The material is certainly valuable but it seems to be heter- ogeneously disjunct. The index could have been more detailed. mL 'S ~ PHYTOLOGIA i Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 26 August, 1973 No. 5 q ; | CONTENTS _WINDLER D. R., Field and garden studies in Crotalaria sagittalis L. and related PICU Fo 2 nen ate oa cause Sater Se ew Na Mags aah slab 289 -MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy DlGRTS: LA Ose. s' 355 “MOLDENKE, H. N., A Fifth Summary of the Verbenaceae, Avicenniaceae, Stilbaceae, Dicrastylidaceae, Symphoremaceae, Nyctanthaceae, and Eriocaulaceae of the World as to Valid Taxa, Geographic Distribution, and Synonymy. Supplement 3..........++- 356 "ROBINSON, H., Additions to the genus Tagetes (Helenieae, Asteraceae) . Be ikcon. H., & CUATRECASAS, J., Synopsis of the genus Philoglossa é (Liabeae, PACPMOCHE Yoo a oss dncmete eA eer etn SMe eee 381 PMOLDENKE, A. L., Book reviews 0... 000 c eee e eee SRE: 388 i ry WRK BOTA, i VICAL GARDEN Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 US.A. Price of this number, $1.50; per volume, $8 in advance, or $8.50 at close of volume; 50 cents extra to foreign addresses > us m Zt r h ‘g ’ ; “ * r FIELD AND GARDEN STUDIES IN CROTALARIA SAGITTALIS L. AND RELATED SPECIES Donald R. Winder Crotalaria is a large genus of tropical, subtropical, and temperate plants comprised of about 550 species, over 400 of which occur in Africa. In 1939 Senn reported 31 species for North America with the majority growing in Mexico and the West Indies; only 21 of these species were considered to be native. Eight of Senn's 21 native species, including the Linnean C. sagittalis, form a group that is so distinctive that Rafinesque (1837) separated it into the subgenus Iocaulon. The Iocaulon Crotalarias are annual or perennial plants characterized by simple leaves; decurrent stipules, when present; terminal or leafed-opposed inflorescences; and glabrous, inflated fruits that become black at maturity. Polhill (1968), while dealing primarily with the African species of Crotalaria, presented a discussion of the history of generic subdivisions, discussed typification of the genus, and proposed a new arrangement of species into sections based on combinations of flower characters. The characters used were: (1) type and position of standard appendages, (2) twist- ing of the keel, (3) lobing of the calyx, (4) calyx-keel length ratio, (5) pubescence of the style, (6) style shape, and (7) receptacle size. Polhill placed C. sagittalis and its relatives in section Calycinae Wight & Arnott. All the characters that Polhill used for this placement were found to be consistantly present in the LIocaulon Crotalarias studied. 1 A portion of a dissertation submitted as partial fulfillment of the requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy Degree in the Department of Botany, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. 2 Contribution number 8 from Towson State College Herbarium. 3 The name Iocaulon will be used as an adjective throughout this paper to refer to the unifoliolate Crotalarias related to C. sagittalis. 289 290 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 During the preparation of a systematic treatment of the North American Iocaulon Crotalarias, extensive field collect- ions were made in the United States and Mexico. After return to the University of North Carolina, a common garden planting was made to establish a base for the evaluation of variation patterns observed in the field. The following treatment sets forth much of the information gathered in these field and garden studies. A publication of my revision of The North American Iocaulon Crotalarias should follow within the next year. New names and combinations which appear in the text have been published in Phytologia (Windler, 1971). Topics discussed in the following presentation include: habitats, soils, garden plot data, phenology, pollination, life history, morphology, variation studies, and comments on species relationships. HABITATS AND SOILS Habitats Most Iocaulon Crotalaria plants collected grew in dry or well drained sites in open woods or treeless areas. Crotalaria bupleurifolia occurs on steep, moist, north- facing slopes and appears to be the only species restricted to a shaded habitat. Though most plants of the remaining species grow in open sunlight, occasional plants were col- lected in varying degrees of shade. This shading resulted in plants with longer internodes and larger, less succulent leaves. Crotalaria sagittalis, which is the most wide-ranging species, also varies the most in habitat and is allopatric over much of its United States range. In the gulf coastal states, however, it occasionally occurs with C. purshii or Cc. rotundifolia or both. In the southern and southeastern United States C. sagittalis grows in open pine woods, but in the midwest the plants are found on prairies, sand de- posits, and waste places. In Mexico the species grows in dry, open, thorn vegetation, pine-oak or pine woods, grazing lands, south-facing slopes, and road embankments. In Mexico C. sagittalis is occasionally collected with other species of Crotalaria, most frequently C. rotundifolia var. vulgaris 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 291 which also grows well under dry conditions. Under the driest conditions plants of both C. sagittalis and C. rotundifolia fail to grow to normal size, but do produce flowers and small fruits on short peduncles. These diminutive plants frequently do not develop the narrower leaves which plants growing under favorable conditions bear at maturity and were recognized formally by Senn (1939) as C. sagittalis var. blumeriana. Crotalaria rotundifolia and C. purshii, as mentioned above, are able to grow under the same conditions as C. sagittalis in a part of the C. sagittalis range in southeastern Louisiana and southern Mississippi. In the Atlantic coastal states, how- ever, C. sagittalis is restricted primarily to the piedmont and lower mountains and C. rotundifolia var. vulgaris and C. purshii are restricted to the coastal plain, where they occasionally occur together. Both C. purshii and C. rotundifolia flourish in the southeastern long-leaf pine-wire grass association where C. purshii frequently is held erect by the stiff culms and blades of the wire grass and C. rotundifolia grows in the open spaces between the clumps of wire grass. Crotalaria purshii is also occasionally found growing on sandhills and savannahs. In peninsular Florida Crotalaria rotundifolia var. rotundifolia occurs in scrub woods, in open pine stands, on sand ridges, and on road embankments. The narrow leaved C. rotundifolia from southern Florida grows primarily in basic soils on limestone similar to the soils found in the Keys. Crotalaria polyphylla is usually collected on open pine slopes at high elevations in the mountains of western Mexico. At one locality, at an elevation of 8,000 feet (W&W 2849), the plants were growing on a grassy flat ridge in association with several species of small pines and Arctostaphylos pungens. Crotalaria guercetorum usually occurs in dry habitats, frequently in stands of broad, coriaceous-leaved oaks or in mixed stands of the oak and species of pine. Crotalaria quercetorum occasionally grows in association with C. sagittalis in western and southern Mexico and appears to hybridize with it. Crotalaria nayaritensis grows in both shaded and unshaded areas where moisture is available and is often found growing in close association with other plants. In such cases the diffuse 292 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 26, no. 5 branches of C. nayaritensis intermingle with the other plants, making it difficult to locate when not in flower or mature fruit. As was indicated above, Crotalaria bupleurifolia is the only species which is found consistently in shaded, moist conditions. Like C. nayaritensis, it grows with its branches intertwined with plants of other species making it difficult to locate and collect. Crotalaria sagittalis has been collected on dry sites near C. bupleurifolia collecting locations, but no evidence was found that any hybridization is occuring between the two species. Since no personal collections have been made of Crotalaria pilosa, C. stipularia, C. brevipedunculata, C. mexicana, or C. nitens during this study, only notes of other collectors can be reported. Crotalaria pilosa and C. stipularia inhabit dry locations similar to those occupied by C. sagittalis, but these two species occur in the West Indies and Central and South America. Crotalaria nitens also occupies dry habitats and occurs in southern Mexico, Central America, and South America. Crotalaria mexicana and C. brivipedunculata are each known from only a few Mexican collections. Label data indicate that C. mexicana is a species of dry slopes and C. brevipedunculata is found on shaded canyon slopes. Soils At locations where field collections of Crotalaria were made, soil samples were taken. Each sample was composed of equal amounts of soil taken from around the roots of three plants. The sample was mixed thoroughly and sent to the Soil Testing Division of the North Carolina Department of Agriculture in Raleigh for testing. All samples were rated for texture and pH was tested by immersing a glass electrode in a 1:1 soil-distilled water suspension. The information obtained for pH is summarized in Table l. For species which occur in both the United States and Mexico, the data are presented separately for populations in each country. For the most part, the pH for the collection sites for all the species was similar. In the United States, the soil at the majority of collection locations falls between pH 5.0 and 5.9, whereas most of the Mexican material was collected from soils with the pH ranging from 6.0 to 6.9. A narrow leaved form, previously recognized by Senn as variety linaria of Crotalaria maritima, (here included in C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia) Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 293 29T3 T9T € All T6 6 SIVLOL eTTOJEpuN}JOI “ICA 9e € G 8 OT eTTOsTpunjor eTrepeqor) € € @TTOJTaneptang eTleleyorg € Z 1E stsueqtsekeu eTrepveyorg c 1 7 Uniojootenb etzepejorg € i Z eT TAUdkTod eTazepeyorg “XUN STISS TNA *1eA Mh G 2 eTTOJIpunjol etreptey,org *o'n STIeESTNA “JeA Th Z C ce i STTOFTpUNJOL BTIETEJOI Se S eT rs "XaN STTeq9TFes eTreTezOIN dd € GT t “o'g STTeI}IseS BTAeTeEIOIO 62 Ge 4 Tiysand etrepe,or9 poeTdues SUOTJEDIOT UOTJDETTOO GUS Ore) — (SPUSOM SPC-OPG) (SOG GS setoedg go sgoequnu Te{O,), Hd jo osuey SNOILYOOI NOILOZTIOO VFzeTeI029 YOA SHNTWA HA TIOS T Wldv 29h EY 0-00 G.eik Vol. 26, no. 5 grows on marl on the Florida Keys and on the Gulf coastal islands in soils whth the pH ranging from 7.0 to 8.5. Broader leaved plants of C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia and C. rotundifolia var. vulgaris also were found growing in circum- neutral or basic soils in Florida where the two varieties tend to intergrade. Crotalaria purshii seems to be more restricted to soils whith a low pH than the other species. Twenty- seven of the twenty-nine C. purshii population soil samples had a pH falling between 4.5 and 5.4 with twenty-three ranging between pH 5.0 and 5.4. Soil texture for all samples was reported by the Soil Testing Service as sand, loamy sand, or sandy clay loam. GARDEN STUDIES In an effort to determine what proportion of the morph- ological variation observed in the field was induced by var- iation in environmental conditions, seedlings from widely scattered locations (Table 2) representing as many parental morphological forms as possible were planted in a random sequence in a uniform garden plot at the North Carolina Botanical Garden. The seedlings were placed in holes along the center of 100-foot strips of black plastic mulching at intervals of 18 inches. Weeds between the strips were cut regulary with an 18 inch rotary mower. Temperature and rainfall statistics for the period of the study are presented in Figure 1. The plot was watered with a sprinkling irrigation system when rainfall was deficient. Soil in the garden plot was tested by the North Carolina State Department of Agriculture Soil Testing Division in Raleigh, and the ranges of test results of four samples, one from each quarter of the plot, are shown below. Test Range of 4 Samples pH Gis (S)5 1k Organic matter 1.3=1.7% Calcium 456-560 ppm Phosphorus 36-60 ppm Potassium 56-96 ppm Magnesium 53.6-74 ppm Manganese 19.2-24.4 ppm 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 295 TABLE 2 LIST OF Crotalaria SEED SOURCES USED IN NORTH CAROLINA BOTANICAL GARDEN PLANTING. Collection Locality Seed Plants Plants number County State parents planted harvested 1190 Scotland, North Carolina alk 20 ils} 2350 Monroe, Florida 2 al 14 Psieub Monroe, Florida iL 2358 Monroe, Florida 1 26 21 2366 Collier, Florida 6 18 18 2367 Collier, Florida 2 20 20 2372 Lee, Florida 3 21 16 2375 Pinellas, Florida al ial 11 2377 Hillsborough, Florida 6 30 28 2384 Osceola, Florida 5 20 20 2398 Clay, Florida 2 18 16 2h11 Columbia, Florida 1 8 8 2415 Suwannee, Florida 1 8 8 2h4el Taylor, Florida 6 18 18 2631 Calcasieu, Louisiana 6 18 16 2645 West Feliciana, Louisiana 2] 20 19 2650 St. Tammany, Louisiana 6 18 18 2659 Forrest, Mississippi 4 20 18 2668 Harrison, Mississippi 6 18 12 2669 Harrison, Mississippi 5 20 19 2672 Jackson, Mississippi 6 18 1p 2697 Santa Rosa, Florida 3 18 15 2704 Walton, Florida 6 18 18 2706 Walton, Florida 5 20 19 22 Jackson, Florida il 18 13 Bes Bay, Florida 2 2718 Leon, Florida 2 18 18 2730 Leon, Florida 6 18 18 2752 Ware, Georgia 4 20 18 2756 Glynn, Georgia 6 18 18 2762 Bulloch, Georgia 6 18 16 2768 Beaufort, South Carolina 6 18 15 Ce Barnwell, South Carolina 5 20 20 Catitale Kankakee, Illinois i 9 9 2780 Towa, Iowa 6 18 18 286 Cullman, Alabama 6 18 18 2848 Cherokee, South Carolina 6 18 1% 296 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 TABLE 2. (Continued) Collection Locality Seed Plants Plants Number State Country parents planted harvested 2849 Durango, Mexico 9 32 32 2857 Durango, Mexico 2 12 12 2860 Durango, Mexico if 5 4 2891 Nayarit, Mexico 6 18 17 2897 Nayarit, Mexico 3 19 18 2900 Nayarit, Mexico 5 20 20 2902 Nayarit, Mexico 5 22 22 2917 Nayarit, Mexico 5 18 18 2928 Jalisco, Mexico 5 20 19 2937 Jalisco, Mexico aL i it 2ghh Jalisco, Mexico 6 19 19 2950 Jalisco, Mexico 6 27 27 2952 Jalisco, Mexico 6 19 19 2954 Jalisco, Mexico 3 UG 15 2956 Jalisco, Mexico 6 20 20 2961 Michoacan, Mexico 2 15 15 2966 Michoacan, Mexico 6 18 18 2968 Michoacan, Mexico 5 29 29 2981 Oaxaca, Mexico 5 20 20 2994 Chiapas, Mexico 6 18 16 2996 Veracruz, Mexico 6 18 18 3008 - Guanajuato, Mexico 3 10 8 3017 Guanajuato, Mexico 6 18 16 3035 Morelos, Mexico 6 18 18 Seed obtained from other collections: Irwin 1050 Guyana ul 18 LT Stimson 2096 Broward County, Florida 1 16 14 Stimson he64 Puerto Rico i 20 20 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria Figure 1. Weather data for Chapel Hill, North Carolina for the period June 1, 1968-September 15, 1968. Rainfall in cm. Mot, 9. Ow = 13 re) ” a N + N 2 SS o ‘s + ” he 2 ° =) =] to) == = —_ So TS 9) 5 5 2 ry a a = Ee = o = = a e 0 <= z a S 2 ae wn ° “ w N ° N BL ° w wn > 5 ° 9) ° 9) ° 7) ° 9) toy 2) ” ” N rv) = = D, ul eunposaduiay 297 September August July June 298 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 Garden plants were harvested during the second week of September, at which time representative branches of each of the plants were pressed and dried. At the time of pressing, stem length, stem number, and plant habit data were taken for each plant. Each of the dried sets of garden specimens was compared with the dried field collections of the same number, including the seed parents of the garden plants. The following plant characters were examined in each set of specimens. fe Habre C. Width EROS Root D. Pubescence A. Type 1. Abaxial surface B. Thickness 2. Adaxial surface tr.) (Stem E. Petiole length A. Number VI. Peduncle B. Length A. Origin Cc. Maximum diameter B. Length D. Longest internode WHEE ersiehe E. Pubescence A. Petiolate or sessile 1. Type B. Size 2. Length VIII. Pedicel length IV. Stipule IX. Flower A. Width A. Calyx B. Lobe type 1. Total length C. Lobe length 2. Tube length V. Leaves 3. Pubescence A. Shape B. Bracteole size B. Length C. Corolla length Table 3 shows a comparison of stem lengths between field parents and garden plants. Stem length was usually longer and ultimate leaf size was a little smaller in the garden plants than in the field parents. Of the large number of collections represented in the randomized plot, only a few plants showed a reduced size when compared with their field grown parents. Most plants of Crotalaria rotundifolia var. rotundifolia from the Florida Keys were dwarfed and some of them died. This might be attributed to a possible high soil pH or calcium requirement which is found in soil of the Keys but not in the garden soil. Plants of one collection of C. purshii (W&W 1190) from North Carolina were also dwarfed in the garden and this may also be attributed to soil factors. Most C. purshii field locations have a soil pH of only 4.5-5.4, whereas the garden soils ranged from pH 5.8-6.1. 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 299 TABLE 3. STEM LENGTH (IN DM. ) IN FIELD AND GARDEN GROWN Crotalaria PLANTS Species and Number Field Range Garden Range Crotalaria nayaritensis 2897 6.b=1 2.0 Ho5= 820 2902 Beate 0) 39-1025 Crotalaria polyphylla 2849 = Seo Do aaoll 2857 WAOS20 Plea leat 2860 H.0=188 Baas ap Crotalaria purshii 1190 2 .6ale5 th ian call 2668 he be36 1323.5 2704 up to 3.0 2.6-5.3 2752 25-238 3916.0 272 kk .0=5.0 2. 525.0 Crotalaria quercetorum 2917 Leasesdo 3.5-0.)+ 2928 ies eS 2 .6a.5 Crotalaria rotundifolia var. rotundifolia 2350 225 =655 gp Pee Fh 2351 365 =0).0) Ute .9 2358 T2340 i, Sate 2366 Ws = S50 BROS 2367 ae 258} PRO eee 2372 UAO =I as. BS 5alas 2375 ees V.G=4 2: 2377 epee! 2.8-5.5 2384 UA AS) 2.04 2398 ata. 6 5 EO= a5 2he1 150=1.2 3.8-6.3 2672 5-20 eS! 2756 O22 0 Dao 5 300 PHYTO 10 GT Vol. 26, no. 5 TABLE3. (Continued) Species and Number Field Range Garden Range Crotalaria rotundifolia var. vulgaris 2h11 10-155 2, O26 2h15 Oa dese 3. 52486 2645 1 0=2.0 2.8=5.0 2650 WARE OT ise 5ae 2669 dens 2866.23 2706 1Os2.2 jb Oakes 2730 pulaons 2. 5-6.0 2762 de ar ee 5 2768 Bot aaa5 1 -Gokes 2900 0-258 4,5-8.1 2952 0.4-5.0 3627.5 3017 Oe520 5 112298 3035 0.5-1.0 3.3-6.5 Crotalaria sagittalis 2631 T5256 38-6055 OTTT IB SS il 3.0=640 2780 lis S2oil 3 0L6ns 28h6 LAC A285} Pos ete. 2848 3.4 3 Ona 2891 ACRE RO Gs6ce 29gkh Te ASS 2 46a 2950 2361.26 2 Online 2954 A We ee Ps Pil! 2956 (Oe US 3 O=fee 2961 Digna te 3..3-e 2966 0. 5ales 2.8-4.6 2968 0.6=2.5 LLB 2981 O.e=1 52 coor yal 2996 TASCA: 3..2=020 3008 O.5=1 54 30-506 Crotalaria stipularia Irwin 1050 plant - 1.5 POS i; Stimson 4264 1 plant =42.6 6. 5-910 —_ 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 301 Comparisons of several field collections which showed a great variation in leaf size and shape with their garden progeny showed equal variation to be maintained in the garden. In several of these cases the relatively few (usually three to six) offspring of a single plant exhibited nearly the full range of leaf variation that appeared in an entire field collection. Though many of the garden plants grew to be larger than their field counterparts (Table 3), most of them had a habit very similar to that of the plants from the field collections. Plants of Crotalaria sagittalis from United States locations were exceptions to this. In this species young garden plants had a habit much like that seen in the field, but as the plants grew older, they assumed an uncharacteristic sprawling habit. Seeds were planted from a number of representative plants of Crotalaria sagittalis var. blumeriana, a taxon characterized by small plant and fruit size. All of the resulting garden plants were as large as any of the plants grown from field seed of typical Mexican C. sagittalis. Due to consistent results of this type for all of the C. sagittalis var. blumeriana seed planted, I do not recognize the variety taxonomically. The garden plants grown from C. sagittalis seed from locations 2954, 2961, and 2966 in Mexico had a habit unlike any seen in the field. The garden habit was like that of a small, dense, flat-topped bush. Although the garden material of these three collections is quite distinct from other C. sagittalis grown in the garden, it seems necessary to include this entity under C. sagittalis since its field parents fall within the range of variation found in other C. sagittalis field collections. Further study May show these "garden taxa" to be good species. PHENOLOGY Under good growing conditions plants of most species of Iocaulon Crotalarias seem to be day neutral. Once flowering has begun it usually continues until growth is halted by either drought or cold weather. Crotalaria plants grown in the experimental plot from places as far from each other as Chiapas, Mexico and Northern Illinois flowered under the same day length conditions in Chapel Hill. Plants of Crotalaria nayaritensis, the Mexican species which grew to the largest size of any of the garden plantings, 302 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 did not flower until late in the growing season and then flowered only sparingly. The fact that flowering occurred as the days were getting shorter may reflect a requirement of C. nayaritensis for relatively short days prior to flowering. POLLINATION Early in the studies, during growth chamber work with Crotalaria sagittalis and C. purshii, fruit set occurred on all plants observed in the absence of pollinators. This seems to indicate that a mechanism for self-pollination is operative in the group. To check how extensively automatic self-pollination occurs in the species studied, inflorescences of a number of garden plants (Table 4) of each of seven taxa were caged, using white nylon stockings over a frame formed by half gallon waxed milk cartons with the sides cut out. All open flowers and fruits were removed from inflorescences before the cages were put in place and the nylon netting was tied below the inflorescences. In most cases two inflorescences were enclosed within each cage. Results from the caging (Table 4) show that in the absence of insects, some of the plants set fruit while others did not. These results may be explained in several ways. Some of the plants may have been self-sterile and even though the pollen of the flower reached the associated pistil, no fruit was set. Under these conditions, a low fruit set might be expected in uncaged plants if very few individuals of the species were present in the garden to serve as pollen sources. This may have been the case in the plants of Crotalaria nayaritensis and C. polyphylla (Table 4). Plants of C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia from the United States and C. rotundifolia var. vulgaris from Mexico showed mixed results. In variety rotundifolia represent- atives of one population selfed in five of the five cages, but in five plants from three other locations no fruit set occurred. Similarly, in Mexican variety vulgaris two plants from one population failed to set fruit, while three plants from two other populations did set fruit. All uncaged representatives of Mexican C. rotundifolia var. vulgaris set fruit abundantly as shown by the average fruit per plant range of 23-136. Since numerous C. rotundifolia individuals were present to act as a source of pollen for the pollen vectors, high fruit set might be expected even though some of the populations appeared to consist of self-sterile plants. Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 303 1973 4°S we I oLLZe O'h Z Z 26L2 £ hai é é O6TT Trysand “9 €*T6 T di 9ngc O'Te? Z g OgLé a aes e° Tt g 2 TE9e STTeq9TSeS *O SHLVLS CHLINA IP US TL G G H9eh UOSUTIS eTleqTndtis *9 OOTY OLdHNd Q’ 2d ii E 2562 2° 9ET ro) Z GEOF STICBTNA *JeA wc O d 0062 eTpostpunqzo sr *) eal G G 9962 STTeqIITSeS "0 8°0 ) G 6c etthydstod *9 SO @) G Z062 stsueqtzekeu °9 OOLT Xa (ese0 ted (squeTd peseoun qVinIy Buty73esS SaousdSeLOTJUT €-T) setosds TI® tos) quetd soyouerq jo peseo ssyouerq Toquny pue Jed 4iIncgy o8eroay zaquny go Jequny UOTIOSTTON A£rqyunog SLNWId CHOVONN NI LNWId Yad SLINYA HOVEHAVY CNV SHONHOSHYOTHNI GHOVO HLIM SENVId StzeTezotp NMOYO NEHCYVOD YOA NOILYWHOUNI LHS LINdd y WIdVL Vol. 26, no. 5 PHYTOL OG I's 30h, G*ge iL IE eoL2 6° et I. T c9OLe ee t qt o€L2 STIesTNA *JeA 6°92 of rf QTL2 eTToITpunqor *O 0°SS O 1 oL92 9°S2 ©) 2] g6E2 Q°6E O ro HEE? eTTortpunjzor *1eA £°9 S G ole? eTpTostpunqzort *O (ese0 sed (squeTd peseoun 4Iniz Butqyyjes so9ous0SeLOTJUT €-T) setoeds _T1Te toy) quetd gsoyouerq jo peseo sayouerq Tequnyy pue Jed 4InIy oBertoAy Tequnyl JO Tequny UOTIOSTTLON Arqunog ( penut4uod ) ‘p WIG 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 305 Another possible explanation for the results would involve a system in which insect movement of the flower parts would be necessary for self-pollination to occur. This does not appear to be the case in garden plants of Crotalaria polyphylla, which flowered profusely, had insects visiting the flowers, but still very little fruit set. It could, however, be the situation in some populations of C. rotundifolia in which uncaged plants set fruit abundantly, but caged plants set no fruit. Sucha system would also bring foreign pollen to flowers and promote new variation through occasional recombination. This explanation May account for the extreme variability maintained in the Florida populations of C. rotundifolia and the Mexican populations of C. nayaritensis and C. bupleurifolia. Continuous selfing, if occurring almost to the exclusion of all out-crossing, would tend to maintain a few genetic lines in a species and account for the occurrence of extremely homo- geneous populations, like those in Crotalaria sagittalis, with local variations caused by rare out-crossing, by genetic drift, or by occasional mutation and local selection over many generations. The actual mechanism of pollination in the American Crotalaria species is not fully understood. Polhill (1968, page 181) explains this in the following way for some of the African species: "The genus is entomophilous and the visiting insect depresses the keel; pollen shed into the keel before the flowers fully open is extruded on the style by a piston action, which can be repeated several times (unlike the explo- sive release of pollen by several north-temperate genera of Genisteae) ." Whether the species for which this applies are self-fertile or self-sterile, I do not know. If the plants of a species were self-sterile, nothing in the way of a morphological change would be needed to convert the flower to a self-pollination system, since the pollen of the flower covers the stigma during the piston action. Observations of numerous flowers of Iocaulon Crotalarias show that in most cases the carinal tube of the keel above the stigma is filled with masses of pollen grains which adhere to each other. Other flowers examined had the short anthers beside 306 P BY PTsO.L ©:.6,7 2 Vol. 26, now 5 or above the stigma in the carinal tube with pollen still remaining in the tardily dehiscent anther locules. Under usual circumstances, if pollen from another plant reaches the stigma it does so through the mass of the flower's own pollen. While examining buds for chromosome counts in the various species, occasional buds were found in which all the anthers failed to produce pollen-mother-cells or pollen. This condition would allow any pollen transported to the carinal tube by an insect vector to reach the stigma and complete pollination. A similar type of male sterility has been reported for Crotalaria striata (Kempana & Krishna, 1958). Even in the low percentages at which this male sterility seems to occur in these species, the increased potential for gene exchange caused by the mechanism is sufficient to assure that a variable gene pool will be maintained. Even though one to three hours were spent at each field location sampled (during the period when the flowers were fully open) insects were only occasionally observed working the flowers. In addition to honey bees, several small bees were also observed and collected. They were identified by Dr. Gerald I. Stage, Assistant Curator, Division of Hemiptera and Hymenoptera, Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C., as sweat bees with the following classification: Halicitidae: Halictinae Lasioglossum (Dialictus) raleighensis Crawford Collected in Jackson County, Mississippi and Bacon County, Georgia. In the garden studies in Chapel Hill, North Carolina numerous bees were observed working the flowers during the summer. Representatives of each of the observed types were also sent to Dr. Stage for his determinations: Halictidae: Halictinae (Sweat bees) Lasioglossum (Dialictus) sp. Megachilidae: Megachilinae (Leaf cutter bees) Megachile (Litomegachile) b. brevis Say Megachile (Leptorachis) petulans Cresson Megachile (Chelostomoides) campanulae wilmingtoni (Mitchell) Anthophoridae: Xylocopini (Carpenter bees) Xylocopa virginica virginica (Linnaeus) Apidae: Apinae (Honey bees) Apis mellifera Linnaeus 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 307 The bees did not appear to restrict themselves to any single species of Crotalaria, but moved from one species to another in a short period of time. One bee, which was followed for a period of time, visited 22 plants representing seven of the taxa included in the garden. LIFE HISTORY, MORPHOLOGY AND VARIATION STUDIES IN Crotalaria Seeds The seed characters of native and introduced Crotalarias known to occur in the New World have been covered quite well in a lengthy USDA Technical Bulletin (No. 1373) by Dr. Robert H. Miller, USDA Crops Research Division, Beltsville, Maryland. Six North American Iocaulon Crotalaria taxa are included: Crotalaria rotundifolia (C. maritima), C. nitens, C. pilosa, C. purshii, C. sagittalis, and C. stipularia. Miller treated C. rotundifolia var. vulgaris (Senn's C. angulata) and Senn's C. tuerckheimii as synonymous with C. sagittalis L. and treated C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia as C. maritima Chapman. The uniformity of the seeds in the 47 African, Asian, and New World species of Crotalaria studied anatomically was such that Miller declined to develop an anatomical key to the seeds "because of the relatively few differences in available diagnostic characters." The seed in Crotalaria sagittalis develops from a campylotropus-like ovule and is non-arillate. Detailed seed development is discussed in a paper by Cook (1924). A hard seed coat, which is characteristic of many legumes, is also present in Crotalaria. This character, coupled with a low seed moisture content, is credited with the extreme longevity of seeds of many plants in the family. Quick (1961) reported experiments by Becquerel showing Cassia seeds to be viable after 115 and 158 years. Quick also discussed the work of Ewert in which seeds, all over 50 years old, from 1,400 species and varieties of plants were tested. Of the 1,400 samples only 49 contained viable seeds and 37 of the 49 species represented were legumes. The oldest of these 37 samples were of seeds of Goodia and Novea, both 105 years old. Length and color data for seed collected in the field w2re obtained prior to garden plantings for most of the species. Seed color was checked by comparison with color plates in Maerz and Paul (1950), but proved to be too variable even in single samples to be of value as a taxonomically diagnostic tool Seed 308 PEEP OoL,0 GDA Vol. 26, no. 5 length, obtained by measuring the longest axis of the cotyledonary lobe, was used as an index to seed size and the resulting data from this study are presented in Table 5. Seed size reported in the tables was maintained in the garden plants grown from seed Measured for the tables. Seed size, while not important as a diagnostic character is interesting in that it tends to be related to geographic distribution. This is most readily observed when comparing the figures for populations of Crotalaria sagittalis for which the greatest north-south range is available. Plants in northern Illinois and Iowa produced seed with average lengths of 2.54 mm and 2.72 mm respectively. In comparison plants of the eastern Texas population had a mean seed length of 1.85 mm. Geographically intermediate plants in Louisiana and Missouri had intermediate mean seed lengths of 2.03 mm (La.), 2.31 mm (La.), and 2.51 mm (Mo.). In Mexico, the smallest C. sagittalis seeds were collected at the lowest elevations. Collection 2891 with a mean seed length of 1.67 mm grew at 2,800 feet, whereas collections 2956, 2968, and 2970 with mean seed lengths between 2.06 and 2.09 mm grew at elevations of 5,500-6,500 feet. This general correlation between seed size and latitude in the central United States and seed size and elevation in Mexico suggests that a larger seed size may be of an adaptive advantage in cooler climates. In the United States the larger seed size may be advantageous for the northen plants because the larger supply of storage products allows the young plants to take the fullest advantage of the shorter growing seasons. In Mexico, where the growing seasons are controlled more by the fluctuations in rain- fall than by temperature changes, the advantage of a larger seed size at higher elevations is not as clear. The higher elevations are definitely cooler and their growing seasons may be shorter due to reduced rainfall periods, but no information on growing season length in relation to elevation is available for the collection locations visited. Seed Germination Plants in populations of the Iocaulon Crotalarias are usually well scattered and frequently limited to 10-15 per location. This small population size occurs in spite of the fact that viable seeds are normally produced in large numbers. To deter- mine the approximate normal percentage of germination, one year old seeds from plants from seven locations were tested. The seeds were submerged in petri plates containing distilled water at room temperature during the test. Records on germination were kept for a period of two weeks. Table 6 below shows that 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 309 TABLE 5. SEED SIZE (mm) IN FIELD COLLECTIONS OF Crotalaria SEED (LENGTH OF COTYLEDONARY LOBE) Species Country Sample Range Mean Standard Standard and and Size Deviation Error Number State Crotalaria polyphylla 2849 MEX, Dur. Mey LGSIO=Ss} Co) Baul 0.18 0.018 Crotalaria purshii 2668 US, Miss. 100, 1295-2035) 2.10 0.10 0.010 2676 is, Ala. 100. dnG5=One5 seeto 0.10 0.010 2696 Woe Bila. 100. 2. 1Oeesce 2. 3h 0.16 0.016 2728 US; Gai. TOO. dal 2Obee ean 2 det Oak 0.011 2752 US; Gas 06. 42. 00=2,60~ 2,19 eeelate Conk 2767 WSs. C'. 100! ae ope Om es 0.09 0.009 eT ie us, oC. 100° 2. 05-2.65, 2). 4) 0.16 0.016 Crotalaria quercetorum 2928 MEX, Jal. 160-135-070 14S 0.10 0.010 2994 MEX, Chs. 100. as5=2-00 1.61 0.16 0.016 Crotalaria rotundifolia var. rotundifolia 2350 is. mia.. sy ISILER 20) QEOO 0.10 0.011 2358 Us, Pla. 100) Steal 10S 0.07 0.007 2366 lisa. Pia. 100. .2.90=2..30° 2.06 0.09 0.009 2367 ee la. SOL ob. 95=2..30 2.08 0.09 0.012 2372 Ss. Pie. 70 - 9. 95=2.60) 2,25 O.16 0.020 2377 Us. Hla. 160 i. 70=2.20, 2.00 ope) 0.010 2379 WS bbs. TOO, 0522.55 72.15 0.13 0.013 2398 US, Fla. HOO plve0=2.35- 2507 0.09 0.009 2h4e1 Us, Fla. TOO,” (2. 775=2.10, 1.96 0.09 0.009 2672 US, Miss. 1005 al BO=2.25 2.1 0.08 0.008 2756 US, Ga. LOO" We fo-26e20. 2.00 (opal 0.011 310 PY 2.0 L0G 3k Vol. 26, no. 5 TABLE 5. (Continued) Species Country Sample Range Mean Standard Standard and and Size Deviation Error Number State Crotalaria rotundifolia var. vulgaris 2645 US. pL 1OO.— as 90=2.30.0206 0.09 0.009 2650 UG bbe. 100 . 1 des 5=2., 45. 20h 0.09 0.009 2669 US, Miss. 1,00... 1380=2).35% 2406 O12 0.012 2706 US ;. Bia. NOG Ls re dOr2ke 7Oe gee iS 0.14 0.014 2718 US), File. 95 1GO-2.30 . 2205 0.07 0.008 2730 US; Blas LOO. 2.65-2305 4.9% 0.08 0.008 27h0 US, Ga. 122 -4 1885-4, 30: 62.05 O.1d 0.010 e7he US, Ga. LOO) 2. 8022.85 eee 0.10 0.010 2762 US, Ga. Os Sale Toe Se. OG) 0.10 0.010 2768 Uspaswes HOO" -2 400-2550: « 26 (oan Bs O.OLA: 2900 MEX, Nay. TOO" 2355-200. 2e8e2 Owe 0.012 2952 MEX, Jal. TOO) FeAl 475-220 ol 0.14 0.014 3035 MEX, Mor. HOO.” YDS 55=065. a. 0.09 0.009 Crotalaria sagittalis 2604 US, Tex. TOG, ues sla SOE isan 0.15 0.015 2631 Us.) La. TOO. «de55eO2Sbie 2.08 OetG 0.010 2635 US,” fai LOO: “2L15-2560 weak 0.10 0.010 ST TT Pas enl. LOO! 2. SOP a> | eee 0.07 0.007 2780 US, Iowa LOGS. « Bel S23 300) « Qre 0.12 0.012 28143 US, Miss. 100s 2 .O522.05. Leae O.15 0.015 286 US, Ala. 100% S210=2.65. 92.38 0.10 0.010 288 US; S.C. TOO? 32100-2750" 22.28 0.12 0.012 2891 MEX, Nay. LOO” ii ees Sead cog 0.14 0.014 2903 MEX, Nay. TOO 6 5mie 95: 158 0.07 0.007 2gkh MEX, Jal. 100, de65=2 200), 2580 O.07 0.007 2950 MEX, Jal. TOO” © 14.65<2,. 10: aS SF 0.13 0.013 2956 MEX, Jal. 60, 11 9.550<2e5 5." 2.06 O.«L2 Ono1e 2968 MEX, Mich. LOO" “5 580<2 40, 2406 Od 0.011 2970 MEX, Oax. 100° 1.:90=2 400209 0.13 0.013 2981 MEX, Oax. TOO 185.2) 15 di 99 0.07 0.007 2996 MEX, Ver. LOO,” Mili 7O<2', Lovet 96 0.08 0.008 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 312 from 0 to 11% of the seeds swelled and germinated in the un- treated seed samples. Germination studies made prior to the garden planting showed that 90-100% germination was usual in seed which had been mechanically scarified by scratching the testa with a dissecting needle. The low natural germination rates of Crotalaria seed are compatable with the low numbers of plants at most collection locations, but do not explain the large numbers of plants occasionally found at some locations. Weathering is usually credited with bringing about germination in legume seeds which have been exposed for long periods of time and alternate freezing and thawing, rains, soil chemicals, soil micro-organisms, and high summer temperatures probably do act to increase germination. In alternate freezing and thawing of submerged Crotalaria sagittalis (W&W 2780) seeds there was no increase in swelling of seeds during or after eight freeze-thaw cycles. Martin and Cushwa (1966) reviewed the literature on the effects of high temperature on the germination of legume seeds and presented additional data from their own experiments with Cassia seed. It had been previously observed that the abundance of legumes in pine woods was increased following fires. Martin and Cushwa hypothesized that this could be accounted for by the breakdown of the seed coat by the high temperatures generated during fire. They performed experiments in which Cassia seeds were subjected to increasing temperatures under moist and dry conditions. Dry heat increased germination in new seed slightly with a maximum of 22% germination at about 90-95° C. The new Cassia seed reached a maximum germination rate of nearly 100% after being exposed to 80° C moist heat for four minutes. Exposure at 80° C for periods up to 16 minutes did not reduce the germination percentages. Martin and Cushwa indicated that they thought that these moist, hot conditions are duplicated in burning pine litter, but they have not been able to establish this experimentally. In order to test the reaction of the Crotalaria seed to heat, two additional lots of 100 seeds were taken from the same seven collections mentioned above. One of the lots was placed in boiling water and allowed to cool to room temperature; the other lot was placed in water maintained at 82° c for a period of 20 minutes, following which it was allowed to cool. 312 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 Germination results of these tests at the end of two weeks appear in Table 6 along with the results from the untreated seed samples. In all cases seeds scalded with boiling water showed an increase in germination over untreated seeds, but in most cases the increase was not as great as that shown by seeds subjected to prolonged high temperature. It is evident from Table 6 that heating does have the effect of increasing Crotalaria seed germination, but under field conditions the degree of temperature and moisture and the duration of hot moist conditions would vary with the position of a seed in the soil during a fire. It is probable that only a small proportion of the total number of seeds present are ina position of a seed in the soil during a fire. It is probable that only a small proportion of the total number of seeds present are in a position to benefit from burning at a given time, thereby much reducing the fire induced germination percentages one might expect to receive in a field experiment. TABLE 6. SEED GERMINATION IN SEVEN 1 YEAR OLD Crotalaria SEED SAMPLES (SAMPLE SIZE 100) Species Population Untreated Scalded Heated 82° C/ number 20 minutes C. quercetorum 2917 3 73 98 C. rotundifolia 2377 2 61 93 var. rotundifolia C. rotundifolia 2645 4 20 38 var. vulgaris C. rotundifolia 3035 11 22 73 var. vulgaris C. sagittalis 2780 0) 24 6 C. sagittalis 2968 O 69 86 C. stipularia Stimson 6 85 100 4264 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 313 Frequently after soil disturbance, Crotalaria plants become more abundant. This may be attributed to the germination of newly exposed, weathered seeds or of seed scarified during the disturbance. The extent to which animals act as seed scarifying agents in Crotalaria is not known. Fruits examined after infection by Crotalaria Moth (Utethesia) larvae, which bore into young fruits and eat the developing seeds, occasionally contained seeds which had a small part of the seed coat and a bit of cotyledon tissue missing, thus exposing the embryo for water uptake. Seeds of this type were germinated and developed into normal seedlings without further scarification. Since seeds of Crotalaria have been known to cause Senecio illness and death in mammals and birds due to the alkaloids in the seed coat (Kingsbury 1964), the effectiveness of the digestive tract of animals in scar- ification of Crotalaria has not been tested during this study. Once scarified, Crotalaria seed must come in contact with water and in most cases must remain in contact with moisture until the seedling is anchored and the cotyledons emerge. In greenhouse work, swollen seeds were usually covered by a thin layer of milled sphagnum to about the same depth as the thickness of the seed. Occasionally seeds were covered accidentally to a depth of % inch and these did not complete germination. Seedling Development Seedling development is initiated by the growth of the radicle which grows downward and becomes anchored in the soil. This stage is followed by an elongation of the hypocotyl which elevates the cotyledons. As the seed swells the testa softens and the cotyledons enlarge and split the testa which then dries and falls away. Occasionally the seed coat dries over the tips of the cotyledons and holds them together. In these cases if the cotyledons are held together over most of their length, the epicotyl fails to develop and the seedling dies. Following the loss of the seed coat, the cotyledons, relatively equal in size, expand to their maximum size within about one week. In late spring in the greenhouse, two weeks after swollen seeds were planted, the first true leaf was fully expanded and the second present, though in a folded and unexpanded condition. Figure 2 shows silhouettes of representative seedlings of nine of the Crotalaria taxa studied. Variation among seedlings 314 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 1 + $m te ta 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 315 from a given population is relatively small and cotyledon size varies with the seed size. Hypocotyl length (as measured from the base of the cotyledons to ground level) varies from species to species with the hypocotyls of C. rotundifolia and C. purshii being shortest. Figures 2 A-H illustrate seedlings with short hypocotyls and the remainder (I-O) illustrate those with long hypocotyls. All seedlings were two weeks old with the exception of C and D which were four weeks old and J which was three weeks old. Seedlings C, D, and J have been included to show a comparison of the early branching exhibited by plants which later become decumbent (C and D) with the branching of those which are erect at maturity (J). In most Iocaulon Crotalaria species there is a tendency for young, rapidly growing seedlings to be erect or ascending as exemplified by C. rotundifolia from Florida (Figure 2 C). Figure 2 D shows the most common early branching form throughout the range of both varieties of C. rotundifolia. Early internodes of the main stem of C. rotundifolia are short, allowing for several decumbent branches to arise near the ground. Figure 2 J shows C. sagittalis after three weeks of growth. As is typical in the species, both the hypocotyl and internodes are long and growth is rapid. In five and one-half weeks the greenhouse grown C. sagittalis plants began flowering and in nine and one-half weeks mature black fruits were present. Roots Plants of all species of the Iocaulon Crotalarias have slender taproots (similar to Figure 3 F) when they are young. Figures 3 D and F illustrate the root growth form found in mature annual plants. Crotalaria sagittalis usually falls into this group, but in the warmer parts of its range some plants Figure 2. Silhouettes of Crotalaria seedlings of various ages, 0.29x. (See text for discussion). A. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (W&W 2350). B. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (WaW 2398). C. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (W&W 2377). D. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (WsW 2398). E. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (W&W 2377). F. C. purshii (W&W 2684). G. C. rotundifolia var. vulgaris (W&W 2645). H. C. rotundifolia var. vulgaris (W&W 3017). I. C. sagittalis (W&W 2777). J. C. sagittali (W&W 2777). K. C. bupleurifolia var. robusta (Rzedowski 15,134). L. C. stipularia (Stimson 4264). M. C. nayaritensis (WsW 2902). N. C. quercetorum (W&W 2917). O. C. polyphylla (W&W 2849). 316 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 317 produce roots which perennate. In the perennial species, the main root axis and branches become thickened in the manner shown in Figures 3 A, B, C, and E. In cool climates the stems of the perennial species become dormant and frequently die back in the winter, and new stems are produced the following year from a crown. The number of stems produced in successive years varies from one to several in C. purshii and perennial C. sagittalis to many in C. rotundifolia. Figure 3 B illustrates the type of perennial root structure of plants growing in the deep sands of Florida. In comparison 3 E shows a root from a plant of the same species growing in less porous soils. Root systems of all Crotalaria plants grown in the garden were much alike. None of the garden plants produced the long tap roots typical of those found in the field; all produced roots in which the main axis was regularly short and had numerous relat- ively thick branches near the surface. The near-surface roots possibly developed in response to the high soil moisture in the upper several inches of soil under the plastic mulching. Very little has been published on the anatomy of roots of the Iocaulon species of Crotalaria. Britton (1903) published a brief description and a drawing of a secondary root cross section of C. sagittalis, and pointed out the abundance of sclerenchyma cells in the cortex. He also stated that the roots closely resembled those of Cassia except for having a greater abundance of the cortical sclerenchyma tissue. Hand sections of C. sagittalis roots observed by the author were similar in structure to those illustrated by Britton. No attempt was made to survey the anatomy of the roots of other species. Roots of Crotalaria produce nodules, but no effort was made to determine what percentage of the plants obtained in the field possessed nodules or the associated bacteria. A study Figure 3. Representative roots of Crotalaria species, ca. 0.5x. A. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (W 1142). B. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (W&W 2383). C. C. purshii (W 1072). D. C. nayaritensis (W&W 2897). E. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (WsW 2736). F. C. sagittalis (W&W 2777). 318 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 of root nodule organisms in wild legumes by Conklin (1936) included organisms which were associated with the roots of C. sagittalis. Results from Conklin's cross inoculation studies showed a strong similarity between the organism which is associ- ated with C. sagittalis and those associated with Vigna sinensis, Genista tinctoria, and Baptisia tinctoria. A later study by Wilson (1944) reported that isolates from 33 genera entered into symbiosis with C. sagittalis. During the present study well developed nodules were observed on roots of. eight week old C. sagittalis plants grown in the greenhouse. Trichomes Most above-ground organs except the fruits and stamens of the Iocaulon Crotalarias are pubescent to some degree. Even the yellow banner may bear some trichomes on the back and at the base. Leaves usually bear trichomes on both surfaces and on the margin, but in Crotalaria purshii and C. quercetorum the upper surfaces are glabrous, and the trichomes are restricted to the lower surface and margins. Organs vary in trichome density, and the trichomes vary in length, but the trichome type is consistent in all taxa of the Iocaulon Crotalarias studied. The trichomes are non-glandular and consist of a long terminal cell attached laterally at the base to a small cell which is in turn attached to the epidermal cells. The angle which the trichome takes relative to the organ surface is determined by the structure of the epidermis at the point of the attachment (Figure 4). If the attachment is toa flat surface (Figure 4 C), the trichome is strongly appressed, but if the surface is papillate and the attachment is on the side of a papilla of epidermal cells (Figure 4 B) the trichome is spreading. Intermediate angles depend on the size of the papilla and the angle of basal cell attachment to the papilla (Figure 4 A and D). The trichomes discussed above closely resemble one of the trichome types which Metcalfe and Chalk (1950) illustrate as Figure 4. General trichome types in Iocaulon Crotalarias illustrating the various forms of attachment in relation to the axis of the stem (or surface of leaf, etc.). A., D. Inter- mediates between appressed and spreading trichomes. B. Spreading trichome. C. Appressed trichome. 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 319 Imm. 320 PAYS OL: Gat’ Vol. 26, no. 5 ordinary papilionaceous hairs. All of the trichome types which they place into this group are terminated by a long pointed cell, but differ from one another in the number and relative length of basal cells and their attachment to the terminal cell. Stipules The foliaceous decurrent stipules which wing the stems of members of the Iocaulon Crotalarias are quite unique. Linnaeus considered the stipules to be so important that he placed all of the Iocaulon species collectively into a single species with the epithet "“sagittalis} a term previously used by Plukenet and Hermann to describe the stipules. Of the 12 North American Iocaulon species of Crotalaria I recognize, plants of four species lack stipules completely. In several of the remaining species, however, stipules are of such diagnostic importance that stipule type alone is enough to identify a plant to species. For example, the incurved stipule lobes in plants of C. stipularia (Figure 5 A) are not approached in form in any other species and furnish adequate identification of this taxon. The most common stipule type in the group is that in which the lobes are spreading (Figure 5 B, C, D, E, F, and H). Stipules in C. bupleurifolia var. bupleurifolia are usually quite distinct because they are wider than the stipules of other species and do not tend to taper to the base (Figure 5 G). Stipules in C. pilosa, which was not collected during the study, also tend to be parallel to the stem, but are usually quite narrow, rarely having spreading lobes, and always being decurrent for more than one internode. The silhouettes in Figure 5 illustrate the stipule variation in the various taxa of Iocaulon Crotalarias. Stipules were included from wide and narrow leaved plants for species where Figure 5. Silhouettes of decurrent stipules of Crotalaria species; A-F, 0.13x; G-H, 0.15x. A. C. stipularia. B. C. purshii. C. C. sagittalis, five on left from Mexican collection, remainder from United States collections. D. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia. E. C. rotundifolia var. vulgaris, United States collections. F. C. rotundifolia var. vulgaris, Mexican collections. G. C. bupleurifolia var. bupleurifolia. H. C. nayaritensis. indler, Studies in Crotalaria ¥vVH¥, tn Wyn ! ibae, [irr i V1y ly, Wn Tivvae rT Ani 322 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 this variation occurs. Stipule size does not vary with the leaf width in the material examined; some of the plants in C. sagittalis with very narrow leaves had stipules of the same width as the wide leaved plants. The variation in the stipules of the plants of C. bupleurifolia shown in Figure 5 represents the variation in a single population (2943) and is extreme for the Tocaulon Crotalarias. In some of the larger C. bupleurifolia plants observed in the field, the stipules were cupped as though the margins of the decurrent stipule had reached a maximum size before the stem had completed elongation. Most of the Iocaulon Crotalarias grow in dry situations where moisture availability is sporadic. When drought condi- tions last for a long period of time the leaves may all be lost, but the stipules which wing the stem remain in good condition for a longer period. When moisture again becomes available, the photosynthetic tissue in the stipules may aid in the plant's recovery and give the stipule-bearing plants a survival advantage over non-stipule bearers under the same conditions. Crotalaria stipularia plants in this recuperating condition, with new shoots present, were described as the variety serpyllifolia by Senn (1939). Leaves ~ Senn, in his 1939 treatment of Crotalaria, recognized varieties in C. sagittalis, C. pilosa, and C. stipularia based primarily on leaf size and shape. None of these varieties are recognized as being different from the typical varieties in this study. Early leaves of all plants in the group tend to be round, oval, or elliptic with later leaves usually being narrower (Figure 6) except in plants with typically round or oval mature leaves (eg. Crotalaria rotundifolia). This leaf variation relative to the position on the stem was maintained under Figure 6. Sillhouettes of Crotalaria leaves from single plants with the lower leaves appearing on the left and the upper leaves on the right, .25x. A. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (W&W 2385). B. C. sagittalis (W&W 2631). C. C. purshii (W&W 2660). D. C. stipularia (Howard 17,264). E. C. nayaritensis (W&W 2902). F. C. polyphylla (W&W 2859). G. C. guercetorum (W&W 2928). Windler, Studies bil Al wil 106 Oli 00 eO0ll 32h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 greenhouse and growth chamber conditions where the temperature was moderated and moisture levels were maintained. The change of leaf shape from the base of a plant to the top is not uncommon and is especially noticeable in plants with lobed or dissected leaves. The pattern of leaf size reduction seems to be under genetic control and may relate to the efficiency of the vascular system at increasing distances from the roots. Because of the fact that the shape of leaves tends to vary with their position on the stem (Figure 6), the choice of leaves for comparison is problematic. The silhouettes in Figures 7 through 11 show representative leaf variation in field populations collected during this study. All leaves were taken from the upper half of the plants sampled, thereby avoiding most of the variation due to their position on the stem. There is limited leaf shape variation in a given population of Crotalaria sagittalis, but variation between populations over the extensive range of the species is much greater. A comparison of the leaves represented in 7 B (Illinois) with 7 D (Louisiana) shows clearly the difference in leaf width which can be observed in northern and southern United States populations of this species. Every degree of variation between the two exists with the two figured samples approaching the extremes of a cline. The leaves of Mexican material of C. sagittalis (Figure 7 A) are more variable in shape than those of typical United States plants and may re- flect a pool of variability in Mexico from which the United States C. sagittalis was derived. Leaf variation in populations of Crotalaria rotundifolia var. vulgaris is quite limited in the United States and Mexico (Figure 8 A, B, C). Although the leaves from field collections from Mexico are larger than the United States material of the same variety, when planted together in the garden the differences in leaf sizes were not maintained. Leaves of C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia are extremely variable in most populations, Figure 7. Silhouettes of Crotalaria sagittalis leaves showing variation in plants from different populations in different geographic areas, .25x. A. W&W 2996 (Veracruz). B. W&W 2777 (Illinois). C. W&W 2780 (Iowa). D. WéW 2631 (Louisiana). Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 325 A HUN) Dadi ov [li 326 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 Figure 8. Silhouettes of Crotalaria rotundifolia leaves showing variation in plants from different populations, .25x. A. var. vulgaris (W&W 2892, Nayarit). B. var. vulgaris (WéW 2900, Nayarit). C. var. vulgaris (W&W 2771, South Carolina). D. var. rotundifolia (W&W 2377, Florida). E. var. rotundifolia (WsW 2384, Florida). F-. var. rotundifolia (W&W 2379, Florida). Figure 9. Silhouettes of Crotalaria leaves showing var- jation in plants from different populations, .25x. A. C. purshii (WsW 2772, South Carolina). B. C. purshii (W&W 2684, Florida). C. C. purshii (Ws&W 2687, Florida). D. C. stipularia (Howard 17,264, Puerto Rico). Figure 10. Silhouettes of Crotalaria leaves showing pop- ulation variation in plants from different populations, .25x. A. C. bupleurifolia (WEW 2943, Jalisco). B. C. polyphylla (WaW 2860, Durango). Figure 11. Silhouettes of Crotalaria leaves showing var- iation in plants from various populations, .25x. A. C. nayaritensis (W&W 2897, Nayarit). B. C. nayaritensis (W&W 2902, Nayarit). C. C. quercetorum (WsW 2928, Jalisco). as might be expected in plants that are usually self-pollinated but which outcross occasionally. Patterns of leaf variation in Crotalaria purshii are similar to those observed in United States plants of C. sagittalis, with broader leaves occuring on plants in the northern populations and narrow leaves occuring in the southern populations. Figure 9 A, from South Carolina plants of C. purshii, is representative of variation which can be observed in these plants from southern Virginia to northern Georgia, while Figure 9 B and C, from Florida material, are representative of leaf width of plants of C. purshii in the southern portion of its range. While Figure 9 D illustrates only the variation included in a single population of Crotalaria stipularia, sufficient variation is shown to place some of the plants into Senn's variety typica and others into his variety grandifolia. Senn's variety serpyllifolia has even smaller leaves than variety typica, but the specimens he cites are all plants in the process of recovering 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 327 A B Vderreecrvcrer Many Figure 8 PAY TQLOGITA Figure 9 Figure 10 © FPS OE OG ik Figure 11 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 331 from drought conditions, as shown by the lack of leaves on the main stem. Populations of Crotalaria bupleurifolia (Figure 10) show a great deal of plant to plant leaf variation similar to that seen in C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (Figure 8 D or E). Crotalaria polyphylla leaves resemble in shape and size those of C. rotundifolia which led Senn (1939) to include this group of plants in his C. maritema (here treated as C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia). Leaf variation in Crotalaria nayaritensis resembles that in C. bupleurifolia, but C. nayaritensis lacks the leaf size seen in C. bupleurifolia (Figure 11 A and B). Crotalaria quercetorum leaves (Figure 11 C) resemble those of C. purshii in some instances, and C. gquercetorum was recognized as a variety of C. purshii by Senn (1939) on this basis. Like C. purshii, C. guercetorum regularly has glabrous upper leaf ‘surfaces. Crotalaria plants growing in sunny conditions tend to bear leaves which are thicker and more succulent than leaves of plants growing in shaded conditions, even in the same populations. The leaf shapes observed in field plants of all species were maintained in their garden-grown progeny, although the size of leaves ultimately produced was slightly smaller. Inflorescences and Bracts Inflorescences in Iocaulon Crotalarias are lax-flowered racemes borne either terminally or opposite a leaf. The term- inal position is probably the most primitive inflorescence position in the group, with inflorescences opposite a leaf being developed from it by reduction of the raceme and the development of the axillary bud between the raceme and the uppermost leaf. Each flower on the raceme is subtended by an elliptic or lanceolate bract which may be stalked or un- stalked. Bracts are also found on the peduncle below the low- est flower and may represent the locations of aborted flower buds. The shape and size of these lower bracts is usually similar to those subtending the flowers, but the bract number is not constant in a species. Bract characters have been considered by several authors to be diagnostic and have been used to distinguish varieties and species. For example, 332 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 Senn (1939) used bract type as an important character in sep- arating Crotalaria tuerckheimii from C. sagittalis. Bracts and other characters used to segregate C. tuerckheimii are, however, too variable to warrant the recognition of the species. Fernald (1950) recognized a variety of C. purshii (C. purshii var. bracteolifera) based on a larger bract number, narrow leaves, and increased branching. Wilbur (1963) indicated that the variety showed no ecological separation and that it probably was no more than an extreme form. Examination of herbarium material of the variety and of collections made during this study leads me to agree with Wilbur. Flowers As mentioned above, flower structure has been used by Polhill (1968) to define sections in the genus Crotalaria. Polhill uses the pubescent bilabiate calyx which bears a bracteole near the base, the glabrous ovary, and the long, twisted keel to characterize section Calycinae. Figure 12 presents representative drawings of the floral parts in the Iocaulon species of Crotalaria. Bracteoles A pair of bracteoles is always present on the calyx of Tocaulon Crotalarias, with one located basally on each side. The bracteoles vary a great deal in size and shape from pop- ulation to population and though the bracteoles are smaller than the bracts, variations in their size and shape are directly related. The bracteoles reach mature size earlier than the flower bud and are longer than the bud during the early stages of bud development, placing them in a protective position during bud development. Barneby (1964), in the introduction of his Atlas of North American Astragalus, indicates that bracteoles of similar structure and position in Astragalus are "very probably homologous to the stipules which they resemble in form". In Astragalus the similarity between the stipules and bracteoles is clear, but in the Iocaulon Crotalarias it is not evident. Figure 12. Floral parts of Iocaulon Crotalaria flowers, 1.7x. A. Calyx, split on one side to show all lobes. B. Banner. C. Wing petal. D. Keel, showing twisting of the carina. E. Androecium. F. Gynoecium. Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 334 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 Calyx The calyx in the Iocaulon Crotalarias consists of a short campanulate tube which bears five unequal lobes arranged in a bilabiate fashion. The calyx is foliaceous in texture and bears trichomes on the outside only. The two upper calyx lobes, which in the open flower are positioned behind the banner, are each about 1.5-2 times as wide as each of the lower three calyx lobes. Of the three lower calyx lobes the center lobe may be equal to or slightly narrower than the lateral lobes. The three lobes may be either coherent or free at the tips at anthesis. The calyx does not enlarge or becomes only slightly enlarged during fruit development and turns brown as the mature fruit changes from green to black. Figure 13 illustrates calyx size and form in the United States Iocaulon Crotalaria species. Variation in the calyces tends to be essentially random, but plants of species with an extensive north-south range have small calyces in the northern part of the range and large in the south. Corolla The Iocaulon Crotalaria corolla is typically papilionaceous and is composed of an adaxial standard or banner, two free wings, and a keel which consists of two petals which are coherent at their margins and appear fused in the twisted portion of the carina. The banner is formed by a broad blade and a short pubescent claw. At the base of the blade and just above the claw are a pair of petaloid appendages (Figure 12 B). The wing petals consist of a blade and a twisted claw, with the claw attached laterally to the blade (Figure 12 C). The adaxial Figure 13. Outlines of calyces from garden grown plants of Crotalaria, .87x. Each calyx has been cut along one side and flattened to show all five lobes. A. C. purshii (W&W 1190) ee Carolina. Be 1G. purshis eee 2772) South Carolina. C. - purshii (WéW 2704) Florida. D. - purshii (W&W 2668) Mississ- ippi. E. C. sagittalis (W&W 2777) ee BE. iC. sagaittalais (WEW 2846) Alabama. G. C. sagittalis (W&W 2848) South Carolina. H. C. sagittalis (W&W 2631) Louisiana. I. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (WEW 2672) Mississippi. J. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (W&W 2398) Florida. K. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (W&W 2372) Florida. L. C. rotundifolia var. vulgaris (WsW 2768) South Carolina. M. C. rotundifolia Var. vulgaris (W&W 2650) Louisiana. - 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 335 336 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 margins of the wing blades curve over the top of the keel and form the surface on which visting insects land. Wing petals from collections of all species showed a puckering of the petal tissue between the veins, but no species-specific pattern of variation in the puckering is apparent. Representative banner and wing petals from United States plants of Crotalaria rotundifolia, C. sagittalis, and C. purshii are shown in Figure 14. A tendency, though not a clear cut one, toward a smaller petal size in the northern portions of the ranges of C. purshii and C. sagittalis and a larger one in the southern portions can be seen in the material illustrated in Figures 14 A-J. Petal size in C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (Figure 14 K-N) is very close to the petal sizes of C. purshii and C. sagittalis in the southern part of their ranges (Figure 14 C, D, F and H, I, J). Crotalaria rotundifolia var. vulgaris regularly tends to have a larger petal size than any of the other United States Iocaulon taxa regardless of latitude. As was indicated in the above section on pollination, available information seems to indicate that United States C. sagittalis may be self-pollinating. In the greenhouse, flowers of northern plants of C. sagittalis (W&W 2777) have been observed to set fruit without the banner ever being displayed in a position which might attract insects. Self-pollination may have made the display of a large and showy banner obsolete, but over most of the range of subsection Iocaulon reduced selection has not resulted in the reduction of the size of the showy banner. In the rather homogeneous northern annual populations there is a trend toward a smaller banner size. Al- though larger banner size is probably not detrimental to the plants Figure 14. Outlines of banner and wing petals from garden grown plants of Iocaulon Crotalarias, .87x. A. C. purshii (W&W 1190) North Carolina. B. C. purshii (W&W — South Carolina. C. C. purshii (W&W 2752) Georgia. D. C. purshii (WeW 2704) Florida. E. C. purshii wen 2668) Mies Bee Ge Sagi ttalis (W&W 2780) Iowa. G. - sagittalis (W&W 2777) Illinois. ‘H. sagittalis (W&W 2288) aiae Carolina lee cer sagittalis hr 2846) Alabama. J. C. sagittalis (W&W 2631) Louisiana. kK. C. rotundifolia var. SS ete (WeW 2351) Florida Keys. L. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (W&W 2358) Florida. M. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (W&W 2384) Florida. NieemlG7. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (W&W 2672) Mississippi. O. C. rotundifolia var. vulgaris (Wé&W 2768) Sot South Carolina. P. Cc. rotundifolia var. vulgaris (W&W 2415) Florida. Q. C. rotundi- folia var. vulgaris (W&W 2669) Mississippi. R. C. rotundifolia var. vulgaris (W&W 2650) Louisiana. 337 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 338 By SO OG rk Vol. 26, no. 5 in the North, the alleles for large petal size may be closely associated with alleles for some other character which is selected against in the colder northern climates. Although the keel, which encloses the androecium and gyno- ecium, varies in size from species to species, it is constant in shape and in all cases appears as seen in Figure 12 D. The claws of the keel petals are attached laterally at the base of the ovary. Color of the banner and wings of the Iocaulon species is usually a bright yellow, but in some instances a population may have some plants which produce bright yellow petals and others with creamy white petals. Contrary to Polhill's (1968) descrip- tion of section Calycinae, members of this subsection usually have banners which are lined with brown or purple along the veins near the base. The adaxial surface of the banner frequently becomes reddish in all species when exposed to sunlight. This reddish color may become purple or bluish when the plant is dried. The keel petals, which are usually covered by the wings, are white to greenish white. Androecium and Gynoecium The androecium of Crotalaria is monadelphous and is composed of ten stamens with alternating long basifixed and short medifixed, tetralocular anthers which dehisce by longitudinal slits. The staminal tube surrounds the lower half of the ovary and is split on the adaxial side (Figure 12 E). The mature pistil is composed of a glabrous, cylindrical, elongate ovary bearing a style which is geniculate at the base (Figure 12 F). The style bears a spiral of trichomes and term- inates in a trichome-bearing stigma. During the early stages of bud development, the elongate anthers are well developed and lie in a ring around the pistil with the style being only slightly longer than the elongate- anthered stamens. The short anthers are slower in maturation than the elongate anthers and are positioned near the base of the elongate anthers in these stages. As the bud develops the style elongates and the stamen filaments begin to develop. Just prior to the opening of the bud, the short anthers are still positioned just below the elongate anthers, but as the filaments continue to elongate, the short anthers are elevated to a position 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 339 above the elongate anthers. In some flowers which have been examined, the short anthers are elevated to a point adjacent to the stigma, thus increasing the probability of self-pollination. Polhill (1968) reported that in living Crotalaria plants which he observed, nectar was secreted from the receptacle at the base of the stipitate ovary. Although this has not been established for the small flowered Iocaulon plants, it is considered to be likely because of the behavior of visiting insects observed on the garden plants of the various species. Pollen Pollen grains of plants in subsection Iocaulon develop in a tetrahedral tetrad. The grains are triaperturate and sub- spheroidal when viewed with one of the poles exactly uppermost (ambit view), and the surface of the grains is unadorned. The pollen size range is 15.5-31.1 microns which places the pollen into the small and lower-medium size classes suggested by Erdtman (1952). A survey of pollen size in the Iocaulon Crotalarias was undertaken using pollen from plants from the randomized garden plot. Fresh pollen was removed from the keel of one flower from each of two plants, mixed in glycerol jelly with acetocarmine, and observed at a magnification of 430x. All collection locations represented in the garden were sampled. One hundred stained grains were measured from each slide two to three hours after preparation. Unstained grains observed during the measuring were tallied to obtain a measure of pollen viability as shown by stainability (Owezarzak, 1952). All pollen samples were at least 90% stainable and most were better than 95% stainable. This high stainability was expected be- cause of the regular meiotic behavior exhibited in the group. Table 7 presents the statistical analysis of the pollen samples and the stainability percentages. The pollen size ranges of single species overlap to the extent that no species may be separated from the others on the basis of pollen grain diameter. The ranges of pollen size with- in a species are so broad that in species which are distributed over a large area the largest mean + 1 SD. does not overlap with the smallest mean + 1 SD. In some genera pollen size variation of this magnitude would indicate that several ploidy levels were present. Since all known chromosome counts in the Vol. 26, no. 5 PHY T:0-E OG Tt & 34,0 %L6 +t" O qt T Gh he 60° L2-49° 02 ‘Ter ‘XaW 9262 %OOT QZT’O go°T el" Tg TS*t2-SE°6T ‘en ‘Xa L162 wnitoj,eoienb etretTeyoryg 16 62T'O 62°T TO’ 22 0S *t2-SE*6T "oa, ol Lhe 496 09T’0O 09°T HS°ES 60°L2e-19° 0g Spee. el AD ire %66 €g80°0O €g°0 Go°6T €6°T2-90° ET "eTa ‘sn HOLE %OOT 92T°0 92°T 96°22 0g*S2-19*°02 *ssTW ‘Sn 9992 %OOT TLE O i ae TO*ee 0g°S2-49° 02 “ON ‘sn O6TT Trysind etzreTeyor9 $16 THT"O TT Og" de TS*He-SE°6T ‘ang ‘XaW 09gz2 %6 ZIT’O elt ee "Te TS*H2-SE*6T ‘ang ‘XaW LS92 %OOT GTIT’O GT°T Gh 0? oo°€e-GE°6T ‘ang ‘xaW 6n Bz eTTAudktod etrepteqor9 %OOT T60°0 T6°0 09°6T 6) te7LL" 91 “ken ‘XAW 2062 %OOT 160°0O L6=6 tu 61 €6°Te-gn° St *keN ‘XW L692 sTsueqytiekeu BetrepTeqoi9g 2984S zequnn AYTTrqeuteys TOIL uOT78 TAS pue pus ueTTOd pirepue4ys prepueys uBoW osuey Pee can onatoyg) satoads *“SNIVYD NHITOd OOT HO HZIS WIdWVS V NO CuSvd HuV SHYNOIA TIV ‘SHINGdS BTteTeIOIN YOM ALITIGVNIVLS ANV (SNOYOIN NI) AZIS NATIOd “L WIdVb 496 9L0°O 9L°0 er 9°O2-T* ST ‘eta ‘sn 90L2 3g %66 HET" O Hes LG°€2 Q°Se-t6T *ssTW ‘sn 6992 %OOT 92T'O 92°T Le te G* tert 6T a Jen 0S92 %H6 902° 0 90°2 Go°e? Q°Se-t° 6T "eT ‘sn SH9S %66 cET*O ceo ee 9°S2-9°0¢2 ‘wd en GTHe %66 960°0 96°0 60°02 co €e-1" eT "eTa ‘sn TIt2 STIC3 TNA “JeA BTTOSTpunqzo.r eTIeTe OL) 9602 i %00T GIT‘O GE @ LO" re o°€e-t°6T "eT Cul uosutys "J %H6 e110 gira ZO" 0g 6°Te-T° et "ep “sn 9SLe s %86 98T‘O 99°T 02° 0g Cea Ob "SSTW ‘sn cL92 & 496 09T'O 09°T HE * Og? G*t2-Q° OT ‘eTa ‘sn Tey? § %OOT 92T°O 92°T 61°22 G°e~t°6T "eTa “sn 962 %26 GST‘O GS°T 6€°T2 8°Se-h°6T "eTa “sn nee? 2 %n6 Zor 0 LOT Pent tele G Scie aT Sal LLES 9g %OOT O2T*O O2°T €L°02 gisen ol ‘eTa ‘sn GLE? 8 %26 LET LEST Oris Q°Se-t° 6T ‘eTad ‘sn oLES? ” %96 (Flier) OL*T LO" Te T2205 Or "eTad ‘sn L9€~ = %66 cET°O Be°T o€ *T2 G*te-T° QT "eTa ‘sn 99€2 q %OOT QZT*O go"T 96°02 CTs. ek "eTa ‘sn gSe2 eTTOJTpunjor “eA eTTOJTpunyzor eTseTeqory Sey cea ce a ee ee 297249 Tequny A4ITTqeuteys LOLLY uoT ye TASq pue pue usTTOdg prepueys pzepueyg ueoW osuey £IZUNOYD saetoadg —6—0—woa“sa—@«»$oaownammo0Smom ( penutzuog ) “L WIGVi 1973 Vol. 26, noe 5 PHY-TOLOGIA %96 GST’O GS°T £6" te G*yert 6T ‘UOT ‘XEN 9962 %00T T@T"O Te*T 4HS° he T’L2-9°02 “UOT ‘XEN 1962 %OOT g0e*o g0°2 06°S2 O° TE"6° Te ‘UOT ‘Xa 9962 £96 +9T°O +19°T 6€* 0g G*H2-Q°9OT “Ter ‘XaW S62 466 EET" oii 6e°ee G*t2-9°02 "Ter ‘xaW 0S62 %E6 002°0 00°2 06°22 Due OL "Ter ‘XaN née %96 ZOT*O 20° T 00° T2 3° tet 6T "ken ‘XH T6g2 416 6€T'O (| oi Gene G°te-€°6T *9"6:--‘gn Stee 466 TST'O TS°T €6°€¢ 8°S2-9°02 "ety ‘sn 91982 $06 TOT*O TO"T Tg" 6T 6° Te-T* ET emoT ‘sn ogLe %H6 LST‘O Lo°T On 22 Q°Se-t°6T "LET pg ol LLEZ %OOT QTT'O 9t'°T ee°OL Gale-9 90 "eT ‘sn TE92 sTTeqqises eTreTeqory 456 OST*O 0S°T Z9°€s Q°S2-4°6T “OW ‘XaW GEOE %56 @LT°O ot eu le eo €a-T St "end ‘XEN LTOE %6 62T'0 62°T 99°€2 Q°S2-9°02 "Ter ‘XaW e562 Z%OOT T00"0O TO" 0g*6T ce. OL “SON ‘XGW 0062 %G6 ett’o een 0S*6T 6" le. ev “DS oul ggLe %6 LTT’0O LET 0g’ Tz G*te-n° 6T "ep ‘sn cole %00T od Ra) CLE T 66°22 Q°Se-t°6T "eta ‘sn o€L2 %OOT GTT’O ort HEE? Q°Se-t6T ‘eta ‘sn QTLe 2484S tequmyl AQTT TQBUTBYS JOLLY UOTYB TAS pues pue uaTTOd prepueys pzepueys ueay osuey Arqunog sotoeds ( panut4uo 9) “L WIdVh Ei s £ o A 19% 2 £16 OnT"O On" T L6°T2 O"Ge-1 OT OoTY O4tEng uosultqs OSOT g 496 9ST’O QS°T 6L°C~e Cleo" Oe euefkny UTMIT w” E Fie eTtze[—ndtis eTzeTeqory ® J %E6 Leto Tea He ee, 8°S2-9°02g “ele, ‘xXaW 9662 fa %66 +L0°0O 4L°O 08° 6T 6rte=t oT *xeQ ‘XuW Tg62 24849 Taquny ATT Iqeureqg TOLIG uoT Je TAA pue pue usTTOg ptepueys ptepueqs ueoyw asuey Azqyunog Setoadg ra Kh (penutzu09) "L wave —_ oy al eS 34 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 Iocaulon Crotalarias are the same (n=16), ploidy level cannot be used to explain the variation. The fact that all of the pollen parents were growing under relatively constant garden conditions when the pollen was sampled would lead to the con- clusion that the pollen size differences observed are primarily genetically controlled rather than due to different environmental conditions. That pollen size does not correlate well with climate is evidenced in the United States material of Crotalaria sagittalis when a northern Illinois collection (W&W 2777) from about the same climate as a collection from Iowa (W&W 2780) had a mean pollen size of 22.454 compared with a mean of 19.81, for the Iowa population. In C. purshii a collection from North Carolina (WsW 1190) had a mean pollen size of 23.0lj:which was almost identical with the mean of 22.96: of WsW 2668 from southern Mississippi. Until such time as a clear relationship can be established between pollen size and some other character it may be assumed that selection for pollen size is random within the pollen size limits of the Iocaulon Crotalarias. Fruits Fruits of Crotalaria plants are inflated pods which are sessile or short-stipitate. The pods of some plants are nearly cylindrical, but more frequently the tips of the pods have a larger circumference than the bases (Figure 15). Seeds are borne in two rows, one on each side of the adaxial suture of the pod. As the fruit matures and dries, the pericarp becomes black and the seeds within break loose. When the pod is moved a rattling sound is produced which prompts the use of the common name "rattle box" for members of the group. Primary dispersal in Crotalaria fruits is a type of autochory which van der Pijl (1969) places under the category of an "active ballist", a common type in the Leguminosae. The first sign of impending dehiscence is the separation of the two valves along the center part of the adaxial suture. Continued Figure 15. Photographs of fruits of Crotalaria species, ca. .55x. A. C. sagittalis (W&W 2777, United States). B. C. rotundifolia var. vulgaris (W&W 2730, United States). C. C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia (W&W 2366, United States). D. C. sagittalis (W&W 2968, Mexico). E. C. polyphylla (W&W 2857, Mexico). F. C. guercetorum (W&W 2928, Mexico). G. C. stipularia (Stimson 4264, Puerto Rico). H. Putative hybrid between C. sagittalis and C. rotundifolia (W&W 2712, United States). 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 36 PE. 0. L.0:G- Lk Vol. 26, no. 5 drying results in the further separation of the suture and the explosive inward and upward movement of the lower suture causing the dispersal of the seeds within. The valves continue to curl up in the same direction, frequently trapping a few seeds in each of the curled valves. The distance to which seeds are thrown by the explosive action of the valves has not been determined for Crotalaria field Material, but in the laboratory seeds have been thrown for distances up to about 5 meters. Ridley (1930) repeats reports of legume seeds being thrown by such torsion dehiscence in Lupinus digitatus for distances of 7 meters and in Bauhinia purpurea, a small tree, for distances as long as 12 meters. Regardless of the distance a seed is thrown, such dehiscence probably does not represent the major dispersal mechanism in Crotalaria. Movement of the individual seeds by water and animals probably accounts for most dispersal through the large territory where Crotalaria has become naturalized. Since Crotalaria fruits dehisce readily when dried, only rarely are any mature fruits present with herbarium specimens. The large number of plants growing in the garden provided an excellent opportunity to gather data on the number of fruits per plant, number of seeds per fruit, and fruit size. In field collections most plants had fewer than ten fruits present at the time of a visit. In the experimental garden, 19 plants of C. sagittalis produced an average of 231 fruits per plant; far in excess of the number produced by single plants in their native habitats. Peduncles in the garden plants were no longer and bore no more flowers than those of their. seed parents, but due to larger plant size the number of peduncles was greatly increased. A summary of data on fruit size, number of fruits per plant, and number of seeds per fruit for garden grown Crotalarias is presented in Table 8. The large plants of Crotalaria nayaritensis produced only a few fruits in the garden which reflects the fact that very few flowers were produced by the plants during the growing season. As mentioned earlied, this may have been due to unfavorable photoperiod conditions for bud formation. On the other hand, plants of C. polyphylla, which also had a very small average number of fruits per plant, flowered profusely in the garden. Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 3,7 1973 O°tt-o'L §64€-0Z =a g9-"T gg L°TET-E “HE ge Z OdTy oqsteng-eTreTndyys °*p O'OrsO76 » €b=@ 5 Gco'rT lore ~. G66°T 6° 1-6 °T 602 ic OOTXOW-STTEIITSES °O OrtHOrG =~ GS=qer elon GE-2 99S Onlecse lo r{e) G "S°N-STTeI9TSeS *O OOTXOW-STAeATNA ORWAONS (ortetG 27). 92H 89-2 6Eh cuoSiagnce 42 4 "IBA BTTOJEpuUNJOI “9 ‘gtn-STaeSTHA _ OSTzO%G < TE-bn 06L €S-€ 858 6° ey-S° Le 99T OT ‘JeA BTTOJTpunyor *O "S ‘N-BTTOsTpungot SoHo in @ o16 LS-T 166 0°SS-L°S HE? €T “Teh BTTOJTpunqor °*9 O° TT-0'4 0 Zgt ZS-h ~—sEe™ G*Zer-S°g gE Z OoTxXayW-uMT0JSorenb *| GIAO Se HELO Gee FA tat get 9°9-0't 96 G "Sg ‘n-Trusand °9 O'g-O'H ge-IT €€ gike © GI Z'6-9°0 6H € OoTxeW-eBTTAydktod °5 OPCPErY - CRFST I Be-t Ip G°0-£°0 TH Z OOTXeW-SsTsueytaekeu *9 qTnigq squnog ( um ) ( um ) poinsesap, Jed pseg ut quetd squetd soTdues £xryuNo| UIPTM UQsUeT SqInigq Zequny Sy tna aq zed = zequny qo pue a@igejaqvenay — — Yaliqeyquen) Taqunyy pee zequny syINay Tey0O] Tequnyy sotoeds “SENVId STteTe73079 NMOWD NACUVD NI @ZIS LINYA ANW dOd WHd Sdaas SINWId Yad YAAWAN LINWA NO WLVC “8 WIGVh 348 PHY TOLGOGIA Vol. 26, no. 5 In this case the low fruit number may have been caused by a failure of the plant to self-pollinate at this latitude or an absence of its usual pollinator. Plants of C. gquercetorum, a close relative of the Mexican C. sagittalis, grew to a larger size and were more densely branched than their field parents, as were plants of C. sagittalis. This increase in overall size is reflected in the large number of fruits per plant. Plants of C. purshii and C. rotundifolia only attained a garden size similar to that found in their field parents and consequently fruit production in these garden plants was more nearly like that found in field plants. Plants of some populations of C. rotundifolia var. rotundifolia from habitats with soils high in calcium did not grow well in the more acid soils of the botanical garden and consequently produced fewer fruits. In an effort to get some figures for seed production potential in a single plant, the average seed number per fruit was multiplied by the average fruit number per plant for each sample. The range of potential seed production was great with nine samples having an average of under 100 seeds per plant and 14 samples with averages over 2,000 seeds per plant. Two of the samples (W&W 2996 and Stimson 4264) had averages of over 5,000 seeds per plant. Although these numbers were produced in conditions which are rare in the field, they do give a picture of what can happen when competition is reduced and sufficient water and nutrients are available for more nearly optimum growth. Such variation is shown in seed number per fruit and fruit size that no diagnostic value in these characteristics was detected, nor were any clear patterns revealed when the data were compared with geographical distribution. As mentioned above, fruit number per plant is related to plant size and although some species apparently have low total production potential, this is not useful for diagnostic purposes since a single field plant would only bear a portion of its potential at once and not all of the fruits produced would be present at collection time. SPECIES RELATIONSHIPS The current center of distribution of the genus Crotalaria is in Africa where the genus is represented by about 400 species. 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 3h9 Section Calycinae, however, reaches its maximum diversity in Asia where it is represented by some 50 species: substantially more than the ten species of the section on the African continent. Polhill (1968) suggests that the New World species are of later origin, arriving via eastern Asia. His appraisal seems accurate inasmuch as a number of the Indian species (including C. alata and C. prostrata) are morphologically similar to the American species. It would be interesting to obtain complete information on breeding systems and chromosome numbers in the Asian and African Calycinae species of Crotalaria. These plants have the typical papilionaceous corolla which evolved in response to insect selection, and may be self-sterile over much of their Old World range. The New World species, on the other hand, are mostly self-compatible. Outside the New World all species of the genus for which chromosome counts are available have been reported as n=8, while reports for the American species of Calycinae are all n=16. It is possible that the development of polyploidy in the genus was coincident with the evolution of self-fertility in the genus, both probably occurring at the time of dispersal to the New World. Following dispersal, when only a single seed might germinate in a habitat, the plant would have to be self-compatible for futher seed to be produced. This would result in strong selection for self-compatibility. Since polyploidy frequently tends to reduce self-incompatibility it is possible that the same regime which was selective for self- compatibility would also be selective, indirectly, for polyploidy in the genus. Baker (1955) linked "long distance" dispersal with the establishment of self-fertilization and Stebbins (1957) cites several examples of genera which are regularly cross-fertilized bn their Eurasian distribution centers and chiefly self-fertilized in greatly disjunct peripheral areas like the Americas (Bromus, Secale, Primula, Armeria, Limonium). Available information would suggest that Crotalaria may well belong in this group, but until more information on breeding systems and chromosome numbers in the Asian species becomes available no sure assessment can be made. Assessing relationships in a genus in which the breeding system appears to vary between self- and cross-fertilization is at best difficult, especially when many of the populations are 350 Pat 7 020-0 0.1 8 Vol, 26, no. 5 isolated in mountainous areas allowing individual populations to become more or less morphologically distinct from other populations. When data on cross-compatibility, chromosome morphology, and chromosome pairing are not available, speculation on the phylogeny in a group is limited to the author's appraisal of morphological characters as he has observed them in labora- tory, garden, and field studies. When examining the proposed relationships set forth below it must be kept clearly in mind that the relationships suggested are considered by the author to best fit the currently available information; with further study other interpretations of the data may be possible and may prove to be more accurate. The diagram of probable relationships presented (Figure 16) attempts to relate the species and varieties without indicating a direct lineal relationship between extant species. All are shown as radiating from a common ancestral stock and are placed on common radii with closely related species. Major factors which have been used to construct the diagram include current distribution as well as morphological characters. The prototypes of the subsection probably became established in southern Mexico and Central America and spread from these areas. The probable characteristics of such a prototype would likely have been the following: 1. Habit and Duration--caulescent perennials with taproots and one to several erect or ascending stems. 2. Stipules--foliaceous, decurrent stipules. Since the New World members of section Calycinae are thought to have originated from Asian stock which also have a similar type of stipule, it is probable that the ancestral plants which migrated to the New World also had such stipules causing separate evolution of the decurrent stipules in this hemisphere to be improbable. It should be pointed out that while ancestral forms of the North American Iocaulon Crotalarias probably had stipules, presence or absence of stipules in modern forms is considered to be neither primitive nor advanced, but merely evidence of several evolutionary pathways. 3. Leaves--broad, oval to round leaves. There seems to be a trend in most of the New World Iocaulon species for young plants to have broad early leaves and 1973 Windler, Studies in Crotalaria 351 narrower later leaves. There also seems to be a tendency for plants in moist habitats to have broad leaves and those in more rigorous, dry open habitats to have narrow ones. Inflorescences--terminal. The terminal inflorescence position is a primitive type from which the leaf-opposed position could easily have evolved. Activation of the bud in the axil of the upper-most leaf at the base of a term- inal inflorescence would give a leaf-opposed and lateral position to the inflorescence. INFLORESCENCE TERMINAL INFLORESCENCE LEAF-OPPOSED we ERIOCAULON SELLOWIANUM var. MINOR Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varieteas a forma typica speciei pedunculis 7.518 cm. longis et vaginis 1.5--2.5 cm. longis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in being smaller in stature during anthesis, the peduncles then only 7.5--18 CiRe long and the sheaths only 1.5——2.5 Cle long. The type of the variety was collected by R. M. Harley, G. M. Barroso, and others (no. 11388) in standing water on a low campo at Chapada dos Veadeiros, about 65 km. due north of Brasilia, in Goids, Brazil, on December 21, 1968, and is deposited in the her- barium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew. The collectors de- scribe the plant as a fleshy-leaved herb with rather bright-green leaves and the flowers white with black anthers. Citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Harley, Barroso, & al. 11388 (K— type, Z—isotype) . 6h, PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, noe 6 ERIOCAULON SELLOWIANUM var. PARANENSE (Moldenke) Moldenke & Smith Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 32-33 & 37— 38. 1973. Smith and his associates encountered this plant in a slough in Paran4. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Parand: Hatschbach 30992 (Ld); Smith, Klein, & Hatschbach 15667 (H). ERIOCAULON SESSILE Meikle Additional bibliography: Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, as 6h, Pee ls 27 (1968) and 3: 540. 19723; Moldenke, Phytologia 3 9 Illustrations: Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 3: fig. 337, 27. 1968. ERIOCAULON SETACEUM L. Additional bibliography: Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, Seton mes Tia 9 (1968) eae 3: 540. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia acess illustrations: Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 3: fig. 337, 9. 1968. ERIOCAULON SETICUSPE Obwi Additional bibliography: Moldenke, vy fee oN Additional citations: JAPAN: Kyushu: Togas was Guteaas A ERIOCAULON STOLONIFERUM Welw. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon stoloniferum Rendle apud Rich- ards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 261. 1969. Additional bibliography: Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 261. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 79. 1972. Richards & Morony (1969) cite M.R. 19197, in flower in October at 000 feet altitude in Uganda, growing in the water of a swift- flowing stream. ERIOCAULON STRICTUM Milne-Redhead Additional bibliography: Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 1: 18 (195k), 3: 63 (1968), and 3: 540. 1972; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 25: 80. 1972. ERIOCAULON TEUSCZII Engl. & Ruhl. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon teuczii Ruhl. apud Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 261. 1969. Additional bibliography: Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 261. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: hO. 1973. Richards & Morony (1969) cite MR. 208h, 4385, 5102, 5966, & 22121, flowering in February, March, ch, and August, growing in wet marshes or marshland, wet peaty marshes, damp peat, and dark soil, at 5000 to 6000 feet altitude in Uganda. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 465 ERIOCAULON TEXENSE Korn. Additional bibliography: D. S. & H. B. Correll, Aquat. & Wet- land Pl. SW. U. S. 590 & 592—-593, fig. 303. 1972; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 25: 125 & 127. 1973. Additional illustrations: D. S. & H. B. Correll, Aquat. & Wet- land Pl. SW. U. S. 592, fig. 303. 1972. The Corrells (1972) describe the habitat and distribution of this species as "In bogs, swamps and moist pinelands in e. Tex., Apr.-June; from e. Tex. to s.w. Ala." However, I have seen authentic specimens of it only from Texas and Louisiana. ERIOCAULON TOGOENSE Moldenke Additional bibliography: Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 1: 20 (195), 3: 63, fig. 338, 22 (1968), amd 3: 5h0. 1972; Mol- denke, Phytologia 26: 1. 1973. Illustrations: Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 3: fig. 338, 22. 1968. ERIOCAULON TRANSVAALICUM N. E. Br. Additional bibliography: Rickards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 261. 1969; Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 1: 9a (195k), 3: 63, fig. 336, 11 (1968), and 3: 50. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 1. 1973. Richards & Morony (1969) cite M.R. 1545, flowering in April, growing in water of a small ditch at 800 feet altitude in Uganda. ERIOCAULON TRANSVAALICUM var. HANNINGTONII (N. E. Br.) Meikle Additional synonymy: Syngonanthus hanningtonii N. E. Br. ex Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 262. 1969. Additional bibliography: Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 1: 9a. 1954; Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 261 & 262. 1969; Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 3: 63, fig. 336, 1 (1968) and 3: 5h0. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 8h. 1972. Tilustrations: Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 3: fig. 336, 11. 1968. Richards & Morony (1969) cite D.V.F-G. 1263 and M.R. 8158 from md and "in pans" in slow-running streams at 5000 to feet altitude in Uganda, flowering in February and September. M.R. 163) is cited by them as "sp. aff. E. hanningtonii" fran water of peat bogs. ERIOCAULON TRISECTUM Sataie Additional bibliography: Huang, Pollen Fl. Taiwan 260-~261, pl. 171, fig. 6 & 7. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 85. 1972. Additional illustrations: Huang, Pollen Pl. Taiwan pl. 171, fig. 6& 7. 1972. Huang (1972) describes the pollen grains of this species as 23—-24, J wide, on the basis of Hibino & al. s.n. [July 1936] from Formosa. 466 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 6 ERIOCAULON TRUNCATUM Hamilt. Additional & emended onc ae Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins, 1: 590 & 953. 1966 , Pollen Fl. Taiwan 261. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 38, iy & Wl. 1973. Huang (19725 describes the pollen grains of this species as 34 | wide on the basis of Yamamoto s.n. [Taoyuan, May 1929) fron Formosa, This is the first record of the species from Formosa and has not been confirmed by me. ERIOCAULON WILLDENOVIANUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: M. A. Martin, Introd. Ethnobot. Camb. 177. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2. 1973. ERIOCAULON WOODII N. E. Br. Additional bibliography: Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 262. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 89. 1972. Richards & Morony (1969) cite M.R. 6078 & 19197, growing in mud at the edge of the water of a swamp stream and "viviparpus" in the water of a swift-flowing stream at 000 to 5000 feet al- titude in Uganda, flowering and fruiting in September and October. ERIOCAULON ZAMBESIENSE Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 3: 62, fig. 336, 1 (1968) and 3: 540. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 90 (1972) and 25: 231. 1973. Illustrations: Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 3: fig. 336, 1. 1968. LACHNOCAULON Kunth Additional bibliography: D. S. & H. B. Correll, Aquat. & Wet- land Pl. SW. U.S. cBB, 593, & [59h], fig. 30h. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 18). 1973. LACHNOCAULON ANCEPS (Walt.) Morong Additional bibliography: D. S. & H. B. Correll, Aquat. & Wet- land Pl. SW. U. S. 593 & [59k], fig. 30h. 1972; Moldenke, Phyto~ logia 26: 18). 1973. Additional illustrations: D. S. & H. B. Correll, Aquat. & Wet~- land Pl. SW. U. S. [59h], fig. 20h. 1972. Morton encountered this plant on moist open roadsides. The Corrells (1972) describe its habitat and distribution as "In wet places in s.e. Tex., May—-Oct.; Va. s. to Fla., along the Gulf Coast to Tex.; also Isle of Pines, Cuba, The white pistillate flowers mingled with the brown staminate ones impart a mixed gray and dark appearance to the heads." Additional citations: VIRGINIA: Greensville Co.: Smith & Hodgdon s.n. [Pl. Exsic. Gray. 1028] (Bl1—7618h). NORTH CAROLINA: Robeson Co.: Ahles & Haesloop 28862 (Bl--159106). FLORIDA: Clay Co.: G. H. Morton rton 475 (N). Leon Co.: N. C. Henderson 6-252 (B1~199115). MISSISSIPPI: Pearl River Co.: F. H. Sargent a (Bl—2230h9) , 9218 (Bl—-223051). TEXAS: Hardin Co.: Co ory 5e1719 _ 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 4,67 (B1—90118), 57125 (Bl—1035h7). LACHNOCAULON ENGLERI Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 18). 1973. Henderson encountered this plant on interdunal flats, flowering and fruiting in July. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Okaloosa Co.: N. C. Henderson | 64-351 (B1—199116, Bl—208902) . LACHNOCAULON MINUS (Chapm.) Small Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 18. 1973. Recent collectors have found this plant growing at the edge of limestone sinks. Additional citations: NORTH CAROLINA: Brunswick Co.: Brad & Stevenson 3306 (Bl—-209209); B. W. Wells s.n. [Aug. 5, 1949 (Bi—88L]7). New Hanover Co.: R. K. Godfrey s.n. [Pl. Bxsic. Gray. 926] (Bl1—76085). FLORIDA: Leon Co.: N. C. Henderson 6) 238 (Bl—199117, B1—~208901) . LEIOTHRIX SCLEROPHYLLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 185—186. 1973. Recent collectors have found this plant on wet sandy campos, at 1350 m. altitude, fruiting in February. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach & Ahumada 31589 (1d). MESANTHEMUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Roberty, Pet. Fl. Ouest-Afric. 366. 1954; Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 262. 1969; Molden- ke, Phytologia 26: 186. 1973. MESANTHEMUM ALBIDUM H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Roberty, Pet. Fl. Ouest-Afric. 366. 195h$ Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 139 & 140. 1973. | MESANTHEMUM AURATUM H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Roberty, Pet. Fl. Ouest-Afric. 366. 1954; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 139 & 140. 1973. MESANTHEMUM ERICI-ROSENII T. Fries Additional bibliography: Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 262. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 186. 1973. Richards & Morony (1969) cite M.R. 19522, growing at the edge of a marsh in a forest at 000 feet altitude in Uganda, flowering in January. MESANTHEMUM PRESCOTTIANUM (Bong.) Korn. Additional bibliography: Roberty, Pet. Fl. Ouest-Afric. 366. 1954; Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 2: 1 (1963) and 3: 64. 1968; Richards & Morony, Check List Pl. Mbala 262. 1969; Hepper, 4,68 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 6 Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 3: 540. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 139 & 141. 1973. Richards & Morony (1969) cite Matafwali 15 from Uganda and re- port the species as "not common" at 5300 feet altitude. MESANTHEMUM RADICANS (Benth.) Korn. Additional bibliography: Roberty, Pet. Fl. Ouest-Afric. 366. 1954; Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 2: (1963), 3: 6h, fig. 339 (1968), and 3: 540. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 45. 1973. Additional illustrations: Hepper, Fl. West Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 3: fig. 339. 1968. PAEPALANTHUS Mart. Additional bibliography: G. Gardn. in Hook. f., Icon. Pl. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: vi & viii, pl. 510, 512, & 523—528. 1835 Chod. & Hassler, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 3: 1033 & 103. 1903; Chod. & Hassler, Plant. Hassler. 2: 256. 1903; Roberty, Pet. Fl. Ouest- Afric. 366. 195; Stafleu, Internat. Code Bot. Nom. 282, 383, & 388. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 18), 186-202, & 226—~262. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 55 (8): BASIC. S.201 (1973) and 55 (9): BASIC. Se 185. 19733 Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 5S: h2h2. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS ACANTHOPHYLLUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 1k & 1h7 (1973) and 26: 238. 1973. The Russell specimen cited below bears a label asserting that the material was being marketed as a dry-bouquet material by Associated Marketing Products, Broomfield, Colorado, and was "alleged to have come from Minas Gerais. Floral name: 'Floral Butts! ." Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: R. E. Russell sen. [December 1969] (Bl—2)3)38). = id ae PAEPALANTHUS ALPINUS Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 7 & 231. 1973. The Penland & Summers 11), distributed as P. alpinus is ac- tually ra ensifolius (H.B.Ke) Kunth. PAEPALANTHUS ARENICOLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 18. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS ARGILLICOLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 475. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 149, 161, & 229. 19733 Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 55: 422. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS ARMERIA Mart. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 150 (1973) and 26: 7. 1973. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 469 The Mendes Magalhies 1,262), distributed as P, armeria in some herbaria, is actually P. argyropus Alv. Silv. PAEPALANTHUS BALANSAE Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 151. 1973. Schinini found this plant in flower and fruit in December. Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Schinini 5820 (Z). PAEPALANTHUS BIFIDUS (Schrad.) Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 136-137. 19736 Additional citations: BRAZIL: Par&: Black 54-16152 (Bl— 12,690) . PAEPALANTHUS BRACHYPUS (Bong.) Kunth es bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 137, 202, & 234. 19736 Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach & Ahu- mada 31699 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS CALDENSIS Malme Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 139 & 195. 1973. Reitz has encountered this species on campos in Santa Catarina. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Santa Catarina: Reitz 3429 (W—- 210867); Smith, Klein, & Hatschbach 15695 (N). PAEPALANTHUS CANESCENS (Bong.) Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 1)3—16, 184, & 255. 1973. Williams & Assis found this plant growing on campos. Materi- al has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Lachnocaulon sp. PAEPALANTHUS COMPACTUS G. Gardn. in Hook. f., Icon. Pl. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: pl. 527. 18,3. Additional & emended bibliography: G. Gardn. in Hook. f., Icon. Pl. 6 (ser. 2, 2]: vi & viii, pl. 527. 183; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 233—23). 1973. Emended illustrations: G. Gardn. in Hook. f., Icon. Pl. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: pl. 527. 183. PAEPALANTHUS CONDUPLICATUS Korn. Additional bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflan- eas ed. 2, 15a: 40 & 53. 1930; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 235— 2 e LOTS. PAEPALANTHUS DISTICHOPHYLLUS Mart. Additional & emended bibliography: G. Gard. in Hook. f., Icon. Pl. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: vi & viii, pl. 510. 1843; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 256—258. 1973. 470 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 6 PAEPALANTHUS DUIDAE Gleason Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 4: 11. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 72 & 486. 1959; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 184, 186, 187, & 191. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 125 (1971) and 2: 950 & 968. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 262. 1973. Ridge 25, Mount Duida, Amazonas, Venezuela, deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. Gleason (1931) notes that "The species is obviously related to Paepalanthus roraimae Oliver and resembles it in general habit. The Roraima plant is distinguished by its acute bracts, hirsute peduncles, vaginas much exceeding the leaves, and blunt leaves only 2—3 cm. long." The Roraima plant to which he refers is now known as Rondonanthus roraimae (Oliv.) Herzog. Maguire and his associates, as well as Steyermark, describe P. duidae as "locally frequent in open cumbre savanna", "occasional on upper escarpment slopes", "in clumps, locally frequent in rocky ravine", and "on sandstone ledges of forested rocky promin- ence", growing at altitudes of 1700 to 2300 meters, and found it flowering in October and December, and fruiting in January and October. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting 36930 (N), 37123 (N); Maguire, Wurdack, & Maguire 12279 (N, S); J. A. Steyermark 103878 (N), 103920 (N); Ge H. H. Tate ee ee ss cas coe aa aan ee Mart. ex Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 0. 1863. Synonymy: Dupatya hirsuta Vell., Fl. Flum. 1: 36. 1825 [not D. hirsuta Kuntze, 1902, nor (Wikstr.) Kuntze, 1891]. Bibliography: Vell., Fl. Flum. 1: 36. 1825; Vell., Fl. Flum. Icon. pl. 87. 1827; Kunth, Emm, Pl. 3: 580, 613, & 625. 181; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 410 & 506. 1863; Vell., Arch. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 5: 37. 1881; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 401. 189); Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h- 30): 201, 210, & 289. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 06. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. LL, 30, & 7. 196; Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: 401. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 280, & 86. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: Ol. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 161 & 81 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. The type of this species is Guillemin 523, collected between the city of SHo Paulo and Santos, in the Serra de Cubatdo, Silo Paulo, Brazil, in February, 1839, and is deposited in the Martius herbarium at Munich. On the labels accompanying the type collec- tion Martius indicates that he regarded this plant as represent- ing Velloso's Dupatya hirsuta, and this obviously is the source of the specific epithet which he chose for it, there being a Pae- 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 71 anthus hirsutus Kunth already proposed in 181 based on a dif- ferent type. Kunth (181) was in dovbt concerning the identity of Velloso's plant, since he asks "Quid Dupatya aequalis et hir- suta Velloz. Flor. Flumin. 1. t. 85 et 872". Ruhland (1903) erroneously cites "0. Ktz. Rev. gen. II. (1891) 745" as part of his citation of Dupatya hirsuta Vell. in his synonymy of Paepalanthus dupatya. Actually, Kuntze's Dupatya hirsuta is based on Eriocaulon hirsutum Wikstr. and is now placed in the synonymy of Leiothrix hirsuta (Wikstr.) Ruhl. He comments that "Species foliorum indumento satis diversa. Utrum icon Vel- loziana jure huc a cl. Koernicke et Martio ducatur necne, mihi non satis constat." Anderson and his associates encountered P. dupatya near a stream at 1200 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in February, in an area of sloping rocky cerrado bordered by forest along a stream and by grassy recently burned campo, in sandy soil with sandstone rocks. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirk- bride 36118 (Z); Archer & Mello Barreto 5018 [Herb. U. S. Nat. type, N-—-isotype, N—photo of isotype, Z—photo of isotype). oe ELATISSIMUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 37, pl. 12. 1908. Synonymy: Paepalantms elastissimus Alv. Silv. apud Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76, sphalm. 1937. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 37, pl. 12. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 34—35 & 06, pl. 16. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 4: 518. 1930; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 169. 1933; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc, 12 & 47. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 86. 1959; Mol- denke, Fifth Summ, 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. pl. 12. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. "VVI" [=16]. 1928. This species is based on A, Silveira 347, collected in wet Places in fields "prope cap%o Redondo", in the Serra do Cipé, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 1905 and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page 06 of his work (1928) Silveira gives the date of collection of the type mumber as "1925", but this is certainly a misprint for "1905". The plate in the same work is labeled "VVI" through what is obviously a typographic error instead of "XVI" as is indicated in the text. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: A. Silveira 37 (B—isotype, Z—isotype) . a Perey na aa ELATUS (Bong.) Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 33. 3. Synonymy: Eriocaulon elatum Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. 472 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 6 Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 631, [pl. 63]. 1831. Paepalanthus elatus Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 343. 1863. Dupatya elata (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya elata Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l, pr. 1, 15. 1902. Bibliography: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 631, [pl. 63]. 1831; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 31. 1831; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 180; Kunth, Emm. Pl. 3: 577 & 613. 1841; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 267. 1852; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [cyp.] 282 & 333. 1855; Kérn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 343—34h, 507, & 508. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 18913 Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 401. 189; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 1h5. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 7, 213, 215, [283], 285, 289, & 290. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 406. 1928; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, 3h, & 47. 196; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (1946) and pr. 2, 2: 401. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 24 wos & 209. 1919; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 3: 855. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 4: 11. 1952; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 280, 287, & 86. 1959; Molden- ke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 401. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 161 & 80 (1971) and 2: 499, 581, & 950. 1971. This species is based on L. Riedel 1037, collected among boulders in rocky places in the Serra da Lapa, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in November, and deposited in the Leningrad herbarium. An isotype in the Berlin herbarium was photographed there by Macbride as his type photograph number 10599. Bongard's original description (1831) is "acaule; foliis erectis longissi- mis, lanceolato-lomge-acuminatis pilosis basique ciliatis, subtus argenteis; pedunculis caespitosis pubescentibus; vaginis pilosis. Tab. LXIII. Habitat in rupibus Serra da Lapa. Floret Novembri." Ruhland (1903) cites only the original collection. Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 237 from the Serra do Cip6, Minas Gerais, collected in 1905. The initial letter of the specific epithet is sometimes uppercased, for no valid reason. Kunth (181) informs us that the plate 63 of Bongard's work was never actually pub- lished; probably it exists only in the Leningrad library or her~ barium. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: L. Riedel 1037 [Macbride photos 10599] (B—isotype, N--photo of isotype, N— photo of isotype, S—isotype, Ut--355-~isotype, W--photo of iso- type). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kérnicke (B). PAEPAIANTHUS ELATUS var. CALVULUS Ruhl. in Bngl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 215. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 215 & 290. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 06. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc, 12 & 7. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 473 486. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 950. 1971. This variety is based on Glaziou 19962, collected in dry cam- pos at Diamantina, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in April, and is deposited in the Berlin herbarium. Ruhland (1903) cites only this one collection and describes the plant as "Differt a forma typica foliis subtus non sericeo-lanatis, sed pilis brevibus, sub- arrectis pubescentibus; pedunculis densius pubescentibus; bracteis involucrantibus in sicco minus recurvis." Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 507 from the Serra do Riacho de Vento, Minas Gerais, collected in 1906. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou 19962 (B--type, Z— isotype). foie te ELONGATULUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 0. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhi. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 125, 140, & 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 406. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 47. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., {ed. 2], 83 & 209. 1949; Moidenke, Résumé 97 & 86. 1959; Molden- ke, Fifth Summ. 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971. This species is based on Glaziou 670 from dry campos on the summit of Itatiaia, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in Jamuary, and is deposited in the Berlin herbarium. The printed labels accompanying this collection are inscribed "Rio de Janeiro", ap- parently in error. Silveira (1923) cites A. Silveira 609, also from the Serra do Itatiaia, collected in 1908. Ruhland (1903) cites only the original collection and com ments that "Species cum P. ovato Koern. valde affinis foliorum indumento et magnitudine differt". Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou 670 (B--type, Z-- isotype). PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS (Bong.) Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 312--313. 1863. Synonymy: Eriocaulon elongatum Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 5, 1: 630, [pl. 41]. 1831. Paepalanthus elongatus Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 299 & 312. 1863. Paepalanthus elongatus var. barbulata Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 312— 313. 1003. Dupatya elongata (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya elongata Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, ihe 1902. Eriaucolon elongatum Bong. ex Moldenke, Phytologia : 141, in syn. 1952. Paepalanthus elonga- tus var. barbulatus Korn. apud Gray Herb. Card Ind. issue 222. n.d. Bibliography: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 630, [pl. 1]. 1831; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 30. 1831; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 1840; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 575, 576, & 613. 1841; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 267. 1852; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 279 & 333. 1855; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 47h PHY?) 50.6 Tok Vol. 2%, no. 6 (1): 299, 312--313, & 506. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 401. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 5--7, 9, 10, 12, 26, 1h), 16, 167, [283], 285, & 290, fig. 1B. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 132—133 & )06. 1928; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 41, 2, & 4h. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (196) and pr. 2, 2: 01. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, 3h, 35, 47, & 49. 1946; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 1: 250. 1946; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 2: 377. 1947; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2), 83 & 209. 19119; Moldenke, Phytologia : 141. 1952; Moldenke in E. Y. Dawson, Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contrib. Sci. 7: 6. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 280, 285, 287, 288, 32h, 325, & 486—L87. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 401. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 34 (1962), 11: (1964), and 17: 10. 1968; Tom- linson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 149, 159--161, 163, 167, 174, 187, 189, & 190. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 87 (1969), 20: 10, 105, 107, & 108 (1970), 2h: 98 (1972), 25: 229 (1973), and 26: 143. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 55 (9): B.A.S.I.C. S.185. 1973; J. A. Clark, Ind. Gen. Sp. Var. Pl. issue 222. n.d. Illustrations: Ruhl. In Engl., Pflanzenreuch 13 (4-30): 6, fig. 1 Bis 1903. This species is based on L. Riedel 290, collected near Sio Jo#o, in the Serra Lenheira, Minas Gerais, Brazil, and deposited in the Leningrad herbarium. Bongard's original (1831) descrip- tion is "acaule; pubescens; foliis erectis linearibus obtusius- culis; pedunculis longissimis; vaginis demum glabriusculis. Tab. XLI. Habitat in arenosis saxosisque Serra Lenheira prope St. Jufo. Flor. Junio. *. ." Kunth (181) asserts that the species is related to P. macro- cephalus (Bong.) Korn., which, he says, differs in having shorter leaves. Jackson (1893) reduced Eriocaulon elongatum Bong. to synonymy under Paepalanthus helichrysoides Kunth and cites Bon- gard's "pl. 1" as having been truly published, but Kunth (18)1) assures us that it never was published, and it is not listed by Stapf. Probably it exists only in the Leningrad library or her- barium. Ruhland (1903) cites no specimens at all, but tells us that the species grows in the "Provinzen Minas Geraés, Goyaz, Piauhy, So Paulo, wie es scheint, tiberall hadufig, besonders in der erst genannten oft gefunden." Silveira (1928) cites A. Sil- veira 799 from near Gr&o Mogol, Minas Gerais, collected in 1926. More recent collectors have found the plant growing in wet springy areas among sane rocks on gentle slopes, at an altitude of 5600 feet, flowering in May and June. Kornicke's original (1863) description of his var. barbulata is "var.@. barbulata: foliis glabris, apice barbulatis", and he cites for it G. Gardner 2967 & 3492, Pohl 2962, and L. Riedel 299 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 75 & 27hh. SMe, distributed as the typical form of this species, are actu- ally var. ciliatus Kérn., while Glaziou 15532 is var. pubescens Alv. Silv. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: E. Y. Dawson 14779 (Z); G. Gardner 3492 (N, W—937203, W—1066782); Glaziou 22311 (Br, N); Onishi, Barroso, & Maia 96 (Ld); Prance & Silva 58189 (N, N, S); L. Riedel 27), (M). Minas Gerais: Andrade 1095 [Emmerich 1056] (Bd--16655); L. Riedel 290 (N—isotype, S--isotype, Ut— 356—isotype, Z--isotype) . S#o Paulo: Guillemin 521 (Se-- 1280390). State undetermined: G. Gardner 2967 (N, W—937205). PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS var. ANGUSTIFOLIUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 133 [as "angustifolia"]. 1928. Synonyny : aes elongatus var. angustifolia Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 3 & e 9 e Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 133 & 06. 1928; Mol- denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 47. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 83 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Ré- sumé 97, 32), & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 161 (1971) and Silveira (1928) describes this variety as follows: "Foliis 1 mm latis utrinque pubescentibus et vaginis glabris differt". The type was collected "In campis arenosis in Serra da Canastra", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 1925 and is A. Silveira 792, de- posited in the Silveira herbarium. Thus far the variety is knowm only from the original collection. PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS var. CILIATUS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 312 & 313 [as "ciliata"). 1863. Synonymy: Paepalanthus helichrysoides Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 512. 1841. Eriocaulon helichrysoides (Kunth) D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 260. 1852 [not E. helichrysoides Bong., 1863]. Eriocaulon heli- chrysoides Kunth ex Steud., Syn. Pl. Glun, 2: [Cyp.] 283 & 33q. 1855. Paepalanthus elongatus var. ciliata Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 312 & 313. 1863. Eriocaulon helichrysoides Steud. apud Korn, in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 312, in syn. 1863. Paepal- anthus elongatus var. (> Korn. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20, in syn. 1959. Eriocaulon griseoscapus Mart. ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 2: 502, in syn. 1971. Bibliography: Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 512, 526, & 529. 181; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. S: 260. 1852; Steud., Syne Pl. Glum,. es {Cyp.] 283 & 334. 1855; Kérn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 312—313 & 378. 1863; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 402. 1894; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 167, 285, & 290. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 06. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 35, 47, & h9. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (196) 476 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 6 and pr. 2, 2: 402. 196; Moldenke, Knom Geogr. listrib. Verben- ac., [ed. 2], 83, 8h, & 209. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 4: lj. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 238, 32h, 325, & 486—u87. 1959; Mol- denke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 402. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 11: ) (1964) and 17: 10. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 87 (1969) and 20: 10 & 360. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 502, 581, 584, & 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytolo~ gia 26: 143. 1973. Kornicke (1863) describes this variety as "var. P. ciliata: foliis praesertim versus apicem dense ciliatis, ceterum glabris, raro subtus pubescentibus". As synonyms he lists Paepalanthus helichrysoides Kunth and an "Eriocaulon helichrysoides Steud. Synops. II. 283 (nec Bong., nec Steudel Synops. II. 269)". He cites as cotypes P. Clausen s.n. [Martius 877], L. Riedel 290, and Sellows.n. Ruhland (1903) ignores Kornicke's varietal name, but his description of his var. helichrysoides matches that of Kornicke and he cites Paepalantms helichrysoides Kunth as the name—bringing synonym for his variety. It seems obvious that the two names are synonymous and that Kornicke's has priority in the varietal category. Although Ruhland (1903) mentions an Eriocaulon helichrysoides Steud., Steudel, in the reference cited by Ruhland, plainly ac- credits the binomial to Kunth. The Eriocaulon helichrysoides Bong., referred to in the synonymy above, belongs in the synonymy of E. elichrysoides Bong. The Eriocaulon stellare Guill., some- times cited as a synonym of this variety, is actually a synonym of Paepalanthus plumosus (Bong.) Korn.; P. elongatus Korn. and P. elongatus var. barbulata Korn., also sometimes cited as synonyms, are by me regarded as belonging to typical P. elongatus (Bong.) Korn. ry Ruhland (1903) describes his variety helichrysoides as "Dif- fert a typo foliis praesertim apice dense ciliatis, ceterum glabris vel glabriusculis" and notes for its distribution only "Brasilien: mit dem Typus zusammen", with no citation of any il- lustrative specimens at all! Kunth (18,1) claims that it and what is now known as Syngonanthus vernonioides (Kunth) Ruhl. are "Habita, praesertim foliorum forma et structura....simillimus", Eriocaulon elichrysoides Kunth is now in the synonymy of E. kunthii Korn., but E. elichrysoides Bong. is regarded as a valid species. The type of variety helichrysoides was collected by Friedrich Sellow (no. 1291) in the Serra de Capivary, Minas Gerais, Brazil, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin, The type of P. elongatus var. e is given as Sellow B. 1291/C .265 in the same herbarium; that of Eriocaulon griseosca- pus is P. Clausen 183 in the herbarium of the Jardin Botaniqe National de Belgique in Brussels. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 477 Recent collectors describe this plant as "dominant" in sandy campos, at 1300 meters altitude, flowering in February and April. One of the Brussels sheets of Glaziou 7995 is stamped "Rio de Janeiro", apparently in error. Material of var. ciliatus has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria under the names Eriocaulon elongatum Bong., E. stellare Guill., antims candidus Alv. Silv., P. elonga- tus Korn., P. elongatus tee) Kérn., and P. plumosus (sae Korn. Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 251 from the Serra do Len- heiro, Minas Gerais, collected in 1896 and deposited in the Sil- veira herbarium. It is worth noting here that the spelling of the variety epi- thet here employed for this taxon was corrected to "ciliatus" apparently for the first time in the Gray Herbarium Card Index issue 222, the date of which, however, is apparently now not procurable. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Heringer 9219/1h32 [Herb. Brad. 26515] (Iw); E. Pereira 7471 (Herb. Brad. 26313] (Iw). Minas Gerais: P. Clausen 183 (B--cotype, Br—cotype), s.n. [18)0] (Br, Br, S); Glaziou 9335 (W—1185317); Martius 877 ["202"; Mac- bride photos 18701] (B--cotype, Br—cotype); Mello Barreto 2568 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 10703] (N), 2579 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 4801 & 803; Herb. U. S. Nat. Arb. 23609] (N, W— 2109993), 4721 (Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 1778; Herb. U. S. Nat. Arb. 176200] (W—2121717), 470 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Hor- iz. 17532; Herb. U. S. Nat. Arb. 236408] (W—2121720); R. Pereira 3148 [Pabst 3983; Herb, Brad. 3835] (Lw, Z); Sellow 1291 (Br, S), B.1291/C .265 (B, B, Z); Ule 2731 [Herb. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 29167] (S). Rio de Janeiro: Glaziou 9995 (S). So Paulo: Glaziou 7995 (Br, Br), 15530 (Ca--9),7160, N, W—1185338, W—2)055)2), 25530 (Br); Scheidweiler s.n. (Br); Segadas-Vianna 2703 [Lev. Fitosoci- 01. 51030-0119] (Ja), 2853 (Lev. Fitosociol. 510512-0113] (Ja). State undetermined: Glaziou 25532 (Br); Herb. Jard. Bot. Brux. sen. (Br, Br). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS f. GRAMINIFOLIUS Herzog ex Lutzelburg, Estud. Bot. Nordéste 3: 18, hyponym. 1923. Synonymy: Paepalanthus elongatus f. graminifolia Herzog ex Liitzelburg, Estud. Bot. Nordéste 3: 148.1923. Paepalanthus elongatus var. graminifolia Herzog ex Moldenke, Know Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. ii, in syn. 1946. Paepalanthus elongatus var. oe Herzog ex Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 47. 1946. Bibliography: Lutzelburg, Estud. Bot. Nordéste 3: 148. 1923; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 7. 196; Moldenke, 478 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 6 Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 19493 Molden- ke, Phytologia h: 11. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 32h, & 86. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 581 & 951. 1971. It appears that the type of this form was collected by Frei- herr Philipp von Luetselburg (no. 72) at Alto Rio de Contas and/ or at Minas do Rio de Contas, in central Bahia, Brasil. Possibly a collection made at Rio das Femeas, in eastern Goids, should be regarded as a cotype collection. The literature is not clear on this matter of typification. Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Luetzelburg 72 (N—isotype). PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS var. MINOR Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 167. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 167 & 290. 1903; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 7. 19h6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbemac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 161 (1971) and’2: 951. 1971. The type of this variety was collected by Carl August Wilhelm Schwacke (no. 12038) in damp sandy places at the foot of the Ser- ra de Lavras Novas, Minas Gerais, Brazil, and is probably depos— ited in the Berlin herbarium, although I did not find it among the material sent to me from there. Ruhland (1903) describes the taxon as "Differt a forma typica statura multo humiliore (peduncu- lis 20 cm altis, foliis 6,5—9, vaginis 5—6 cm longis); foliis toto margine dense pilis arrecto—patentibus, brevibus, aequaliter ciliatis, apice sericeo-comatis". The type and only known collec tion was gathered in anthesis in December. seer i ELONGATUS var. NIGER Moldenks, Phytologia 2h: 498— 99. 1972. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 98-—-l,99 (1972) and 25:3 229. 19733 Anon., Biol. Abstr. 55 (9): BA Selle 8.185. 1973.~ oot me BRAZIL: Goidéa: Irwin, Harley, & Smith 32187 (Z— type). ores var. PUBESCENS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 133. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus elongatus var. pilosus Alv. Silv. ex Renn6, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 133 & 06. 1928; Mol- denke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Erioc. 12 & 7. 196; Moldenke, Alph, List Cit. 1: 250. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 1919; Moldenke, Phytologia : 11. 1952; Moldenke, Résum6 97 & 1,87. 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Moldenke, Résum6 Suppl. 3: 3). 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 108. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: (1971) amd 2: 581 & 951. 1971. This variety is based on A. Silveira 76 from campos in the Serra do Chapadfo, near Serra de Canastra, Minas Gereia, Brazil, collected in April of 1925 and deposited in the Silweira herbar— 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 479 ium. Silveira (1928) describes it as "Foliis parte ovali ac in- feriore excepta utrinque patenti-pubescentibus et vaginis dense pilis brevibus patentibusque differt". Irwin and his associates describe the plant as clump-forming, the inflorescences (in bud) to 35 cm. tall, growing on outcrops in an area of cerrado, sedge meadow (bre jo), sandstone outcrops, and gallery forest, at 1500 meters altitude. The Guillemin 521, cited by me as this taxon in a previous publication (1946), is actually Leiothrix flavescens (Bong.) Ruhl. The P. Clausen 1, cited below, bears a label reading "Cassia sp.", obviously a case of labels mixed during the mounting process. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Glaziou 22311 (S). Minas Gerais: P, Clausen 202 (P); Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 29039 (Z); Maguire, Mendes Magalh&es, & Maguire 19298 (N); Mendes Magalhtes 433 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 34301] (N). State undetermined: = Clausen 1 [Caxoeira do Campo] (P); Glaziou 15532 (Ca—9)7123, N). PAEPALANTHUS ENSIFOLIUS (H.B.K.) Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 501. 181. Synonymy: Eriocaulon ensifolium H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 1: 202-203, pl. 70. 1816. Eriocaulon ensifolium Humb. & Bonpl. apud Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 863. 1817. Eriocaulon ensifolium Kunth apud Poir. in Cuvier, Dict. Sci. Nat. 2): 21. 1522. Eriocaulon ensifolim Humb, apud Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 776. 1026. Eriocaulon ensifolium Humb, & Kunth apud Kunth, Emm, Pl. 3: 501 & 613. 1841. Paepalanthus ensifolius Kunth apud Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 281. 1863. Dupatya ensifolia (H.B.K.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya ensifolia Kuntze apud Dur- and & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 185. 1902. Bibliography: H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. quarto, 1: 25h, pl. 70 (1816) and ed. folio, 1: 202—203, pl. 70. 1816; Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 863. 1817; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 312. 1821; Poir. in Cuvier, Dict. Sci. Nat. 2h: 2h1. 1822; Roam. & Schult., Mant. 2: 68.182); Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 776. 1826; Bong., Ess. Monog. Er- ioc. 13. 1831; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 180; Kunth, Emm. Pl. 3: 501--502, 613, & 62h. 1841; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 259. 1852; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 278 & 333. 1855; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 281, 406—l07, & 508. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 401. 189); Barnh., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 29: 585—598. 1902; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 201, 208, [283], 285, & 290. 1903; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 3: 90. 1930; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (363): 491—92. 1936; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 1941; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (1946) and pr. 2, 2: Ol. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 5, 7, 4, 3h, & 47. 1946; Moldenke, Alph. 480 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 6 List Cit. 1: 93 & 321. 1946; Molderke, Phytologia 2: 373, 197; R. Espinosa, Estud. Bot. Sur Ecuad. 1: hh, 72, 73, & 77. 19h8; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 2: 352 & 580 (1948), 3: 808, 960, & 97 (1949), and h: 1064, 1165, 1198, 1208, 126), & 1272. 19h93 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbemac., [ed. 2], 60, 70, 73, & 209. 1949; R. Espinosa, Estud. Bot. Sur Ecuad. 2: 25. 1949; Mol- denke, Phytologia 4: 11—1l2. 1952; Moldenke in Camp, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 175. 1955; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 67, 80, 84, 280, 287, & 87. 19593 Jacks, in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 401. 1960; Moidenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 13. 1962; Acosta- Solis, Divis. Fitogeogr. Ecuad. 89. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 18: 10. 1969; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 17h & 189. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 307, 308, & 353. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 118, 136, 142, & 480 (1971) and 2: 500 & 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 23. 1973. Tilustrations: H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 1: pl. 70 [in color] (1816) and ed. quarto, 1: pl. 70. 1816. The type of this species was collected by Humboldt and Bon- plamd "in frigidis prope Santa Fé de BogotA et Facatativa", Cun- dinamarca, Colombia, and is no. 2365 in the Willdenow herbarium. Although Ruhland (1903) and Stapf (1930) give "1815" as the date of publication of the H.B.K. work wherein this species was first described and illustrated, Barnhart (1902) definitely af- firms 1816 as the actual date for both editions. Ruhland (1903) cites from Colombia: Humboldt & Bonpland s.n., Karsten s.n. (V), C. F. Lehmann s.n., Stiibel 95a, and Triana Lh2, and from Peru: Mathews s.n. (Br, X), all deposited in the Berlin herbarium ex- cept where otherwise indicated. Macbride (1936) cites Mathews sn. and Raimondi s.n, from San Martin, Peru. This is a p&ramo species, known only from the high mountains of Colombia, Ecuador, and Peru. Collectors describe the flowers as white and have found the plant growing in marshes and mountain grass meadows and on grassy hills, at altitudes of 2100-3500 m., flowering in February, April, May, and July to October. Barclay & Juajibioy found it "in practically cienaga (wet area) in center of quebrada (ravine) with large shrubs and vines" and "at border of cienaga with Espeletia killipii". Woytkowski calls it a "perennial herd to 17 cm. tall in dry clay slope of hills", Knight describes it as an "herb in shallow soil, dry hills, mix- ed with bracken fern, grasses, herbs, and numerous shrub species, burned frequently, with woodland in the ravines", Material of this species has been misidentified and dis tribu- ted in some herbaria as P. alpinus Korn. On the other hand, the R. E. Schultes 18792, distributed as P. ensifolius, is actually P. andicola Korn., while Ariste-Joseph s.n. [region of Bogot&], Cuatrecasas 5010, Edwin & Schunke V.3689, and Herb. Nac. Colomb. 58 are P. crassicaulis Korn. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cauca: Barclay & Juajib 5796 (N). Cundinamarca: Barclay & Juajibioy 7717 (Ny; Cuatre- 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 481 casas 29 (F—-1327)26); Garcfa-Barriga, Schultes, & Jaramillo 13595 (N)$ Humboldt & Bonpland s.n. [Herb. Willdenow 2365] (B= isotype); Sandeman 5961 (K); Stubel 95a (B). Huila: Rusby & Pen- nell 763 (N, W--101,81). Norte de Santander: Cuatrecasas, Schultes, & Smith 12615 (F—-1289777). ECUADOR: Azuay: Barclay & Juajibioy 8482 (N). Loja: Asplund 17979 (N, S); Harling 1570 (S), 1656 (S), 5713 (S); A. S. Hitchcock 21543 (W-—1196388); D. H. Knight 790 (Ws); Maguire & Maguire 1,350 (N); Penland & Sum- mers 11h), (Bl--217278); Rose, Pachano, & Rose 23188 (N, W— 1022712); Sparre 1661 (S); Thien 80, (Z). Province undetermined: Jameson s.n. [southern provinces] (W—53)630, W-——-5346h9). PERU: Hudmico: Woytkowski 3/070 (Ca—1)17). San Martin: Mathews s.n. [Prov. of Chachapoyas] (Br). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS ERECTIFOLIUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 51. 1908. Synonymy: eae erectilolius Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 1,06, sphalm. 192 e Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Serr. Min. 51. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 191--192, pl. 125 & 126. 1928; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 169. 1933; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Molden- ke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 47, & 48. 196; Moldenke, Known pers Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2j, 8h & 209. 1949; Molden- ke, Résumé 97 & 1,87. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 2. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 582 & 951. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 125 & 126. 1928. The typical fom of this species is based on A. Silveira 367, collected "In pratis siccis prope Capo Redondo in Serra do Cip6", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 1905 and deposited in the Sulveira herbarium. The taxon is known thus far only from the type collection, and Silveira comments “Species ob bracteas involucrantes extus pilosas ab affinibus (P. specioso, P. amoeno et P. Weddeliano) certe distincta". PAEPALANT HUS saualiemaie vare GIABER Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 192. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 192 & 06. 1928; Mol- denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 48. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8 & 209. 1993 Mol- denke, Résumé 97, 32h, & 487. 19593 Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1): 2. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 581 & 951. 1971. This variety is based on A. Silveira 99, collected in fields near Itambé do Serro, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in May of 1908 and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) describes it as "Foliis basalibus et superioribus glabris a forma typica differt". Irwin & Soderstrom describe the plant as 1 meter tall, with gray-white flowering-heads, growing “among rocks, locally 482 PHYETOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 6 common in cerrado and fields, limestone slopes", flowering in August. Citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Irwin & Soderstrom 5126 (N, WN). PAEPALANTHUS ERECTIFOLIUS var. GRANDIFOLIUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 192 [as "grandifolia"]. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus erectifolius var. grandifolia Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 192. 1928. Paepalanthus erectilolius var. grandifolia Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 406, sphalm. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 192 & 06. 1928; Mol- denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 48. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 199; Mol- denke, Résumé 97, 32), & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 161 (19713 and 2: 582 & 981. 1971. This variety is based on A. Silveira 7ll, collected in fields in the Chapada do Couto, near Itambé, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April, 1918, and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (19285 describes it as "A forma typica foliis valde majoribus differt" and on page 06 of his work cites the type number as "911" — whether this is a typographic error at that place or is intended to be a correction of the number cited in the original description is not clear. The variety is known thus far only from the original collection, assuming that "711" and "911" are the same collection. PAEPALANTHUS ERIGERON Mart. ex Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 390——391. 1863. Synonymy: Dupatya erigeron (Mart.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya erigeron Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 390-391 & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: Ol. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 126, 139, W1—142, [283], & 290. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, us. 191; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: 401. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, & 48. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia kz: 142. 1952; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 280, & 87. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: 401. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 161 & 480 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971. This species is based on Blanchet 2601 from Jacobina, Bahia, Brazil, deposited in the Berlin herbarium where it was photo~ graphed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10600. Ruhland (1903) cites only the original collection and comments that the species is closely related to P. glaucescens Korn. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Blanchet 2601 [Macbride 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 483 photos 10600] (B--type, Br—isotype, Mi—isotype, N—photo of type, N--photo of type, W--photo of type). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS ERIOCAULOIDES Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h- 30): 182-183. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 182— 183 & 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 8. 196; Moldenke, Known Ge- ogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8) & 209. 199; Moldenke, R6é- sumé 97 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 11: . 196); Molden- ke, Fifth Sum, 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971. The type of this species is Glaziou 22299, collected on dry campos between Rio Torto and Ponta de Paranana, Goids, Brazil, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10601. Ruhland (1903) cites only the original collection, which was gathered in anthe- sis in May. Glaziou 22300 is a mixture with Syngonanthus euschemus Ruhl. Irwin and his associates describe P. eriocauloides as having inflorescences to 35 cm. tall, the flower-heads light-gray, and found it growing in gray sandy soil of a wet campo on a mountain sumit at 1200 meters altitude, flowering and fruiting in March. Material of P. eriocauloides has been misidentified and dis- tributed in some herbaria as P. sphaerocephalus Ruhl. The Pabst 3,11 collection, cited below, has had its number changed to "3611" by someone for some reason unknown to me on one of the sheets cited. Citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Glaziou 22299 [Macbride photos 10601] (B—type, Br--isotype, N—isotype, N--photo of type, N— photo of type, W—photo of type), 22300, in part (Br); Herb. Fund, Zoobot. Dist. Fed. 9215/1428 (Bd=-26516) ; Heringer 9215/ 1428 (Z). Minas Gerais: Irwin, Fonséca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 2710 (Ac, N); E. Pereira 2775 [Pabst 311] (Bd—38)0, Id). sc yop ERIOPHAEUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (30): 30. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 3, 123, 129, 130, 143, & 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 28, 60, 63, & 69. 1928; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 0. 1930; Mol- denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 8. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 1919; Mol- denke, Résumé 97 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 25). 1973. This species is based on Glaziou 19963, collected on dry cam- pos at Diamantina, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in April and deposited in the Berlin herbarium, where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10602. Ruhland (1903) 48), PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 26, no. 6 cites only the original collection and comments that the "Species a P. blepharocnemidi et blepharophoro proximis differt 1) brac- teis involucrantibus laete fuscis neque longe acuminatis, dorso pilosis, 2) pilis perigoniorum et receptaculi brunneolis, 3) va- ginis laxissimis, sordide hyalino~albidis, sparse gregato-ciliola- tis". Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou 19963 [Macbride rere emamee nner ee PAEPALANTHUS ESPINOSIANUS Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 228—229. 19h,7. Synonymy: Paepalanthus espinasianus Moldenke ex R. Espinosa, Estud. Bot. Sur Ecuad. 2: 25, sphalm. 199. Paepalanthus espino- sianis Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 2: 582, in syn. 1971. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 228—229, 373, & 380. 1947; R. Espinosa, Bol. Inform. Cent. Nac. Quito 2 (11-12): h6é— 47. 1948; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 70 & 209. 1949; R. Espinosa, Estud. Bot.Sur Ecuad. 2: 25. 19193 Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 3: 97h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia h: 12. 1952; Be Je Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. a We 175. 1953; Mol- denke, Résum§ 80, 32, & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 7: & 5, 1963; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 136 & 143 (1971) and 2: 582 & 951. 1971. Wurdack describes this plant as having "greenish-white" flowers and being "locally frequent on moist banks", at alti- tudes of 3100--3300 meters. It has been found flowering in August and November. Additional citations: ECUADOR: Azuay: Sparre 18807 (S). San- tiago-Zamora: J. A. Steyermark 51,32 (S--isotype). PERU: Amazo~ nas: Wurdack 1616 (N, W—-2)03693) . PAEPALANTHUS EURYPHYLLUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l=30): 130—131. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 12h, 130—-131, & 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 06. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc, 12 & 48. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 87. 1959; Molden- ke, Fifth Sum, 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971 The type of this species was collected by Henrique Carlos de Magalhfes Gomes (no. 165) in the Serra do Ibitipoca, Minas Ger— ais, Brazil, flowering in July, and is deposited in the Berlin herbarium where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photo- graph number 10603. Ruhland (1903) cites only the type collection and notes that the "Species foliis latis, bracteis involucrantibus, capitulis flavidule villosis facile distinguenda". Silveira (1928) cites H. Magalhfes 248, also from the Serra do Ibitipoca, collected in 1896. Anderson and his associates found this plant growing in sandy soil on a wet shaded riverbank, at 950 meters altitude, flowering and fruiting in February, [to be contimed] A NEW SPECIES OF BRUNELLIA FROM PANAMA Jose Cuatrecasas and Duncan M. Porter Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution BRUNELLIA DARIENENSIS Cuatrecasas et Porter sp. nov. Arbor parva. Rami terminales foliosi atrovirides, sub- teretes, leviter vel inconspicue striolati, glabrescentes, pilis brevibus tenuibus, adpressis dilutis. Ramuli hornotini virides, complanati striati, dilute puberuli, pilis albidis (hyalinis) tenuibus, rectis vel leviter flexuosis, 0.2-0.5 mm longis, adpressis vel subadpressis. Stipulae geminae utroque latere petioli, lanceolato-acuminatae, acutissimae, 4-5 mm longae, basi 1 mm latae, sursum pubescentes, pilis antrorsis, erectis, subadpressis. Folia opposita imparipinnata 5-7-juga, axi 16-34 em longo, puberulo pilis tenuibus 0.2-0.5 mm subadpressis, petiolo 5.5- 11 em longo basim versus gradatim ampliato, adaxiale plus minusve sulcato, ceterum leviter striolato, interjugis 2.5- 4.5 cm longis, plerumque anguste vel angustissime sulcatis, supremis carinatis, stipellis geminis crassiusculis subulatis, acutis parce pilosulis, circa 2 mm longis. Foliola chartacea, viridia, supra nitida, subtus opaca, petiolulis mediocribus basi dilatatis, paulo puberulis, supra sulcatis, lateralibus 5-6 mm, terminali 12-20 mm longis. Lamina foliolorum elliptico- oblonga apicem versus attenuata, acuminata, basi asymmetrica obtusa, margine simple crenato-serrata, dentibus ascendentibus minutis, callosis, obtusis, plerumque 8-12 mm distantibus; pagina adaxiali sublaevis, dilute puberula, costa et nervis lateralibus prominulis, discolore conspicuis, reticulo venulorum laxo, leviter conspicuo; pagina abaxiali moderate pubescens, pilis brevibus subadpresse ascendentibus, ad nervos copiosis, intra reticulum laxum valde dilutis, costa ochroleuca bene elevata, nervis secundariis ochroleucis, 13-15 utroque latere prominentibus, parallelis angulo 4o-45° ascendentibus, leviter curvatis in dentem marginalem callosum terminantibus, nervis tertiis transversis prominulis, bene conspicuis cum nervulis minoribus reticulum laxum, subplanum, discolorem formantibus; laminae laterales 10-15 cm longae, 3-4.2 em latae, basales 8 cm longae 2.5 cm latae, acumine subulata, acuta, 1.5-2 cm longa. Paniculae cymosae in specimine modestae, statu fructifero, maxima 15 cm longa 7 cm lata, rhachis pedunculoque compressis striatis, parcissime puberulis, ramis ramulisque teneris com- pressis, striolatis, patulis, ultimis 2-3 pedunculos floriferos ferentibus. Pedicelli fructiferi teretes teneri sed rigidi, parce subadpresseque puberuli, 2-4 mm longi cum pedunculis 0.5-2 mm 485 4,86 PRYVTVULOGI-A Vol. 26, no. 6 longis articulati. Bracteolae deciduae absentes. Flores pentameri, hermaphroditi. Calyx fructiferus expansus circa 6 mm diametiens, lobis 2-2.2 X 1.5-1.7 mm, ovatis, acutis, adaxiale sursum et marginibus minute papilloso-strigosis, abaxiale minute, sparseque strigoso-puberuli, pilis adpressis circa 0.1 mm longis. Stamina, filamentis 2-2.5 mm longis, inferne dilatatis denseque hispidulis, pilis rigidulis acutis circa 0.2 mm longis. Antherae ellipsoideae 0.5 mm longae. Ovaria densiuscule sericea, pilis brevibus, adpressis, circa 0.05 mm ad apicem longioribus, copiosioribus, antrorsis, 0.1- 0.2 mm. Folliculi saepe omnes 5 evoluti, pentafolliculo maturo stellato, 5 mm diametro. Singulum folliculum ovoideo- ellipsoideum, leviter e latere compressum, 3 X 2.5 mm, nonangulato-apiculatum, minute pubescente, pilis copiosis, papillosis, subadpressis, 0.05-0.1 mm longis, apicem versus paulo longioribus ad 0.2-0.3 mm, patulo-ascendentibus, parte proximali styli persistenti rigida, patula, 1-1.5 mm longa. Endocarpium monospermum, cartilagineum, ellipsoideum puncto insertione obtuso, 2 X 1.8 X 1.5 mm, siccitate appertum U-forme. Semina ellipsoideo-ovoidea, paulo compressa, 1.8. 1.6 X 1.2 mm, nitida, brunnea. Type: PANAMA, DARIEN: Cerro Pirre, 2500-4500 ft. cloud forest, 9-10 August 1967, J. A. Duke & T. S. Elias no. 13850. Holotypus, MO; isotypus, US. Brunellia darienensis is related to the species of Subsection Comocladifoliae, but it departs from them in the extreme reduction of its follicle pubescence. Other dis- tinguishing characteristics of this new species, besides the combined sizes of each of its parts, are the smooth, almost glabrate branchlets, the precarious, minute, and rather adpressed pubescence on the calyces and inflorescences, the 5-7-jugate, thin, papyraceous, acuminate leaflets, and the rather flat, discolored venular reticulum. The general trend to glabrescence of Brunellia darienensis parallels similar tendencies exhibited by B. hygrothermica Cuatr., a species known from the extremely wet rainforest of the Pacific Coast of Colombia (cf. J. Cuatrecasas, Brunelliaceae, Fl. Neotropica Monogr. 2, pp. 63, 89). Brunellia heretofore has not been reported from Panama. a2 Nartheciaceae, 112 Nasutitermes, 137, 138 Nelumbonaceae, 112 Neottiaceae, 112 Nepenthaceae, 104, 112 Nepenthales, 10) Nertera, 2h1 Neuradaceas, 112 Neurolaeneas, 388 Newtonia, 163 Nitrariaceae, 112 Nolana, 383 Holanacese Nolanaceae, 112, 383 Nopalea, 175 Novea, 307 inaceae, 105, 112 Nyctanthaceae, 112, 356, 377 Nymphaea, 22, 90 508 PHYTOLOGIA Nymphaeaceae, 103, 108, 112 Nymphaeales, 103 Nyssaceae, 106, 109, nz Ocellularia, 513-15, 419 Ochnaceae, 104, 111, 2, 5 Octoknemaceas, 112 Octoknemataceae, 112 Oenothera, » 209 Olacaceae, 10h, 107, 112, 1h Olaceae, 110 Oleaceae, 105, 111, 112 Oleales, 105 Ophiopogonaceae , 112 Opiliaceae, 10h, he Opuntia, 175, 176 Opuntiaceae, 12 Opuntioideae, 175 Orchidaceae, 106, 107, 109, 112, 391, 435 Orobanchaceae, 106, 2 Osmunda, 22 Ossaea, 05-109 Osteospermum, 71 Oxalidaceae, 105, 108, 111, 112 Oxymeris, 407 Pac tera, 439, 41, hh3, hs, nee LL9, 450 Pachythamnus People 17, Dy ety ety 37, 46, U7, 136-147, 18h, 186- 202, 226-262, 355, 361-363, 372-375, 455, 460, 468-18) Paepalocephalus, 27, 261 Palaua, 382 Palicourea, },92 Palmae, 112, 394 Pandaceae, 10, 112 Pandanaceae, 106, 112, 391 Pandanales, 106 Panicum, 93, 215 Papaveraceae, 103, 110-113 Papilionaceae, 112 Passifloraceae, 10), 113 Pedaliaceae, 106, 113, 115 Peganaceae, 233 Pelliceriaceae, 113 Peltanthera, 277 Penaeaceae, 106, 113 Pentachaeta, 69, 70 Pentadiplandraceae, 113 Pentaphragmataceae, 10h, 113 Pentaphylaceae, 10h, 113 Penthoraceas, 113 Peridiscaceae, 10h, 113 Periplocaceae, 113 Perityle, 303 Perrottetia, 17) Peteravenia, 171 Petermanniaceae, 113 Petesia, 121, 123 Petitia, 375 Petiveriaceae, 113 Petrea, 305, 368, 375 Petrosaviaceae, 113 Phacelia, 437, 1438 Eharmacosyee, 425, 428 Pharus, 9: Phellineaceae, 113 Philadelphaceae, 113 Philesiaceae, 113 Philoglossa, 381-388 ae 106, 113 Ox, » 225 Phrymaceae, 113 Phrymataceae, 113 a 9 206, 357-360, 363, » 366, 368, 37h eere Phyllonomaceae, a bs! Physalis, 265, 266 Phytolaccaceae, 105, 107, 108, 13, ls Picrodendraceae, 113 Pinaropappus, 165 Vol. 26, no. 6 1973 inguicula, 225 Piperaceae, 103, 113 Pithecoctenium, ))9 Pittocaulon, 451-53 tosporaceae, 105, 113 ae » 105 Pityrodia, 368, 375 Plagiocheilus, 82, 159-161 Plantaginaceae, 106, 113 Platanaceae, 48, 105, 113 Platycarpha, 79 Plocospermaceae, 113 Plocospermataceae, 113 Plucheinae, 410, 411 Plumbaginac eae, 10), 113, 11, Plumba es, 10k Plumeriaceae, 113 Poaceae, 107, 110, 113 Podoaceae, 113 Pod llaceae, 113 Podostemaceae, 105, 113, 115 Pogonia, 22 Polanisia, 98 Polemoniaceae, 10), 109, 113 = tis, 261 Felygalacoee, 105,109, 123, 115, 382 Polygonaceae, 105, 109, 110, 113 Polypodium, 92, 9h Polytrichum, 152 Pomaceae, 113 Pontederiaceae, 106, 113 Portulaca, 382 Portulacaceae > 205, 113, 362 Posidoniaceae, 106, 113 Potaliaceae, 113 Potamogetonaceae, 106, 113 Pourouma, 421, 130, 432 Premna, 54, 363, 365, 368, 376 Primula, 3h9 Primlaceae, 10k, 109, 113 Primiales, "10h Priva, 5h, 359, 361 Proteaceae, 106, 113 509 Pseudoconyza, 410-12 Pseudo-viburman, 376 Psoralea, 1 Psychotria, ro, 263, 26h, 492,193 Ptaeroxylaceae, 113 Pteridophyllaceae, 113 Pteridophyta, 212 Pteris, 91 Pteroc cease, 113 Pteronia, 163 Pterostanonacese, a3 Punicaceas, 106, 113 Pyrolaceas, 113 Quiinaceae, 104, 113 Rafflesiaceae, 10, 107, 109, ai? 113 Rafflesiales, 10) Ranunculaceae, 103, 113 Rapateaceae, 15, 106, 113 Relbunium, 221, 222 Resedaceae, 104, 113 Restionaceas, 15, 107, 110, 113 Rhabdodendraceae, 113 Rhamnaceae, 104, 113 Rhamnales, 10) Rhaphithamnus, 368 Rhizophoraceae, 106, 113 Rhododendraceae, 113 Rhodoleiaceae, 113 Rhoeo, 150 Rhoipteleaceae, 105, 113 Rhopalocarpaceae, 113 Rhynchospora, 90 Ribesiaceae, 113 Rigio us, 69, 70 Rondeletia, 121, 127-129, 26) Rondonanthus, 70 Roridulaceae, 105, 113 Rosa, 22 Rosaceae, 48, 105, 107, 109, 112-1), Rosales, 105 Rosulati, 26 109-111, 510 Roxburghiaceae, 106, 113, 11) Rubiaceae, 12, 106, 108, 110, 493, 121. 201... '263. Ruppiaceas, 113 Ruscaceas, 113 Rutaceae, 105, 107, 0, 113 Rutales, 105 Sabiaceae, 105, 11) Salicaceae, 104, 11) Salicales, 10) Salvadoraceae, 105, 11) is, 225 ambu Sambucaceaa, ly Shes “y Santalaceae, 105, 1) Santalales, 10) Sapindaceae, 105, 109, 114 Sapotaceae, 10h, 107, 11) Saracha, 266 Sarcolaenaceas, 104, 108, 114 Sarcophytaceae, 1) Sarcospermataceae, 11) Sargassum, 92 Sargentodoxaceae, 103, 11) Sarracenia, 22 Sarraceniaceae, 103, LL Sarraceniales, 103 Saurauiaceae, 11 Saururaceae, 103, 11) Saxifragaceae, 105, 107-115 Scheuchzeriaceae, 106, pio hae Schisandraceae, 103, 11, Schistoceras, 215, 216 Schizaea, 52 Schlegelia, 67 Schoepfiaceae, 11) Scillaceae, 11) Scleranthaceae, 11) Scrophulariaceae, 67, 68, 106, Tey iy, Scyphostegiaceae, 10), 114 Ss talaceae, 10), 11) tenuis Secale, 319 Selaginaceae = aes Sempervivaceae, 11) Senecio, 313, 151-l5) Senecionesae, 73, 81, 82, 153- Poy TO) OG. t ek Vol. 26, no. 6 156, 158, 163, 164, 361, 388, 451 Senecionidase, 76 Setaria, 91 Simaroubaceae, 105, 108, 111, 13; Simarubaceae, 11 Simmondsiaceae, 11) Siphonodontacess, 114 inchium, 17 Sue 106, ny Smilax, 90 Solanaceae, 53, 10h, 110, 113, ~ Tih, 265, 267, 269, O71, 273, 275, 277 Solanales, 10) Solamum, 265, 275-277 Solenogyne, 82, 160, 161 Sommera, 121-126 Sonneratiaceae, 11), Sparganiaceae, 106, 114 Spergularia, 382 Spermacoce, },93 Sphaerosepalaceae, 10), 113, Sphagnum, 20, 22, 2h Sphenocleaceas, Sphenodesme, 365 Sphenogyne, 76, 83 Spigeliaceae, ny Spiraeaceae, 11) Spiranthes, 90, 435, 436 ed 359, 360, 362, 3, 36 er 9 376 Stachyuraceae, 10), 11) Stackhousiacese, 10h, hh taphyleaceae Staphyleaceae, 105, ny oe ny Stegnospermataceae, 11), Stemmadenia, 93 Stemonaceae, 11) Stenomeridaceae, 11), Sterculiaceae, 104, 108, 11) Stevia, 17 Stibadotheca, 217-220 Stilbaceae, 114, 356, 377 Strasburgeriaceae, 10h, by Strelitziaceae, lL 1973 Strychnaceae, ll Stylidiaceae, 105, 109, lly Stylobasiaceas, 11) Stylodon, 357 Styracaceae, 104, 114 Surianaceae, 105, D4 Svensonia, 363, 376 Swartzia, 279, 280 Symphonia, 92 Symphorema, 366, 368 Symphoremaceae, 356, 377 horemataceae, 11) Symplocaceae, 10), 11) Syngonanthes, 376 Syngonanthus, 17, 27, 45, 177- 179, 200, ae 361-363, 376, 465, 476, Taccaceae, ae, TUTE sp Tacinga, 175 Tagetes, ‘rage aligalea, 37 Tameisasca, 104, 114 Tamaricales, "10h Tamarix, 215 Tarasa, 382 Tecophilaeaceae, 11) Tectona, 54, 8 sa 355, 356, Teminales Teminales, 451 Terminalis, 92 Ternstroamiaceas, 11) Tetracarpaeaceae, 11) Tetracentraceae, 105, 1h sbaten ae Tetrachondraceae, 11), Tetragonia, 382 eon, hy Tetrameristaceae, 11) Thalassiaceae, 11) Theaceae, 10), 107, 108, 113, Theales, 103 Theligonaceae, ny Thelotrema, 415-417, 420 Thelotremataceae, 13, 15, 7T-L19 Theophrastaceas, 10), 114 Thismiaceae, 11) Index 511 Thunbergiaceae, 115 Thurniaceae, 115 Thymelaeaceae, 10, 107, 110, its, 210 Tiliaceae, 10h, 115 Tillandsia, 89, 382 Tithonia, 86 Tococa, 399, 400 Toricelliaceae, 115 Tovariaceae, Tis Tracyina, Tracyina, 69, 70 Trapaceae, 106, 111, 115 Trapellaceae, 15 Tremandraceae, 105, 115 Trichomanes , 91 Trichopodaceae Ahly, Trichostomopsis, 388 Tridax, 81 Trigoniaceas, 105, 115 Trilliaceae, 115 Trimeniaceas, 103, 115 Tristichaceae, 115 Triuridaceae, 106, 113, 115 Triuridales, 106 Trochodendraceae, 105, 115 Tropaeolaceae, 105, 115 Trophis, 21, 432-13); Tschudya, 401 Tubiflorae, 8 Turneracese, 104, 115 haceae, 106, 115 Ulmaceas, 10h, 108, 115 Umbelliferae, "18, ns Urostigma, Tah, 127, 428, 430 Ursinia, 76-85 Ursinieae, 76, 77, 83, 84, 166 Urticaceae, 10), 115, 421, 13k Urticales, 10) Utethesia, 313 Utricularia, 1 Vacciniaceae, 115 Vaccinium, 2),1 Vahliaceae, 115 Valerianaceae, 106, 115 Valerioa, 277, 278 Vallisneriaceae, 115 512 PAY TO D/0 6 Ts Velloziaceae, 106, 115 Verbena "eh 357-359 361, 63, 565, "367-369, 373, 376, Verbenaca, 3Ti Verbenaceae, 48, 54, 108, 112- 115, 356, 377 Verbenophyllum, 369 Verbesininae, 163 Vernonia, 163 Vernonieae, 79-81, 163-165 Vigna, 318 Viguiera, 383 Vilobia, 380 Viola, 225, 226 Violaceae, 104, 111, 115 Viscaceas, 105, 115 Vitaceae, 106, 107, 111, 115 Vites, 377 Vitex, 53, 5h, 359, 361-366, 369, 377 Viticaceae, ns Viticiprem ipremna, 366 Vitidaceae, 115 Vol. 26, no. 6 Vittaria, 90 Vivianaceae, 115 Vochysiaceae, 105, 115 Wallaceaceae, 115 Wellstediaceae, 115 Wikstroemia, 210 Winteraceae, 103, 115 Witheringia » 266, 278 Lanthophyllaceae, 115 Xanthorrhoeaceae, 106, 115 Xylocopa, 3 Xylocopini, 306 Tylopia, 92 Xyridaceae, 15, 106, 115 Xyris, 15, 90, 91, -2i1 Zanichelliaceae, 106, 115 Zanoniaceae, 115 Zingiberaceas, 107, 115, aes. Zingiberales, 107, 109 Zizyphus, 216 Zosteraceae, 106, 109, 115 Zosterales, 106 Zygophyllaceae, 105, 122, 33, 115 Dates of publication for Volume Twenty-six No. 1 -- April 23, 1973 No. 2 — May 21, 1973 No. 3 — July 16, 1973 No. h —— Juty 19, 1973 No. 5 — August 27, 1973 No. 6 —= September 28° 1973 * ii 8303 Se SS ee - rea, PPP en a A ma ee TP Or He EO - Sr nee - ~ = ~ =a o apna - . + > . ana aemeraen — . sd - 20 Cee - —— : - mo = ~“ : - we i - = apt ane —~ a - 2... ~ a. ee +a + * = Seat 1 -7auaee —— 2